RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE INC
10-K, 1999-03-26
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, DATA PROCESSING, ETC.
Previous: INTERNET FUND INC, 497, 1999-03-26
Next: CARDIAC PATHWAYS CORP, SC 13G, 1999-03-26



<PAGE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
                               ---------------
                                   FORM 10-K
 
             ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE
                        SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
                 FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED: DECEMBER 26, 1998
 
                        Commission file number 0-28192
 
                          Renaissance Worldwide, Inc.
            (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
 
                                 Massachusetts
                         (State or other jurisdiction
                       of incorporation or organization)
 
                                  04-2920563
                               (I.R.S. Employer
                              Identification No.)
 
                               189 Wells Avenue
                          Newton, Massachusetts 02459
                                (617) 527-6886
   (Address, including ZIP Code, and Telephone Number, including Area Code,
                 of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)
 
          Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
                                     None
 
          Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
                          Common Stock, No Par Value
                             (Title of each class)
 
                            NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET
                  (Name of each exchange on which registered)
 
  Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to
such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
[X] YES [_] NO
 
  Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein and will not be contained, to
the best of the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K, or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. [_]
 
  Based on the closing sales price of the registrant's Common Stock on the
Nasdaq National Market on March 25, 1999, the aggregate market value of the
Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately
$183,215,000.
 
  The number of shares of the registrant's Common Stock outstanding on March
25, 1999 was 56,236,319.
 
                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
 PORTIONS OF THE REGISTRANT'S DEFINITIVE PROXY STATEMENT FOR USE IN CONNECTION
    WITH ITS ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS TO BE HELD ON MAY 27, 1999 ARE
                   INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE INTO PART III.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART I
 
ITEM 1: BUSINESS
 
Forward-Looking Statements
 
  This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements as
defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. For this
purpose, any statements contained herein that are not statements of historical
fact may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. Without limiting the
foregoing, the words "believes," "anticipates," "plans," "expects," and
similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. The
important factors discussed in Item 7--"Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" under the caption "Factors
That May Affect Future Results" among others, could cause actual results to
differ materially from those indicated by forward-looking statements made
herein and presented elsewhere by management from time to time.
 
Overview
 
  Renaissance Worldwide, Inc. ("Renaissance" or the "Company") is a global
provider of business and technology consulting services in the areas of
business strategy, enterprise solutions, government solutions, and IT
consulting services. The Company has rapidly evolved since its initial public
offering in June 1996, primarily through strategic acquisitions. In connection
with this rapid growth and evolution, in January 1998 the Company changed its
name from The Registry, Inc. to Renaissance Worldwide, Inc. to reflect its
broader scope of services, and its increasing international presence.
 
  From June 1996 through December 1998, the Company acquired twenty-three
companies. During fiscal 1998, the Company restructured its operations into
four redefined business units to better align these acquisitions. Additional
senior management was appointed to operate these units and the back office
support operations were reorganized to better meet individual business unit
needs. The four business units currently operating are Business Strategy
Group, Enterprise Solutions Group, Government Solutions Group and Information
Technology Consulting Services Group.
 
The Company
 
  Renaissance provides business and technology consulting services primarily
to Global 2000 companies and to a lesser extent other businesses around the
world. The Company maintains offices in North America, Europe, and the Asia-
Pacific region.
 
 Business Strategy Group
 
  The Business Strategy Group ("BSG") provides strategy development and
implementation consulting services to large organizations primarily in the
global telecommunications, computing, and energy industries. The group offers
services in three principal categories: strategic destination, strategic
navigation and strategic mobilization consulting.
 
 Enterprise Solutions Group
 
  The Enterprise Solutions Group ("ES") provides business and technology
solutions designed to integrate leading edge processes and technologies. In
1998 the Company added to the Enterprise Solutions Group through the
acquisitions of Neoglyphics Media, Inc. in Chicago, Exad Galons in France, and
Hackenberg & Partner in Germany. The Enterprise Solutions Group's principal
offerings fall into five categories: enterprise performance management;
enterprise applications; E-Business; technology integration; and outsourced
enterprise systems.
 
 Government Solutions Group
 
  The Government Solutions Group ("GOVT") provides technology solutions to the
public sector, primarily in the areas of strategy, systems integration and
electronic solutions. In June 1998, the Company acquired
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
 
International Public Access Technologies ("IPAT") which added significant
resources and competencies to the Government Solutions Group. Technology
solution competencies are focused around Public Assistance, Child Support
Enforcement, Child Welfare, Managed Care, Employment and Training,
Administration, Tax and Revenue Processing, and Courts and Judicial Systems
Automation.
 
 Information Technology Consulting Services Group
 
  The Information Technology Consulting Services Group ("ITCS") provides
services designed to assist clients in design, implementation and/or support
of IT applications. The ITCS was expanded in 1998 through the acquisition of
Triad Data, Inc. in April. ITCS focuses principally on 3 service areas: IT
staffing and project management; network systems strategy, planning and
infrastructure design and support; and IT Transformation, including strategy,
planning and architecture, as well as Y2K oriented initiatives. ITCS services
are built around five technology sectors: workgroup/desktop; legacy systems;
network and communications; database design and development; and Internet/www.
 
Business Strategy Group
 
  The Business Strategy Group provides strategy development and implementation
consulting services to large organizations primarily in the global
telecommunications, computing and energy industries. During the twelve months
ending December 26, 1998, the BSG accounted for approximately 8% of the
Company's revenue.
 
 Service Offerings
 
  The BSG's emphasis is helping clients reshape their enterprise and the
industries in which they compete. The Group offers three classes of services:
 
  . Strategic Destination.  Strategic destination consulting services are
    designed to formulate competitive, market, customer, and product
    strategies for the client. The BSG's capabilities include determining the
    future dynamics of a client's industry and the transformation required in
    the client's business, economic, and organizational models to succeed as
    the industry evolves. BSG also helps clients identify and exploit growth
    opportunities and enhance performance through competitive benchmarking.
 
  . Strategic Navigation. Strategic navigation consulting services are
    designed to help clients navigate to new strategic destinations. The key
    service offering is the Renaissance Balanced Scorecard.TM This is a
    defined methodology designed to align the client's strategy with its
    organization, leverage enterprise knowledge, connect people and processes
    for rapid strategy implementation, and allow continuous organizational
    learning.
 
  . Strategic Mobilization. Strategic mobilization consulting services are
    designed to enhance client competitiveness by harnessing individual and
    enterprise knowledge about processes, products, and customers. Through
    performance modeling around the behavior of high performers, BSG helps
    clients reengineer their processes to translate strategy into action.
 
Enterprise Solutions Group
 
  The Enterprise Solutions Group includes the services and operations of The
Hunter Group, Inc., Neoglyphics Media, Inc., and other solutions services
developed under the Renaissance brand. During the twelve month period ending
December 26, 1998, The ES accounted for approximately 21% of the Company's
revenue.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
 Service Offerings
 
  ES provides business and technology solutions that integrate leading edge
processes and technologies. Its principal offerings fall into five categories:
enterprise performance management; enterprise applications; E-Business;
technology integration; and outsourced enterprise systems.
 
  . Enterprise Performance Management: ES provides focused expertise designed
    to enhance enterprise performance in four key ways: align and implement
    strategies; innovate business processes; deploy key technologies; and
    mobilize people. Services include Business Transformation, the
    Renaissance Balanced ScorecardTM, Knowledge Management, and IT
    Strategies. Each emphasizes the effective integration of strategy,
    technology, knowledge, and people as essential to the clients' success.
 
  . Enterprise Applications. These services include planning, selecting,
    implementing, supporting and managing our clients' front-office and back-
    office environments. ES provides comprehensive implementation services
    for complex software packages, including back office systems for human
    resources, financials, manufacturing and supply chain; front-office
    systems for customer management, sales, marketing and call centers; and
    student administration systems for higher education institutions.
 
  . E-Business. ES provides strategic Internet services for clients,
    including Internet/Intranet development, custom application development,
    web-enabling legacy systems, and web-site interface design. ES focuses on
    E-Business strategy and implementation, E-Marketing, and enterprise self
    services systems.
 
  . Technology Integration. ES links disparate enterprise application systems
    thereby providing an integrated information flow and data warehouse to
    support enterprise performance goals. ES technology specialists support
    the system's life cycle with consulting services that span strategy,
    architecture and design, implementation and post-implementation
    activities.
 
  . Outsourced Enterprise Systems. ES provides a comprehensive set of
    services designed to support client enterprise systems. These services
    include help desk and application support, software upgrades and
    modifications, and IT infrastructure outsourcing. These services are
    designed to enable clients to maintain IT operations that keep pace with
    rapid technological change.
 
Government Solutions Group
 
  The Government Solutions Group provides specialized management and IT
consulting services to federal, state and municipal government clients. During
the twelve month period ending December 26, 1998, The GOVT group accounted for
3% of the Company's revenue.
 
 Service Offerings
 
  Renaissance GOVT professionals address the requirements particular to the
public sector with management and technology consulting and systems
integration and electronic solutions in the following areas:
 
 Core Competencies:
 
  . Public Assistance (TANF, Welfare Reform, Medicaid, Child Care)
 
  . Child Support Enforcement
 
  . Child Welfare
 
  . Managed Care (Health Care)
 
  . Employment and Training (Labor)
 
  . Administration (Payroll, HR, Retirement)
 
  . Tax and Revenue Processing
 
  . Courts and Judicial Systems Automation
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
IT Consulting Services Group
 
  The ITCS provides consulting services to assist clients in the design,
implementation, and support of IT applications. During the fiscal year ended
December 26, 1998, the ITCS group accounted for approximately 68% of the
Company's revenue.
 
 Service Offerings
 
  . IT Staffing and Project Management. The ITCS provides IT supplemental
    staffing and project management services on a contract basis for
    application development and software engineering. The ITCS technology
    professionals, billed primarily on an hourly basis, typically work on
    implementation, integration and development engagements lasting from six
    to twelve months under the direction of the client.
 
  . Network Solutions. The network solutions area provides a range of full
    life cycle services including Infrastructure Readiness, Implementation,
    and Management and Operations. Infrastructure Readiness services are
    designed to ensure that a client's network and systems infrastructures
    are capable of supporting their key business initiatives. Implementation
    services provide clients with project teams of certified implementation
    resources and project managers to help compress implementation time
    frames and improve the quality of key infrastructure project
    deliverables. Management and Operations services provide clients with the
    tools and resources to improve and manage their existing network and
    systems infrastructures.
 
  . IT Transformation. These services include: IT Strategy and Management; IT
    Architecture, including outsourcing analyses and architecture and
    migration strategies; Year 2000 Strategy and Implementation, focused on
    obtaining year 2000 compliance and certification; and Program Management,
    designed to promote on-time, on-budget project delivery.
 
  See Note 18 to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements for further
information about these business units and geographic regions.
 
Competition
 
  The market for the Company's consulting services is intensely competitive on
local, national, and international levels. The market is fragmented and
subject to rapid change. The market is served by numerous management
consulting companies, technology consultants, temporary personnel agencies and
outsourcing companies, solutions providers, implementers, systems integrators,
diversified technology companies (including hardware and software companies),
and other service companies, many of which have greater financial, technical,
marketing, and other resources and have greater name recognition than the
Company. Some of these competitors have a nationwide and/or worldwide presence
equivalent to, or greater than, that of the Company. Within any given market,
the Company and its competitors frequently compete for the same highly-skilled
consultants.
 
  The Enterprise Solutions and Government Solutions Groups and the IT
Consulting Services Group compete for IT professionals. IT professionals,
including those who are currently on assignment with the Company, often seek
engagements from more than one company. Primary competitive factors for
recruiting and retaining such professionals include: compensation, including
timeliness of payment; availability of benefits; consistent flow of high
quality, varied assignments; schedule flexibility; and an understanding of
consultant skills and work preferences. The Business Strategy, Enterprise
Solutions and Government Solutions Groups compete for management consultants.
Management consultants, who often hold advanced degrees, are in high demand
across many business sectors. Primary competitive factors for recruiting and
retaining such professionals include: compensation; quality of benefits;
quality, variety and complexity of assignments; opportunity for advancement;
and opportunity for professional development.
 
  The Company competes for clients with a wide array of service providers. The
Company considers large organizations with complex business and technology
needs to be among its prime clients. Within a given market,
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
there are a limited number of such potential clients, some of which have
designated only certain companies as approved providers of the type of
services provided by Renaissance. Primary competitive factors for obtaining
and retaining clients include: comprehensive service offerings; careful
matching of consultant skills with the client's requirements; nationwide and
worldwide presence; organizational expertise and expertise of individual
consultants; price of services; monitoring of client satisfaction during and
after an engagement; and general responsiveness to client needs.
 
  Although the Company believes that it competes favorably in recruiting IT
professionals and management consultants as well as in obtaining clients,
there is no assurance that it will continue to be successful in doing so.
 
Growth Strategy
 
  The Company believes that a balance of internal growth and selective
acquisitions will best position Renaissance to capitalize on opportunities in
the integrated consulting services marketplace. In view of the number of
acquisitions completed in the last two years, the Company is currently focused
on further developing and integrating those acquisitions. The Company's growth
strategy consists of the following primary components:
 
  . Focus on Profitability. Renaissance management understands that growth is
    not enough to enhance shareholder value. To increase shareholder value,
    growth must be managed and controlled to ensure that the growth is
    profitable. In the second half of 1998 the Company realigned its
    organization to address this specific issue through four predominant
    initiatives: incorporation of operational groups (HR, Accounting,
    Marketing, etc.) within business units to assure accountability; an
    expense level discipline program; major vendor contract re-negotiation to
    more fully realize benefits of scale; and tighter utilization management.
    The 1999 PeopleSoft roll-out is anticipated to provide the Company with
    vital real-time visibility into financial results.
 
  . Expand Solutions Business and Increase Scalability. Renaissance
    management believes that opportunity exists in the Solutions Groups'
    markets. The Company continues to develop a broad range of services
    intended to offer considerable value to clients.
 
  . Leverage Existing Relationships. Renaissance management believes that the
    combined organization offers a unique value proposition to clients.
    Through firmly established existing client relationships, the Company
    believes it can increase market share by offering the expanded array of
    client services to clients already familiar with the organization.
 
  . Aggressively Build Sales and Marketing Capabilities. Through an expanded,
    dedicated sales force and strategic partnerships with technology industry
    leaders, management expects to aggressively build market share in the
    solutions business and throughout the Company.
 
  . Support, Develop and Continue to Offer Increasing Opportunity to
    Professional Staff. Management believes that Renaissance has assembled a
    world-class professional staff. A strategic part of growing the
    organization is the retention of best-in-class individuals and the
    advancement of leadership at all levels. The expanded organization and
    history of continued rapid growth have provided professional staff with
    an array of opportunities and challenges. Management believes that this
    trend will continue to enhance the Company's efforts to attract and
    retain top professional talent.
 
  . Offer Additional Services to Existing Client Base through Current Sales
    Structure. Renaissance intends to continue its practice of developing
    complementary services. Some of the key initiatives in this area include
    further development of E-business offerings, expansion of Business
    Strategy group's industry expertise in the areas of financial services
    and chemicals, and expansion of international recruiting capabilities.
 
Client Base
 
  Renaissance focuses its sales efforts primarily on large organizations with
complex business and technology needs. In the year ended December 26, 1998,
approximately 18% of the Company's revenue was derived from its top 10
customers, none of which accounted for more than 10% of revenue. The primary
industries served by Renaissance are communications, financial services,
computing, manufacturing and the public sector.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
Employees
 
  As of December 26, 1998, Renaissance had approximately 6,000 employees,
consisting of 2,900 salaried consultants, 2,000 hourly consultants and 1,100
branch, corporate and administrative staff. In addition, the Company had
approximately 500 consultants working on an independent contractor basis as of
such date. Renaissance is not a party to any collective bargaining agreements
and considers its relationships with its employees to be satisfactory.
 
Executive Officers of the Registrant
 
  The executive officers of Renaissance are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          Name            Age                      Position
          ----            ---                      --------
<S>                       <C> <C>
G. Drew Conway...........  41 President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Richard L. Bugley........  55 Vice President, General Counsel and Clerk
Mark W. Biscoe...........  38 Co-President, IT Consulting Services Group
Christopher B. Egizi.....  42 Co-President, IT Consulting Services Group
Mark R. Bruneau..........  37 President, Business Strategy Group
Terry L. Hunter..........  51 President, Enterprise Solutions Group and Director
Bradford S. Everett......  48 President, Enterprise Applications
Gene A. DeLucia..........  47 President, Government Solutions Group
</TABLE>
 
  Mr. Conway is the founder of Renaissance, and has served as President, Chief
Executive Officer and Director of the Company since its incorporation in May
1986 and as Treasurer from such date until March 1996.
 
  Mr. Bugley has served as General Counsel of Renaissance since May 1996 and
as Vice President since December 1997. From September 1993 until May 1996 he
was General Counsel and Secretary of Banyan Systems, Inc., a manufacturer and
supplier of network operating systems and services. From September 1992 until
May 1993 he was Vice President and General Counsel of Loyalty Management
Group, Inc., a consumer marketing company. Mr. Bugley has been a member of the
Massachusetts Bar since 1979.
 
  Mr. Biscoe has served as Co-President, IT Consulting Service Group, since
October 1998, Vice President, Northeast Region, since July 1996, and Vice
President, New England, from November 1995 to July 1996. Mr. Biscoe joined the
Company in March 1992 and has served as Branch Manager of the Newton office
and Manager of the national resource delivery team division of the ITCS Group.
From 1990 until 1992, Mr. Biscoe served as Branch Manager of Triple T, Inc., a
technical staffing company.
 
  Mr. Egizi has served as Co-President, IT Consulting Services Group, since
October 1998, and Vice President, Midwest Region, since January 1994. Mr.
Egizi was a founding staff member of the Company in 1986 and has served as
Vice President, Strategic Corporate Services, Branch Manager of the Newton
office and Manager of the national resource delivery team division of the ITCS
Group.
 
  Mr. Hunter has served as President of the Enterprise Solutions Group since
the acquisition of The Hunter Group, Inc. in November of 1997. Mr. Hunter
served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a Director of The Hunter
Group, Inc. since its formation in 1983. Prior to founding The Hunter Group,
Inc., Mr. Hunter consulted with various companies and software vendors on the
design and development of human resources systems.
 
  Mr. Bruneau has served as President of the Business Strategy Group since
October 1998. Prior to October, Mr. Bruneau served as head of the Global
Communication and Computing Sector of the Strategy Group. Prior to founding
the COBA-Boston subsidiary in 1991, Mr. Bruneau was with Mercer Management
Consulting, focusing on industry analysis and competitive strategy development
in the computer and telecommunications industries. Before joining Mercer, he
was assistant to the President at Bell Canada International, Inc.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
  Mr. Everett has served as President of Enterprise Applications since January
1999 and Senior VP and COO for The Hunter Group from 1996 to 1998. He joined
The Hunter Group as Vice President for the Western Region and Asia Pacific in
1995. Mr. Everett brings over 24 years of organizational and project
management experience to Renaissance in addition to an extensive systems
implementation track record. From 1990 to 1995 Mr. Everett served as Vice
President of Professional Services for Walker Interactive Systems and from
1988 to 1990 as Senior Manager for Price Waterhouse LLP.
 
  Mr. DeLucia has served as President and Managing Partner of the Government
Solutions Group since 1996. Prior to joining Renaissance, Mr. DeLucia was
President of Strategic Visions, Inc. from 1996 to 1998, and President of the
Information Technology Division for Maximus, Inc. from 1987 to 1996.
 
  Each officer serves at the discretion of the Board of Directors. There are
no family relationships among any of the directors and executive officers of
Renaissance.
 
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
 
  Renaissance's principal executive offices are located in Newton,
Massachusetts, in approximately 30,000 square feet of leased office space,
under leases that expire on September 30, 2010, from the 189 Wells Avenue
Realty Trust (the "Realty Trust"), of which G. Drew Conway is the sole
beneficiary and an officer of the Company is the sole trustee. See Note 5 to
Item 6, "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," and Note 16 to Consolidated
Financial Statements. Additional executive office space is located in
approximately 40,000 square feet of leased space in Lincoln, Massachusetts.
Renaissance occupies these premises under a lease expiring in August 1999.
 
  In June 1998, the Company entered into a ten year agreement to lease 200,000
square feet in Waltham, Massachusetts in a building currently under
construction, which is to be the site of the Company's new headquarters. The
Company expects to consolidate six offices located around Massachusetts
(including the Lincoln and Newton locations) into this new location and to
sublet approximately 45,000 square feet of this space. The construction is
scheduled for completion in September of 1999.
 
  In August 1998, the Company entered into a twenty year agreement to lease
30,000 square feet in London, England to consolidate multiple branch locations
operating in the city.
 
  The Company also maintains offices and leases office space in the various
locations throughout the world in which it maintains branch offices.
Renaissance believes that its facilities are adequate for its current
operations, but there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
lease space on acceptable terms to accommodate future growth.
 
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
  From time to time, Renaissance is involved in litigation relating to claims
arising out of its operations in the normal course of business. The Company is
not currently involved in any legal proceedings the resolution of which, in
management's opinion, would have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
 
  None.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART II
 
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
  The Company's common stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market under the
symbol "REGI". The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices of
The Company's common stock for the periods indicated:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              Quarter                  High     Low
              -------                 ------- -------
<S>                                   <C>     <C>
Fiscal 1997
  First Quarter.....................  $17.125 $ 12.25
  Second Quarter....................  $26.625 $ 17.25
  Third Quarter.....................  $24.875 $ 17.75
  Fourth Quarter....................  $ 28.50 $17.375
Transition Period Ended December 27,
 1997
  First Quarter.....................  $ 27.00 $19.563
  Second Quarter....................  $ 24.75 $18.875
Fiscal 1998
  First Quarter.......................$ 31.75 $ 20.75
  Second Quarter....................  $ 28.94 $ 16.75
  Third Quarter.....................  $ 23.06 $  8.56
  Fourth Quarter....................  $ 15.06 $  5.38
</TABLE>
 
  The stock prices shown above have been adjusted to reflect the two-for-one
stock split effected as a stock dividend that was paid on March 24, 1998.
 
Holders of Record
 
  On March 25, 1999 there were approximately 125 holders of record of
Renaissance's common stock.
 
Dividends
 
  America's Registry, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Renaissance
("America's Registry") paid cash dividends in the approximate aggregate amount
of $862,000 to Mr. Conway in December 1995, of which amount $645,000 was
immediately used to repay certain indebtedness of Mr. Conway to the Company.
 
  The Company currently intends to retain future earnings, if any, to fund the
development and growth of its business and does not anticipate paying any cash
dividends on its common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, the
Company's revolving line of credit agreements prohibit the payment of
dividends without consent of the lender. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and
Capital Resources."
 
Sales of Unregistered Securities
 
  On March 31, 1998 and April 2, 1998, the Company issued and sold 2,113,840
and 2,440,920 shares of common stock to the former shareholders of Neoglyphics
Media Corporation and Triad Data, Inc., respectively, in connection with these
acquisitions. There were no underwriters involved in these sales. The Company
relied on the exemption from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities
Act of 1933.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
ITEM 6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
  During the Company's fiscal year ended June 28, 1997 and the six-month
transition period ended December 27, 1997, the Company acquired Application
Resources, Inc. ("ARI"), Shamrock Computer Resources, Ltd. ("SCR"),
Renaissance Solutions, Inc. ("RSI") and The Hunter Group, Inc. ("Hunter") in
transactions accounted for as poolings of interest. In the second quarter of
fiscal 1998, the Company acquired Triad Data, Inc. ("Triad") and Neoglyphics
Media Corporation ("Neoglyphics") in transactions also accounted for as
poolings of interest. Each of the acquired companies had a fiscal year that
ended in December. The Statement of Operations Data and Balance Sheet Data for
the Company's fiscal years presented below give effect to these acquisitions
by combining their financial position as of the date shown and their results
of operations for the twelve months ended on that date with those of the
Company, as shown in the following table. For the transition period, the
Statement of Operations Data and Balance Sheet Data reflect the results of
operations for the six months ended December 27, 1997 and the financial
position on that date for all the companies.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   Renaissance
                  (The Registry)      ARI              SCR           RSI         Hunter         Triad      Neoglyphics
                  -------------- -------------    ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
<S>               <C>            <C>              <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Fiscal 1993......  May 31, 1993            --     Dec. 31, 1993 Dec. 31, 1993 Dec. 31, 1992 Dec. 31, 1993           --
Fiscal 1994......  May 31, 1994  Dec. 31, 1994(a) Dec. 31, 1994 Dec. 31, 1994 Dec. 31, 1993 Dec. 31, 1994           --
Fiscal 1995...... June 24, 1995  Dec. 31, 1995    Dec. 31, 1995 Dec. 31, 1995 Dec. 31, 1994 Dec. 31, 1995 Dec. 31, 1995(b)
Fiscal 1996...... June 29, 1996  June 30, 1996    June 30, 1996 Dec. 31, 1996 Dec. 31, 1995 Dec. 31, 1996 Dec. 31, 1996
Fiscal 1997...... June 28, 1997  June 30, 1997    June 30, 1997 June 30, 1997 Dec. 31, 1996 Dec. 31, 1997 Dec. 31, 1997
</TABLE>
 
(a) ARI commenced operations as a separate entity on October 1, 1994. The
    results of operations for 1994 include the three months ended December 31,
    1994.
(b) Neoglyphics commenced operations as a separate entity in February 1995.
    The results of operations for 1995 include the 11 months ended December
    31, 1995.
 
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
  The following table sets forth, on the basis described above, certain
selected consolidated financial data of the Company. The selected consolidated
financial data should be read in conjunction with "Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the
Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Year Ended
                          ------------------------------------------
                                                                      Transition
                                                                     Period Ended
                          May 31,    June 24,   June 29,   June 28,  December 27,    Year Ended
                            1994    1995(1)(2) 1996(2)(5) 1997(2)(4)     1997     December 26, 1998
                          --------  ---------- ---------- ---------- ------------ -----------------
<S>                       <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
Statement of Operations
 Data:
Revenue.................  $123,447   $221,957   $333,063   $489,833    $320,119       $776,314
Cost of revenue.........    88,703    156,913    232,496    342,422     215,695        528,059
                          --------   --------   --------   --------    --------       --------
Gross profit............    34,744     65,044    100,567    147,411     104,424        248,255
Selling, general and
 administrative
 expenses...............    27,031     50,344     76,794    108,642      81,686        222,998
Acquisition-related
 expenses(3)............       --         --       3,524      8,268      17,961          6,904
Restructuring and other
 asset writedowns(6)....       --         --         --         --          --          36,089
                          --------   --------   --------   --------    --------       --------
Income (loss) from
 operations.............     7,713     14,700     20,249     30,501       4,777        (17,736)
Interest and other
 income (expense), net..      (901)      (804)      (773)     3,267        (678)        (5,185)
                          --------   --------   --------   --------    --------       --------
Income (loss) before
 taxes..................     6,812     13,896     19,476     33,768       4,099        (22,921)
Provision for income
 taxes..................       619      3,607      7,456     16,594       8,330          8,425
                          --------   --------   --------   --------    --------       --------
Net income (loss).......  $  6,193   $ 10,289   $ 12,020   $ 17,174    $ (4,231)      $(31,346)
                          ========   ========   ========   ========    ========       ========
Net income (loss) per
 share--basic...........  $   0.17   $   0.25   $   0.28   $   0.34    $  (0.08)      $  (0.57)
Weighted average common
 shares outstanding--
 basic..................    36,027     40,776     42,885     50,495      54,537         55,418
Net income (loss) per
 share--diluted.........  $   0.17   $   0.24   $   0.26   $   0.31    $  (0.08)      $  (0.57)
Weighted average common
 and potential common
 shares outstanding--
 diluted................    36,749     43,013     46,862     54,607      54,537         55,418
Distributions...........  $    530   $  4,372   $  2,958   $  3,465    $    925       $    --
 
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash
 equivalents............  $  3,222   $  8,067   $ 64,507   $ 30,013    $ 19,956       $ 10,957
Working capital.........     7,842     26,958    113,147    134,023      75,411         58,530
Total assets............    36,747     75,835    168,024    256,921     316,177        372,065
Total debt, including
 current portion........    13,469     25,016     11,198     12,021      49,928         96,899
Stockholders' equity....    10,670     33,346    123,743    197,092     193,895        179,785
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Renaissance changed its fiscal year end from May 31 to the last Saturday
    in June, effective with the fiscal year ended June 24, 1995. Accordingly,
    the June 1994 results are not included in the data presented above.
(2) Statement of Operations Data for the years ended June 24, 1995, June 29,
    1996, June 28, 1997 and December 26, 1998 are for 52, 53, 52 and 52 weeks,
    respectively.
(3) Represents transaction and other related costs associated with
    acquisitions accounted for as poolings of interests.
(4) In August 1996, ARI received a settlement of $1.6 million from its
    insurance company for payment of defense costs and related expenses
    associated with certain litigation. This amount, less related expenses,
    has been included in interest and other income (expense), net, in the
    Statement of Operations Data above.
(5) In conjunction with the renegotiation of Renaissance's lease with a real
    estate trust of which Mr. Conway is the sole beneficiary and an officer of
    the Company is the trustee (the "Realty Trust"), the accounts of the
    Realty Trust have been consolidated with those of Renaissance, commencing
    September 19, 1995. See Note 16 to Consolidated Financial Statements.
(6) Includes a $27.1 million charge for the write-down of goodwill and other
    assets in the Company's COBA U.K. and Technomics businesses and a $9.0
    million charge for other restructuring expenses, primarily severance.
 
                                      10
<PAGE>
 
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
     AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Overview
 
  Since its initial public offering in June 1996, the Company has executed an
aggressive acquisition strategy acquiring twenty-three companies,
significantly expanding the Company's national and international presence and
increasing the number of management consulting and IT service offerings
provided by the Company. With the growth came a reorganization of the
Company's structure into four business segments: Business Strategy, Enterprise
Solutions Group, Government Solutions Group and Information Technology
Consulting Services ("ITCS"); and a renaming of the Company to Renaissance
Worldwide, Inc. to reflect the Company's expanded international presence and
broader range of consulting services.
 
  Five of these acquisitions were completed during fiscal 1998. Exad Galons
and Hackenberg and Partners were acquired in the first quarter of fiscal 1998
expanding the international presence of the Enterprise Solutions Group.
Neoglyphics Media Corporation ("Neoglyphics") and Triad Data Corporation
("Triad") were acquired in the second quarter of fiscal 1998 with Neoglyphics
adding Internet development and e-commerce services to the Enterprise
Solutions Group and Triad further expanding the Information Technology
Consulting Services Group. In the third quarter of fiscal 1998, International
Public Access Technologies ("IPAT") was acquired and added to our 1997
acquisition, Eligibility Management Systems, to form the Company's Government
Solutions Group.
 
  Consulting services performed are billed either on a time and materials
basis, as is the case with the ITCS Group and certain sectors of the Solutions
Groups, or on a fixed price basis for the remainder of the Solutions Groups
and the Business Strategy Group. Revenue for fixed price contracts is
recognized using the percentage of completion method based upon the number of
labor hours incurred compared to the total estimated labor hours at estimated
realizable rates. Under the percentage of completion method, the Company must
estimate the percentage of completion of each project at the end of each
financial reporting period. Estimates are subject to adjustment as a project
progresses to reflect changes in projected completion costs or dates. The
cumulative effect of any revision in estimates of the percentage of
completion, or the effect of identifiable losses on cost over-runs, is
reflected in the financial reporting period in which the change in the
estimate or the loss becomes known. The Company mitigates the risk of losses
for cost over-runs by subdividing its projects into smaller phases. In these
cases, the Company and its clients agree on a fixed price and fixed time frame
before beginning each phase of the project. These agreements may be revised,
by mutual agreement, when a significant change in the scope or cost of a phase
arises that neither the Company nor the client had anticipated. Because the
Company bears the risk of cost over-runs and inflation associated with fixed-
price, fixed-time frame projects, the Company's operating results may be
adversely affected by inaccurate estimates of contract completion costs and
dates.
 
  Because revenue is recognized only when consultants are working, operating
results are adversely affected when client facilities are closed due to
holidays or inclement weather. The Company experiences a certain amount of
seasonality in the quarter ended the last Saturday in December due to the
number of holidays falling in the quarter and shutdowns by certain customers
for the holiday week. In addition, lower gross margins are experienced in the
first quarter of the calendar year due primarily to the timing of unemployment
tax accruals and, to a lesser extent, social security taxes.
 
  Revenue growth is achieved by increasing the number of projects or
consultants on engagements and, to a lesser extent, by increasing average bill
rates. Gross margin increases are achieved primarily by increasing the
utilization of the salaried consultants, and to a lesser extent, by increasing
the bill rates of hourly consultants and increasing the amount of revenue
generated by the Business Strategy and Solutions Groups. The Business Strategy
and Solutions Groups generally obtain higher gross margin percentages than the
ITCS Group for a variety of reasons.
 
  As a result of the number of acquisitions and expansion since June 1996, the
Company has increased its IT, human resources, legal, marketing and finance
infrastructure and expanded the number and size of branch facilities to
accommodate growth. These measures have resulted in increased selling, general
and administrative
 
                                      11
<PAGE>
 
expenses. Delays in integrating the back office operations of certain
acquisitions have resulted in some redundant expenditures, increasing selling,
general and administrative expenses. In January 1999, the Company consolidated
certain back office operations in order to reduce these expenditures and
streamline processes.
 
  The Company is currently reviewing its IT infrastructure for year 2000
considerations and capacity given the recent growth and anticipated growth in
the next five years. The Company is also converting its enterprise-wide
financial and human resource systems to the PeopleSoft system. The Company
expects a significant benefit by conforming all accounting and human resource
systems to PeopleSoft, allowing for additional capacity without additional
headcount, a reduction of manual input, as well as expanded and more timely
reporting of financial information. The Company is staffing the PeopleSoft
project internally. While using internal resources reduces the overall costs
of this project, the Company will experience some decrease in the billable
utilization of its consultants as a result of using these resources on
internal projects.
 
Recent Acquisitions
 
  In March 1998 the Company, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, acquired all
of the outstanding stock of Neoglyphics Media Corporation ("Neoglyphics").
Neoglyphics is an Internet development and applications company based in
Chicago, Illinois and is the foundation of the e-commerce business unit within
the Enterprise Solutions Group. Pursuant to the agreement and plan of merger,
each share of Neoglyphics was converted into the right to receive .12495
shares of Renaissance common stock. Renaissance also assumed outstanding
options for the purchase of Neoglyphics common stock at the same conversion
ratio.
 
  In April 1998 the Company, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, acquired all
of the outstanding stock of Triad Data, Inc. ("Triad"). Triad is an
information technology consulting firm performing services similar to those of
the ITCS Group of the Company. Pursuant to the agreement and plan of merger,
each share of Triad common stock was converted into the right to receive
24,409.2 shares of Renaissance common stock.
 
  In total 4,554,760 shares of the Company's Common Stock were exchanged for
all of the outstanding common stock of Neoglyphics and Triad. In addition,
outstanding stock options to purchase Neoglyphics common stock were converted
into options to purchase 119,940 shares of the Company's common stock. These
transactions have been accounted for as poolings-of-interests and, therefore,
the financial statements of the Company have been restated to include the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of these two
companies for all periods presented. The Company incurred $6.9 million in
acquisition-related expenses in the second quarter of 1998 related to these
transactions.
 
  In addition, in fiscal 1998, the Company acquired three companies accounted
for as purchases: Exad Galons; Hackenberg and Partners; and IPAT. Renaissance
paid an aggregate of $12.5 million in cash for these acquisitions. In
addition, the Company may be obligated to pay contingent cash consideration
over the next three years based upon the future operating results of the
acquired entities. The purchase price has been allocated to the assets
acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their fair values as of the
respective dates of acquisition. The excess of the consideration paid over the
estimated fair value of net assets acquired has been recorded as goodwill. The
results of operations for these acquisitions have been included in
Renaissance's results of operations from the respective dates of acquisition.
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
Additional Selected Consolidated Financial Data
 
  The following table sets forth certain consolidated financial data of the
Company. This data is presented to reflect the comparative periods discussed
in the following analysis.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                Six Months Ended         Twelve Months Ended
                            ------------------------- -------------------------
                            December 28,              December 27,
                                1996     December 27,     1997     December 26,
                            (Unaudited)      1997     (Unaudited)      1998
                            ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
<S>                         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Revenue ..................    $214,774     $320,119     $595,178     $776,314
Cost of revenue ..........     150,052      215,695      408,065      528,059
                              --------     --------     --------     --------
                                64,722      104,424      187,113      248,255
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses
 .........................      50,200       81,686      140,134      222,998
Acquisition-related
 expenses ................       8,662       17,961       17,561        6,904
Restructuring and other
 asset writedowns ........         --           --           --        36,089
                              --------     --------     --------     --------
Income (loss) from
 operations ..............       5,860        4,777       29,418      (17,736)
Interest expense .........       1,829         (678)         (11)      (5,185)
                              --------     --------     --------     --------
Income (loss) before taxes
 .........................       7,689        4,099       29,407      (22,921)
Income tax provision .....       6,035        8,330       18,119        8,425
                              --------     --------     --------     --------
Net income (loss) ........    $  1,654     $ (4,231)    $ 11,288     $(31,346)
                              ========     ========     ========     ========
</TABLE>
 
Twelve months ended December 26, 1998 and December 27, 1997
 
  Revenue: Revenue increased 30.4% to $776.3 million for the twelve months
ended December 26, 1998 from $595.2 million for the twelve months ended
December 27, 1997. The increase was attributable primarily to increases in the
revenues of the ITCS Group, whose revenues comprised 68% of the total revenues
for the twelve months ended December 26, 1998. The ITCS Group's revenues
increased by $108.2 million or 25.1% in the period due to growth within
existing branch offices. The Business Strategy Group, which comprised 8% of
Renaissance's total revenues, experienced revenue increases of 3.6% to $66.2
million for the twelve months ended December 26, 1998 from $63.9 million for
the twelve months ended December 27, 1997. This increase was attributable
primarily to increases in revenues of the COBA Boston subsidiary whose
revenues increased 24% or $4.4 million in fiscal 1998. These increases were
mitigated by slower growth and reduced revenues in certain other areas of the
Company's North American and European strategy branches. In the restructuring
of the Company's operations in the third quarter of fiscal 1998, certain
domestic strategy offices were closed and the consultants were either
terminated or transferred to other Strategy units. In the fourth quarter of
fiscal 1998, in anticipation of the sale of certain of the under performing
European strategy units, the Company accrued certain severance costs and wrote
down non-recoverable goodwill on these units. Revenues from the Enterprise
Solutions Group increased $65.3 million or 67.0% to $162.7 million in the
period due to an increase in the overall number of engagements, the
acquisition of Exad Galons and Hackenberg and the creation of additional
service offerings during the year. Revenues from the Company's Government
Solutions Group increased 461% to $19.9 million from $3.5 million in the
comparable prior period. These increases are attributable primarily to the
addition of the IPAT acquisition in July of 1998 and the full year impact of
the EMS acquisition acquired in August of 1997.
 
  Gross Profit: Gross profit increased 32.7% to $248.3 million for fiscal 1998
from $187.1 million in the twelve months ended December 27, 1997. As a
percentage of revenue, gross profit increased to 32.0% in fiscal 1998 from
31.4% in the twelve months ended December 27, 1997. This increase is
attributable to the number of higher margin solutions and strategy projects
and the increased utilization and number of salaried consultants as compared
with the prior period.
 
  Selling, General and Administrative Expenses: Selling, general and
administrative expenses, excluding acquisition-related expenses and
restructuring and other asset writedown charges, increased by 59.2% to $223.0
million in fiscal 1998 from $140.1 million in the twelve months ended December
27, 1997. As a percentage of revenue, selling, general and administrative
expenses increased to 28.7% of revenue for fiscal 1998 from 23.5% for the
comparable prior period. The increase was attributable to the additional costs
necessary to support the
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
growth in the Company's business and professional staff, increases in the size
and number of facilities, investments in upgrading the Company's
telecommunications networks and systems and additional provisions to the
allowance for doubtful accounts. In addition, the Company experienced
increases in amortization of goodwill due to the acquisitions made during
fiscal 1997 and 1998.
 
  Acquisition-related Expenses: The Company incurred acquisition-related
expenses in fiscal 1998 of $6.9 million as a result of the acquisitions of
Neoglyphics and Triad in the second quarter. Acquisition-related expenses of
$18.0 million in the twelve months ended December 27, 1997 resulted from the
acquisitions of RSI and Hunter during the period. These costs represent
investment banking, accounting, printing, and legal costs. Costs were higher
for the RSI and Hunter acquisitions due to their relatively larger size.
 
  Restructuring charges and other asset writedowns: The restructuring and
other asset write-downs of $36.1 million in 1998 included a $21.4 million
charge for the write-down of goodwill in the Company's COBA U.K. business and
a $5.7 million charge for the write-down of goodwill and other assets
associated with the Company's Technomics business, both recorded in the fourth
quarter of 1998. In connection with certain business unit and functional
realignments made by the Company, a decision was made to dispose of these non-
performing strategy business units. No proceeds are anticipated from the
discontinuance of these business units.
 
  Net restructuring and other asset write-downs also included $9.0 related to
a restructuring plan designed to focus the Company on the new corporate
strategy and eliminate redundant facilities and personnel recorded in the
third quarter of 1998. Details of the charges and the activity recorded during
1998 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             Discontinuance   Severance    Write-down
                            And Consolidation and Other   of Equipment   Total
                               Of Offices       Costs   and Other Assets Costs
                            ----------------- --------- ---------------- ------
<S>                         <C>               <C>       <C>              <C>
Total restructuring and
 other asset write-downs..       $1,254        $4,198        $3,528      $8,980
Total charges through
 year-end.................
  Non-cash costs..........          --            --          2,938       2,938
  Payments................          205         2,965           --        3,170
                                 ------        ------        ------      ------
Balance, December 27,
 1998.....................       $1,049        $1,233        $  590      $2,872
                                 ======        ======        ======      ======
</TABLE>
 
  The write-down of equipment and other assets relates primarily to impaired
software and other computer equipment resulting from the reorganization.
Charges for the discontinuance and consolidation of offices are related to
future lease payments related to vacated properties in excess of estimated
sublease income. Severance and other costs include expenses related to the
termination of approximately 50 employees, primarily in certain business
initiatives the Company decided to exit, and amounts owned under recruiting
contracts for individuals or positions which were terminated.
 
  The Company currently expects the remaining restructuring accrual to be
utilized, primarily through cash disbursements funded from operations or the
use of additional borrowings, by the end of the second quarter of 1999. These
restructuring activities are expected to result in future savings in 1999 of
approximately $7.5 million.
 
  Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net: Interest and other income
(expense), net changed by $5.2 million from $11,000 in expense for the twelve
months ended December 27, 1997 to $5.2 million in expense in fiscal 1998. This
decrease was a result of increased borrowings under the Company's line of
credit during fiscal 1998 to fund acquisitions, earnout payments and working
capital expenditures. The Company had lower borrowings under its line of
credit in 1997 as a result of cash received in a public offering of the
Company's common stock in February 1997.
 
Six Months Ended December 27, 1997 and December 28, 1996
 
  Revenue: Revenue increased 49% to $320.1 million for the six months ended
December 27, 1997 from $214.8 million for the six months ended December 28,
1996. The increase was attributable primarily to increases in the revenues of
the ITCS Group, whose revenues comprised 71.4% of the total revenues for the
six months
 
                                      14
<PAGE>
 
ended December 27, 1997. The ITCS Group's revenues increased by $59.7 million,
or 35.4%, in the period due to growth within existing branch offices, as well
as growth resulting from having the revenues of acquisitions made during the
six months ended December 1996 in the results of operations for the entire
period of 1997. The Business Strategy Group, which comprised 11.6% of
Renaissance's total revenues, experienced revenue increases of 100.8% to $37.0
million for the six months ended December 27, 1997 from $18.6 million for the
six months ended December 28, 1996. The increases were a result of greater
utilization of the salaried consultants as well as the addition of certain
acquisitions in the third quarter of fiscal 1997. Revenues from the Enterprise
Solutions Group increased $24.1 million, or 86.7%, to $51.9 million in the
period due to an increase in the overall number of engagements over the prior
period. Revenues from the Government Solutions Group were $3.5 million. This
was the first year of the Government Solutions Group operations which
commenced upon acquisition of EMS in August 1997.
 
  Gross Profit: Gross profit increased 61% to $104.4 million for the six
months ended December 27, 1997 from $64.7 million in the comparable prior
period. As a percentage of revenue, gross profit increased to 32.6% in the six
months ended December 27, 1997 from 30.1% in the six months ended December 28,
1996. This increase is attributable to the increased number of higher margin
solutions and strategy projects and the increased utilization of the salaried
consultants as compared with the prior period.
 
  Selling, General and Administrative Expenses: Selling, general and
administrative expenses, excluding acquisition-related expenses, increased by
63% to $81.7 million in the six months ended December 27, 1997 from $50.2
million in the six months ended December 28, 1996. As a percentage of revenue,
selling, general and administrative expenses increased to 25.5% of revenue for
the six months ended December 27, 1997 from 23.4% in the six months ended
December 28, 1996. This increase was attributable to the additional costs
necessary to support the growth in the Company's business and professional
staff, increases in facilities and investments in upgrading the Company's
telecommunications networks and systems, as well as increases in amortization
of goodwill due to the additional acquisitions made during fiscal 1997 and the
transition period ended December 27, 1997.
 
  Acquisition-Related Expenses: The Company incurred acquisition-related
expenses in the six months ended December 27, 1997 of $18.0 million as a
result of its acquisitions of RSI and Hunter during the period. Acquisition-
related costs of $8.7 million in the six months ended December 28, 1996
resulted from the acquisitions of Application Resources Inc. ("ARI"), Shamrock
Computer Resources ("SCR") and International System Services Corporation
("ISS") during the period. These costs primarily represent investment banking,
accounting, printing, and legal costs. Costs were higher for the RSI and
Hunter acquisitions due to their relatively larger size.
 
  Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net: Interest and other income
(expense), net changed by $3.3 million to $0.7 million in expense in the six
months ended December 27, 1997 from $2.6 million in income in the six months
ended December 28, 1996. The 1996 period included the receipt by ARI of
approximately $1.6 million in net proceeds from the settlement of certain
litigation. In addition, amounts outstanding under the Company's lines of
credit and other indebtedness were reduced during the 1996 period as a result
of the receipt of the proceeds from the Company's initial public offering in
June 1996 and from the proceeds from RSI's public offerings in May and
November of 1996. Borrowings under the Company's line of credit increased
during the period ended December 27, 1997.
 
Fiscal Years Ended June 28, 1997 and June 29, 1996
 
  Revenue: Revenue increased 47% to $489.8 million for fiscal 1997 from $333.1
million in fiscal 1996. The increase was attributable primarily to increases
in the revenues of the ITCS Group, which comprised 73.8% of the Company's
total revenues for the fiscal year ended June 28, 1997. The ITCS Group's
revenue increased by $107.5 million, or 42.3%, in the period due to growth
within the existing branch offices, the continued maturation of newer branch
offices and the addition of new branches resulting from acquisitions accounted
for as purchases completed during the year, all of which resulted in a greater
number of IT professionals placed during the period. The Business Strategy
Group, which comprised 9.3% of Renaissance's total revenues,
 
                                      15
<PAGE>
 
experienced revenue increases of $10.5 million, or 30.2%, during the fiscal
year ended June 28, 1997. Revenues from the Enterprise Solutions Group
increased $38.7 million, or 87.2%, in the period due to an increase in the
overall number of engagements and the enhanced performance of Hunter's UK
subsidiary which commenced operations in September 1995.
 
  Gross Profit: Gross profit increased 47% to $147.4 million for fiscal 1997
from $100.6 million in fiscal 1996. As a percentage of revenue, gross profit
decreased slightly to 30.1% in fiscal 1997 from 30.2% in fiscal 1996.
 
  Selling, General and Administrative Expenses: Selling, general and
administrative expenses, excluding acquisition-related expenses, increased by
41% to $108.6 million in fiscal 1997 from $76.8 million in fiscal 1996. As a
percentage of revenue, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased
to 22.2% of revenue for fiscal 1997 from 23.1% in fiscal 1996. This decrease
was attributable to the increase in total revenues during a period in which,
other than through acquisition, there was limited branch expansion. The total
increase in the selling, general and administrative expenses is a result of
additional costs necessary to support the growth in the Company's business and
professional staff, increases in facilities and investments in upgrading the
Company's telecommunications networks and systems.
 
  Acquisition-Related Expenses: The Company incurred acquisition-related
expenses in fiscal 1997 of $8.3 million in connection with its acquisitions of
International Systems Services Corporation ("ISS"), ARI, and SCR during the
period. The Company incurred acquisition-related expenses in fiscal 1996 of
$3.5 million in connection with its acquisition of ISS.
 
  Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net: Interest and other income
(expense), net increased $4.0 million to $3.3 million in income in fiscal 1997
from $0.8 million in expense in fiscal 1996. The 1996 period included the
receipt by ARI of approximately $1.6 million in net proceeds from the
settlement of certain litigation. In addition, amounts outstanding under the
Company's lines of credit were reduced during the year upon receipt of the
proceeds from the Company's initial public offering in June 1996 and its
subsequent offering in February of 1997 and from the proceeds from RSI's
public offerings in May and November of 1996. The remaining proceeds from
these offerings also generated increased interest income.
 
Quarterly Results
 
  The following table sets forth certain unaudited quarterly operating
information for each of the ten quarters ending with the quarter ended
December 26, 1998, in dollars and as a percentage of revenue. These data have
been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and, in
the opinion of management, includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal
recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the information
for the periods presented, when read in conjunction with Renaissance's
Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes thereto. Results for any
previous fiscal quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for the full
year or for any future quarter.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Three Months Ended
                          ---------------------------------------------------
                          September  December    March      June    September
                            1996     1996(1)      1997      1997      1997(2)
                          ---------  --------   --------  --------  ---------
                              (In thousands, except per share data)
<S>                       <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>
Revenue.................. $101,975   $112,799   $131,820  $143,239  $155,953
Gross profit.............   29,416     35,306     41,808    40,881    51,386
Income (loss) from
 operations..............    5,194        666     13,814    10,827     2,158
Net income (loss)........    4,259     (2,605)     8,493     7,027    (2,719)
Net income (loss) per
 share--basic............ $   0.09   $  (0.05)  $   0.17  $   0.13  $  (0.05)
Net income (loss) per
 share--diluted.......... $   0.08   $  (0.05)  $   0.16  $   0.12  $  (0.05)
As a Percentage of
 Revenue:
  Revenue................      100%     100.0 %    100.0%    100.0%    100.0 %
  Gross profit...........     28.8%      31.3 %     31.7%     28.5%     32.9 %
  Income from
   operations............      5.1%       0.6 %     10.5%      7.6%      1.4 %
  Net income (loss)......      4.2%      (2.3)%      6.4%      4.9%     (1.7)%
</TABLE>
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      Three Months Ended
                         ---------------------------------------------------
                         December    March      June     September  December
                           1997(3)    1998      1998(4)    1998(5)    1998(6)
                         --------   --------  --------   ---------  --------
                             (In thousands, except per share data)
<S>                      <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenue................. $164,166   $175,364  $196,467   $209,073   $195,410
Gross profit............   53,038     58,296    67,074     71,392     51,492
Income (loss) from
 operations.............    2,619     11,570    10,234     11,115    (50,655)
Net income (loss).......   (1,512)     5,463      (439)     5,601    (41,971)
Net income (loss) per
 share--basic........... $  (0.03)  $   0.10  $  (0.01)  $   0.10   $  (0.75)
Net income (loss) per
 share--diluted......... $  (0.03)  $   0.09  $  (0.01)  $   0.10   $  (0.75)
As a Percentage of
 Revenue:
  Revenue...............    100.0 %    100.0%    100.0 %    100.0%     100.0 %
  Gross profit..........     32.3 %     33.2%     34.1 %     34.1%      26.4 %
  Income (loss) from
   operations...........      1.6 %      6.6%      5.2 %      5.3%     (25.9)%
  Net income (loss).....     (0.9)%      3.1%     (0.2)%      2.7%     (21.5)%
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Includes transaction costs of $8.4 million associated with the
    acquisitions of ARI, SCR, and ISS, each of which has been accounted for as
    a pooling-of-interests.
(2) Includes transacation costs of $11.2 million associated with the
    acquisition of RSI, which has been accounted for as a pooling of
    interests.
(3) Includes transaction costs of $6.8 million related to the acquisition of
    Hunter, which has been accounted for as a pooling of interests.
(4) Includes transaction costs of $6.9 million associated with the
    acquisitions of Neoglyphics and Triad, which have been accounted for as
    poolings-of-interests and a $2.9 million charge associated with Triad's
    conversion from an S corporation to a C corporation.
(5) Includes charges for restructuring and other asset writedowns of $9.0
    million which includes costs for severence, lease closures, and other
    writeoffs of non-performing assets.
(6) Includes charges of $27.1 million associated with the writeoff of goodwill
    and other costs associated with the Technomics and COBA-UK subsidiaries
    (see Note 8).
 
  During the October to December quarter, the number of holidays and vacation
days marginally reduces revenue. Some clients also close operations completely
during the last week of the year. Renaissance also experiences a lower
operating profit margin in the January to March quarter, in part as a result
of higher unemployment tax accruals and, to a lesser extent, FICA taxes which
are expensed as incurred. During this quarter, the unemployment tax, which is
based on the first $7,000-$24,500 of wages for each employee, depending on the
state, is significantly higher than other quarters.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
  The Company has a line of credit facility in place which provides a
borrowing base of 85% of eligible accounts receivable as defined, up to a
maximum borrowing of $85 million, payable on demand. Interest is payable
monthly in arrears at the bank's prime rate plus .5% (9.0% at June 28, 1997,
9.0% at December 27, 1997, and 8.25% at December 26, 1998) or the LIBOR rate
plus 2.5% (8.64% at June 28, 1997, 8.16% at December 27, 1997, and 7.71% at
December 26, 1998), at the option of the Company. The line of credit is
collateralized by all of the assets of the Company, excluding the assets of
the Trust, contains certain restrictions, including limitations on the amount
of distributions which can be made to stockholders, purchases of fixed assets,
and loans which can be made to officers, and requires the maintenance of
certain financial covenants.
 
  This line of credit was scheduled to expire in February 1999 but was
extended. This line was terminated on March 24, 1999.
 
  In February of 1999, the Company entered into a new line of credit with a
different bank to provide a borrowing base of 85% of eligible accounts
receivable as defined, up to a maximum borrowing of $110 million. Interest is
payable monthly in arrears at the LIBOR rate plus 2.0% on the higher of the
bank's prime rate or the
 
                                      17
<PAGE>
 
Fed Funds rate plus .50%, plus .75%, at the Company's option. The line is
collateralized by all of the assets of the Company, contains certain
restrictions, and requires maintenance of certain financial covenants. The new
line of credit is for a 90 day term until syndication of a Senior Credit
facility committed to by the bank consisting of a $100 million Revolving
Credit Facility and a $50 million three year Term Loan Facility is executed.
The Company will incur certain underwriting and commitment fees in the first
quarter of fiscal 1999 upon funding of this line as well as termination fees
with the former bank upon payoff of the former line.
 
  As of December 26, 1998, there was $81.6 million outstanding with
availability of $3.4 million. The Line of Credit bears an interest rate of
LIBOR plus 2.5% or the Bank of New York alternate base rate plus 0.5% at the
Company's option.
 
  The Company experienced negative cash flows from operations of $28.0 million
for the fiscal year ended December 26, 1998. The negative operating cash flows
during this period are primarily due to a $50.3 million increase in gross
accounts receivable during the period. This increase was attributable
primarily to increased revenues. Additionally, cash flows from operations were
impacted by fluctuations in current and other assets and payable balances
between the periods and changes in deferred taxes in the period. The operating
cash flow decreases were mitigated by an $18.4 million increase in accrued
expenses due primarily to acquisition related and restructuring accruals and
end of year bonus accruals.
 
  The Company had negative cash flows from investing activities of $34.6
million for the fiscal year ended December 26, 1998. The primary uses of cash
for investing activities in the period were $24.3 million paid for
acquisitions and $14.4 million in fixed asset purchases. This was mitigated by
net proceeds from sales of marketable securities of $5.8 million in the
period.
 
  The Company had cash provided by financing activities of $53.6 million for
the fiscal year ended December 26, 1998. The primary sources of cash from
financing activities were $47.4 million in net borrowings on the Company's
lines of credit and $10.6 million of cash received from employees to purchase
stock or exercise options.
 
  The Company anticipates that its primary uses of working capital in future
periods will be for funding growth, either through acquisitions, the internal
development of existing branch offices or the development of new branch
offices and service offerings. The Company also anticipates making
approximately $13.0 million in capital expenditures over the next twelve
months, primarily related to information systems. In connection with certain
of its acquisitions, the Company may be obligated to make certain contingent
payments over the next several years, including $7.1 million which the Company
currently is required to pay over the next 12 months. The Company does not
believe that such payments would have a material impact on the Company's
liquidity, results of operations or capital requirements. The Company's
principal capital requirement is working capital to support the accounts
receivable associated with its revenue growth. The Company believes that its
new financing from Bank of America, together with cash flows from operations,
will be sufficient to meet the Company's presently anticipated working capital
needs for at least the next 12 months.
 
  Foreign currency fluctuations and inflation did not have a significant
impact on the Company for any of the periods presented.
 
Impact of the Year 2000 Issues
 
  The "Year 2000" problem arose because many computer programs use only the
last two digits to refer to a year. Therefore, date-sensitive software or
hardware may not be able to distinguish between 1900 and 2000 and programs
that perform arithmetic operations, comparisons or sorting of date fields may
begin yielding incorrect results. The Year 2000 problem could potentially
cause a system failure or miscalculations that could disrupt the Company's
operations.
 
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
  The Company's State of Readiness. The Company has developed a Year 2000
remediation plan that involves three overlapping phases.
 
  In the catalog phase, the Company has created an index of Year 2000 issues
broken down into three functional areas:
 
  . Applications and information technology (IT) equipment--This area
    includes all mainframe, network and desktop hardware and software,
    including custom and packaged applications, and IT embedded systems.
 
  . Non-information technology (non-IT) embedded systems--These systems
    include non-IT equipment and machinery. Non-IT embedded systems, such as
    security, fire prevention and climate control systems, typically include
    embedded technology, such as microcontrollers.
 
  . Vendor and customer relationships --These include significant third-party
    vendors and suppliers of goods and services, as well as vendor and
    supplier interfaces. These also include customers of the Company's
    products and services as well as customer interfaces and accounts
    receivable.
 
  The Company completed the catalog phase in April of 1998.
 
  In the analysis phase, the Company evaluated the catalogued items for Year
2000 compliance, determining the remediation method and resources required and
developing an implementation plan. The Company completed the analysis phase in
April 1998.
 
  In the implementation phase, the Company will execute the implementation
plan for all applicable hardware and software, interfaces and systems. This
phase will involve replacing certain software and hardware not being upgraded,
testing the implemented changes, using the changed procedures in actual
operations, testing in a Year 2000-simulated environment and vendor and
customer interface testing. After implementation, the Company intends to
conduct live testing commencing in the second quarter 1999. All components of
the implementation phase are expected to be completed by October 1, 1999.
 
  The Company's remediation plan for its Year 2000 issues is an ongoing
process and the estimated completion dates above are subject to change.
 
  The Risk of the Company's Year 2000 Issues. Generally, the Company has
completed an assessment of Year 2000 issues with respect to its business
systems and has already begun to take actions to ensure their compliance.
Plans and associated milestones are being executed to ensure that those
business systems not currently certified as compliant are either upgraded to
certified status or replaced well in advance of December 31, 1999. Based on
the completed assessment, management does not expect that the costs of
bringing the Company's systems into compliance with Year 2000 to have a
material adverse effect on the Company's financial position, results of
operations or liquidity. The Company does not believe that it is subject to
significant business risks related to its customers' and suppliers' Year 2000
efforts.
 
  The Company's Contingency Plans. The Company does not currently have
contingency plans with respect to the Year 2000 problem. If the Company's
implementation efforts fail or are no longer on schedule for completion the
Company will divert its resources to contingency planning.
 
  Costs to Address the Company's Year 2000 Issue. The total cost of the
Company's remediation plan is estimated at approximately $400,000 to $600,000
and is being funded through operating cash flows. Of the total cost,
approximately $450,000 is attributable to new hardware and software that will
be capitalized. The remainder will be expensed as incurred. It is impossible
for the Company to completely account for the costs incurred in its
remediation effort as many of its employees have focused and will continue to
focus significant efforts in evaluating the Company's Year 2000 state of
readiness and in remediating problems that have arisen, and will continue to
arise, from such evaluation. Consultants' internal work for the Company
negatively impacts the Company's ability to employ its consultants on billable
projects externally which could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's results of operations, financial position or cash flow.
 
                                      19
<PAGE>
 
Factors That May Affect Future Results
 
  We have divided the following discussion of factors that may affect the
future results of our business between those that relate specifically to our
Company and those that relate to companies in the IT services industry.
 
                  Risks relating specifically to our company
 
  Our inability to manage growth could adversely affect our operating results
 
  The significant growth of our business in recent years has placed
significant demands on our managerial and other resources. Our ability to
manage this growth effectively will require us to continue to improve our
operating, financial and other internal systems. We will also have to improve
our business development capabilities and train, motivate and manage an
increasing number of employees. We currently rely on several different
financial reporting systems to monitor and manage our financial performance.
These multiple systems are both inefficient and difficult to operate. We are
implementing a new single financial reporting system, but that system is not
yet in place. If we fail to implement this new system effectively or if we
have difficulty transitioning to the new system, we will have difficulty
managing the business, which could adversely affect our operating results and
stock price. The significant growth in our business since June of 1996 has
been coupled with significant increases in our selling, general and
administrative expenses. Specifically, such expenses increased 41% from the
fiscal year ended June 1996 to the fiscal year ended June 1997. Such expenses
increased 63% from the six-month period ended December 1996 to the six-month
period ended December 1997 and 59% from the year ended December 1997 to the
year ended December 1998. Our failure to effectively control and curb the
significant increase in our selling, general and administrative expenses could
adversely affect our operating results and stock price.
 
  Acquisitions involve many financial uncertainties as well as personnel
contingencies and therefore can be risky and difficult to integrate
 
  We have completed more than twenty acquisitions in the last two years.
Acquisitions continue to be part of our growth strategy. Acquired businesses
do not always generate the revenues or earnings that we thought they would and
occasionally we find that they have unknown or undisclosed liabilities. When
these situations occur, the Company's business is adversely affected.
 
  We only receive the anticipated benefits from an acquisition when we
successfully integrate it into our own business in a timely and non-disruptive
manner. Integration requires substantial management attention. Difficulties we
encounter integrating an acquired business can have an adverse effect on our
business and operating results. If we fail to integrate the acquired business
effectively, key employees of that business may leave, which can further
complicate our integration efforts and jeopardize the anticipated benefits of
the acquisition.
 
  We depend on our relationship with PeopleSoft
 
  The Hunter Group, the principal business in the Enterprise Solutions
business unit, derives a substantial proportion of its revenue from its
relationship with PeopleSoft, a provider of enterprise resource planning
software that addresses broad functional areas such as human resources,
finance, treasury and project management. Because The Hunter Group contributes
a significant proportion of our operating profits, we are in part dependent on
PeopleSoft's continued success. An adverse change in The Hunter Group's
relationship with PeopleSoft could adversely affect our operating results. Any
changes in PeopleSoft-sponsored programs or a loss of PeopleSoft
certifications would adversely affect our business by reducing the number of
client referrals and PeopleSoft engagements.
 
  Our operating results fluctuate and our business is slightly seasonal
 
  Our operating results have fluctuated from quarter to quarter as a result of
many different factors, including the number, significance, mix and timing of
client projects, the number of business days in a particular period,
 
                                      20
<PAGE>
 
and general economic conditions. As our solutions business unit, which
provides services principally on a project-by-project basis, grows and
contributes a greater percentage of our revenues, we expect that greater
variability in quarterly operating results may occur. Our business is also
somewhat seasonal. We experience this seasonality in the fourth quarter
because of an increased number of holidays in that quarter. Investors should
not rely on operating results in any one quarter as an indicator of our future
results.
 
  Doing business internationally involves additional risks unique to foreign
operations
 
  We recruit consultants and generate a portion of our revenues from outside
the United States. Foreign operations are subject, however, to special risks
that can adversely affect revenues and profits. These risks include:
 
 .  currency exchange rate fluctuations    .  tariff and trade barriers
 .  labor strikes                          .  immigration laws and regulations
 .  political and economic disruptions     .  potentially adverse tax
 .  changes in government                     consequences
   policies and regulatory                .  exchange controls
   requirements
 
 
  Two officers control a substantial amount of our common stock
 
  More than 35% of our common stock is held by Mr. Conway (25.5%), our
chairman and chief executive officer, and Mr. Hunter (10.7%), president of The
Hunter Group and a director. As a result, Messrs. Conway and Hunter would be
able to significantly influence any matter requiring stockholder approval.
This concentration of ownership could also have the effect of making it
difficult for a third party to acquire control of the company and may
discourage third parties from attempting to do so. Future sales of substantial
amounts of this common stock, or the potential for such sales, may adversely
affect the prevailing market price of the common stock.
 
        Risks relating to the information technology services industry
 
  All providers of IT services face similar risks and we are no exception. We
discuss below the significant risks and how they affect our business.
 
  Our business depends on attracting and retaining qualified IT professionals
who are in high demand
 
  Our business and future growth depend upon our ability to attract and retain
experienced and skilled management consultants, IT professionals and IT
project managers. Competition for these professionals is intense because the
demand for them is greater than their current availability. Despite our best
efforts, not all of our professionals will always be satisfied with our
culture, compensation and benefits. This problem can be particularly
troublesome with professionals of an acquired business who may have come from
a corporate culture that is different than our's. There is great mobility
among the employees that we need to attract. Many of our competitors have
substantially greater financial and other resources than we do. They may offer
these individuals more attractive compensation and benefits packages. If we do
not recruit, train and maintain a sufficient number of professional personnel,
we will not be able to satisfy our clients' demands for IT services and our
business will be adversely affected.
 
  IT projects are complex and subject us to non-payment and other financial
risk
 
  Many of our IT projects subject us to financial risks. These engagements
often involve critical business processes and leading-edge software
applications. Despite our best efforts, we may not always be able to satisfy a
customer's expectations because software applications do not always work as
expected. A customer's dissatisfaction could affect its willingness to pay us
for these services, which would result in a financial loss on that project.
Customer dissatisfaction can also damage our reputation and negatively affect
our ability to attract new business. Even in situations where the scope of a
project changes, as a result of customer demands or otherwise, we may not
always be successful in obtaining a price adjustment as large as the one we
seek. To the extent that projects are extended or enlarged without
corresponding changes in fee schedules, our business would be adversely
affected.
 
                                      21
<PAGE>
 
  Failure to remediate Year 2000 problems could lead to liability claims
 
  Some of our clients have hired us to evaluate and remedy their Year 2000
problem. Many of these engagements involve projects that are critical to the
client's operations and business. Despite our best efforts, because the Year
2000 problem is complex and because it is often associated with critical
client systems or processes, we may be subject to claims from clients that we
failed properly to evaluate or remedy the client's Year 2000 problem. In
addition, we have written software code and performed services for our clients
in the past that may still be in use but are not year 2000 compliant. Such
past efforts may subject us to claims similar to those mentioned above despite
the fact that we were not engaged to evaluate or remedy the clients year 2000
problems. Any claims with respect to year 2000 problems, whether meritorious
or not, may adversely affect our business.
 
  Demand for our IT services may decline after 2000
 
  As the year 2000 approaches, many companies are evaluating their IT systems
to decide whether to repair or replace applications that have Year 2000
operability issues. Although we believe that these evaluations are increasing
the demand for our services in the short term, this demand will likely
dissipate as Year 2000 issues are resolved. Given the lack of precedent for an
issue of this magnitude, we cannot accurately forecast the effect of this
issue on quarter-to-quarter revenue achievement and our failure to estimate
this forecast accurately could adversely affect our business.
 
  Because we depend on key clients and have no long-term agreements the loss
of a key client or clients would be significant
 
  Although none of our clients accounts for more than 5% of the our revenues,
the successive loss of one or more of our significant clients may adversely
affect our business. In addition, we face pricing pressure from large clients
who often seek reduced prices for a desired volume of business or from clients
with whom we wish to maintain a preferred vendor status. Further, in virtually
all cases a client can terminate our services agreements on short notice and
without any penalty. If a number of these cancellations were to occur in a
short time period, our business and operating results would be adversely
affected in the short run.
 
  Our business is subject to fluctuations in the general health of the economy
 
  Demand for IT consulting services will be affected by the general health of
the domestic and international economies. Some clients may reduce expenditures
for information technology if they suffer slowdowns in their businesses due to
a general slowing of the economy. This reduction in spending may require some
clients to delay or cancel IT projects that we had been engaged to manage or
on which our consultants may have been staffed. Fluctuations in the general
economy that adversely affect the amount of money our clients are willing to
spend on IT consulting or related services may adversely affect our business.
 
  U.S. government limits on immigration restrict our ability to hire foreign
nationals
 
  Each year we hire IT professionals who are foreign nationals working in the
United Stated under H-1B permits. Under current law, there is a fixed annual
number of H-1B visas available for issuance. Once this limit has been reached,
we are unable to hire additional foreign nationals until additional H-1B visas
are made available in the next fiscal year. Because as we discuss above we are
constantly seeking qualified IT professionals, these limitations on our
ability to hire foreign nationals under H-1B visas may adversely affect our
business.
 
  The market for IT services is competitive
 
  The market for IT services and management consulting services includes a
large number of competitors and is highly competitive. Our competitors include
"Big Five" accounting firms, systems consulting and integration firms,
application software development firms, services divisions of computer
equipment companies and general management consulting companies. Moreover, we
often compete with the internal resources of our clients. The competitive
nature of our marketplaces creates pricing pressures that which may adversely
affect our business.
 
                                      22
<PAGE>
 
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
  The Company is exposed to a variety of risks, including foreign currency
fluctuations and changes in interest rates on its borrowings. In the normal
course of its business, the Company manages its exposure to these risks as
described below. The Company does not engage in trading market risk sensitive
instruments for speculative purposes.
 
Foreign Exchange
 
  During 1998, less than 10% of the Company's business was transacted in
currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The Company does not enter into forward
exchange contracts as a hedge against foreign currency exchange risk on
transactions denominated in foreign currencies or for speculative or trading
purposes. The Company has performed a sensitivity analysis assuming a
hypothetical 10% adverse movement in foreign exchange rates. As of December
26, 1998 the analysis demonstrated that such market movements would not have a
material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial position,
results of operations or cash flows. Actual gains and losses in the future may
differ materially from this analysis based on changes in the timing and amount
of foreign currency rate movements and the Company's actual exposures. The
Company believes that its exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk at
December 26, 1998 was not material.
 
Interest Rates
 
  As of December 26, 1998, the Company's exposure to market risk associated
with changes in interest rates relates primarily to its debt obligations. A
portion of the borrowings is denominated in foreign currencies which exposes
the Company to risks associated with foreign exchange rates. At December 26,
1998 the fair value of the Company's long-term fixed-rate debt approximated
fair value using quoted market prices where available. Market risk associated
with the Company's long-term debt is the potential increase in fair value
resulting from a decrease in interest rates.
 
  The table below provides information about the Company's financial
instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. For debt
obligations including the line of credit, the table presents principal cash
flows and related weighted average interest rates by expected maturity dates.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                December 26, 1998 Expected maturity date
                         ------------------------------------------------------------
                            1999        2000     2001     2002     2003    Thereafter     Total
                         -----------  --------  -------  -------  -------  ----------  -----------
<S>                      <C>          <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>         <C>
Long-term Debt:
 Fixed Rate............. $ 1,747,000  $238,000  $55,000  $60,000  $64,000  $1,708,000  $ 3,844,000
 Average interest rate..         4.1%      7.2%     9.1%     9.1%     9.1%        9.1%         6.8%
 Variable Rate.......... $92,603,000  $228,000                                         $92,831,000
 Average interest rate..        8.26%     8.26%                                               8.26%
</TABLE>
 
                                      23
<PAGE>
 
ITEM 8: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
            INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
Report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP......................................   25
Report of Deloitte & Touche, LLP..........................................   26
Report of Katch Tyson & Company...........................................   27
Report of Goldstein Golub Kessler LLP.....................................   28
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 28, 1997, December 27, 1997 and
 December 26, 1998........................................................   29
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Years Ended June 29, 1996 and
 June 28, 1997, the Six Months Ended December 27, 1997 and the Year Ended
 December 26, 1998........................................................   30
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the Years
 Ended June 29, 1996 and June 28, 1997, the Six Months Ended December 27,
 1997 and the Year Ended December 26, 1998................................   31
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Years Ended June 29, 1996 and
 June 28, 1997, the Six Months Ended December 27, 1997 and the Year Ended
 December 26, 1998........................................................   37
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................................   38
Financial Statement Schedule:
 II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts..................................  S-1
</TABLE>
 
  All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the
required information is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the
Notes thereto.
 
  See selected unaudited quarterly financial data in Item 7, "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations".
 
                                      24
<PAGE>
 
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Renaissance Worldwide, Inc.
 
  In our opinion, based upon our audits and the reports of other auditors, the
consolidated financial statements listed in the index appearing under Item 8
on page 24 present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
Renaissance Worldwide, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the "Company") at June 28,
1997, December 27, 1997 and December 26, 1998, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended
June 28, 1997, for the six months ended December 27, 1997, and for the year
ended December 26, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits. We did not audit the results of operations of
Renaissance Solutions, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary, for the year ended
December 31, 1996, which are included in the accompanying consolidated
statement of operations for the year ended June 29, 1996. We also did not
audit the financial statements of Neoglyphics Media Corporation, a wholly
owned subsidiary, as of December 31, 1997 and for the year ended December 31,
1997, which statements are included in the accompanying balance sheet as of
June 28, 1997 and December 27, 1997 and in the accompanying consolidated
statement of operations for the year ended June 28, 1997. We also did not
audit the financial statements of Triad Data, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary,
as of December 31, 1997 and for each of the two years in the period ended
December 31, 1997, which statements are included in the accompanying balance
sheet as of June 28, 1997 and December 27, 1997 and in the accompanying
consolidated statement of operations for the years ended June 29, 1996 and
June 28, 1997, respectively. In the aggregate, these statements reflect total
assets of $17,787,000, in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of
June 28, 1997 and December 27, 1997, and total revenues of $74,454,000 and
$61,575,000 in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the
years ended June 29, 1996 and June 28, 1997, respectively. Those statements
were audited by other auditors whose reports thereon have been furnished to
us, and our opinion expressed herein, insofar as it relates to the amounts
included for Renaissance Solutions, Inc., Neoglyphics Media Corporation and
Triad Data, Inc. for these periods is based solely on the reports of the other
auditors. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan and perform
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on
a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits and the reports of other auditors
provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.
 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
Boston, Massachusetts
February 25, 1999, except
for the termination of the
line of credit described in
Note 9, which is as of March
24, 1999
 
                                      25
<PAGE>
 
                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Renaissance Solutions, Inc.
 
  We have audited the consolidated statements of operations, stockholders'
equity and cash flows of Renaissance Solutions, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the
"Company") for the year ended December 31, 1996 (not presented separately
herein). These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audit.
 
  We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
  In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in
all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of Renaissance
Solutions, Inc. and its subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 1996 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
  As described in Note 3, the consolidated financial statements of the Company
give retroactive effect to the acquisition of International Systems Services
Corporation by the Company on December 31, 1996 as a pooling-of-interests.
 
                                          Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
Boston, Massachusetts
February 28, 1997
 
                                      26
<PAGE>
 
                         INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT
 
To the Shareholders of
Neoglyphics Media Corporation
 
  We have audited the accompanying statement of financial position of
Neoglyphics Media Corporation as of December 31, 1997, and the related
statements of income and cash flows for the year then ended (not presented
separately herein). These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
 
  We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
  In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Neoglyphics Media
Corporation at December 31, 1997, and the results of its operations and its
cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
 
                                          Katch, Tyson & Company
 
Northfield, IL
March 12, 1998
 
                                      27
<PAGE>
 
                         INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT
 
To the Stockholder
Triad Data, Inc.
 
  We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Triad Data, Inc. as of
December 31, 1997 and 1996 and the related statements of income and retained
earnings, and cash flows for the years then ended (not presented separately
herein). These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
 
  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
  In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Triad Data, Inc. as of
December 31, 1997 and 1996 and the results of its operations and its cash
flows for the years then ended in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
 
                                          Goldstein Golub Kessler LLP
 
New York, New York
February 27, 1998
 
                                      28
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                             (Dollars in Thousands)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            June 28,   December 27, December 26,
                                              1997         1997         1998
                                            ---------  ------------ ------------
<S>                                         <C>        <C>          <C>
                  ASSETS
Current assets
 Cash and cash equivalents................  $  30,013    $ 19,956     $ 10,957
 Marketable securities....................     28,675       5,867          --
 Accounts receivable, net of allowance
  for doubtful accounts of $1,840, $3,444
  and $9,616 at June 28, 1997, December
  27, 1997, and December 26, 1998
  respectively............................    122,552     153,994      196,190
 Notes receivable.........................      1,680       1,706        1,039
 Deferred income taxes....................      2,299       2,167       10,335
 Other current assets.....................      4,256       7,408       22,879
                                            ---------    --------     --------
   Total current assets...................    189,475     191,098      241,400
Fixed assets, net.........................     19,355      26,731       31,157
Notes receivable from officers............        535         108        1,049
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net
 of accumulated amortization of $1,028,
 $2,593 and $6,630 at June 28, 1997,
 December 27, 1997, and December 26, 1998,
 respectively.............................     46,164      94,343       84,869
Other assets..............................      1,392       3,042       11,511
Deferred income taxes.....................        --          855        2,079
                                            ---------    --------     --------
   Total assets...........................  $ 256,921    $316,177     $372,065
                                            =========    ========     ========
   LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities
 Lines of credit..........................  $   8,750    $ 43,300     $ 92,476
 Current portion of capital lease
  obligations.............................        185         107          267
 Current portion of long-term debt........        560       2,876        1,803
 Note payable to officer..................         93          93          --
 Accounts payable.........................      9,442      13,101       11,454
 Accrued salaries and wages...............     12,408      13,249       15,761
 Other accrued expenses...................     18,870      41,349       56,928
 Income taxes payable.....................      1,634         201          --
 Deferred income taxes....................      3,510       1,411        4,181
                                            ---------    --------     --------
   Total current liabilities..............     55,452     115,687      182,870
Deferred income taxes.....................      1,166       2,535        5,928
Capital lease obligations.................        242          43           29
Long-term debt............................      2,284       3,602        2,324
Other liabilities.........................        685         415        1,129
                                            ---------    --------     --------
   Total liabilities......................     59,829     122,282      192,280
                                            ---------    --------     --------
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 4 and
 13)
Stockholders' equity
Preferred stock, no par value (Note 11):
 Authorized 5,000,000 shares, issued and
  outstanding--0 at June 28, 1997,
  December 27, 1997, and December 26,
  1998....................................  $     --     $    --      $    --
Preferred stock, $0.10 par value (Note
 11)......................................        --          --           --
Common stock, no par value:
 Authorized 99,000,000 shares; issued and
  outstanding--54,158,078 shares at June
  28, 1997, 54,666,024 shares at December
  27, 1997, and 56,226,552 issued and
  56,026,552, outstanding at December 26,
  1998....................................      4,725       4,725        4,725
Additional paid-in capital................    157,201     160,743      181,520
Notes receivable from stockholders........       (476)       (476)      (1,476)
Retained earnings.........................     35,500      28,704       (2,642)
Accumulated other comprehensive income....        142         199          204
                                            ---------    --------     --------
                                              197,092     193,895      182,331
Less Treasury stock at cost, 200,000
 shares...................................        --          --        (2,546)
                                            ---------    --------     --------
   Total stockholders' equity.............    197,092     193,895      179,785
                                            ---------    --------     --------
   Total liabilities and stockholders'
    equity................................  $ 256,921    $316,177     $372,065
                                            =========    ========     ========
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                      (In thousands except per share data)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Six Months
                                Year Ended Year Ended    Ended      Year Ended
                                 June 29,   June 28,  December 27, December 26,
                                   1996       1997        1997         1998
                                ---------- ---------- ------------ ------------
<S>                             <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
Revenue.......................   $333,063   $489,833    $320,119     $776,314
Cost of revenue...............    232,496    342,422     215,695      528,059
                                 --------   --------    --------     --------
                                  100,567    147,411     104,424      248,255
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses......     76,794    108,642      81,686      222,998
Acquisition-related expenses..      3,524      8,268      17,961        6,904
Restructuring and other asset
 writedowns...................        --         --          --        36,089
                                 --------   --------    --------     --------
Income (loss) from
 operations...................     20,249     30,501       4,777      (17,736)
Interest expense..............     (2,476)    (1,446)     (1,495)      (6,342)
Interest and other income.....      1,703      4,713         817        1,157
                                 --------   --------    --------     --------
Income (loss) before taxes....     19,476     33,768       4,099      (22,921)
Income tax provision..........      7,456     16,594       8,330        8,425
                                 --------   --------    --------     --------
Net income (loss).............   $ 12,020   $ 17,174    $ (4,231)    $(31,346)
                                 ========   ========    ========     ========
Net income (loss) per share--
 basic........................   $   0.28   $   0.34    $  (0.08)    $  (0.57)
Weighted average common shares
 outstanding--basic...........     42,885     50,495      54,537       55,418
Net income (loss) per share--
 diluted......................   $   0.26   $   0.31    $  (0.08)    $  (0.57)
Weighted average common and
 potential common shares
 outstanding--diluted.........     46,862     54,607      54,537       55,418
</TABLE>
 
 
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                        (In thousands except share data)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            Preferred Stock      Common Stock     Common Stock
                                No Par              No Par         $0.01 Par
                           ------------------  ----------------- ---------------
                             Shares    Value     Shares    Value  Shares   Value
                           ----------  ------  ----------  ----- --------  -----
<S>                        <C>         <C>     <C>         <C>   <C>       <C>
Balance at June 24,
 1995....................   2,448,000   1,916  30,603,464    199  200,000     2
Consolidation of real
 estate trust............         --      --          --     --       --    --
Acquisition of America's
 Registry by RWI.........         --      --   10,666,666    --  (200,000)   (2)
Amortization of deferred
 stock compensation......         --      --          --     --       --    --
Proceeds from issuance of
 Common Stock, net of
 issuance costs..........         --      --    6,247,640    --       --    --
Stock issued upon
 exercise of options.....      23,000     --      311,811      3      --    --
Stock issued upon
 exercise of warrants....         --      --    1,013,760    --       --    --
Stock issued through
 stock purchase plan.....         --      --       67,429    --       --    --
Tax benefit associated
 with option exercises...         --      --          --     --       --    --
Capital contribution.....         --      --          --     --       --    --
Distributions............         --      --          --     --       --    --
Unrealized loss on
 marketable securities...         --      --          --     --       --    --
Net income for the year..         --      --          --     --       --    --
Cumulative translation
 adjustment..............         --      --          --     --       --    --
Comprehensive income for
 the year................         --      --          --     --       --    --
Elimination of duplicate
 activity for the six
 month period ended
 December 31, 1995
 resulting from the
 change in fiscal year of
 entities acquired in
 poolings-of-interests...     (23,000)    --      (12,622)   --       --    --
                           ----------  ------  ----------  ----- --------   ---
Balance at June 29,
 1996....................   2,448,000   1,916  48,898,148    202      --    --
Repurchase of stock......         --      --          --     --       --    --
Proceeds from issuance of
 stock, net of issuance
 costs...................     165,000   1,564   2,776,660  1,043      --    --
Stock issued upon sale of
 warrants................         --      --    1,013,760    --       --    --
Compensation in
 connection with grant of
 stock options...........         --      --          --     --       --    --
Stock issued upon
 exercise of options.....         --      --    1,210,537    --       --    --
Stock issued for
 acquisition.............         --      --      266,528    --       --    --
Tax benefit associated
 with option exercises...         --      --          --     --       --    --
Amortization of deferred
 stock compensation......         --      --          --     --       --    --
Conversion of preferred
 stock...................  (2,613,000) (3,480)  1,434,160  3,480      --    --
Stock issued through
 stock purchase plan.....         --      --      111,474    --       --    --
Buy back of Treasury
 Stock...................         --      --      (15,005)   --       --    --
Distributions............         --      --          --     --       --    --
Unrealized loss on
 marketable securities...         --      --          --     --       --    --
Net income for the year..         --      --          --     --       --    --
Cumulative translation
 adjustment..............         --      --          --     --       --    --
Comprehensive income for
 the year................         --      --          --     --       --    --
Elimination of duplicate
 activity for the six
 month period ended
 December 31, 1996
 resulting from the
 change in fiscal year of
 entity acquired in
 pooling-of-interests....         --      --   (1,538,184)   --       --    --
                           ----------  ------  ----------  ----- --------   ---
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                        (In thousands except share data)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             Preferred Stock       Common Stock    Common Stock
                                  No Par              No Par        $0.01 Par
                             ------------------  ----------------- ------------
                              Shares    Value      Shares   Value  Shares Value
                             --------  --------  ---------- ------ ------ -----
<S>                          <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>    <C>    <C>
Balance at June 28, 1997...       --        --   54,158,078  4,725  --     --
Compensation expense in
 connection with grant of
 stock options.............       --        --          --     --   --     --
Stock issued upon exercise
 of options................       --        --      191,726    --   --     --
Stock issued for
 acquisition...............       --        --      328,578    --   --     --
Tax benefit associated with
 option exercises..........       --        --          --     --   --     --
Stock issued through stock
 purchase plan.............       --        --       73,670    --   --     --
Unrealized gain on
 marketable securities.....       --        --          --     --   --     --
Net loss for the period....       --        --          --     --   --     --
Cumulative translation
 adjustment................       --        --          --     --   --     --
Comprehensive income for
 the period................       --        --          --     --   --     --
Adjustment to add back
 elimination of the six
 month period ended June
 30, 1997 resulting from
 the change in fiscal year
 of entity acquired in
 pooling-of interests......       --        --          --     --   --     --
Elimination of duplicate
 activity for the six month
 period ended December 27,
 1997 resulting from the
 change in fiscal year of
 entities acquired in
 pooling-of-interests......       --        --     (86,028)    --   --     --
                              -------  --------  ---------- ------  ---   ----
Balance at December 27,
 1997......................       --        --   54,666,024  4,725  --     --
Stock issued upon exercise
 of options................       --        --    1,301,014    --   --     --
Repurchase of stock........       --        --          --     --   --     --
Stock issued for
 acquisition...............       --        --          --     --   --     --
Tax benefit associated with
 option exercises..........       --        --          --     --   --     --
Stock issued through stock
 purchase plan.............       --        --      259,514    --   --     --
Issuance of notes to
 stockholders..............       --        --          --     --   --     --
Unrealized gain on
 marketable securities.....       --        --          --     --   --     --
Net loss for the year......       --        --          --     --   --     --
Cumulative translation
 adjustment................       --        --          --     --   --     --
Comprehensive income for
 the year..................       --        --          --     --   --     --
                              -------  --------  ---------- ------  ---   ----
Balance at December 26,
 1998......................       --   $    --   56,226,552 $4,725  --    $--
                              =======  ========  ========== ======  ===   ====
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                        (In thousands except share data)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Treasury Stock
                                                   ---------------
                                        Warrant to                     Notes
                             Additional  Acquire                     Receivable
                              Paid-In     Common                        From
                              Capital     Stock    Shares   Value   Stockholders
                             ---------- ---------- -------  ------  ------------
<S>                          <C>        <C>        <C>      <C>     <C>
Balance at June 24, 1995...    15,659      1,600       --      --       (476)
Consolidation of real
 estate trust..............      (111)       --        --      --        --
Acquisition of America's
 Registry by RWI...........         2        --        --      --        --
Amortization of deferred
 stock compensation........       --         --        --      --        --
Proceeds from issuance of
 Common Stock, net of
 issuance costs............    68,962        --        --      --        --
Stock issued upon exercise
 of options................     1,696        --        --      --        --
Stock issued upon exercise
 of warrants...............    11,917     (1,600)      --      --        --
Stock issued through stock
 purchase plan.............       607        --        --      --        --
Tax benefit associated with
 option exercises..........     1,178        --        --      --        --
Capital contribution.......       421        --        --      --        --
Distributions..............       --         --        --      --        --
Unrealized loss on
 marketable securities.....       --         --        --      --        --
Net income for the year....       --         --        --      --        --
Cumulative translation
 adjustment................       --         --        --      --        --
Comprehensive income for
 the year..................       --         --        --      --        --
Elimination of duplicate
 activity for the six month
 period ended December 31,
 1995 resulting from the
 change in fiscal year of
 entities acquired in
 poolings-of-interests.....       --         --        --      --        --
                              -------     ------   -------  ------      ----
Balance at June 29, 1996...   100,331        --        --      --       (476)
Repurchase of stock........       --         --     96,286  (2,000)
Proceeds from issuance of
 stock, net of issuance
 costs.....................    52,916        --    (96,286)  2,000       --
Stock issued upon sale of
 warrants..................    11,917     (1,600)      --      --        --
Compensation expense in
 connection with grant of
 stock options.............       528        --        --      --        --
Stock issued upon exercise
 of options................     3,497        --        --      --        --
Stock issued for
 acquisition...............     3,979        --        --      --        --
Tax benefit associated with
 option exercises..........     3,557        --        --      --        --
Amortization of deferred
 stock compensation........       --         --        --      --        --
Conversion of preferred
 stock.....................       --         --        --      --        --
Stock issued through stock
 purchase plan.............     1,126        --        --      --        --
Buy back of Treasury
 Stock.....................       --         --        --      --        --
Distributions..............       --         --        --      --        --
Unrealized loss on
 marketable securities.....       --         --        --      --        --
Net income for the year....       --         --        --      --        --
Cumulative translation
 adjustment................       --         --        --      --        --
Comprehensive income for
 the year..................       --         --        --      --        --
Elimination of duplicate
 activity for the six month
 period ended December 31,
 1996 resulting from the
 change in fiscal year of
 entity acquired in
 pooling-of-interests......   (20,650)     1,600       --      --        --
                              -------     ------   -------  ------      ----
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                        (In thousands except share data)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Treasury Stock
                                                   ---------------
                                        Warrant to                     Notes
                             Additional  Acquire                     Receivable
                              Paid-In     Common                        From
                              Capital     Stock    Shares   Value   Stockholders
                             ---------- ---------- ------- -------  ------------
<S>                          <C>        <C>        <C>     <C>      <C>
Balance at June 28, 1997...
 .                             157,201      --         --      --        (476)
Compensation expense in
 connection with grant of
 stock Options.............        750      --         --      --         --
Stock issued upon exercise
 of options................      1,057      --         --      --         --
Stock issued for
 acquisition...............        --       --         --      --         --
Tax benefit associated with
 option exercises..........        302      --         --      --         --
Stock issued through stock
 purchase plan.............      1,475      --         --      --         --
Unrealized gain on
 marketable securities.....        --       --         --      --         --
Net loss for the period....        --       --         --      --         --
Cumulative translation
 adjustment................        --       --         --      --         --
Comprehensive income for
 the period                        --       --         --      --         --
Adjustment to add back
 elimination of the six
 month period ended June
 30, 1997 resulting from
 the change in fiscal year
 of entity acquired in
 pooling-of-interests......        --       --         --      --         --
Elimination of duplicate
 activity for the six month
 period ended December 27,
 1997 resulting from the
 change in fiscal year of
 entities acquired in
 poolings-of-interests.....        (42)     --         --      --         --
                              --------     ----    ------- -------    -------
Balance at December 27,
 1997......................    160,743      --         --      --        (476)
Stock issued upon exercise
 of stock options..........      5,861      --         --      --         --
Repurchase of stock........        --       --     200,000  (2,546)       --
Stock issued for
 acquisition...............        129      --         --      --         --
Tax benefit associated with
 option exercises..........      9,914      --         --      --         --
Stock issued through stock
 purchase plan.............      4,873      --         --      --         --
Issuance of notes to
 stockholders..............        --       --         --      --      (1,000)
Unrealized loss on
 marketable securities.....        --       --         --      --         --
Net loss for the year......        --       --         --      --         --
Cumulative translation
 adjustment................        --       --         --      --         --
Comprehensive income for
 the period................        --       --         --      --         --
                              --------     ----    ------- -------    -------
Balance at December 26,
 1998......................   $181,520     $--     200,000 $(2,546)   $(1,476)
                              ========     ====    ======= =======    =======
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                        (In thousands except share data)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Accumulated Other
                                                  Comprehensive Income
                                                  --------------------
                            Deferred             Unrealized  Cumulative      Total
                             Stock     Retained Gain/Loss on Translation Stockholders'
                          Compensation Earnings Investments  Adjustment     Equity
                          ------------ -------- ------------ ----------- -------------
<S>                       <C>          <C>      <C>          <C>         <C>
Balance at June 24,
 1995...................       (195)    14,760         35         (48)       33,452
Consolidation of real
 estate trust...........        --         --         --          --           (111)
Acquisition of America's
 Registry by RWI........        --         --         --          --            --
Amortization of deferred
 stock compensation.....         31        --         --          --             31
Proceeds from issuance
 of Common Stock, net of
 issuance costs.........        --         --         --          --         68,962
Stock issued upon
 exercise of options....        --         --         --          --          1,699
Stock issued upon
 exercise of warrants...        --         --         --          --         10,317
Stock issued through
 stock purchase plan....        --         --         --          --            607
Tax benefit associated
 with option exercises..        --         --         --          --          1,178
Capital contribution....        --         --         --          --            421
Distributions...........        --      (2,958)       --          --         (2,958)
Unrealized loss on
 marketable securities..        --         --         (53)        --
Net income for the
 year...................        --      12,020        --          --
Cumulative translation
 adjustment.............        --         --         --          313
Comprehensive income for
 year...................        --         --         --          --         12,280
Elimination of duplicate
 activity for the six
 month period ended
 December 31, 1995
 resulting from the
 change in fiscal year
 of entities acquired in
 poolings-of-interests..        (15)    (2,120)       --          --         (2,135)
                             ------     ------     ------      ------       -------
Balance at June 29,
 1996...................       (179)    21,702        (18)        265       123,743
Repurchase of stock.....        --         --         --          --         (2,000)
Proceeds from issuance
 of stock, net of
 issuance costs.........        --         (80)       --          --         57,443
Stock issued upon sale
 of warrants............        --         --         --          --         10,317
Compensation in
 connection with grant
 of stock options.......        --         --         --          --            528
Stock issued upon
 exercise of options....        --         --         --          --          3,497
Stock issued for
 acquisition............        --         --         --          --          3,979
Tax benefit associated
 with option exercises..        --         --         --          --          3,557
Amortization of deferred
 stock compensation.....        179        --         --          --            179
Conversion of preferred
 stock..................        --         --         --          --            --
Stock issued through
 stock purchase plan....        --         --         --          --          1,126
Buy back of Treasury
 Stock..................        --         --         --          --            --
Distributions...........        --      (3,465)       --          --         (3,465)
Unrealized loss on
 marketable securities..        --         --         (15)        --
Net income for the
 year...................        --      17,174        --          --
Cumulative translation
 adjustment.............        --         --         --          200
Comprehensive income for
 the year...............        --         --         --          --         17,359
Elimination of duplicate
 activity for the six
 month period ended
 December 31, 1996
 resulting from the
 change in fiscal year
 of the entities
 acquired in pooling-of-
 interests..............        --         169         12        (302)      (19,171)
                             ------     ------     ------      ------       -------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                        (In thousands except share data)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Accumulated Other
                                                   Comprehensive Income
                                                   --------------------
                            Deferred              Unrealized  Cumulative      Total
                             Stock     Retained  Gain/Loss on Translation Stockholders'
                          Compensation Earnings  Investments  Adjustment     Equity
                          ------------ --------  ------------ ----------- -------------
<S>                       <C>          <C>       <C>          <C>         <C>
Balance at June 28,
 1997...................        --      35,500         (21)         163      197,092
Compensation expense in
 connection with grant
 of stock options               --         --          --           --           750
Stock issued upon
 exercise of options....        --         --          --           --         1,057
Stock issued for
 acquisitions...........        --         --          --           --           --
Tax benefit associated
 with option exercises..        --         --          --           --           302
Stock issued through
 stock purchase plan....        --         --          --           --         1,475
Unrealized gain on
 marketable securities..        --         --           43          --
Net loss for the
 period.................        --      (4,231)        --           --
Cumulative translation
 adjustment.............        --         --          --           160
Comprehensive income for
 the period.............        --         --          --           --        (4,028)
Adjustment to add back
 elimination of the six
 month period ended June
 30, 1997 resulting from
 the change in fiscal
 year of entity acquired
 in pooling-of-
 interests..............        --        (827)        --          (146)        (973)
Elimination of duplicate
 activity for the six
 month period ended
 December 27, 1997
 resulting from the
 change in fiscal year
 of the entities
 acquired in pooling-of-
 interests .............        --      (1,738)        --           --        (1,780)
                             ------    -------      ------      -------     --------
Balance at December 27,
 1997...................        --      28,704          22          177      193,895
Stock issued upon
 exercise of stock
 options................        --         --                                  5,861
Repurchase of stock.....        --         --          --           --        (2,546)
Stock issued for
 acquisition............        --         --          --           --           129
Tax benefit associated
 with option exercises..        --         --          --           --         9,914
Stock issued through
 stock purchase plan....        --         --          --           --         4,873
Issuance of notes to
 stockholders...........        --         --          --           --        (1,000)
Unrealized loss on
 marketable securities..        --         --          (22)         --
Net loss for the year...        --     (31,346)        --           --
Cumulative translation
 adjustment.............        --         --          --            27
Comprehensive loss for
 the year...............        --         --          --           --       (31,341)
                             ------    -------      ------      -------     --------
Balance at December 26,
 1998...................        --     $(2,642)        --       $   204     $179,785
                             ======    =======      ======      =======     ========
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
                INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
                                 (In thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Six Months
                                 Year Ended Year Ended    Ended      Year Ended
                                  June 29,   June 28,  December 27, December 26,
                                    1996       1997        1997         1998
                                 ---------- ---------- ------------ ------------
<S>                              <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
Cash flows from operating
 activities:
 Net income (loss).............   $12,020    $ 17,174    $(4,231)     $(31,346)
 Adjustments to reconcile net
  income (loss) to net cash
  provided by (used for)
  operating activities:
 Depreciation and
  amortization.................     2,129       3,947      5,099        10,748
 Provision for losses on
  accounts receivable..........       539         902      1,274        12,703
 Deferred income taxes.........      (406)      4,129        (97)       (3,624)
 Compensation expense on stock
  options......................        31         494        750           --
 Loss on writedown of fixed
  assets.......................       --          --         --          4,159
 Write down of goodwill........       --          --         --         26,409
 Changes in operating assets
  and liabilities:
  Accounts receivable..........   (19,512)    (39,041)   (26,677)      (50,263)
  Other current assets.........      (726)     (2,478)    (2,708)       (6,063)
  Other assets.................      (287)     (1,093)    (3,446)       (8,757)
  Accounts payable.............     4,538      (3,463)    (3,789)       (2,202)
  Other accrued expenses.......     6,566       3,523     15,380        18,410
  Accrued salaries and wages...     2,350         331      1,134         2,306
  Income taxes payable.........     1,688       2,041     (1,381)          --
  Other liabilities............        94          51        127          (525)
                                  -------    --------    -------      --------
   Net cash provided by (used
    for) operating activities..     9,024     (13,483)   (18,565)      (28,045)
                                  -------    --------    -------      --------
Cash flows from investing
 activities:
 Cash disbursed for
  acquisitions, net of cash
  acquired.....................       --      (41,543)   (36,987)      (24,331)
 Increase in notes receivable
  from officers................    (1,021)        (90)       (31)       (1,134)
 Repayment of notes receivable
  from officers................     2,548         928      1,383           193
 Repayment of notes receivable
  related party................       --          --         --            243
 Increase in notes receivable..       (25)     (1,559)       (81)          --
 Issuance of note receivable
  from stockholders............       --          --         --         (1,000)
 Investment in capitalized
  software.....................       --          --      (1,361)          --
 Purchases of marketable
  securities...................   (46,267)   (246,679)   (91,926)          --
 Sales and maturities of
  marketable securities........    33,194     231,579    114,734         5,845
 Purchases of fixed assets.....    (5,384)     (8,216)   (10,480)      (14,436)
                                  -------    --------    -------      --------
   Net cash used for investing
    activities.................   (16,955)    (65,580)   (24,749)      (34,620)
                                  -------    --------    -------      --------
Cash flows from financing
 activities:
 Cash proceeds from issuance of
  common stock.................    81,876      67,127        --            --
 Cash payments to repurchase
  common stock.................       --       (2,000)       --         (2,546)
 Proceeds from reissuance of
  treasury stock...............       --        1,920        --            --
 Cash proceeds from exercise of
  stock options................     1,181       3,498      1,057         5,861
 Cash proceeds from stock
  purchase plan................       --        1,135      1,473         4,873
 Net borrowings (payments) on
  lines of credit..............   (12,481)      3,507     31,234        47,382
 Net repayments of stockholder
  loans........................       --          --         --            --
 Proceeds from issuance of
  long-term debt...............     2,689         384      4,047           311
 Repayments of short-term
  borrowings...................    (2,145)        --         --            --
 Principal payments on long-
  term debt and capital lease
  obligations..................    (3,697)     (2,564)    (3,292)       (2,242)
 Capital contribution..........       421         --         --            --
 Distributions.................    (2,958)     (3,465)      (925)          --
                                  -------    --------    -------      --------
   Net cash provided by
    financing activities.......    64,886      69,542     33,594        53,639
                                  -------    --------    -------      --------
Effect of exchange rates on
 cash and cash equivalents.....       313          84        169            27
Addition of activity for Hunter
 for January to June 1997 (Note
 3)............................       --          --         200           --
Elimination of duplicated
 activity from July to December
 (Note 3)......................      (855)    (25,057)      (706)          --
                                  -------    --------    -------      --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash
 and cash equivalents..........    56,413     (34,494)   (10,057)       (8,999)
Cash and cash equivalents,
 beginning of period...........     8,094      64,507     30,013        19,956
                                  -------    --------    -------      --------
Cash and cash equivalents, end
 of period.....................   $64,507    $ 30,013    $19,956      $ 10,957
                                  =======    ========    =======      ========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH
 FLOW INFORMATION:
 Cash paid for interest........   $ 2,260    $  1,311    $ 1,324      $  5,945
 Cash paid for income taxes....   $ 2,060    $ 10,269    $10,589      $ 12,394
</TABLE>
 
  See additional disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activity in
Notes 3, 4, 7, 8, 10 and 15.
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1. NATURE OF BUSINESS
 
  Renaissance Worldwide, Inc. ("Renaissance" or the "Company"), formerly known
as The Registry, Inc., is a global provider of business and technology
consulting services to organizations with complex IT operations in a broad
range of industries. The Company's offerings are categorized into four
segments: Business Strategy, Enterprise Solutions, Government Solutions, and
Information Technology ("IT") Consulting Services. The Business Strategy Group
provides management consulting and technology integration services in
connection with performance support systems. The Enterprise Solutions Group
provides IT solutions design and implementation services. The Government
Solutions Group provides specialized management and technology consulting
services to the public sector. The IT Consulting Services Group provides
consulting services centered around application design, implementation and
support. The Company's primary locations are in North America with
subsidiaries in Europe and Asia/Pacific (see Note 18).
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
 Basis of Consolidation
 
  The accompanying financial statements include the accounts of Renaissance
Worldwide, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. On November 26, 1996,
November 27, 1996, July 31, 1997, and November 26, 1997, the Company completed
the acquisitions of Application Resources, Inc. ("ARI"), Shamrock Computer
Resources, Ltd. ("SCR"), Renaissance Solutions, Inc. ("RSI"), and The Hunter
Group, Inc. ("Hunter"), respectively. On December 31, 1996, RSI completed the
acquisition of International Systems Services Corporation ("ISS"). On March
31, 1998 and April 2, 1998, the Company completed the acquisitions of
Neoglyphics Media Corporation ("Neoglyphics") and Triad Data, Inc. ("Triad"),
respectively. These transactions have been accounted for as poolings-of-
interests and, therefore, the accompanying financial statements have been
retroactively restated to reflect the financial position and results of
operations and cash flows of each of these entities with the Company for all
periods presented (see Note 3). In addition, the accompanying financial
statements include the accounts of several entities acquired in purchase
transactions, subsequent to their respective acquisition dates (see Note 4),
as well as the accounts of a real estate trust (the "Trust") which is
substantially controlled by the Company, subsequent to the renegotiation of
certain lease terms on September 19, 1995 (see Note 16). All material
intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.
 
 Fiscal Year
 
  Effective with the period ended December 27, 1997, the Company changed its
fiscal year from the last Saturday in June to the last Saturday in December.
RSI, ARI and SCR previously utilized a December 31 year end. Upon acquisition,
RSI, ARI and SCR changed their fiscal year ends to the last Saturday in June
to conform to the Company's previous fiscal year. Hunter, Neoglyphics, and
Triad previously utilized a December 31 year end. Upon acquisition, Hunter,
Neoglyphics, and Triad changed their fiscal year ends to the last Saturday in
December to conform to the Company's fiscal year (see Note 3).
 
  The six month period ended December 27, 1997 (the "Transition Period")
reflects the results of operations and cash flows for the six months then
ended for the Company and all of its subsidiaries. The results of operations
and of cash flows for the years ended June 29, 1996, June 28, 1997, and
December 26, 1998 are for 53 weeks, 52 weeks and 52 weeks, respectively.
 
  The unaudited results of operations for the six month period ended December
28, 1996 included revenues of $214,774,000, cost of revenues of $150,052,000,
selling, general and administrative expenses (including acquisition-related
expenses) of $58,862,000, income from operations of $5,860,000, income before
taxes of
 
                                      38
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
$7,689,000 and net income of $1,654,000. Earnings per share-basic for the
period was $0.03. Earnings per share-diluted for the period was $0.03. In the
opinion of management, the above unaudited amounts include all adjustments,
consisting solely of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly
the Company's consolidated results of operations for the six months ended
December 28, 1996.
 
 Cash Equivalents
 
  The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an
original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The
Company's cash equivalents consist primarily of short term federal notes and
money market securities bearing interest at a weighted average rate of
approximately 4.5% at December 26, 1998. The investments are carried at cost
plus accrued interest, which approximates market value. The Company considers
such securities to be classified as "available-for-sale" under Statements of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in
Debt and Equity Securities."
 
 Revenue Recognition
 
  The Company's revenue is primarily comprised of fees for consulting
services. The majority of the Company's revenue is from contracts on a time
and materials basis and is recognized as the services are performed. The
remainder of the Company's contracts are on a fixed-price basis, and revenue
from those contracts is recognized using the percentage of completion method
based upon the number of labor hours incurred compared to the total estimated
hours at estimated realizable rates. Under the percentage of completion
method, the Company must estimate the percentage of completion of each project
at the end of each financial reporting period. Estimates are subject to
adjustment as a project progresses to reflect changes in projected completion
costs or dates. Revenues are reported net of reimbursable expenses which are
typically billed and collected from clients. Losses, if any, are provided for
in the period in which the loss is determined. Amounts received in excess of
revenue recognized are recorded as deferred revenue.
 
 Accounts Receivable, Concentration of Credit Risk and Uncertainties
 
  The Company is subject to credit risk through trade receivables. Credit risk
with respect to trade receivables is mitigated by the diversification of the
Company's operations, as well as its large client base and its geographical
dispersion. The Company performs ongoing evaluations of its receivables and
may obtain retainers at the onset of significant fixed price client
engagements. Collateral is not required for time and material contracts. In
management's opinion, the Company has provided sufficient provisions to
prevent a significant impact of credit losses to the financial statements. The
failure of the Company to complete a fixed price project to the client's
satisfaction within the fixed price exposes the Company to potentially
unrecoverable cost overruns.
 
  Fees on fixed-price contracts are generally billable to clients upon the
achievement of specified milestones. Unbilled revenue was $5,174,000,
$7,913,000, and $23,073,000, at June 28, 1997, December 27, 1997, and December
26, 1998 respectively.
 
  No single customer accounted for more than 10% of revenues or more than 10%
of accounts receivable for any period presented.
 
                                      39
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
 
 Fixed Assets
 
  Fixed assets are stated at cost. Additions, renewals and betterments of
fixed assets are capitalized. Repair and maintenance expenditures for minor
items are generally expensed as incurred. Depreciation of fixed assets is
provided using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful
lives:
 
<TABLE>
   <S>                                          <C>
   Buildings and improvements.................. 31 1/2 years
   Computer equipment.......................... 5 years
   Furniture and equipment..................... 5 to 7 years
   Motor vehicles.............................. 5 years
   Leasehold improvements...................... Lesser of lease term or 20 years
</TABLE>
 
  In March 1998, the FASB issued Statement of Position No. 98-1, "Accounting
for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use"
("SOP 98-1"). SOP 98-1 was effective for fiscal years beginning after December
15, 1998. The Company's existing accounting policies conform with the
requirements of this statement. The Company has capitalized $3.6 million in
1998 in relation to the Peoplesoft implementation. These costs primarily
include licensing fees and internal labor costs of employees directly
associated with the implementation project.
 
 Advertising Costs
 
  Advertising costs are recorded as expense when incurred.
 
 Income Taxes
 
  The Company utilizes the asset and liability method of accounting for income
taxes, as set forth in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS")
No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes". SFAS No. 109 requires the recognition
of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax
consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement and tax
bases of assets and liabilities, utilizing currently enacted tax rates. The
effect of any future change in tax rates is recognized in the period in which
the change occurs.
 
  Certain of the Company's subsidiaries had previously elected to be treated
as small business corporations for income tax purposes with income or loss and
credits passed through to the stockholders. These elections were subsequently
terminated prior to or upon acquisition by the Company and the net deferred
tax asset or liability as of the date of acquisition has been included in the
provision for income taxes in the period of termination.
 
  Certain of the Company's subsidiaries had previously utilized the cash
method of accounting for income taxes. Upon acquisition by the Company, these
subsidiaries converted to the accrual method of accounting for income taxes.
 
 Stock-Based Compensation
 
  The Company accounts for employee awards under its stock plans in accordance
with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued
to Employees" and related interpretations. The Company adopted SFAS No. 123,
"Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" for disclosure purposes only (See
Note 12).
 
 Use of Estimates
 
  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
 
                                      40
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
disclosure of contingencies at June 28, 1997, December 27, 1997, and December
26, 1998 and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses for the two years
in the period ended June 28, 1997, the six month period ended December 27,
1997 and the year ended December 26, 1998. Actual results could differ from
those estimates.
 
 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
  As described in Note 4, the Company amortizes goodwill and intangible assets
arising from purchase acquisitions on a straight-line basis over a period of
10 to 30 years. Goodwill is evaluated for consideration of potential
impairment based on the operating results and forecasted cash flows of the
acquired entity.
 
 Reclassifications
 
  Certain amounts in the prior year financial statements have been
reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.
 
 Segment Reporting
 
  In 1998, the Company adopted SFAS No. 131 "Disclosures about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information". SFAS No. 131 superseded SFAS No. 14,
"Financial Reporting for Segments of a Business Enterprise", redefining the
segments to be those used by management for making operating decisions and
assessing performance. SFAS No. 131 also requires disclosures about products
and services, geographic areas, and major customers. The adoption of SFAS No.
131 did not affect the results of operations or financial position but did
affect the disclosure of segment information (see Note 18).
 
 Other Comprehensive Income
 
  In the first quarter of 1998, the Company adopted SFAS No. 130, "Reporting
Comprehensive Income." This statement requires disclosure of comprehensive
income and its components in interim and annual reports. Comprehensive income
includes all changes in stockholders' equity during a period except those
resulting from investments by stockholders and distributions to stockholders.
Accordingly, the components of comprehensive income include net income,
cumulative translation adjustments and unrealized gains and losses on
available-for-sale securities. Deferred taxes have not been provided on
cumulative translation adjustments because deferred taxes have not been
provided on unremitted earnings (see Note 10). Deferred taxes and any
reclassification adjustments related to unrealized gains/losses on investments
are insignificant.
 
 Translation of Foreign Currencies
 
  The functional currency of the Company's subsidiaries is the local currency.
Assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S.
dollars at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date; income and
expense items and cash flows are translated at average exchange rates for the
period. Cumulative net translation adjustments are included in stockholders'
equity. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions, not
significant in amount, are included in the results of operations as other
income (expense).
 
 Net Income Per Share
 
  In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
SFAS No. 128, "Earnings per Share". SFAS No. 128 specifies modifications to
the Renaissance Worldwide, Inc. calculation of earnings per share from that
previously used by the Company. Under SFAS No. 128, "earnings per share-basic"
is calculated based upon the weighted average number of common shares actually
outstanding, and "earnings per share-diluted" is calculated based upon the
weighted average number of common shares and dilutive potential common stock
outstanding. Potential common stock includes stock options and warrants,
calculated using the
 
                                      41
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
treasury stock method, and the assumed conversion of ARI's preferred stock
(see Note 11). However, potential common stock has been excluded from the
calculation of diluted earnings per share for the six months ended December
27, 1997 and the year ended December 26, 1998, as its effect would be anti-
dilutive.
 
 
  A reconciliation of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding
is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  Year Ended
                          --------------------------- Six Months Ended     Year Ended
                          June 29, 1996 June 28, 1997 December 27, 1997 December 26, 1998
                          ------------- ------------- ----------------- -----------------
                                                (in thousands)
<S>                       <C>           <C>           <C>               <C>
Weighted average number
 of common shares
 outstanding--basic.....     42,885        50,495          54,537            55,418
Assumed exercise of
 stock options, using
 the treasury stock
 method.................      2,641         3,553             --                --
Assumed exercise of
 warrants, using the
 treasury stock method..        104           --              --                --
Assumed conversion of
 ARI's preferred stock..      1,232           559             --                --
                             ------        ------          ------            ------
Weighted average number
 of common and potential
 common shares
 outstanding--diluted...     46,862        54,607          54,537            55,418
                             ======        ======          ======            ======
</TABLE>
 
3. ACQUISITION OF SUBSIDIARIES--POOLING OF INTERESTS
 
 Fiscal 1998 Poolings of Interests
 
  In March 31, 1998 the Company, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, acquired
all of the outstanding stock of Neoglyphics. Neoglyphics is an Internet
development and applications company based in Chicago, Illinois and is a part
of the e-commerce business unit within the Enterprise Solutions group.
Pursuant to the agreement, each share of Neoglyphics was converted into the
right to receive .12495 shares of Renaissance common stock. Renaissance also
assumed outstanding options for the purchase of Neoglyphics common stock at
the same conversion ratio.
 
  On April 2, 1998, the Company, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, acquired
all of the outstanding stock of Triad. Triad is an information technology
consulting firm performing services similar to those of the IT Consulting
Services group of the Company. Pursuant to the agreement, each share of Triad
common stock was converted into the right to receive 24,409.2 shares of
Renaissance common stock.
 
  In total, 4,554,760 shares of the Company's common stock were exchanged for
all of the outstanding common stock of Neoglyphics and Triad. In addition,
outstanding stock options to purchase Neoglyphics common stock were converted
into options to purchase 119,940 shares of the Company's common stock.
 
  Neoglyphics and Triad each had a calendar year end and the results of
operations for the years ended December 31, 1995, December 31, 1996 and
December 31, 1997 were combined with the results of operations for
Renaissance's fiscal years ended June 24, 1995, June 29, 1996 and June 28,
1997, respectively. Additionally, the financial position of Neoglyphics and
Triad as of December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 have been combined with the
Company's financial position as of June 24, 1995, June 29, 1996, and June 28,
1997, respectively. In order to conform Neoglyphics' and Triad's year end to
Renaissance's fiscal year end, the consolidated statement of income for the
six months ended December 27, 1997 includes six months (July to December 1997)
for Neoglyphics and Triad which has also been included in the consolidated
statement of income for the fiscal year ended June 28, 1997. An adjustment has
been made to retained earnings in the transition period ended December 28,
1997 to eliminate the duplication of net income of Neoglyphics and Triad for
such six month period.
 
                                      42
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
 
 Transition Period Poolings of Interests
 
  On July 31, 1997, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated May 19,
1997, the Company, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, acquired RSI. RSI
provides management consulting and client/server systems integration services,
primarily for large corporations. Pursuant to the agreement, each outstanding
share of RSI common stock was converted into the right to receive 1.6 shares
of Renaissance common stock. Renaissance also assumed outstanding options for
the purchase of RSI common stock at the same conversion ratio. Immediately
prior to the acquisition, there were 9,573,204 shares of RSI common stock and
options to purchase 1,364,895 shares of RSI common stock outstanding.
 
  On November 26, 1997, the Company, through a wholly-owned subsidiary,
acquired Hunter. Hunter provides management consulting, systems implementation
and education services to organization seeking to deploy enterprise software
applications, including enterprise resource planning ("ERP") software
applications. Pursuant to the agreement, each outstanding share of Hunter
common stock was converted into the right to receive 19.9086 shares of
Renaissance common stock. Renaissance also assumed outstanding options for the
purchase of Hunter common stock at the same conversion ratio. Immediately
prior to the acquisition, there were 300,000 shares of Hunter common stock and
options to purchase 59,133 shares of Hunter common stock outstanding. In
addition, in conjunction with the acquisition of Hunter, Renaissance issued
328,578 shares of Common Stock in exchange for a residual equity interest in
Hunter held by a third party.
 
  In total, 21,647,012 shares of Renaissance common stock were exchanged for
all of the outstanding common stock of RSI and Hunter. In addition,
outstanding stock options to purchase RSI and Hunter common stock were
converted into options to purchase 3,361,088 shares of Renaissance's common
stock.
 
  RSI had a calendar year end and the results of operations for the years
ended December 31, 1995 and December 31, 1996 were combined with the results
of operations for Renaissance's fiscal years ended June 24, 1995 and June 29,
1996, respectively. Additionally, the financial position of RSI as of December
31, 1995 and 1996 has been combined with the Company's financial position as
of June 24, 1995 and June 29, 1996, respectively. In order to conform RSI's
year end to Renaissance's fiscal year end, the consolidated statement of
income for fiscal 1997 includes six months (July to December 1996) for RSI
which has also been included in the consolidated statement of income for the
fiscal year ended June 29, 1996. An adjustment has been made to retained
earnings in fiscal 1997 to eliminate the duplication of net income of RSI for
such six month period.
 
  Hunter had a calendar year end and the results of operations for the years
ended December 31, 1994, December 31, 1995 and December 31, 1996 were combined
with the results of operations for Renaissance's fiscal years ended June 24,
1995, June 29, 1996 and June 28, 1997, respectively. Additionally, the
financial position of Hunter as of December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 has been
combined with the Company's financial position as of June 24, 1995, June 29,
1996, and June 28, 1997, respectively. In order to conform Hunter's year end
to Renaissance's fiscal year end, the consolidated statement of income omits
six months (January to June 1997) for Hunter. An adjustment has been made to
retained earnings in the Transition Period  to add back the net loss for
Hunter for such six month period.
 
 Fiscal 1997 Poolings of Interests
 
  On November 26, 1996, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated
October 30, 1996, the Company, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, acquired
ARI. ARI is an information technology consulting firm performing services
similar to those of the IT Consulting Services group of the Company. Pursuant
to the agreement, each outstanding share of ARI common stock was converted
into the right to receive .548856 shares of the Company's common stock. The
Company also assumed outstanding options for the purchase of ARI common stock
at the same conversion ratio. Immediately prior to the acquisition, there were
5,217,000 shares of ARI common stock and options to purchase 794,000 shares of
ARI common stock outstanding.
 
                                      43
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
 
  On November 27, 1996, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated
November 2, 1996, the Company, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, acquired
SCR. SCR is an information technology consulting firm performing services
similar to those of the IT Consulting Group of the Company. Pursuant to the
agreement, each outstanding share of SCR common stock was converted into the
right to receive 273.539 shares of the Company's Common Stock. Pursuant to the
provisions of the Iowa Business Corporation Act (the "IBCA"), a stockholder of
SCR holding 352 shares of SCR common stock perfected dissenters' rights under
the IBCA and was paid $2,000,000 in redemption of such shares.
 
  On December 31, 1996, the Company, through its RSI subsidiary, acquired ISS,
a Connecticut corporation. ISS is a consulting firm providing business and
management consulting services. Pursuant to the agreement, all of the
outstanding capital stock of ISS was acquired in exchange for 1,310,000 shares
of RSI common stock (equal to 2,096,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock
pursuant to the July 31, 1997 merger of RSI with the Company).
 
  In total, 6,797,548 shares of the Company's Common Stock were exchanged for
all of the outstanding common stock of ARI, SCR and ISS. In addition,
outstanding stock options to purchase ARI common stock were converted into
options to purchase 435,810 shares of the Company's common stock.
 
  ARI and SCR each had a calendar year end and the results of operations for
ARI and SCR for the year ended December 31, 1995 have been combined with the
results of operations for the Company's fiscal year ended June 24, 1995.
Additionally, the financial position of ARI and SCR as of December 31, 1995
has been combined with the Company's financial position as of June 24, 1995.
In order to conform ARI and SCR's year end to the Company's fiscal year end,
the consolidated statement of income for fiscal 1996 includes six months (July
to December 1995) for both companies which are also included in the
consolidated statement of income for the fiscal year ended June 24, 1995. An
adjustment has been made to retained earnings in fiscal 1996 to eliminate the
duplication of net income of ARI and SCR for such six month period.
 
  There were no material transactions between the Company, ARI, SCR, ISS, RSI,
Hunter, Neoglyphics or Triad during any of the periods presented. No material
adjustments to net assets or results of operations were necessary to conform
the accounting practices of ARI, SCR, ISS, RSI, Hunter, Neoglyphics or Triad
to that of the Company. Certain reclassifications were made to the financial
statements of ARI, SCR, ISS, RSI, Hunter, Neoglyphics and Triad to conform
with the Company's classifications. All costs associated with the acquisitions
have been expensed as incurred.
 
 
                                      44
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
  Separate results of operations for the periods prior to the acquisitions of
ARI, SCR, ISS, RSI, Hunter, Neoglyphics and Triad by the Company were as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           Year Ended
                                     ------------------------
                                                                 Six Months
                                     June 29,     June 28,          Ended
                                       1996         1997      December 27, 1997
                                     --------  -------------- -----------------
                                               (in thousands)
<S>                                  <C>       <C>            <C>
Revenue
  Renaissance Worldwide, Inc........ $145,588     $324,766(a)     $285,937 (c)
  Application Resources, Inc........   37,615          -- (a)          --  (c)
  Shamrock Computer Resources,
   Ltd..............................   33,675          -- (a)          --  (c)
  International Systems Services
   Corporation......................   17,666          -- (b)          --  (c)
  Renaissance Solutions, Inc........   34,784       64,277(b)          --  (c)
  The Hunter Group, Inc.............   19,554       39,215             --  (c)
  Neoglyphics Media Corporation.....    4,511        9,539           6,241
  Triad Data, Inc...................   39,670       52,036          27,941
                                     --------     --------        --------
    Combined........................ $333,063     $489,833        $320,119
                                     ========     ========        ========
Net income (loss)
  Renaissance Worldwide, Inc........ $  2,543     $ 10,900(a)     $ (5,969)(c)
  Application Resources, Inc........    1,228          -- (a)          --  (c)
  Shamrock Computer Resources,
   Ltd..............................    2,861          -- (a)          --  (c)
  International Systems Services
   Corporation......................     (704)         -- (b)          --  (c)
  Renaissance Solutions, Inc........    2,474        3,217(b)          --  (c)
  The Hunter Group, Inc.............     (399)         443             --  (c)
  Neoglyphics Media Corporation.....      689        1,295             559
  Triad Data, Inc...................    3,328        1,319           1,179
                                     --------     --------        --------
    Combined........................ $ 12,020     $ 17,174        $ (4,231)
                                     ========     ========        ========
Other changes in stockholders'
 equity
  Renaissance Worldwide, Inc........ $ 33,003     $ 51,027(a)      $ 2,814 (c)
  Application Resources, Inc........        3          -- (a)          --  (c)
  Shamrock Computer Resources, Ltd..   (1,416)         -- (a)          --  (c)
  International Systems Services
   Corporation......................      --           -- (b)          --  (c)
  Renaissance Solutions, Inc........   48,815       26,917(b)          --  (c)
  The Hunter Group, Inc.............        1          285             --  (c)
  Neoglyphics Media Corporation.....      --            42            (601)
  Triad Data, Inc...................      --        (2,925)         (1,179)
                                     --------     --------        --------
    Combined........................ $ 80,406     $ 75,346        $  1,034
                                     ========     ========        ========
</TABLE>
 
- --------
(a) Includes the results of ARI and SCR, which were acquired by the Company
    during the year ended June 28, 1997
(b) Includes the results of ISS, which was acquired by RSI during the year
    ended June 28, 1997
(c) Includes the results of ARI, SCR, ISS, RSI and Hunter, which were acquired
    by the Company prior to December 27, 1997
 
 
                                      45
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
4. ACQUISITION OF SUBSIDIARIES--PURCHASES
 
 Fiscal 1998 Purchases
 
  Exad Galons: On March 12, 1998, the Company, through a wholly-owned
subsidiary, completed the acquisition of the outstanding common stock of Exad
Galons, a French corporation headquartered in Paris, France, for $5.0 million
in cash.
 
  Hackenberg & Partner: On March 25, 1998, the Company, through a wholly-owned
subsidiary completed the acquisition of all of the outstanding common stock of
Hackenberg & Partner ("Hackenberg"), a German corporation based in Starnberg,
Germany, for $3.2 million in cash.
 
  Both Exad Galons and Hackenberg are business process and information
technology consulting firms both of which augment the international presence
of the Enterprise Solutions Group.
 
  IPAT: On June 30, 1998, the Company, through a wholly-owned subsidiary
completed the acquisition of all of the outstanding common stock of IPAT, an
Ohio corporation based in Cinncinati, Ohio, for $4.3 million in cash. IPAT
provides information technology implementation and consulting services
primarily to governmental entities.
 
  The aggregate purchase price and related costs associated with Exad Galons,
Hackenberg and IPAT (collectively the "Fiscal 1998 Acquisitions") was
$12.5 million. The purchase price has been allocated to the assets and
liabilities assumed and the excess of the purchase price over the fair value
of the acquired assets and liabilities has been allocated to goodwill which
will be amortized on a straight line basis over a period up to 30 years.
 
  In connection with these acquisitions, the Company may pay contingent
consideration of $8.3 million based upon certain earnout arrangements. Such
amounts will be recorded as additional purchase price when paid.
 
 Transition Period Purchases
 
  During the transition period ended December 27, 1997, the Company acquired
four companies: McClain Group, Inc., Technomics Consultants International,
Inc., Eligibility Management Systems, Inc., and Cambridge Software Group. The
aggregate purchase price and related costs associated with the Transition
Period Acquisitions was $37.5 million which has been allocated to the assets
and liabilities assumed based upon their fair value on the date of
acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over this fair value of acquired
assets and liabilities has been allocated to goodwill which is being amortized
on a straight line basis over a period up to 30 years.
 
  In connection with the Transition Period Acquisitions, the Company may pay
contingent consideration of up to $12.6 million based upon certain earnout
arrangements. Such amounts are recorded as additional purchase price when
paid.
 
 Fiscal 1997 Purchases
 
  During the fiscal year ended June 28, 1997, the Company acquired five
companies: Morris Information Systems, Sun-Tek Consultants, Inc., Sterling
Information Group, James Duncan & Associates ("JDA"), and Connexus Consulting
Group, Inc. In addition, during Fiscal 1997, prior to the merger with the
Company, RSI acquired two companies: COBA Consulting Limited ("COBA UK") and
C.M. Management Systems Ltd., Inc. ("COBA-Boston"). These acquisitions are
collectively referred to as the "Fiscal 1997 Acquisitions". The aggregate
purchase price and related costs associated with the Fiscal 1997 Acquisitions
was $38.0 million plus 266,528 shares of the Company's common stock, which has
been allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their
fair value on the date of acquisition. The excess of purchase price over the
fair value of acquired net assets has been allocated to goodwill which is
being amortized over a period of up to 30 years.
 
 
                                      46
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
  In connection with the Fiscal 1997 Acquisitions, the Company may pay
contingent consideration of up to $32.3 million based on certain earn-out
arrangements. Such amounts, if paid, will be recorded as additional purchase
price. The acquisition agreement of COBA-Boston contained certain change of
control provisions which were triggered upon the acquisition of RSI by
Renaissance. This resulted in the acceleration of $9.3 million of contingent
consideration, $6.9 million of which was paid in fiscal 1998 and the remainder
has been accrued and is included in accrued expenses at December 26, 1998.
 
  The pro forma results of operations, assuming that the acquisition of the
Fiscal 1998 Acquisitions, the Transition Period Acquisitions and the Fiscal
1997 Acquisitions occurred at the beginning of the year ended June 28, 1997,
the six months ended December 27, 1997, or the year ended December 26, 1998
would not materially differ from the Company's reported results of operations.
 
5. MARKETABLE SECURITIES
 
  Marketable securities are classified as available for sale and consist of
U.S. Treasury Notes, Federal Agency Bonds and Corporate Bonds having maturity
dates of more than three months and are stated at fair value. Aggregate net
unrealized holding gains/(losses) of $(21,000) and $22,000 at June 28, 1997
and December 27, 1997, respectively, have been included as a separate
component of stockholders' equity in the accompanying consolidated balance
sheet. Certain information with respect to the Company's marketable securities
as of June 28, 1997 and December 27, 1997 is presented below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Gross      Gross
                                                   Unrealized Unrealized
                                         Amortized  Holding    Holding    Fair
              Security Type                Cost      Gains      Losses    Value
              -------------              --------- ---------- ---------- -------
                                                      (in thousands)
                                                       June 28, 1997
   <S>                                   <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
   U.S. Treasury Notes.................   $ 4,331     $--        $ 18    $ 4,313
   Federal Agency Bonds................    16,688      --          17     16,671
   Commercial Paper....................     7,677       14        --       7,691
                                          -------     ----       ----    -------
                                         $28,696      $ 14       $ 35    $28,675
                                          =======     ====       ====    =======
<CAPTION>
                                                     December 27, 1997
   <S>                                   <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
   U.S. Treasury Notes.................   $ 4,331     $ 13       $--     $ 4,344
   Federal Agency Bonds................     1,514        9        --       1,523
                                          -------     ----       ----    -------
                                          $ 5,845     $ 22       $--     $ 5,867
                                          =======     ====       ====    =======
</TABLE>
 
  The Company had no marketable securities at December 26, 1998. The fair
values of marketable securities by contractual maturity are shown below.
Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may
have the right to call or prepay obligations without call or prepayment
penalties.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           June 28, December 27,
                                                             1997       1997
                                                           -------- ------------
                                                              (in thousands)
   <S>                                                     <C>      <C>
   Due in one year or less................................ $21,787     $2,057
   Due after one through three years......................   6,888      3,810
                                                           -------     ------
     Total................................................ $28,675     $5,867
                                                           =======     ======
</TABLE>
 
                                      47
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
 
6. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DETAILS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               June
                                                28,   December 27, December 26,
                                               1997       1997         1998
                                              ------- ------------ ------------
                                                       (in thousands)
<S>                                           <C>     <C>          <C>
Fixed assets:
  Land....................................... $   360   $   360      $   360
  Building...................................   1,439     1,439        1,439
  Computer equipment and software............  13,989    21,879       27,789
  Furniture and equipment....................   8,346     9,270       10,711
  Motor vehicles.............................     144       116           66
  Leasehold and building improvements........   2,237     4,331        5,702
                                              -------   -------      -------
    Total fixed assets.......................  26,515    37,395       46,067
  Less: accumulated depreciation and
   amortization..............................   7,160    10,664       14,910
                                              -------   -------      -------
    Net fixed assets......................... $19,355   $26,731      $31,157
                                              =======   =======      =======
Other accrued expenses
  Accrued employee benefits.................. $ 5,389   $ 6,245      $10,662
  Accrued commissions and bonuses............   3,334     7,323       12,394
  Accrued acquisition costs..................   1,169     3,655        4,305
  Accrued contingent consideration...........   3,466    14,305        7,063
  Accrued restructuring reserve..............     --        --         2,872
  Other accrued expenses.....................   5,512     9,821       19,632
                                              -------   -------      -------
                                              $18,870   $41,349      $56,928
                                              =======   =======      =======
</TABLE>
 
7. NOTES RECEIVABLE AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
  Notes receivable due in March 2001 include $1,500,000 at June 28, 1997 and
December 27, 1997, and $985,000 at December 26, 1998 from an unrelated third
party corporation. This note bears interest at the LIBOR rate plus 2.5% (8.22%
at June 28, 1997, 8.16% at December 27, 1997, and 7.713% at December 26,
1998), which is payable quarterly. This note is secured by an interest in all
of the assets of the corporation subject to a prior security interest under
the corporation's bank debt and line of credit, and the personal guarantee of
the corporation's majority stockholder.
 
  Notes receivable from officers represents notes due from various senior
officers of the Company and bear interest at the prime rate (8.5% at June 28,
1997, 8.5% at December 27, 1997, and 7.75% at December 26, 1998).
 
  Notes receivable from stockholders of $476,000 at June 28, 1997 and December
27, 1997, and $1,476,000 at December 26, 1998, which are included as a
reduction of stockholders' equity in the accompanying balance sheet, include
promissory notes from two of ARI's officers totaling $226,000 for the exercise
of stock options bearing interest at a variable rate based upon federal income
tax requirements (approximately 6.5% at June 28, 1997, and 6% at December 27,
1997 and December 26, 1998), two demand notes from an individual who was the
sole stockholder of Hunter totaling $250,000, which accrue interest at 5%, and
notes issued to various employees to purchase the Company's common stock
totaling $1,000,000 which accrue interest at 7.0%.
 
  During the year ended June 28, 1997, the Company entered into a contract
with an entity controlled by the president of the Company to utilize an
airplane for corporate travel purposes. The Company pays for such usage on a
per-flight basis at a rate which management believes approximates market
prices. Total amounts incurred to this entity during the year ended June 28,
1997, the six months ended December 27, 1997, and the year ended December 26,
1998 were $100,000 and $267,000, and $291,000 respectively.
 
                                      48
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
 
8. RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER ASSET WRITE-DOWNS
 
  The net restructuring and other asset write-downs of $36.1 million in 1998
included a $21.4 million charge for the write-down of the Company's COBA U.K.
business and a $5.7 million charge for the write-down of goodwill and other
assets associated with the Company's Technomics business, both recorded in the
fourth quarter of 1998. In connection with certain business unit and
functional realignments made by the Company, a decision was made to dispose of
these non-performing Strategy business units. No proceeds are anticipated from
the discontinuance of these business units.
 
 
  Net restructuring and other asset write-downs also included $9.0 related to
a restructuring plan designed to focus the Company on the new corporate
strategy and eliminate redundant facilities and personnel recorded in the
third quarter of 1998. Details of the charges and the activity recorded during
1998 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             Discontinuance   Severance    Write-down
                            And Consolidation and Other   of Equipment   Total
                               Of Offices       Costs   and Other Assets Costs
<S>                         <C>               <C>       <C>              <C>
Total restructuring and
 other asset write-downs         $1,254        $4,198        $3,528      $8,980
Total charges through
 year-end
 Non-cash costs
 Payments                           --            --          2,938       2,938
Balance, December 26, 1998          205         2,965           --        3,170
                                 ------        ------        ------      ------
                                 $1,049        $1,233        $  590      $2,872
                                 ======        ======        ======      ======
</TABLE>
 
  The write-down of equipment and other assets relates primarily to software
and other computer equipment no longer utilized by the Company. Charges for
the discontinuance and consolidation of offices are related to future lease
payments related to vacated properties in excess of estimated sublease income.
Severance and other costs include expenses related to the termination of
approximately 50 employees, primarily in certain business initiatives the
Company decided to exit, and amounts owed under recruiting contracts for
positions which were eliminated.
 
  The Company currently expects the remaining restructuring accrual to be
utilized, primarily through cash disbursements funded from operations or the
use of additional borrowings in 1999.
 
9. FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS
 
 Lines of Credit
 
  Renaissance: The Company has a line of credit facility in place which
provides a borrowing base of 85% of eligible accounts receivable as defined,
up to a maximum borrowing of $85 million, payable on demand. Interest is
payable monthly in arrears at the bank's prime rate plus .5% (9.0% at June 28,
1997, 9.0% at December 27, 1997, and 8.25% at December 26, 1998) or the LIBOR
rate plus 2.5% (8.64% at June 28, 1997, 8.16% at December 27, 1997, and 7.71%
at December 26, 1998), at the option of the Company. The line of credit is
collateralized by all of the assets of the Company, excluding the assets of
the Trust, contains certain restrictions, including limitations on the amount
of distributions which can be made to stockholders, purchases of fixed assets,
and loans which can be made to officers, and requires the maintenance of
certain financial covenants.
 
  This line of credit was scheduled to expire in February 1999 but was
extended. This line was terminated on March 24, 1999.
 
                                      49
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
 
  In February of 1999, the Company entered into a new line of credit with a
different bank to provide a borrowing base of 85% of eligible accounts
receivable as defined, up to a maximum borrowing of $110 million. Interest is
payable monthly in arrears at the LIBOR rate plus 2.0% on the higher of the
bank's prime rate or the Fed Funds rate plus .50%, plus .75%, at the Company's
option. The line is collateralized by all of the assets of the Company,
contains certain restrictions, and requires maintenance of certain financial
covenants. The new line of credit is for a 90 day term until syndication of a
senior credit facility committed to by the bank consisting of a $100 million
Revolving Credit Facility and a $50 million three year term loan facility is
executed. This line was used to fund the debt previously funded by the line of
credit which was terminated on March 24, 1999.
 
  In addition to these lines of credit, the Company assumed with certain
acquisitions additional revolving credit facilities, which collectively
allowed borrowings of up to $15 million at interest rates ranging from, prime
to prime plus 2.5%. These credit facilities were terminated during 1998
concurrent with increase of the company's primary line of credit to $85
million.
 
  In June 1997, the Company entered into a line of credit agreement with a
foreign bank to provide an overdraft facility of 1,400,000 British Sterling to
JDA. This facility matures on January 31, 1998 and is secured by a $2.0
million standby letter of credit from a U.S. bank. The Company is required to
maintain this level of cash in this bank. There was $1.5 million, $1.5 million
and $1.0 million drawn on this facility as of June 28, 1997, December 27,
1997, and December 26, 1998, respectively. Interest is payable quarterly at
the bank's base rate plus 0.875% (7.35% at June 28, 1997, 8.125% at December
27, 1997, and 8.625% at December 26, 1998) for amounts up to 1,000,000 British
Sterling and the bank's base rate plus 2.0% for amounts over this level.
 
  Neoglyphics: At June 29, 1996 Neoglyphics had a $0.6 million line of credit
with a bank, which was amended to $2.0 million on December 12, 1997,
collaterialized by a promissory note and security agreement covering
substantially all of Neoglyphics' assets. Interest is payable at one point
above the bank's base rate (8.5% at June 29, 1996 and 8.5% at December 28,
1997) Borrowings under the line were, $13,000 at June 28, 1997, $700,000 at
December 28, 1997, and $1,734,000 at December 26, 1998.
 
 Long-Term Debt
 
  Long term debt consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             June 28, December 27, December 26,
                                               1997       1997         1998
                                             -------- ------------ ------------
                                                       (in thousands)
<S>                                          <C>      <C>          <C>
Note payable due December 1997.............. $   129    $   129         --
Notes payable due November 30, 1998.........     375        250         --
Note payable due November 30, 1998..........     113         37         --
Note payable due December 31, 1998..........      10         10         --
Notes payable due August 1, 1999............     --       3,748       1,500
Note payable due December 31, 1999..........     --         108          61
Note payable due May 2000...................     --         --          169
Notes payable due June 30, 2000.............     167        167         128
Notes payable due June 30, 2000.............     --         --          283
9.375% term loan due August 27, 2010........   1,387      1,378       1,360
6.75% term loan due April 1, 2013...........     663        651         626
                                             -------    -------       -----
                                               2,844      6,478       4,127
Less: Current portion.......................     560      2,876       1,803
                                             -------    -------       -----
                                              $2,284    $ 3,602       2,324
                                             =======    =======       =====
</TABLE>
 
                                      50
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
 
  The note payable due December 1997 resulted from Renaissance's acquisition
of JDA in December 1996 (see Note 4). These notes were paid in full via stock
to the principal employees of JDA in January 1998.
 
  The notes payable due November 30, 1998 resulted from Renaissance's
acquisition of the former Axiom Consulting Group, Inc. in November 1994. The
notes were unsecured and were payable to the former stockholders of Axiom
Consulting Group, Inc. in semi-annual installments of $125,000, plus interest
at the prime rate published in The Wall Street Journal, beginning in May 1996.
 
  The note payable due November 30, 1998 was due to a former executive of
Hunter. The note was unsecured and non-interest bearing and due in
installments of $40,000 paid in January 1997 and four semi-annual installments
of $18,000 beginning in May 1997.
 
  The note payable due December 31, 1998 was payable in monthly installments
of $904, including interest at an annual rate of 8.5%. A vehicle secured the
note.
 
  The notes payable due August 1, 1999 resulted from Renaissance's acquisition
of EMS in August 1997. The notes are unsecured and payable to the former
stockholders of EMS. The Company paid $0.3 million in December 1997 and $1.8
million in January 1998. An additional $1.0 million is payable in two semi-
annual installments beginning in August 1998 and an additional $1.0 million is
payable in August 1999.
 
  The note payable due December 31, 1999 relates to an acquisition made by RSI
prior to its acquisition by the Company. The note is unsecured and non-
interest bearing.
 
  The notes payable due June 30, 2000 resulted from ARI's repurchase of
510,436 shares of common stock and 465,000 shares of preferred stock from
certain of its stockholders in June 1995 at a price of $0.12 and $0.325 per
share, respectively. These repurchased shares have been excluded from the
number of shares issued and outstanding on the accompanying consolidated
balance sheet. In conjunction with this transaction, ARI issued $261,000 in
promissory notes, recorded as long-term debt on the accompanying balance
sheet, due through June 30, 2000 in five equal installments of $63,000,
including interest of 6.83%, with the first payment due in June 1996. These
notes are unsecured.
 
  In July 1997, Neoglyphics entered into an installment note agreement with a
bank for up to $300,000. Monthly installments of principal and interest are
based on the amount drawn with a maximum monthly payment of $6,301. Final
payment is due June 30, 2000. The note is collaterialized by substantially all
assets of Neoglyphics and bears interest at one point above the bank's base
rate, (8.5% at December 27, 1997).
 
  The term loan due August 27, 2010 is payable to a bank in monthly
installments of $12,000, including interest, and is collateralized by certain
property of the Trust and the personal guarantee of Renaissance's president
and significant stockholder.
 
  The term loan due April 1, 2013 is payable in semi-annual installments of
$34,000, including interest, and is secured by a mortgage on the land and
building of the Trust and the assignment of a life insurance policy on
Renaissance's president and significant stockholder.
 
                                      51
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
 
  Aggregate maturities of long-term debt are as follows at December 26, 1998
(in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
   <S>                                                                     <C>
   1999................................................................... $1,874
   2000...................................................................    466
   2001...................................................................     55
   2002...................................................................     60
   2003...................................................................     64
   Thereafter.............................................................  1,708
                                                                           ------
     Total................................................................ $4,127
                                                                           ======
</TABLE>
 
10. INCOME TAXES
 
  Prior to April 11, 1995, January 1, 1996, November 27, 1996, January 1,
1997, December 31, 1996 and April 2, 1998, RSI, America's Registry, SCR,
Neoglyphics, ISS and Triad, respectively, had each elected to be an S
Corporation for federal income tax purposes as provided in Section 1362(a) of
the Internal Revenue Code. As such, the corporate income or loss and credits
were passed through to the stockholders and reported on their personal tax
returns.
 
  RSI's election to be treated as an S Corporation terminated effective with
the closing of RSI's initial public offering. The cumulative effect of the
temporary differences between financial accounting and income tax reporting
was not material.
 
  Neoglyphics elected to terminate its S Corporation status on January 1,
1997. At the time of this conversion, a net deferred tax liability of $302,000
was recorded through the income tax provision on January 1, 1997. This
deferred tax liability was comprised principally of the effects of Neoglyphics
being a cash basis tax payer.
 
  America's Registry's, SCR's, ISS's and Triad's elections to be treated as S
Corporations terminated in conjunction with the acquisition of all of the
common stock of America's Registry, SCR, ISS and Triad by the Company. As a
result, the income or loss of America's Registry commencing on January 1,
1996, the income or loss of SCR commencing on November 27, 1996, the income or
loss of ISS commencing on December 31, 1996 and the income or loss of Triad
commencing on April 2, 1998 is subject to corporate income tax, and is
included in the income tax provision (benefit) described below.
 
  At the time of conversion of America's Registry from an S Corporation to a C
Corporation, a net deferred tax liability of $642,000 was recorded through the
income tax provision on January 1, 1996. This deferred tax liability was
comprised principally of the remaining effects of America's Registry
converting from the cash basis to the accrual basis for tax reporting purposes
on January 1, 1994, offset by deferred tax assets for certain accrued expenses
which are recognized in different periods for financial and tax reporting.
 
  At the time of the conversion of SCR from an S Corporation to a C
Corporation, a net deferred tax asset of $403,000 was recorded through the
income tax provision on November 27, 1996. The deferred tax asset was
comprised principally of certain accrued expenses and allowances which are
recognized in different periods for financial and tax reporting.
 
  At the time of conversion of ISS from an S Corporation to a C Corporation, a
net deferred tax liability of $1,002,000 was recorded through the income tax
provision on December 31, 1996. This deferred tax liability was comprised
principally of the effect of converting from the cash basis to the accrual
basis for tax reporting purposes.
 
  At the time of conversion of Triad from an S Corporation to a C Corporation,
a net deferred tax liability of $2,878,000 was recorded through the income tax
provision on April 2, 1998. This deferred tax liability was comprised
principally of the effect of converting from the cash basis to the accrual
basis for tax reporting purposes.
 
                                      52
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
 
  From its inception, Hunter reported its financial results for income tax
purposes using the cash method of accounting. Upon acquisition by Renaissance,
Hunter changed its method of accounting for income tax reporting purposes from
the cash method to the accrual method. As a result, substantially all of the
deferred tax liability related to Hunter accumulated on the balance sheet will
become due and payable over a four-year period.
 
  The components of the income tax provision (benefit) are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          Year Ended    Year Ended   Six Months Ended     Year Ended
                         June 29, 1996 June 28, 1997 December 27, 1997 December 26, 1998
                         ------------- ------------- ----------------- -----------------
                                                 (in thousands)
<S>                      <C>           <C>           <C>               <C>
Current:
  Federal...............    $6,228        $11,730         $6,138            $ 7,939
  State.................     1,660          2,724          1,573              1,648
  Foreign...............       --           1,150          1,566              1,859
                            ------        -------         ------            -------
                             7,888         15,604          9,277             11,446
Deferred:
  Federal...............    (1,846)            46           (780)            (4,739)
  State.................      (230)             8           (167)            (1,160)
                            ------        -------         ------            -------
                            (2,076)            54           (947)            (5,899)
Change in tax status of
 RSI, America's
 Registry, SCR, ISS,
 Neoglyphics and Triad..     1,644            936            --               2,878
                            ------        -------         ------            -------
                            $7,456        $16,594         $8,330            $ 8,425
                            ======        =======         ======            =======
</TABLE>
 
  Pretax income (loss) is summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 Year Ended    Year Ended   Six Months Ended     Year Ended
                June 29, 1996 June 28, 1997 December 27, 1997 December 26, 1998
                ------------- ------------- ----------------- -----------------
                                        (in thousands)
<S>             <C>           <C>           <C>               <C>
Domestic.......    $19,248       $30,762         $  686           $ (4,104)
Foreign........        228         3,006          3,413            (18,817)
                   -------       -------         ------           --------
  Total........    $19,476       $33,768         $4,099           $(22,921)
                   =======       =======         ======           ========
</TABLE>
 
  Deferred income taxes reflect the tax impact of temporary differences
between the amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes
and such amounts as measured by tax laws and regulations. Under SFAS 109, the
benefit associated with future deductible temporary differences and operating
loss or credit carryforwards is recognized if it is more likely than not that
a benefit will be realized. Deferred tax expense (benefit) represents the
change in the net deferred tax asset or liability balance. Deferred tax assets
and liabilities are comprised of the following at June 28, 1997, December 27,
1997 and December 26, 1998:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              June 28, December 27, December 26,
                                                1997       1997         1998
                                              -------- ------------ ------------
                                                        (in thousands)
<S>                                           <C>      <C>          <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Net operating loss carryforward............  $ 433      $  45        $1,282
  Allowance for doubtful accounts............    723      1,234         3,749
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses......  1,012      2,357         4,787
  Other......................................    875      1,440           739
  Valuation allowance........................   (131)       --            --
                                               -----      -----        ------
    Total gross deferred tax assets..........  2,912      5,076        10,557
                                               -----      -----        ------
</TABLE>
 
                                      53
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              June
                                               28,    December 27, December 26,
                                              1997        1997         1998
                                             -------  ------------ ------------
                                                      (in thousands)
<S>                                          <C>      <C>          <C>
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Differences arising due to tax accounting
   method changes...........................   4,424     3,357         5,676
  Prepaid expenses..........................      85        72             9
  Fixed assets..............................     552       331           855
  Other.....................................     228     2,240         1,712
                                             -------     -----        ------
    Total gross deferred tax liabilities....   5,289     6,000         8,252
                                             -------     -----        ------
    Net deferred tax asset (liability)...... $(2,377)    $(924)       $2,305
                                             =======     =====        ======
</TABLE>
 
  As of December 26, 1998, the Company has $569,000 and $20,362,000 of net
operating loss carryforwards which may be used to offset future federal and
state taxable income, respectively. The carryforwards expire on various dates
from 2009 to 2018. An ownership change, as defined in the Internal Revenue
Code, may limit the amount of net operating loss that can be utilized annually
to offset future taxable income.
 
  Income taxes computed using the federal statutory income tax rate differs
form Renaissance's effective tax rate primarily due to the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           Year Ended    Year Ended   Six Months Ended     Year Ended
                          June 29, 1996 June 28, 1997 December 27, 1997 December 26, 1998
                          ------------- ------------- ----------------- -----------------
<S>                       <C>           <C>           <C>               <C>
Statutory U.S. Federal
 tax rate...............       35.0%        35.0%            35.0%            (35.0%)
State taxes, net of
 federal tax benefit....        4.8          5.3             22.4               1.4
Income from RSI,
 America's Registry,
 SCR, ISS, Triad and
 Neoglyphics not taxable
 for corporate income
 tax purposes                 (14.8)        (3.3)            (4.8)              3.8
Non-deductible
 expenses...............        4.2          7.8            136.0              10.2
Goodwill not deductible
 for corporate income
 tax purposes...........        0.2          0.7              4.1              42.6
Foreign income taxed at
 different rates........        0.5          0.3              8.5              (0.2)
Change in tax status of
 America's Registry, SCR
 and ISS................        9.1          2.5              --               12.6
Other...................       (0.7)         0.8              2.0               1.3
                              -----         ----            -----             -----
Effective tax rate......       38.3%        49.1%           203.2%             36.7%
                              =====         ====            =====             =====
</TABLE>
 
  Non-deductible expenses during the year ended June 28, 1997 and six months
ended December 27, 1997 and the year ended December 26, 1998 primarily relate
to certain costs incurred in connection with the acquisitions of ARI, SCR,
ISS, RSI, Hunter, Neoglyphics and Triad.
 
  Undistributed earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries aggregated
approximately $2.3 million on December 26, 1998, which under existing law,
will not be subject to U.S. tax until distributed as dividends. Since the
earnings have been or are intended to be indefinitely reinvested in foreign
operations, no provision has been made for any U.S. taxes that may be
applicable thereto. Furthermore, any taxes paid to foreign governments on
those earnings may be used in whole or in part as credits against the U.S. tax
on any dividends distributed from such earnings. It is not practicable to
estimate the amount of unrecognized deferred U.S. taxes on these undistributed
earnings.
 
                                      54
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
 
11.  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
 Preferred Stock, $.10 par value
 
  On April 10, 1996, Renaissance's then sole stockholder authorized 1,000,000
shares of preferred stock, $.10 par value. Preferred stock may be issued in
one or more series at the discretion of the Board of Directors of Renaissance
(without shareholder approval) with such designations, rights and preferences
as the Board of Directors may determine. The preferred stock may have
dividend, liquidation, redemption, conversion, voting or other rights which
may be more expansive than the rights of the holders of Renaissance's common
stock.
 
 Preferred Stock, no par value
 
  Renaissance's wholly-owned subsidiary, ARI, was authorized to issue
5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, of which 3,000,000 shares were designated
as Series A Preferred Stock (the "Series A Preferred Stock"). The remaining
preferred stock may have been issued from time to time in one or more
additional series at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Shares of
Series A Preferred Stock were non-redeemable and had a liquidation preference
of $.79 per share plus any declared but unpaid dividends.
 
  Each share of Series A Preferred Stock was convertible into the number of
shares of common stock that results from dividing the conversion price in
effect at the time of conversion into $.79 for each share of Series A
Preferred Stock being converted. The conversion price of the Series A
Preferred Stock was initially $.1084 per share, subject to adjustment for
stock splits, dividends, distributions, and combinations. At June 29, 1996,
all shares of Series A Preferred Stock were convertible into .548856 shares of
Renaissance's common stock based on a conversion price of $.1084 per share.
 
  On November 26, 1996, in conjunction with the acquisition of ARI by
Renaissance (see Note 3), all of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred
Stock were converted into 1,434,160 shares of common stock.
 
 RSI Preferred Stock, $.01 par value
 
  Renaissance's wholly-owned subsidiary, RSI authorized 2,000,000 shares, $.01
par value per share preferred stock. RSI's Board of Directors was authorized,
without shareholder approval, to issue such shares of preferred stock in one
or more series, with such rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions,
including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption
privileges and liquidation preferences, as the Board of Directors may
determine.
 
 Stock Split and Authorized Shares
 
  On July 30, 1997, Renaissance's stockholders approved an increase to
99,000,000 in the number of authorized shares of common stock of Renaissance.
On February 12, 1998, Renaissance announced a 2-for-1 stock split, effected as
a dividend, on Renaissance common stock. Shareholders of record on March 2,
1998 participated in the stock split, which took place on March 24, 1998.
 
  All shares and per share amounts included in the consolidated financial
statements have been adjusted to give retroactive effect to the stock split
for all periods presented.
 
 Sale of Common and Preferred Stock
 
  On November 19, 1996, ARI sold 55,000 units to an unrelated investor for net
proceeds of $2.6 million. Each unit consisted of shares of ARI's series A
Preferred Stock and 1.0978 shares of Renaissance's common stock, for a total
of 165,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and 60,374 shares of common
stock.
 
                                      55
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
 
 Public Offerings of Common Stock
 
  On June 10, 1996, Renaissance completed its initial public offering for the
sale of 4,460,000 shares of common stock, which included 660,000 shares in
respect of the underwriters' over-allotment option. Renaissance received $34.5
million from the sale of the shares, net of the underwriting discounts and
expenses associated with the offering. Additionally, Renaissance had
previously incurred $294,000 of costs related to the initial public offering
that were deferred in previous years which were also charged against the
proceeds of the offering. Net proceeds were used to repay all outstanding
indebtedness under Renaissance's credit facility and certain term loans.
 
  On February 26, 1997, Renaissance completed a secondary public offering for
the sale of 2,468,332 shares of common stock, including the reissuance of the
treasury shares acquired in conjunction with the acquisition of SCR (see Note
3). Renaissance received approximately $48.3 million from the sale of the
shares, net of the underwriting discounts and expenses associated with the
offering. The excess of the cost of the treasury stock over the net reissuance
price has been charged to retained earnings. Net proceeds were used to repay
all outstanding indebtedness under Renaissance's credit facility.
 
  On May 17, 1996, RSI completed a follow-on public offering, whereby RSI
issued 1,443,400 shares of common stock and existing shareholders sold
1,036,000 shares of common stock. The net proceeds from the sale of shares by
RSI were approximately $28.3 million, after deducting offering expenses of
$225,000.
 
  On November 18, 1996, RSI completed an additional offering. The transaction
included 344,240 shares sold by the Company and 1,679,760 shares sold by
existing shareholders, including shares acquired by Gemini upon exercise of
the Gemini Warrants (below). The net proceeds of the offering were $6.5
million, after deducting offering expenses of $353,000.
 
 Treasury Stock
 
  In September 1998, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to
repurchase up to 200,000 shares of its common stock through the open market.
The Company repurchased 200,000 shares through December 26, 1998 for a total
of $2.5 million.
 
 Gemini Warrants
 
  RSI sold two warrants (together, the "Gemini Warrants") to Gemini upon the
closing of RSI's initial public offering for an aggregate purchase price of
$1.6 million. One warrant was exercisable through April 11, 1998 for up to
501,760 shares of common stock at an exercise price equal to $8.125 per share.
The second warrant was exercisable through November 1, 1999 for up to 512,000
shares of common stock at an exercise price equal to $12.1875 per share. In
November 1996, Gemini exercised the warrants and RSI received proceeds from
the exercise of $10.3 million.
 
12.  STOCK PLANS
 
Employee Stock Option Plans
 
  The Company currently has seven employee stock options plans, four of which
were assumed upon the acquisitions of ARI, RSI, Hunter and Neoglyphics and one
created to authorize grants of options to the Company's international
employees. They are as follows:
 
 1996 Stock Plan
 
  This plan, adopted in March 1996, authorizes the grant of incentive stock
options, non-qualified stock options, stock purchase authorizations or stock
bonus awards to key employees, including officers, employee directors and
consultants.
 
                                      56
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
 
  As of December 27, 1997, the total number of shares of Common Stock
authorized under the 1996 Plan was 7,200,000. In May of 1998, the shareholders
approved an amendment to the 1996 Stock Plan increasing the number of shares
of common stock available for awards under the Plan. The amendment provided
that for a three-year period, the shares available under the Plan will be
increased each year by a number of shares equal to 4% of the total outstanding
shares at the beginning of each year. For 1998, that increase was equal to 4%
of the shares outstanding on the date of the annual meeting of shareholders
(55,796,624 shares resulting in 2,231,864 additional shares authorized).
 
  Incentive stock options cannot be granted to consultants. For incentive
options, the purchase price is equal to the fair market value on the date of
grant (110% of fair market value for stockholders who hold greater than 10% of
Renaissance's stock at the time of grant). For non-qualified options and stock
purchase authorizations, the purchase price is determined by the Board of
Directors within limits as set forth in the plan, but shall not be less than
85% of the fair market value of common stock on the date of grant. The periods
over which options are exercisable are determined by the Board of Directors.
If permitted by the Board of Directors, employees may use previously acquired
shares of Renaissance's common stock (provided that such shares tendered have
been held for at least six months) or may borrow money from Renaissance on a
recourse basis (for a period of time not to exceed five years) to pay the
exercise price of shares purchased. Options may expire up to ten years after
the date of grant (five years for incentive options granted to 10%
stockholders). The Board of Directors has the discretion to designate non-
qualified options as transferable. The plan will terminate in March 2006.
 
 1995 RSI Equity Incentive Plan
 
  In January 1995, RSI's Board of Directors adopted and the stockholders
approved the 1995 Equity Incentive Plan (the "RSI Equity Plan"). Under the
terms of the RSI Equity Plan, the Company is authorized to make awards of
restricted stock and to grant incentive and non-statutory options to employees
of, and consultants and advisors to the Company to purchase shares of the
common stock of the Company. A total of 3,360,000 shares of common stock may
be issued upon exercise of options granted or awards made under the RSI Equity
Plan. Options granted through December 27, 1997 generally vest in either four
or five equal annual installments commencing on the first anniversary of the
optionee's date of hire.
 
 SCR Option
 
  On April 1, 1993, SCR granted a non-qualifying stock option to a key
employee to purchase 96,286 shares of common stock at an exercise price of
$0.00365 per share. The option had a nine-year vesting period, subject to
acceleration for certain events (such as the sale, merger or liquidation of
SCR, or an initial public offering), and an expiration date of April 1, 2002.
Compensation expense of $281,000, which represented the excess of the
estimated fair value of the stock on the date of grant over the exercise
price, was being recognized over the nine-year vesting period. The
unrecognized portion of the compensation expense was recorded as a reduction
of stockholders' equity in the accompanying balance sheet. Effective November
27, 1996, the stock option was exercised in accordance with the acceleration
clause of the option agreement in connection with the acquisition of SCR by
the Company (see Note 3) and the remaining unamortized balance of deferred
stock compensation of $164,000 was recorded as expense at that time.
 
 1994 ARI Stock Plan
 
  In 1994, ARI adopted the 1994 Stock Option Plan (the "1994 ARI Plan"), under
which 823,284 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance to eligible
employees, directors and consultants upon the exercise of stock options. ARI
also had outstanding options to purchase 14,818 shares of common stock and
27,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock which were granted prior to the
adoption of the 1994 ARI Plan. Stock options were granted at prices determined
by ARI's former Board of Directors and generally may not be less than 100% and
85%, for incentive and nonstatutory options, respectively, of the estimated
fair value of the related shares on the
 
                                      57
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
date of grant. Options granted under the 1994 ARI Plan are for a period not to
exceed ten years, are exercisable beginning generally one year after the date
of grant and vest ratably over a maximum period of five years following the
date of grant.
 
  ARI also had options outstanding to purchase 27,000 shares of Series A
Preferred Stock outstanding at June 24, 1995 and June 29, 1996. On November
26, 1996, in conjunction with the acquisition of ARI by the Company, all
options to purchase Series A Preferred Stock were converted into options to
purchase 14,818 shares of common stock.
 
  All stock options granted to ARI's former management employees fully vested
in the event of a change of control, as defined by the ARI Board of Directors.
This change of control occurred upon acquisition of ARI by the Company in
November of 1996. Since that date, all options outstanding were exercised.
There are no outstanding options in the 1994 ARI Plan at December 26, 1998.
 
  Renaissance does not intend to grant any further options under the 1994 ARI
Plan.
 
 1991 Hunter Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan
 
  In 1991, Hunter adopted the 1991 Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan
(the "Hunter Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan") to provide long term
performance incentives to Hunter employees. All options granted are non-
qualified options. The Hunter Board of Directors determines the option price,
which may be different than the fair market value of the common stock at the
date of option grant. Hunter has reserved 1,990,860 shares for issuance under
the Hunter Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan. Options vest and expire
as determined at the grant date by the Hunter Board of Directors, provided
that no options may be exercised later than ten years after the grant of the
option.
 
  A former officer of Hunter exercised options to purchase 18,913 shares of
common stock in October 1996. Upon ceasing employment, Hunter promised to pay
this individual $113,000 instead of issuing shares. This promise was evidenced
in January 1997 by a $113,000 non-interest bearing note (see Note 9). The
amount of the note, which is included as compensation expense, was based on
Hunter's estimate of the fair market value of the underlying stock at the time
of his exercise.
 
 1996 Neoglyphics Stock Option Plan
 
  In 1996, Neoglyphics adopted a stock option plan that provides for incentive
stock options for key employees and nonqualified stock options for key
individuals, including nonemployees. Neoglyphics had reserved 224,910 shares
for issuance under the stock option plan.
 
 1998 Acquisition Plan
 
  In April 1998, the Board of Directors approved the 1998 Acquisition Plan for
use exclusively for non-qualified options to be awarded to employees of
acquired businesses. This plan has the same term and vesting provisions of the
1996 Stock Plan. A total of 1,000,000 shares of common stock were authorized
for issuance under the Plan.
 
                                      58
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
 
 1998 International Plan
 
  In April 1998, the Board of Directors approved the 1998 International Plan
for use exclusively for non-qualified options to be awarded to employees in
foreign jurisdictions. This plan has the same term and vesting provisions of
the 1996 Stock Plan. A total of 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock were
authorized for issuance under the Plan.
 
 Option repricing
 
  In December 1998 the Company offered employees the opportunity to reprice
their stock options at the current fair market value of the Company's common
stock on December 15, 1998, the repricing date. Employees electing to take
advantage of this repricing program agreed to a two for one exchange of their
options and to a one year holding period. In connection with the repricing,
the Company repriced 6,079,000 of existing options with a weighted average
exercise price of $21.60. This plan was completed on December 15, 1998.
 
  Transactions under the Stock Plans are summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            June 29, 1996        June 28, 1997      December 27, 1997    December 26, 1998
                          ------------------- -------------------- -------------------- --------------------
                                     Weighted             Weighted             Weighted             Weighted
                                     Average              Average              Average              Average
                          Number Of  Exercise Number Of   Exercise Number Of   Exercise Number Of   Exercise
                           Options    Price    Options     Price    Options     Price    Options     Price
                          ---------  -------- ----------  -------- ----------  -------- ----------  --------
<S>                       <C>        <C>      <C>         <C>      <C>         <C>      <C>         <C>
Outstanding at beginning
 of period..............  2,256,432   $3.82    5,640,109   $ 7.13   8,347,962   $14.85  12,221,607  $ 16.12
  Elimination of
   duplicate activity
   from July to
   December.............      1,646    0.12    (376,368)      --          --       --          --       --
  Addition of activity
   from January to
   June.................        --      --           --       --      248,559   $11.00         --       --
  Granted...............  3,929,405    8.88    5,141,809    18.70   4,421,009    22.43   7,546,143    13.44
  Exercised.............   (311,810)   5.82   (1,217,193)    3.19     (91,902)    7.99  (1,301,014)    4.44
  Canceled..............   (235,564)   6.43     (855,213)   9.967    (704,021)   20.26  (8,541,374)   21.15
  Conversion of Series A
   Preferred Stock
   Options to Common
   Stock Options........        --       --       14,818     0.66         --       --          --       --
                          ---------   ------  ----------   ------  ----------   ------  ----------  -------
Outstanding at end of
 period.................  5,640,109    $7.13   8,347,962   $14.85  12,221,607   $16.12   9,925,362  $ 11.28
                          =========   ======  ==========   ======  ==========   ======  ==========  =======
Exercisable at end of
 year...................  1,185,332   $1.23    1,185,229   $ 3.14   1,686,430   $ 4.01   1,681,809     9.55
Weighted average fair
 value of options
 granted during the
 period.................              $ 3.96               $10.98               $13.42              $  9.34
Options available for
 future grant...........  4,099,893            6,543,988            4,667,335            8,894,430
</TABLE>
 
  The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding
at December 26,1998 under the RSI Equity Plan and RSI Director Plan:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     Number     Weighted              Number
                   Outstanding   Average   Weighted Exercisable Weighted
                      As Of     Remaining  Average     As Of    Average
                    December   Contractual Exercise  December   Exercise
     Range Of       26, 1998      Life      Price    26, 1998    Price
 Exercise Prices   ----------- ----------- -------- ----------- --------
 <S>               <C>         <C>         <C>      <C>         <C>
 $ 0.40 - $ 1.99      324,499     6.52      $ 0.93     190,414   $0.96
 $ 5.00 - $ 6.50    4,797,618     8.14        5.80     910,755    5.76
 $ 7.38 - $ 7.66      404,085     9.65        7.40      32,000    7.66
 $ 8.00 - $10.63      766,215     9.10        9.54      53,308    8.70
 $11.00 - $13.50      270,289     8.50       11.91      38,254   11.28
 $14.22 - $15.78      261,029     9.01       15.23      28,943   15.68
 $16.25 - $19.69    1,133,792     9.25       17.97     133,691   17.47
 $20.16 - $22.63    1,157,752     8.74       22.04     220,565   22.06
 $23.13 - $29.56      810,083     8.76       25.22      73,879   24.80
                    ---------     ----      ------   ---------   -----
 $ 0.40 - $29.56    9,925,362     8.50      $11.28   1,681,809   $9.54
                    =========     ====      ======   =========   =====
</TABLE>
 
                                      59
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
 
 Shares Reserved for Future Issuance
 
  A total of 18,214,591 shares of Renaissance Common Stock has been reserved
for issuance under Renaissance's various stock plans at December 26, 1998.
 
Directors Stock Plans
 
 1996 Eligible Directors' Stock Plan
 
  This plan authorizes the grant of an option to purchase 40,000 shares of
common stock to each non-employee director on the date of the director's
initial election to the Board of Directors. The exercise price of options
granted is 100% of the closing price per share of common stock on the date of
grant. Directors may use previously acquired shares of Renaissance's common
stock to pay the exercise price of shares purchased provided that such shares
tendered have been held for at least six months. An aggregate of 200,000
shares of common stock may be issued under the plan. Options are exercisable
in four equal annual installments, commencing on the first anniversary date of
the grant. Options expire ten years after the date of grant. The plan will
terminate in March 2006.
 
  In April and May 1996, options to purchase 40,000 shares each of common
stock at an exercise price of $5.50 and $6.50 per share, respectively, were
granted to newly-elected directors.
 
 1995 RSI Director Stock Option Plan
 
  In January 1995, the RSI Board of Directors adopted and the RSI stockholders
approved the 1995 Director Stock Option Plan (the "RSI Director Plan"), which
became effective on the closing of RSI's initial public offering. Under the
terms of the RSI Director Plan, the directors of RSI who were not employees of
the Company were eligible to receive non-statutory options to purchase shares
of common stock. A total of 80,000 shares of common stock may be issued upon
exercise of options granted under the RSI Director Plan. Options to purchase
40,000 shares of Common Stock have been granted to the two eligible directors.
The exercise price of options granted under the RSI Director Plan was equal to
the closing price of the common stock on the date of grant.
 
1998 Directors Stock Plan
 
  In May of 1998, the stockholders of the Company approved the 1998 Directors
Stock Option Plan (the "1998 Directors Plan") that replaced the existing 1996
Eligible Directors' Stock Plan. Under the 1998 Directors Plan, outside
directors of the Company will receive equity compensation in three ways. Upon
joining the Board, an outside director will receive an option covering 20,000
shares of Common Stock. This option will become exercisable in four annual
installments beginning one year after grant. Outside directors will also
receive an option covering 2,500 shares of common stock after each year of
service. This award, which represents compensation for service during the
previous year, will be immediately exercisable. Each director will be required
to take one-half on the annual retainer (currently $12,000) in options having
an equivalent value and may elect to take all or a portion of the balance in
options as well. Two outside directors, who had served two years without
annual equity awards, were each granted immediately exercisable options
covering 5,000 shares.
 
Stock Purchase Plans
 
 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 
  This plan, which is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Internal
Revenue Code, authorizes the grant of options to eligible employees on a semi-
annual basis to purchase shares of Renaissance's common stock. For the June
1996, January 1997, and July 1997 offerings, the plan permitted eligible
employees to purchase up to 400 shares of common stock in any six month
offering period through the accumulation of payroll deductions,
 
                                      60
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
which may not exceed 10% of the employee's compensation. For the June 1996,
January 1997 and July 1997 offerings, employees were eligible to participate
if they have been employed by Renaissance for at least eighteen months.
Commencing with the January 1998 offering, employees are eligible to
participate upon employment by Renaissance. Shares are purchased at 85% of the
lower of the fair market value of Renaissance's common stock at the beginning
or end of each six month offering period. Employees may end their
participation in the offering at any time during the offering period, and
participation ends automatically on termination of employment. The first stock
offering period under the plan commenced on June 5, 1996, the effective date
of the registration statement covering Renaissance's initial public offering.
56,178, 46,510 and 259,514 shares of Common Stock were issued under this plan
during the year ended June 28, 1997, the six month period ended December 27,
1997 and the year ended December 26, 1998, respectively, at issuance prices of
$7.23, $19.55, and $18.78 respectively. In May 1998, the shareholders approved
an amendment to the 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan changing the maximum
number of shares to be purchased by eligible employees in any six month
offering period to 200 shares and amending the termination provisions of an
employee under the plan. In addition, greater flexibility in choosing which
subsidiaries will participate in the Plan was granted in consideration of some
of the subsidiaries in foreign countries. The plan will terminate in March
2006.
 
 1995 RSI Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 
  In January 1995, RSI's Board of Directors adopted and the shareholders
approved the 1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "RSI Purchase Plan"),
which became effective on the closing of RSI's initial public offering. The
RSI Purchase Plan authorizes the issuance of up to a total 720,000 shares of
common stock to participating employees. Under the terms of the RSI Purchase
Plan, the purchase price is an amount equal to 85% of the fair market value
per share of the common stock on either the first day or the last day of the
offering period, whichever is lower. 67,429 shares, 55,296 shares and 27,160
shares were issued under the RSI Purchase Plan during the years ended June 29,
1996, June 28, 1997 and the six months ended December 27, 1997 at a weighted
average price of $9.16, $13.21, and $24.57, respectively. The weighted average
fair value of the 1996, 1997, and December 1997 awards under the RSI Purchase
Plan were $1.61, $4.77, and $11.79 per share, respectively. Commencing in
January of 1998, the Company terminated the RSI Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
 
 Accounting Treatment
 
  Renaissance applies Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 and related
Interpretations in accounting for its stock option plans. Compensation is
recognized for the difference between the exercise price of options granted
and the estimated fair value of the related shares on the date of grant, and
is recorded over the vesting period. Amortization of compensation expense
totaled $31,000, $494,000, $750,000, and $0 in the years ended June 29, 1996
and June 28, 1997, and in the six months ended December 27, 1997 and in the
year ended December 26, 1998, respectively. The benefit of tax deductions
associated with the exercise of non-qualified stock options in excess of the
amount of compensation recorded for financial reporting purposes is recorded
as a credit to additional paid-in capital.
 
  In October 1995, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation". SFAS No. 123 is effective for periods beginning after December
15, 1995. SFAS No. 123 requires that companies either recognize compensation
expense for grants of stock options and other equity instruments based on fair
value, or provide pro forma disclosure of net income and earnings per share in
the notes to the financial statements. Renaissance adopted the disclosure
provisions only of SFAS No. 123. Had compensation cost of Renaissance's stock-
based compensation plans been determined based on the fair value at the grant
dates as calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 123, Renaissance's net income
and earnings per share for the years ended June 29,
 
                                      61
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
1996 and June 28, 1997, the six months ended December 27, 1997 and December
26, 1998 would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   As Reported
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------
                          Year Ended    Year Ended   Six Months Ended     Year Ended
                         June 29, 1996 June 28, 1997 December 27, 1997 December 26, 1998
                         ------------- ------------- ----------------- -----------------
<S>                      <C>           <C>           <C>               <C>
Net Income (loss).......    $12,020       $17,174         $(4,231)         $(31,346)
Net Income (loss) per
 share--basic...........    $  0.28       $  0.34         $ (0.08)         $  (0.57)
Net Income (loss) per
 share--diluted.........    $  0.26       $  0.31         $ (0.08)         $  (0.57)
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Pro Forma
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------
                          Year Ended    Year  Ended  Six Months Ended     Year Ended
                         June 29, 1996 June 28, 1997 December 27, 1997 December 26, 1998
                         ------------- ------------- ----------------- -----------------
<S>                      <C>           <C>           <C>               <C>
Net Income (loss).......    $10,229       $10,737        $(13,970)         $(65,595)
Net Income (loss) per
 share--basic...........    $  0.24       $  0.21        $  (0.26)         $  (1.18)
Net Income (loss) per
 share--diluted.........    $  0.22       $  0.20        $  (0.26)         $  (1.18)
</TABLE>
 
  Because options vest over several years and this pro forma disclosure only
reflects grants made in the last three fiscal periods, the effects of applying
SFAS No. 123 in this pro forma disclosure are not likely to be representative
of the effects on reported net income for future years.
 
  The fair market value of each stock option granted during the year ended
June 29, 1996 was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with
the following assumptions: an expected life of 3-4 years, expected volatility
of 0% for Hunter and Renaissance (pre IPO periods) and 62% for RSI, a dividend
yield of 0% and risk-free interest rates of 5.8 to 6.4%. The fair market value
of each stock option granted during the year ended June 28, 1997 was estimated
using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:
an expected life of 3-5 years, expected volatility of 43% to 62%, a dividend
yield of 0% and risk-free interest rates of 6.3%. The fair market value of
each stock option granted during the six months ended December 27, 1997 was
estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following
weighted-average assumptions: an expected life of 5.25 years, expected
volatility of 45%, a dividend yield of 0% and risk-free interest rates of
6.2%. The fair market value of each stock option granted during the year ended
December 26, 1998 was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model
with the following weighted average assumptions: an expected life of 5.50
years, expected volatility of 79%, a dividend yield of 0% and risk-free
interest rates of 6.0%.
 
  The fair market value of offerings under the Renaissance stock purchase plan
was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing
model with the following weighted average assumptions: an expected life of .5
years, expected volatility of 43.5%, a dividend yield of 0%, and risk-free
interest rates of 6% in the fiscal years ended June 29, 1996, June 28, 1997
and the six months ended December 27, 1997.
 
  The fair market value of offerings under the RSI stock purchase plan was
estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model
with the following weighted average assumptions: an expected life of .5 years,
expected volatility of 62% in fiscal 1996, fiscal 1997, and the six months
ended December 27, 1997, a dividend yield of 0% for all periods, and risk-free
interest rates of 5.63% in fiscal 1996, 5.27% in fiscal 1997 and 6.0% in the
six months ended December 27, 1997. The fair market value of offerings under
the Renaissance stock purchase plan was estimated on the date of grant using
the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average
assumptions: an expected life of .5 years, expected volatility of 55%, a
dividend yield of 0% and risk-free interest rates of 6% for the year ended
December 26, 1998.
 
  The fair market value of offerings under the Neoglyphics Stock Option Plan
was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing
model with the following assumptions: an expected life of 1 to 7 years,
expected volatility of 0.01%, a risk-free interst rate of 6.0% and no dividend
yield.
 
                                      62
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
 
13.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
 Operating Leases
 
  Renaissance occupies premises under various noncancelable operating leases
which include terms requiring Renaissance to pay a pro-rata portion of
increased operating expenses and real estate taxes. The leases expire on
various dates through April 2018, and certain of the leases contain options
for renewal or purchase of related equipment.
 
  In January 1993, Renaissance entered into a three year lease with a real
estate trust of which the president and significant shareholder of Renaissance
is the sole beneficiary (the "Trust"), which required annual rental payments
of $120,000, payable in equal monthly installments of $10,000. This lease
continued to be amended upon subsequent expansions of the leased area and
currently requires annual payments of $531,000 payable in equal monthly
installments of $44,000. The amended lease term is September 2010. In
conjunction with the amendment of the lease in September 1995, Renaissance
began to consolidate the accounts of the Trust on a prospective basis (see
Note 15).
 
  In June 1998, the Company entered into a ten year agreement to lease 200,000
square feet in Waltham, Massachusetts in a building currently under
construction, which is to be the site of the Company's new headquarters. The
Company expects to consolidate four offices located around Massachusetts
(including the Lincoln and Newton locations) into this new location and to
sublet approximately 45,000 square feet of this space. The construction is
scheduled for completion in September of 1999.
 
  In August 1998, the Company entered into a twenty year agreement to lease
30,000 square feet in London, England to consolidate multiple branch locations
operating in the city.
 
  Rent expense for the years ended June 29, 1996 (excluding amounts paid to
the Trust after September 19, 1995), and June 28, 1997, the six months ended
December 27, 1997 and the year ended December 26, 1998 was $5,045,000,
$6,764,000, $5,070,000, and $10,240,000 respectively.
 
  Future minimum payments under non-cancelable leases at December 26, 1998 are
as follows, excluding amounts payable to the Trust (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Operating Capital
                                                               Leases   Leases
                                                              --------- -------
   <S>                                                        <C>       <C>
   1999......................................................   10,627    297
   2000......................................................   15,494     30
   2001......................................................   14,687    --
   2002......................................................   13,200    --
   2003......................................................   11,068    --
   Thereafter................................................   85,156    --
                                                              --------   ----
     Total minimum lease payments............................ $150,232    327
                                                              ========   ====
     Less--amount representing interest......................              32
                                                                         ----
     Present value of obligations under capital leases.......            $295
                                                                         ====
</TABLE>
 
                                      63
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
 
  The cost and accumulated amortization of assets, primarily for office
equipment and software, under capital leases are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              June 28, December 27, December 26,
                                                1997       1997         1998
                                              -------- ------------ ------------
                                                        (in thousands)
   <S>                                        <C>      <C>          <C>
   Cost......................................   $731       $226         $572
   Accumulated amortization..................   (232)       (93)        (154)
                                                ----       ----         ----
                                                $499       $133         $418
                                                ====       ====         ====
</TABLE>
 
14.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
  Renaissance provides employee retirement savings plans under Section 401(k)
of the Internal Revenue Code which cover substantially all employees. Under
the terms of the plans, employees may contribute a percentage of their salary
up to a maximum of 10%-20% which is then invested in one or more of several
mutual funds selected by the employee. Renaissance may make contributions to
the Renaissance plan at its discretion; such contributions totaled $563,000,
$605,000, $472,000, and $2,984,000 for the years ended June 29, 1996, and June
28, 1997, the six months ended December 27, 1997 and the year ended December
26, 1998, respectively.
 
15.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
  Renaissance enters into various types of financial instruments in the normal
course of business. Fair values are estimated based on assumptions concerning
the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows and assumed discount
rates reflecting varying degrees of perceived risk. Accordingly, the fair
values may not represent actual values of the financial instruments that could
have been realized as of year end or that will be realized in the future.
 
  The carrying amounts of Renaissance's financial instruments, which include
marketable securities (see Note 5), accounts receivable, notes receivable,
line of credit, accounts payable, accrued salaries and wages, other accrued
expenses, income taxes payable and long-term debt approximate their fair
values at June 28, 1997, December 27, 1997, and December 26, 1998.
 
16.  CONSOLIDATION OF REAL ESTATE TRUST
 
  As described in Note 13, Renaissance leases office space from the Trust, of
which the president and significant stockholder of Renaissance is the sole
beneficiary and an officer of Renaissance is the trustee. Effective September
19, 1995, Renaissance renegotiated its lease with the Trust in conjunction
with a refinancing of the Trust's mortgage. The modified lease terms expanded
the amount of space which Renaissance occupies, committed Renaissance to rent
the facility through the maturity date of the mortgage loan, and granted
Renaissance a right of first refusal to lease any space in the facility
currently occupied by other tenants when the tenants' leases expire.
 
  Accordingly, as of this date, Renaissance obtained significant control over
the operations of the Trust and assumed a significant portion of the Trust's
obligations. As a result, Renaissance has consolidated the accounts of the
Trust as of September 19, 1995 on a prospective basis. As of September 19,
1995, the Trust reported the following assets and liabilities (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
   <S>                                                                 <C>
   Fixed assets, net.................................................. $ 1,750
   Other current assets...............................................      49
   Security deposits and deferred income..............................     (84)
   Notes payable to Renaissance.......................................    (365)
   Mortgage loans payable.............................................  (1,461)
                                                                       -------
                                                                       $  (111)
                                                                       =======
</TABLE>
 
                                      64
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
 
17.  LEGAL SETTLEMENT
 
  In August 1996, ARI received a settlement of $1,625,000 from its insurance
company for payment of defense costs and certain expenses associated with a
previous intellectual property rights matter. This amount, net of related
expenses, has been included in interest and other income in the accompanying
consolidated statement of income.
 
18.  SEGMENT INFORMATION
 
 
  The Company adopted SFAS 131 in fiscal 1998. The prior years' segment
information has been restated to represent the Company's four primary business
segments; Business Strategy, Enterprise Solutions, Government Solutions and IT
Consulting Services.
 
  The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in
the Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in Note 2 to these financial
statements. Segment data includes intersegment revenues. All intersegment sale
prices are market based.
 
  The following presents information about reported segments for the years
ended June 29, 1996 and June 28, 1997, the six months ended December 27, 1997
and the year ended December 26, 1998:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     For the year
                                         ended
                                   -----------------
                                                     For the six  For the year
                                                     months ended    ended
                                     June     June   December 27, December 26,
                                   29, 1996 28, 1997     1997         1998
                                   -------- -------- ------------ ------------
                                                 (in thousands)
<S>                                <C>      <C>      <C>          <C>
Revenues:
  Business Strategy............... $ 34,785  $45,329   $ 37,043     $ 66,158
  Enterprise Solutions............   44,379   83,087     51,870      162,722
  Government Solutions............      --       --       3,541       19,876
  IT Consulting Services..........  253,899  361,417    228,451      539,343
  Reconciling items(1)............      --       --        (786)     (11,785)
                                   -------- --------   --------     --------
    Total......................... $333,063 $489,833   $320,119     $776,314
                                   ======== ========   ========     ========
Income from operations before
 other charges:
  Business Strategy............... $  7,437   $6,148     $6,896     $ (8,812)
  Enterprise Solutions............      761    8,866       (561)       9,631
  Government Solutions............      --       --         643        3,297
  IT Consulting Services..........   15,575   23,755     20,369       36,883
                                   -------- --------   --------     --------
    Total......................... $ 23,773 $ 38,769    $27,347     $ 40,999
                                   ======== ========   ========     ========
Total Assets:
  Business Strategy............... $ 59,182 $ 77,482   $ 99,361     $ 51,394
  Enterprise Solutions............   25,053   35,416     33,022       55,023
  Government Solutions............      --       --      20,484       32,998
  IT Consulting Services..........   65,879  115,348    157,443      232,650
  Reconciling items(2)............   17,910   28,675      5,867          --
                                   -------- --------   --------     --------
    Total......................... $168,024 $256,921   $316,177     $372,065
                                   ======== ========   ========     ========
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Represents intersegment revenues
(2) Represents unallocated corporate assets
 
                                      65
<PAGE>
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
 
Specific items included in segment profit/loss include the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        For the year
                                           ended
                                      -----------------
                                                        For the six  For the year
                                                 June   months ended    ended
                                      June 29,    28,   December 27, December 26,
                                        1996      1997      1997         1998
                                      --------  ------- ------------ ------------
                                                    (in thousands)
<S>                                   <C>       <C>     <C>          <C>
Total Segment Income From Operations
 Before
 Other Charges .....................  $23,773   $38,769   $27,347      $ 40,999
  Acquisition Related Expenses......    3,524     8,268    17,961         6,904
  Restructuring and Other Asset
   Writedowns.......................      --        --        --         36,089
  Corporate expenses................      --        --      4,609        15,742
  Interest and Other Income(Expense)
   Net..............................     (773)    3,267      (678)       (5,185)
                                      -------   -------   -------      --------
    Total Income Before Taxes.......  $19,476   $33,768   $ 4,099      $(22,921)
                                      =======   =======   =======      ========
</TABLE>
 
GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
 
  The following represent the revenue and operating income by geographic area
for the years ended June 29, 1996 and June 28, 1997, the six months ended
December 27, 1997, and the year ended December 26, 1998 and the identifiable
assets by geographic area as of these dates:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Year Ended
                                 ------------------
                                                      Six Months      Year
                                                        Ended        Ended
                                 June 29,  June 28,  December 27, December 26,
                                   1996      1997        1997         1998
                                 --------  --------  ------------ ------------
                                               (in thousands)
<S>                              <C>       <C>       <C>          <C>
Revenue:
  North America................. $326,631  $466,482    $293,187     $703,948
  Europe........................    6,432    22,671      25,231       67,914
  Other.........................      --        680       1,701        4,452
                                 --------  --------    --------     --------
    Total....................... $333,063  $489,833    $320,119     $776,314
                                 ========  ========    ========     ========
Income from operations
 (excluding acquisition-
  related expenses):
  North America................. $ 23,551  $ 35,193    $ 20,361     $ 50,394
  Europe........................      222     3,383       3,088      (24,835)
  Other.........................      --        193        (711)        (302)
                                 --------  --------    --------     --------
    Total.......................   23,773    38,769      22,738       25,257
  Restructuring and other asset
   writedown....................      --        --          --       (36,089)
  Acquisition-related expenses..   (3,524)   (8,268)    (17,961)      (6,904)
  Interest and other income
   (expenses), net..............     (773)    3,267        (678)      (5,185)
                                 --------  --------    --------     --------
Income before taxes............. $ 19,476  $ 33,768    $  4,099     $(22,921)
                                 ========  ========    ========     ========
Identifiable assets:
  North America................. $148,789  $209,891    $290,853     $359,146
  Europe........................    1,325    18,288      20,176       11,269
  Other.........................      --         67        (719)       1,650
  Corporate assets..............   17,910    28,675       5,867
                                 --------  --------    --------     --------
    Total....................... $168,024  $256,921    $316,177     $372,065
                                 ========  ========    ========     ========
</TABLE>
 
  Corporate assets represent marketable securities invested for all segments
and regions. All other assets are used in the operations of individual
entities in the different segments and geographical areas.
 
                                      66
<PAGE>
 
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
        FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
  None.
                                   PART III
 
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS OF THE REGISTRANT
 
  The information required by this Item is included in Item 1 of this report
or will be included under the captions "Election of Class I Director--
Nominee," "Election of Class I Director--Other Directors," "Election of Class
I Director--Board of Directors and Committees," and "Election of Class I
Director--Director Compensation" and "Section 16(a) Beneficial ownership
Reporting Compliance" in the Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by
reference.
 
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
  The information required by this Item will be included under the captions
"Executive Compensation--Summary Compensation Table," "Executive
Compensation--Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year," "Executive Compensation--
Aggregated Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year End Option
Values" and "Executive Compensation--Employment Agreements" in the Proxy
Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
  The information required by this Item will be included under the caption
"Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" in the Proxy
Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
  The information required by this Item will be included under the caption
"Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" in the Proxy Statement and is
incorporated herein by reference.
 
                                      67
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART IV
 
ITEM 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K
 
  (a) The financial statements and financial statement schedules filed under
Item 8 as part of this report.
 
  Listed below are all Exhibits filed as part of this Report. Certain Exhibits
are incorporated herein by reference to The Registry's Registration Statement
on Form S-1 (File No. 333-03366), and RSI's Registration Statement on Form S-1
(File No. 333-89524).
 
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Exhibit
   Number                     Description of Document                      Page
   -------                    -----------------------                      ----
   <C>     <S>                                                             <C>
    3.2(1) Restated Articles of Organization of Registrant, as filed in
            Massachusetts on May 13, 1996.
    3.3(3) Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Organization,
            filed in Massachusetts on July 30, 1997.
 
    3.4(3) Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Organization,
            as filed in Massachusetts on January 7, 1998.
 
    3.5(3) By-Laws of Registrant, as amended and restated on November
            20, 1997.
 
    4.1(1) Articles 3, 4, 5, and 6 of the Articles of Organization of
            Registrant (included in Exhibit 3.2).
 
    4.2(3) Specimen Stock Certificate.
 
   10.1(1) Leases dated September 19, 1995 between the 189 Wells Avenue
            Realty Trust and the Registrant for premises located at the
            189 Wells Avenue, Newton, Massachusetts.
 
   10.2(3) Registrant's 1996 Stock Plan and related form of stock option
            agreement.*
 
   10.3(3) Registrant's 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.*
 
   10.4(1) Registrant's 1996 Eligible Directors' Stock Plan.*
 
   10.5(1) Accounts Receivable Management and Security Agreement dated
            as of February 29, 1996 by and among BNY Financial
            Corporation and each of the Registrant, America's Registry,
            Inc. and The Registry, Inc. Network Consulting Practice.
 
   10.6(1) Employment Agreement dated May 1996 between Registrant and G.
            Drew Conway.*
 
   10.7(1) Amended and Restated Promissory Note dated May 30, 1996,
            payable to Registrant by G. Drew Conway.
 
   10.8(1) Amended and Restated Promissory Note dated May 30, 1996,
            payable to Registrant by the 189 Wells Avenue Realty Trust.
 
   10.8(2) Lease Agreement by and between Ladylin Properties Limited
            Partnership and RSI, Inc., dated as of November 1, 1993, as
            amended.
 
   10.9(3) Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 26, 1997,
            by and among, The Registrant, Terry L. Hunter, and William
            M. Mercer Incorporated.
   10.10   1998 Directors Stock Plan.*
   10.11   Lease Agreement by and between Waltham 60/10 LLC and
            Renaissance Worldwide, Inc. dated as of June 30, 1998.
</TABLE>
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Exhibit
   Number                     Description of Document                      Page
   -------                    -----------------------                      ----
   <C>     <S>                                                             <C>
   10.12   Credit Agreement among Renaissance Worldwide, Inc., as
            Borrower, NationsBank, N.A., as Administrative Agent,
            NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC, as Syndication Agent,
            and the Lenders, dated February 24, 1999.
   10.13   Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of February 24, 1999,
            between Renaissance Worldwide, Inc., and NationsBank, N.A.,
            as Administrative Agent for the Lenders.
 
   21      Subsidiaries of Registrant.
 
   23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
   23.2    Consent of Katch Tyson & Company.
   23.3    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
   23.4    Consent of Goldstein Golub Kessler LLP.
 
   27.1    Financial Data Schedule--December 26, 1998.
 
</TABLE>
- --------
  * Denotes management contract or compensation arrangements.
(1) Filed as an Exhibit to The Registry's Registration Statement on Form S-1
    (File No. 333-03366) and incorporated by reference herein.
(2) Filed as an Exhibit to RSI's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No.
    333-89524).
(3) Filed as an Exhibit to Renaissance Worldwide Inc.'s Report on Form 10-K
    for the transition period from June 28, 1997 to December 27, 1997 (File
    No. 0-28192).
 
  (b) On November 5, 1998, the Company filed a Report on Form 8-K reporting
under Item 5 to restate the financial statements and management's discussion
and analysis of such financial statements to reflect the poolings of interest
transactions with Neoglyphics Media Corporation and Triad Data, Inc. for the
three years ended June 28, 1997 and the six months ended December 27, 1997.
 
 
                                      69
<PAGE>
 
                                  SIGNATURES
 
  Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
Date: March 26, 1999                      Renaissance Worldwide, Inc.
 
                                                    /s/ G. Drew Conway
                                          By: _________________________________
                                                      G. Drew Conway
                                            President, Chief Executive Officer
                                               and Chairman of the Board of
                                                         Directors
 
  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on
the dates indicated:
<TABLE>
<S>  <C>
 
              Signature                      Capacity
                                                                     Date
 
         /s/ G. Drew Conway            President, Chief         March 26, 1999
- -------------------------------------   Executive Officer
           G. Drew Conway               and Chairman of the
                                        Board of Directors
                                        (Principal
                                        Executive Officer)
 
        /s/ Richard L. Bugley          Vice President,          March 26, 1999
- -------------------------------------   General Counsel,
          Richard L. Bugley             Clerk and Assistant
                                        Treasurer (Interim
                                        Principal Financial
                                        and Accounting
                                        Officer)
 
        /s/ Robert P. Badavas          Director                 March 26, 1999
- -------------------------------------
          Robert P. Badavas
 
         /s/ Paul C. O'Brien           Director                 March 26, 1999
- -------------------------------------
           Paul C. O'Brien
 
</TABLE>
 
                                      70
<PAGE>
 
                                                                     SCHEDULE II
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                                 (In thousands)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           Additions
                                     ---------------------
                                                            Deductions
                          Balance at   Charged    Charged  Write-off of   Balance
                          Beginning  to Costs and to Other Uncollectible at End of
                          of Period    Expenses   Accounts   Accounts     Period
                          ---------- ------------ -------- ------------- ---------
<S>                       <C>        <C>          <C>      <C>           <C>
Allowance for doubtful
 accounts:
 Year ended June 29,
  1996..................      826        1,225      --           686       1,365
 Year ended June 28,
  1997(1)...............      938        1,336      --           434       1,840
 Six months ended
  December 27, 1997(2)..    2,174        3,090      --         1,820       3,444
 Year ended December 26,
  1998..................    3,444       12,703      --         6,531       9,616
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Beginning balance adjusted to reflect change in fiscal year end of RSI.
(2) Beginning balance adjusted to reflect change in fiscal year end of Hunter.
 
                                      S-1

<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.10

                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.

                         1998 Directors' Retainer Plan
                         -----------------------------


1.  Purpose.
    ------- 

     The purpose of this 1998 Directors' Stock Option In Lieu of Retainer Plan
(the "Plan") of Renaissance Worldwide, Inc. (the "Company") is to promote the
recruiting and retention of highly qualified directors and to strengthen the
commonality of interest between directors and shareholders by providing for the
receipt by the directors of the Company of all or a portion of their directors
fees in the form of stock options.

2.  Administration.
    -------------- 

     The Plan will be administered by the Board of Directors of the Company (the
"Board"), whose construction and interpretation of the terms and provisions of
the Plan shall be final and conclusive.  The Board may delegate its power to
administer the Plan to a committee (the "Option Committee") consisting of not
less than two directors of the Company.  All questions of interpretation of the
Plan or of any options issued under it shall be determined by the Board, or any
Option Committee, and such determination shall be final and binding upon all
persons having an interest in the Plan.  No Board member or member of an Option
Committee shall be liable for any action or determination under the Plan made in
good faith.

3.  Participation in the Plan.
    ------------------------- 

     All directors of the Company who are not employees of the Company
("Eligible Directors") shall be eligible to be granted options under the Plan.

4.  Stock Subject to the Plan.
    ------------------------- 

          (a)  Shares available for issuance under the Plan shall be authorized
but unissued Common Stock, no par value per share, of the Company (the "Common
Stock") or, if the Board so decides in its sole discretion, previously issued
Common Stock acquired by the Company and held in its treasury.  No fractional
shares of stock shall be issued under the Plan.

          (b)  All options granted under the Plan shall be non-qualified stock
options which are not intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or replaced from time to time (the
"Code").
<PAGE>
 
5.  Election of Options.
    ------------------- 

          (a)  Each Eligible Director shall receive 50% of his or her Annual
Retainer (the "Fixed Portion") in the form of stock options as provided
hereunder.  "Annual Retainer" means the amount that a director is entitled to
receive for serving as a director from the date of one Annual Stockholders'
Meeting (an "Annual Meeting") through the next Annual Meeting (such a period
referred to herein as a "Plan Year"), as determined from time to time by the
Board of Directors.

          (b)  Commencing on the date of the Annual Meeting on May 28, 1998,
each Eligible Director may elect to take all or any portion of the balance of
his or her Annual Retainer (the "Elective Portion") in the form of stock options
as provided below.  In order to receive the Elective Portion in stock options
under the Plan, such director must complete and deliver to the Company a written
election form (the "Election Form") on which he or she designates the Elective
Portion.  The election shall be irrevocable unless modified or revoked as
provided in this subsection.  In order to modify or revoke an election, the
director must complete and deliver to the Company a change in Election Form at
least six months prior to the proposed effective date providing that the
modification or revocation shall be effective on the effective date.  The
Elective Portion for any Eligible Director who does not deliver an Election Form
to the Company shall be 0%.

6.  Terms, Conditions and Form of Options.
    ------------------------------------- 

     Each option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written
agreement in such form as the Committee shall from time to time approve, which
agreements shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and
conditions:

          (a)  Option Grant Dates.  Options shall be granted to all Eligible
               ------------------                                           
Directors, subject to Section 13, as follows:  annually, effective as of the
first day of each Plan Year beginning on the date of the Annual Meeting on May
28, 1998, each Eligible Director shall receive options in respect of the Fixed
Portion and any Elective Portion.  Any Eligible Director who is first elected
other than at an Annual Meeting shall be entitled to receive options for the
Fixed Portion (appropriately prorated) and the grant date will be the date of
his/her election.

          (b)  Formula.  The number of shares underlying stock options granted
               -------                                                        
to any Eligible Director shall be equal to the whole number (with any fractional
interests rounded up to the next highest whole number) obtained by dividing the
Fixed Portion and such director's Elective Portion by the fair value of an
option for one share of Common Stock on the terms set forth herein as determined
on the date of grant.  To determine the fair value, the Board shall apply a
generally accepted option pricing valuation methodology, such as the Black-
Scholes model, with such modifications as it may deem appropriate to reflect the
fair value of the option.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
 
          (c)  Option Exercise Price.  The option exercise price per share for
               ---------------------                                          
each option granted under the Plan shall be 100% of the "Fair Market Value" on
the date of grant.  The "Fair Market Value" shall be (i) the average of the high
and low prices of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market or such other
securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Common Stock
shall be primarily traded on the day before the date of grant, or (ii) as
determined in good faith by the Committee.

          (d)  Exercise Period.  Each option may be exercised at any time and
               ---------------                                               
from time to time, in whole or in part, beginning on a date that is one year
following the date of grant until the tenth anniversary of the date of grant or
such earlier date as selected by the Board.  In the event an optionee ceases to
be a director of the Company for any reason other than death, permanent
disability, resignation or retirement, such optionee's option shall expire and
all rights to purchase shares pursuant thereto shall terminate immediately.  If
an optionee ceases to be a director of the Company by reason of death, permanent
disability, resignation or retirement, the optionee's options may thereafter be
exercised, to the extent exercisable at the date of termination, by the optionee
or the legal representative or legatee of the optionee if the optionee has died,
for a period of one year from the date of termination, or until the expiration
of the stated term of the option, if earlier.

          (e)  Exercise Procedure.  Options may be exercised only by written
               ------------------                                           
notice to the Company at its principal office accompanied by payment of the full
consideration for the shares as to which they are exercised.

          (f)  Payment of Purchase Price.  Payment of the exercise price shall
               -------------------------                                      
be made by delivery of cash or a check to the order of the Company in an amount
equal to the exercise price or, if the Company's Common Stock is at the time
registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act, by the delivery of
shares of Common Stock having a fair market value equal to the exercise price or
by the delivery of an irrevocable undertaking by a broker to pay the exercise
price from the proceeds of the sale of the shares subject to the option being
exercised.

7.  Assignments.
    ----------- 

     Each option granted under the Plan by its terms shall not be transferable
by the optionee otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and
distribution, or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in
Section 414(p) of the Code), except that an optionee may transfer such option to
a member of his/her immediate family or to a trust or other entity, the sole
beneficiaries of which are the optionee or members of his/her immediate family.
(For purposes of this Plan, "immediate family" shall be defined as determined by
the

                                      -3-
<PAGE>
 
Board.) Any option granted under this Plan shall only be exercised during the
lifetime of the optionee by such optionee, by the transferee pursuant to a
qualified domestic relations order or by any person to whom the optionee is
permitted to transfer such option pursuant to this Section 7.


8.  Limitation of Rights.
    -------------------- 

          (a)  No Right to Continue as Director.  Neither the Plan, nor the
               --------------------------------                            
granting of an option nor any other action taken pursuant to the Plan, shall
constitute or be evidence of any agreement or understanding, expressed or
implied, that the Company will retain a director for any period of time.

          (b)  No Shareholder Rights for Options.  An optionee shall have no
               ---------------------------------                            
rights as a shareholder with respect to the shares covered by his or her option
until the date of the issuance to him or her of a stock certificate therefor,
and no adjustment will be made for dividends or other rights for which the
record date is prior to the date such certificate is issued.

9.  Adjustment Provisions.
    --------------------- 

          (a)  Recapitalizations.  If, through or as a result of any merger,
               -----------------                                            
consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company,
reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split,
reverse stock split or other similar transaction, (i) the outstanding shares of
Common Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number
or kind of shares or other securities of the Company, or (ii) additional shares
or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash
assets of the Company are distributed with respect to such shares of Common
Stock or other securities, an appropriate and proportionate adjustment may be
made in (x) the number and kind of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan,
(y) the number and kind of shares or other securities subject to any then
outstanding options under the Plan, and (z) the price for each share subject to
any then outstanding options under the Plan, without changing the aggregate
purchase price as to which such options remain exercisable.  In the event of any
other extraordinary dividend or distribution, whether in stock, cash or other
property, or a spinoff, split up or other extraordinary transaction, the number
of shares issuable under this Plan shall be subject to such adjustment as the
Committee or the Board may deem appropriate, and the number of shares issuable
pursuant to any option theretofore granted (whether or not then exercisable) and
the exercise price of such option shall be subject to such adjustment as the
Committee or the Board may deem appropriate with a view toward preserving the
value of such option.

     (b) Mergers, etc.  In the event of a consolidation or merger in which the
         -------------                                                        
Company is not the surviving corporation (other than a consolidation or merger
in which the holders of Common Stock of the Company acquire a majority of the
voting stock of the surviving

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
 
corporation) or which results in the acquisition of substantially all the
Company's outstanding Common Stock by a single person or entity or by a group of
persons and/or entities acting in concert, or in the event of a sale or transfer
of substantially all of the Company's assets or a dissolution or liquidation of
the Company, all options hereunder will terminate; provided, that 20 days prior
to the effective date of any such merger, consolidation, sale, dissolution, or
liquidation, all options outstanding hereunder that are not otherwise
exercisable shall become immediately exercisable.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a transaction covered by
this Section 9(b) is a merger or consolidation intended to qualify as a pooling
of interests for accounting purposes, then the acquiring or surviving
corporation shall assume, or otherwise provide replacement options for, all
options outstanding under this Plan, with such adjustments to the number of
shares covered by such option and the exercise price thereof as may be necessary
to reflect the exchange ratio provided for in the merger or consolidation.  Such
substitute options shall otherwise be on terms and conditions substantially
equivalent to those set forth in this Plan, shall be immediately exercisable
and, except as to Eligible Directors who become directors of the acquiring or
surviving corporation, shall terminate on the 180th day following the
consummation of the merger or consolidation.  Options held by Eligible Directors
who become directors of the acquiring or surviving corporation shall be
governed, mutatis mutandis, by the provisions of this Plan and the agreement
evidencing the option surrendered in substitution.

10.  Amendment of the Plan.
     --------------------- 

     The Board may at any time amend or discontinue the Plan and the Committee
may at any time amend or cancel any outstanding option for the purpose of
satisfying changes in law or for any other lawful purpose, but no such action
shall adversely affect rights under any outstanding option without the holder's
consent.

11.  Notice.
     ------ 

     Any written notice to the Company required by any of the provisions of the
Plan shall be addressed to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company and shall
become effective when it is received.

12.  Effective Date and Duration of the Plan.
     --------------------------------------- 

          (a)  Effective Date.  The Plan shall become effective upon approval by
               --------------                                                   
the shareholders of the Company.  Amendments to the Plan shall become effective
when adopted by the Board of Directors.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
          (b)  Termination.  Unless earlier terminated pursuant to Section 9,
               -----------                                                   
the Plan shall terminate upon the date on which all shares available for
issuance under the Plan shall have been issued pursuant to the exercise of
options granted under the Plan.

13.  General Restrictions.
     -------------------- 

          (a)  Investment Representations.  The Company may require any person
               --------------------------                                     
to whom an option is granted, as a condition of exercising such option, to give
written assurances in substance and form satisfactory to the Company to the
effect that such person is acquiring the Common Stock subject to the option for
his or her own account for investment and not with any present intention of
selling or otherwise distributing the same, and to such other effects as the
Company deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with federal and
applicable state securities laws.

          (b)  Compliance with Securities Laws.  Each option shall be subject to
               -------------------------------                                  
the requirements that if, at any time, counsel to the Company shall determine
that the listing, registration or qualification of the shares subject to such
option upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law is
necessary as a condition of, or in connection with, the issuance or purchase of
shares thereunder, such option may not be exercised, in whole or in part, unless
such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval, or satisfaction
of such condition shall have been effected or obtained on conditions acceptable
to the Board of Directors.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to require the
Company to apply for or to obtain listing, registration or qualification, or to
satisfy such condition.

                              Adopted by the Board of Directors
                                on April 21, 1998

                                      -6-

<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.11

                                LEASE AGREEMENT

                                By and Between

                               WALTHAM 60/10 LLC

                                   Landlord

                                      And

                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.

                                    Tenant



                              as of June 30, 1998
<PAGE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                               -----------------

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND EXHIBITS
   Section 1.1     Definitions..............................................  1
   Section 1.2     Exhibits.................................................  8
 
ARTICLE 2 DEMISE AND TERM
   Section 2.1     Premises.................................................  8
   Section 2.2     Term.....................................................  8
   Section 2.3     Extension Option.........................................  8
   Section 2.4     Right of First Offer to Purchase......................... 11
 
ARTICLE 3 CONSTRUCTION; DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES
   Section 3.1     Landlord's Construction Obligations...................... 14
   Section 3.2     Delivery................................................. 14
   Section 3.3     Operating Costs After Tender of Possession but Prior
                   to Rent Commencement Date................................ 17
   Section 3.4     Punch Lists.............................................. 17
   Section 3.5     Representatives.......................................... 17
   Section 3.6     Base Building Plans...................................... 18
   Section 3.7     Base Building Construction............................... 18
   Section 3.8     Change Orders............................................ 18
   Section 3.9     No Interference with Landlord's Work..................... 19
   Section 3.10    Adjustments Upon Completion.............................. 19
 
ARTICLE 4 RENT
   Section 4.1     Base Rent................................................ 20
   Section 4.2     Operating Costs.......................................... 20
   Section 4.3     Allocation of Taxes...................................... 23
   Section 4.4     Parking Facility......................................... 24
   Section 4.5     Right to Audit........................................... 25
 
ARTICLE 5 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICES
   Section 5.1     Services Provided by Landlord............................ 25
   Section 5.2     Tenant's Maintenance Responsibilities.................... 27
   Section 5.3     Inspection............................................... 27
   Section 5.4     Utilities................................................ 27
   Section 5.5     Interruption of Services................................. 28
 

                                      -i-
<PAGE>
 
ARTICLE 6 ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS
   Section 6.1     Procedures for Tenant's Improvements..................... 28
   Section 6.2     Freedom From Liens....................................... 29
   Section 6.3     Alterations are Part of the Premises..................... 29
 
ARTICLE 7 INSURANCE
   Section 7.1     Landlord's Insurance..................................... 30
   Section 7.2     Tenant's Insurance....................................... 31
   Section 7.3     General Insurance Requirements........................... 32
   Section 7.4     Waivers.................................................. 32
   Section 7.5     Landlord's Indemnification............................... 33
   Section 7.6     Tenant's Indemnification................................. 33
 
ARTICLE 8 CERTAIN RIGHTS RESERVED BY LANDLORD
   Section 8.1     Rights Reserved by Landlord.............................. 33
   Section 8.2     Emergency Entry.......................................... 34
   Section 8.3     Exhibition of Premises................................... 34
 
ARTICLE 9 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
   Section 9.1     Assignment and Subletting................................ 34
   Section 9.2     Massachusetts General Sublease........................... 37
 
ARTICLE 10 DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY
   Section 10.1    Termination Options...................................... 38
   Section 10.2    Repair Obligations....................................... 38
   Section 10.3    Rent Abatement........................................... 39
 
ARTICLE 11 EMINENT DOMAIN
   Section 11.1    Termination.............................................. 39
   Section 11.2    Award; Restoration....................................... 39
 
ARTICLE 12 SURRENDER OF PREMISES
   Section 12.1    Surrender of Possession.................................. 40
   Section 12.2    Holding Over............................................. 40
 

                                      -ii-
<PAGE>
 
ARTICLE 13  QUIET ENJOYMENT
   Section 13.1    Quiet Enjoyment .........................................  40
 
ARTICLE 14  DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
   Section 14.1    Events of Default........................................  40
   Section 14.2    Remedies.................................................  41
   Section 14.3    Landlord's Default.......................................  43
   Section 14.4    Legal Costs..............................................  44
 
ARTICLE 15  SUBORDINATION
   Section 15.1    Mortgages................................................  45
   Section 15.2    Attornment...............................................  45
   Section 15.3    Tenant's Notice of Default...............................  45
   Section 15.4    Estoppel Certificates....................................  45
 
ARTICLE 16  USE AND COMPLIANCE
   Section 16.1    Permitted Use............................................  47
   Section 16.2    Compliance with Laws and Recorded Covenants..............  47
   Section 16.3    Landlord's Covenants.....................................  47
   Section 16.4    Tenant's Covenants.......................................  48
 
ARTICLE 17  CAFETERIA
   Section 17.1    Cafeteria................................................  49
 
ARTICLE 18  FITNESS SPACE
   Section 18.1    Fitness Space............................................  50
 
ARTICLE 19  TENANT'S SIGNAGE

ARTICLE 20 ARBITRATION
   Section 20.1    Arbitration..............................................  52
 
ARTICLE 21  MISCELLANEOUS
   Section 21.1    Personal Property Taxes..................................  53
   Section 21.2    Notices..................................................  53
   Section 21.3    Interpretation...........................................  54
   Section 21.4    Successors and Assigns...................................  54
  

                                     -iii-
<PAGE>
 
   Section 21.5    Captions.................................................  54
   Section 21.6    Amendments...............................................  54
   Section 21.7    Survival.................................................  54
   Section 21.8    Severability.............................................  55
   Section 21.9    Brokerage................................................  55
   Section 21.10   Record Memorandum of Lease...............................  55

   EXHIBITS

   Exhibit A      Legal Description
   Exhibit B      Preliminary Plans
   Exhibit C      Work Letter
   Exhibit D      Janitorial Standards
   Exhibit E      Existing Encumbrances
   Exhibit F      MGP Sublease Requirements
 
 

                                      -iv-
<PAGE>
 
                                LEASE AGREEMENT
                                ---------------


     THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (the "Lease") is made as of the 30/th/ day of June,
1998, by and between WALTHAM 60/10 LLC, a Minnesota limited liability company
("Landlord") and RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC., a Massachusetts corporation
("Tenant").

                                   RECITALS:

     WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to memorialize their agreement
concerning the leasing by Tenant from Landlord approximately 200,000 rentable
square feet in a building to be constructed by Landlord.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the
parties agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE 1
                           DEFINITIONS AND EXHIBITS

     Section 1.1   Definitions.  In this Lease, the following defined terms
have the meanings set forth for them below or in the section of this Lease
indicated below:

          "ADA" means the Americans with Disabilities Act, as amended from time
     to time.

          "Additional Rent" means all amounts required to be paid by Tenant
     under this Lease in addition to Base Rent including, without limitation,
     Operating Expenses and Taxes.

          "Affiliate" means, with respect to any party, any entities or
     individuals that control, are controlled by or are under common control
     with such party, together with its and their respective partners,
     venturers, directors, officers, shareholders, trustees, trustors,
     beneficiaries, agents, employees and spouses.

          "Arbitration" has the meaning set forth in Article 20.

          "Base Building" means those portions of the Building and the
     associated site improvements on the Land (such as driveways, parking areas,
     landscaping and exterior lighting) that are specified on the Preliminary
     Plans, as the same may be modified by, or more particularly specified on
     the Base Building Plans in accordance with this Lease.

          "Base Building Plans" means Base Building Construction Documents
     delivered to Tenant on June 22, 1998 for the Base Building.

          "Base Rent" means the Rent payable according to Section 4.1 based on a
     rate per square foot of Rentable Area of the Premises applicable during
     each Lease Year of the Term as follows:
<PAGE>
 
                                      Rate of Base Rent Per Square 
               Lease Year(s)          Foot of Rentable Area Per Year   
               -------------          ------------------------------

                  1-5                            $21.00
                  6-10                           $23.00

          "Building" means the building to be known as and numbered 52 Second
     Avenue, which building is to be constructed by Landlord for Tenant upon the
     Land according to Article 3, and to initially contain approximately 200,000
     square feet of Rentable Area, subject to measurement pursuant to Section
     3.10, including the Parking Facility.

          "Cafeteria Space" has the meaning set forth in Section 17.1.

          "Change Order" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8.

          "Commencement Date" means the date Landlord tenders possession of the
     Premises to Tenant with the Landlord's Work Substantially Completed
     pursuant to Section 3.2.(b).

          "Common Area" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

          "Environmental Laws" means the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act,
     42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq., the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
                            -- ---                                            
     Compensation and Liability Act, U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq.  (including the
                                                         -- ---                 
     so-called "Superfund" amendments thereto), any other applicable Laws
     governing or pertaining to any hazardous substances, hazardous wastes,
     chemicals or other materials, including, without limitation, asbestos,
     polychlorinated biphenyls, radon, petroleum and any derivative thereof or
     any common law theory based on nuisance or strict liability.

          "Event of Default" has the meaning set forth in Section 14.1.

          "Existing Encumbrances" has the meaning set forth in Section 16.2.

          "Expiration Date" means (i) if the Commencement Date is the first day
     of a month, the end of the 123/rd/ full calendar month following the
     Commencement Date; or (ii) if the Commencement Date is not the first day of
     a month, the end of the 123/rd/ full calendar month following the calendar
     month in which the Commencement Date occurs.

          "Extension Option" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

          "Extension Term" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

          "Fitness Space" has the meaning set forth in Section 18.1.

          "40 Second Avenue" means the existing building known as and numbered
     40 Second Avenue, Waltham, Massachusetts and any alterations and
     replacements thereto.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
          "Ground Lease" means that Ground Lease to be entered into between
     Landlord, as landlord, and Waltham 40 LLC, as tenant, pursuant to Section
     16.2, pursuant to which the ground lease premises will be the parcel of
     land which is the site for 40 Second Avenue, as more particularly described
     on Exhibit A-2 attached hereto.
        -----------                 

          "Hazardous Substances" has the meaning set forth in Section 16.4.

          "Holidays" means New Year's Day, Memorial Day, July 4/th/, Labor Day,
     Thanksgiving, and Christmas.

          "Improvements" means the Base Building, the Leasehold Improvements,
     the Parking Facility and any other structures, pavement, landscaping,
     lighting fixtures or other improvements now or later constructed or
     installed upon the Land.

          "Interest Rate" means the Prime Rate plus 4% per annum, but if such
     rate exceeds the maximum interest rate permitted by Law, such rate will be
     reduced to the highest rate allowed by Law under the circumstances.

          "Land" means the real property which is to consist of the site on
     which the Building is to be located, as described on Exhibit A-1 and the
                                                          -----------        
     ground lease parcel as described on Exhibit A-2.
                                         ----------- 

          "Landlord" means Waltham 60/10 LLC, a Minnesota limited liability
     company.

          "Landlord's Notice Address" means:

               Waltham 60/10 LLC
               c/o Eagle Ridge Partners
               165 South Union Boulevard
               Lakewood, CO 80228
               Attention: Douglas McCormick

               with a copy to:

               Waltham 60/10 LLC
               The Colonnade
               Suite 960
               5500 Wayzata Boulevard
               Golden Valley, MN 55410
               Attention: William K. Hoeg

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
               And to:

               The Beal Companies
               177 Milk Street
               Boston, Massachusetts 02109-3410
               Attention: Michael Manzo

          "Landlord's Rent Address" means:

               Waltham 60/10 LLC
               c/o Eagle Ridge Partners
               165 South Union Boulevard
               Lakewood, CO 80228
               Attention: Douglas McCormick

          "Landlord's Representative" means Peter B. Nichols or William S.
     Byrney, provided that any Change Order which increases the cost of the
     Landlord's Work by $25,000 or more shall also require the written approval
     of William Hoeg or John Scholz, or such other person as may from time to
     time be designated by William Hoeg or Landlord by notice to Tenant.

          "Landlord's Work" means the construction and installation of the Base
     Building and the Leasehold Improvements.

          "Laws" means any and all present or future federal, state or local
     laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any and all
     governmental or quasi-governmental authorities having jurisdiction.

          "Leasehold Improvements" has the meaning set forth in Paragraph 3 of
     the Work Letter.

          "Leasehold Improvements Allowance" has the meaning set forth in
     Paragraph 8(a) of the Work Letter.

          "Leasehold Improvements Design Documents" has the meaning set forth in
     Paragraph 4 of the Work Letter.

          "Leasehold Improvements Plans" has the meaning set forth in Paragraph
     5 of the Work Letter.

          "Lease Year" means each successive period of 12 calendar months during
     the Term ending on the same day and month (but not year, except in the case
     of the last Lease Year) as the day and month on which the Expiration Date
     will occur, provided the first Lease Year shall commence on the earlier of
     the Commencement Date or the Rent Commencement Date and shall end on the
     same day and month at least one full year later than the earlier of the
     Commencement Date or the Rent Commencement Date as the day and month on
     which the Expiration Date will occur.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
          "Operating Costs" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

          "Parking Facility" means the portion of the Building which is to
     contain approximately 890 parking spaces.

          "Permitted Activities" has the meaning set forth in Section 16.4.

          "Permitted Delays" means delays in the time by which Landlord shall be
     required to perform certain acts under this Lease to the extent that the
     performance of such act or acts shall be delayed by acts of God, fire,
     earthquake, windstorm, flood, explosion, collapse of structures, riot,
     civil commotion, war, strike, labor disputes, delays or restrictions by
     governmental bodies, Laws, inability to obtain or use necessary labor or
     materials, failure or disruption of utility services, Tenant's Delay or any
     other cause beyond the reasonable control of Landlord.

          "Preliminary Plans" means the plans and specifications for the Base
     Building that are identified in Exhibit B.
                                     --------- 

          "Premises" means the entirety of all square feet of Rentable Area
     within the Building except that portion of the Building that constitutes
     Parking Facility.

          "Prime Rate" means the prime or base rate of interest on corporate
     loans as published from time to time in the Midwest Edition of The Wall
                                                                    --------
     Street Journal, with any changes in such rate to be effective on the date
     --------------                                                           
     such change is published.

          "Projected Commencement Date" means June 30, 1999, as extended by
     Paragraph 4 of the Work Letter.

          "Punchlist" has the meaning set forth in the definition of
     "Substantially Completed".

          "Rent" means Base Rent and all Additional Rent.

          "Rent Commencement Date" means the date determined by (i) adding 91
     days to the Commencement Date, less (ii) the lesser of the following number
     of days (a) the actual number of days by which the Landlord's Work was
     Substantially Completed after the Projected Commencement Date, or (b) the
     aggregate number of days of Tenant's Delay.

          "Rentable Area" means an area in square feet that has been calculated
     in accordance with the methods of measuring rentable area of a single
     tenant building as described in the Standard Method for Measuring Floor
     Area in Buildings, ANSI 265.1 - 1996, as promulgated by the Building Owners
     and Managers Association (BOMA) International.

          "Required Completion Date" has the meaning set forth in Section
     3.2(d).

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
          "Substantially Completed" means, with respect to Landlord's Work, that
     (a) all of Landlord's Work contemplated by Article 3 of this Lease and the
     Work Letter has been substantially completed and a certificate of occupancy
     (temporary or final) has been issued by the appropriate governmental
     authority permitting use of the Premises for the use permitted under this
     Lease (upon Tenant's request, Landlord will deliver to Tenant a copy of
     such certificate of occupancy); (b) the Premises are broom clean and free
     from debris; (c) the HVAC system, Building elevators, lobbies, stairways
     and corridors are substantially completed and operating; (d) Landlord has
     delivered to Tenant a certificate of completion from Landlord's architect
     certifying substantial completion of the work described in the Base
     Building Plans and the Leasehold Improvements Plans; (e) Landlord has
     delivered to Tenant a punchlist (the "Punchlist") indicating any work
     remaining to be completed or corrected in the Premises which work remaining
     to be completed or corrected in the Premises is of such a nature that it
     will not materially and adversely interfere with Tenant's use and occupancy
     of the Premises and the completion of such work will not materially or
     adversely affect Tenant's use or occupancy of the Premises; and (g)
     Landlord has satisfied (a) through (f) of this definition prior to the
     expiration of the 30 day period specified in the notice given by Landlord
     to Tenant pursuant to Section 3.2(c)(ii) and the date for such completion
     specified in such notice given by Landlord to Tenant pursuant to Section
     3.2(c)(ii) has occurred.

          "Taxes" means, with respect to each tax fiscal year wholly or
     partially included in the Term, the following taxes which are due and
     payable in such tax fiscal year:  all personal property taxes of Landlord
     relating to Landlord's personal property located in the Premises and used
     or useful in connection with operating and maintaining the Premises; real
     estate taxes and installments of general or special assessments, including
     interest thereon, relating to the Land and Building including any such
     taxes or any such assessments that are levied with respect to the Parking
     Facility that are allocated to the Building as provided in Section 4.3; all
     fees of attorneys, appraisers and other consultants incurred in connection
     with any efforts to appeal, abate, or reduce any such Taxes; all other
     governmental charges, general and special, ordinary and extraordinary,
     foreseen and unforeseen, of any kind and nature whatsoever; and any other
     tax, however described, levied or assessed by the United States of America
     or the state in which the Premises are located or the City of Waltham,
     against Landlord or against all or any part of the Land and Building as a
     result of Landlord's ownership of the Land and Building or the rents
     therefrom.  Taxes will not include any income tax, estate tax or
     inheritance tax of Landlord.

          "Tenant's Cost" means the total cost of preparing the Leasehold
     Improvements Plans, obtaining all necessary permits for, and constructing
     and installing, the Leasehold Improvements in the Base Building, and
     providing any required services during construction of the Leasehold
     Improvements (such as refuse removal), excluding electricity (which will be
     provided at Landlord's cost).

          "Tenant's Cost Proposal" has the meaning set forth in Paragraph 6 of
     the Work Letter.

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
          "Tenant's Delay" means the aggregate days of: (a) each day of delay by
     Tenant in any performance which is described herein or in the Work Letter
     as a Tenant's Delay, (b) each day of delay by reason of any Change Orders
     or changes in any drawings, plans or specifications requested by Tenant
     which is described in Section 3.8 as a Tenant's Delay; (c) each day of
     delay in Landlord's Work by reason of any failure by Tenant to review or
     approve promptly any item requiring Tenant's review or approval, which is
     not described herein or in the Work Letter as a Tenant's Delay; or (d) each
     day of delay in Landlord's Work by reason of any other act or omission of
     Tenant or Tenant's architects, engineers, contractors or subcontractors.

          "Tenant's Excess Cost" has the meaning set forth in Paragraph 8(b) of
     the Work Letter.

          "Tenant's Notice Address" means,

               Before the Premises is Substantially Completed:

               Renaissance Worldwide, Inc.
               189 Wells Avenue
               Newton, MA 02159
               Attention: General Counsel
 
               After the Premises is Substantially Completed:

               Tenant's address at the Premises

               In either event, with a copy to:

               Renaissance Worldwide, Inc.
               189 Wells Avenue
               Newton, MA 02159
               Attention: General Counsel

          "Tenant's Representative" means Duncan Andrews or such other person
     as may from time to time be designated by Mr. Andrews or by Tenant by
     notice to Landlord.
     
          "Term" means the duration of this Lease, which will be approximately
     10 years and three (3) months beginning on the earlier of the Commencement
     Date or the Rent Commencement Date and ending on the Expiration Date,
     unless terminated earlier or extended further as provided in this Lease.

          "Work Letter" means Exhibit C to this Lease.
                              ---------               

          "Work Schedule" has the meaning set forth in Paragraph 2 of the Work
     Letter.

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
      Section 1.2   Exhibits.  The Exhibits listed below are attached to and
incorporated in this Lease.  In the event of any inconsistency between such
Exhibits and the terms and provisions of this Lease, the terms and provisions of
the Exhibits will control.  The Exhibits to this Lease are:
 
          Exhibit A   -   Legal Description of the Land
          Exhibit B   -   Preliminary Plans and Specifications
                          for the Base Building
          Exhibit C   -   Work Letter
          Exhibit D   -   Janitorial Standards
          Exhibit E   -   Existing Encumbrances
          Exhibit F   -   MGP Lease Requirements
 
                                   ARTICLE 2
                                DEMISE AND TERM

      Section 2.1   Premises.  Landlord hereby demises and leases the Premises
to Tenant, and Tenant hereby rents and takes the Premises from Landlord, subject
to and with the benefit of the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of
this Lease, of the Existing Encumbrances and Future Encumbrances, as defined in
Section 16.2 hereof.   The rights of Tenant hereunder shall include non-
exclusive rights of access over and use of the Common Area.
 
      Section 2.2   Term.  The Term of this Lease shall begin upon the earlier
of the Commencement Date or the Rent Commencement Date and shall continue until
the Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated or extended further as herein set
forth.

      Section 2.3   Extension Option.  Tenant shall have the option (the
"Extension Option") to extend the Term of this Lease for one (1) period of five
(5) years (the "Extension Term") with respect to all, but not less than all, of
the Premises, in accordance with the following provisions:

      (a) Such option shall be exercisable by written notice (an "Extension
          Notice") delivered to Landlord not earlier than twenty (20) months
          nor later than eighteen (18) months prior to the Expiration Date. If
          Tenant fails to deliver the Extension Notice in accordance with such
          time restriction, the Extension Option contemplated by this Section
          2.3 shall be deemed waived and of no further force and effect, time
          being of the essence. The rate of Base Rent payable by Tenant during
          the Extension Term upon the entirety of the Premises shall be an
          amount equal to ninety-five percent (95%) of the "Extension Market
          Rate" determined as of the date which is 18 months prior to the end
          of the Term.

     (b)  For purposes hereof the phrase "Extension Market Rate" means the base
          rent at the per annum rate at which the entirety of the Premises, in
          its then "as-is" condition except for recarpeting and repainting to be
          provided by Landlord,  would be leased to a single tenant on a basis
          which is net to the same extent as this Lease, by a willing landlord
          not compelled to lease and to a willing third-party tenant not
          compelled to 

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
          lease (based on the obligations and rights of Landlord and Tenant
          under this Lease to the extent applicable during the Extension Period,
          the length of the Extension Term, and taking into account the
          amenities of the Building, that no commissions are payable by Landlord
          in connection with such extension). If Tenant properly and timely
          delivers the Extension Notice and does not deliver an Extension
          Retraction Notice, Landlord shall recarpet and repaint the Premises on
          or before the commencement of the Extension Term consistent with the
          standards of the initial Leasehold Improvements.

     (c)  Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Extension
          Notice, give Tenant written notice ("Landlord's Extension Rate
          Notice") of Landlord's determination of the Extension Market Rate. If
          Tenant does not agree with Landlord's determination of the Extension
          Market Rate, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of that
          disagreement within fifteen (15) days of receipt of Landlord's
          Extension Rate Notice, stating the amount which Tenant believes the
          Extension Market Rate should be, and Landlord and Tenant shall
          endeavor in good faith to agree on the Extension Market Rate. If
          Tenant fails to give Landlord timely notice of such disagreement,
          Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted Landlord's determination of
          the Extension Market Rate. If Landlord and Tenant have not agreed as
          to the Extension Market Rate within thirty (30) days after Tenant's
          receipt of Landlord's Extension Rate Notice, either party may deliver
          to the other party a written demand (the "Valuation Demand") that the
          Extension Market Rate be determined by an expert, which demand shall
          include the names of at least three (3) reputable real estate experts
          who are members of the American Society of Real Estate Counselors or
          of a successor body hereafter constituted and exercising similar
          functions (referred to hereinafter as "ASREC" and who have no
          affiliation with either party and who have not less than 10 years of
          experience in appraising, managing or brokering office properties
          similar to the Premises in the greater Boston Metropolitan Area. The
          expert shall be chosen through the mutual agreement of Landlord and
          Tenant, which agreement shall be reached within twenty (20) days after
          the delivery of the Valuation Demand. Provided an agreement upon
          selection of the expert is so reached, the expert shall be directed to
          complete the determination of the Extension Market Rate within thirty
          (30) days of such expert's appointment. The expert's determination of
          the Extension Market Rate shall be binding upon the parties. In the
          event the parties are unable to agree upon the identity of an expert
          within twenty (20) days of the delivery of the Valuation Demand, each
          party shall, within twenty-five (25) days of the delivery of the
          Valuation Demand, appoint its own expert, subject to the above
          qualifications. Such appointment shall be confirmed in a writing
          identifying the expert delivered to the other party within said 
          twenty-five (25) day period. If either of the parties fails to appoint
          an expert within said twenty-five (25) day period, then the one expert
          appointed shall be the sole expert and the provisions of this
          subsection (c) relating to more than one expert shall not apply. If
          each party appoints an expert, a third expert shall be jointly
          appointed by the first two experts. If the first two experts are
          unable to agree on a third expert within ten (10) days after the
          appointment of the second expert, then the highest ranking available
          officer of the

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
          Massachusetts chapter of the ASREC who is not affiliated with either
          party shall appoint the third expert. If none of the three
          determinations deviates from the mean of all three determinations by
          more than 10%, the mean of all three determinations shall be the
          Extension Market Rate. If one of the three determinations deviates
          from the mean of all three determinations by more than 10%, such
          determination shall be discarded and the Extension Market Rate shall
          be the mean of the other two. If two or all three of the
          determinations deviate from the mean of all three determinations by
          more than 10%, the Extension Market Rate shall be the median of the
          three determinations. The Extension Market Rate as determined in
          accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.3 shall be binding
          upon the parties. Except as set forth in Section 2.3(d), all necessary
          and reasonable costs and expenses of any valuations performed pursuant
          to this Section 2.3 shall be shared equally by Landlord and Tenant,
          and all agreements with experts appointed in accordance with this
          Section 2.3 shall provide that such experts shall complete their
          determinations within thirty (30) days of such appointment and provide
          prompt notice to Landlord and Tenant. To the extent that the Extension
          Option is effectively exercised, Landlord and Tenant shall execute and
          deliver an amendment to this Lease that is reasonable in form and that
          memorializes the occurrence and effect of such extension and such rate
          of Base Rent, which amendment shall be executed and delivered within
          ten (10) days following the determination of the Extension Market
          Rate.

     (d)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the determination of the Extension
          Market Rent in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this
          Section 2.3 for the Extension Option, Tenant shall have the right to
          retract its exercise of this option through the delivery of written
          notice to that effect to Landlord (the "Extension Retraction Notice");
          provided, if the Extension Retraction Notice is not delivered to
          Landlord within thirty (30) days after the date of the determination
          of the Extension Market Rent and notice thereof to Landlord and
          Tenant, the right to retract the exercise of the option to extend the
          Lease for the Extension Term shall be deemed waived and of no further
          force and effect and the Lease shall be deemed extended for the
          Extension Term in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this
          Section 2.3.  In the event of the timely delivery by Tenant to
          Landlord of an Extension Retraction Notice, the Lease shall expire as
          of the Expiration Date and Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days of
          the date of Landlord's delivery of an invoice therefor and as
          Additional Rent hereunder, reimburse Landlord for all costs reasonably
          incurred by Landlord in performing Landlord's obligations under this
          Section 2.3 and as a direct consequence of Tenant's delivery of the
          Exercise Notice including, without limitation, all fees incurred by
          Landlord in connection with the valuation required by Section 2.3(c)

     (e)  Tenant shall have no further options to extend the term of this Lease
          beyond the expiration date of the Extension Term.  Except for its
          obligation to repaint and recarpet the Premises as provided in Section
          2.3(b), Landlord shall not be obligated to perform any leasehold
          improvement work in the Premises or give Tenant an allowance for any
          such work or for any other purposes for the Extension Term. Except for
          the rate of Base Rent and except as otherwise provided herein, all of
          the terms and provisions of this Lease shall remain the same and in
          full force and effect during the Extension Term.

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
     (f)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Extension Option contemplated by
          this Section 2.3 shall, whether or not an Extension Notice has
          theretofore been delivered, automatically terminate and become null
          and void and of no further force and effect upon the earlier to occur
          of (i) the termination of this Lease, or (ii) the failure of Tenant to
          timely or properly exercise the Extension Option.

     (g)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that, upon delivery of the
          Extension Notice or upon the commencement of the Extension Term,
          Tenant has sublet or assigned 50% or more of the Rentable Area of the
          Premises (not including in such calculation of the Rentable Area
          sublet or assigned the Rentable Area sublet or assigned to a
          transferee permitted by Section 9.1(d)), such Extension Notice shall
          be null and void.

     Section 2.4  Right of First Offer to Purchase.

     (a)  In the event that, during the Term, Landlord desires to sell the Land,
the Building and, at Landlord's option, Landlord's ground lessor's interest in
40 Second Avenue (such parcel which Landlord desires to sell being the "Offer
Parcel"), to a party who is not a Landlord Party, Landlord shall first offer to
sell the Offer Parcel to Tenant by delivering a written notice to Tenant (the
"Offer Notice") setting forth in good faith all material business terms of an
offer that Landlord would be willing to accept, including the gross purchase
price which, subject to adjustments and prorations, will be payable in cash to
Landlord.  Tenant shall have twenty (20) days after the delivery of the Offer
Notice, time being of the essence, in which to deliver to Landlord written
notice of its acceptance of all of the terms designated in the Offer Notice (the
"Notice of Acceptance"); provided, it shall be a condition precedent to the
effectiveness of any Notice of Acceptance that it be accompanied by a deposit of
earnest money in the amount set forth in the Offer Notice, but such earnest
money shall not be in excess of five percent (5%) of the gross purchase price.
Such earnest money shall be payable to and held in escrow by Landlord's counsel
pursuant to the terms hereof.

     (b) If Tenant delivers the Notice of Acceptance in a timely manner, then
the closing of the sale of the Offer Parcel by Landlord to Tenant will occur on
the 30/th/ day after the delivery to Landlord of the Notice of Acceptance, or by
mutual agreement on an earlier date.  Such closing will occur at the offices of
Landlord's attorneys in Boston, Massachusetts.  At such closing, (i) Landlord
will convey the Offer Parcel to Tenant or Tenant's designee by quit claim deed,
free and clear of all monetary liens and encumbrances but subject to the
Permitted Exceptions; (ii) Tenant will pay the purchase price to Landlord by
wire transfer or in other immediately available funds, subject to a credit for
Tenant's earnest money deposit and the adjustments and prorations described
below; (iii) No proration of Taxes or Operating Expenses will occur since Tenant
is responsible hereunder to pay Taxes and Operating Expenses as part of the
Rent; (iv) Landlord will deliver a copy of the most current as-built survey in
its possession; Tenant will pay for a Title Commitment for an ALTA extended
coverage (i.e., with all standard printed exceptions deleted) title insurance
          -----                                                              
policy for Tenant in the amount of the purchase price, subject to the Permitted
Exceptions and for all title insurance 

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
premiums payable in connection with the issuance of a title policy and any
endorsements thereto desired by Tenant; (v) each party will pay its own closing
costs in accordance with prevailing custom and practice in the Boston
Massachusetts Metropolitan Area; (vi) Landlord shall pay any transfer tax due in
connection with the transaction; and (vii) all other terms and conditions not
specified in the Offer Notice herein shall be as handled in accordance with
prevailing customs and procedures in the Boston Massachusetts Metropolitan Area.
Promptly after Tenant delivers the Notice of Acceptance, Tenant will obtain and
deliver to Landlord a Title Commitment committing to insure title to the Offer
Parcel in Tenant in the amount of the purchase price. Tenant will have a period
of 10 days after delivery of the Title Commitment in which to review the state
of Landlord's title to the Premises, to negotiate with the title company
concerning the deletion of any exceptions shown on the Title Commitment or to
terminate its Notice of Acceptance. It will be Landlord's responsibility to
obtain deletion of all exceptions other than Permitted Exceptions on or before
closing, deletion of which is customary. As used herein, the "Permitted
Exceptions" will mean taxes, all easements and other matters described on
Exhibit E attached hereto, any matters shown by the as-built survey of the
- ---------
Offer Parcel which Landlord will deliver to Tenant, as provided above, liens or
encumbrances which Tenant would be required to pay pursuant to this Lease, such
as Taxes for periods subsequent to the Commencement Date and such additional
matters which are Future Encumbrances as defined in Section 16.2 hereof.
"Permitted Exceptions" will not include any standard printed exceptions which
are customarily deleted or any monetary liens or encumbrances (other than any
such liens or encumbrances which Tenant would be required to pay pursuant to
this Lease, such as Taxes for periods subsequent to the Commencement Date).
Landlord agrees that it may not encumber the Land or the Building in any manner
not permitted by Section 16.2 hereof, other than mortgages and other such
voluntary encumbrances and such other liens and encumbrances which will be
discharged or satisfied of record at Closing of the purchase of the Offer Parcel
by Tenant. If any dispute arises over the prevailing customs and practices in
Boston, Massachusetts Metropolitan Area which are applicable to such purchase
and sale and are not provided herein or in the Offer Notice, and the Landlord
and Tenant are unable to agree on such issues by the closing date, such issues
shall be submitted to Arbitration, but such Arbitration shall not delay closing
and appropriate escrows will be established so that the positions of both
parties are protected pending the outcome of such Arbitration.

      (c) If Tenant does not deliver the Notice of Acceptance or terminates such
exercise as provided above, Tenant will, upon Landlord's request, execute a
certificate or amendment to this Lease confirming that Tenant has no further
rights under this Section 2.4 (except as provided in Section 2.4(d)).  If Tenant
delivers the Notice of Acceptance, does not terminate such exercise within such
10-day period as provided above and then fails to close its purchase of the
Offer Parcel in accordance with the foregoing provisions, Landlord may either
(i) terminate Tenant's right to purchase the Offer Parcel pursuant to this
Section 2.3 and shall be entitled to retain the earnest money deposit as
liquidated damages, it being understood and agreed that Landlord's damages in
such event would be difficult to ascertain and that the earnest money deposit is
a reasonable estimate of such damages, or (ii) may sue Tenant for specific
performance.   If Tenant delivers the Notice of Acceptance, does not terminate
such exercise within such 10-day period and then Landlord fails to close its
sale of the Offer Parcel in accordance with the foregoing provision, Tenant may
sue Landlord for specific performance or damages.

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
     (d)  If Tenant fails to deliver the Notice of Acceptance in a timely
manner, the right of first offer contemplated by this Section shall be deemed
terminated and of no further force and effect and Landlord may thereafter sell
the Offer Parcel to any other party; provided, Landlord shall not thereafter
enter into an agreement to sell the Offer Parcel to any other third party which
is not a Landlord Party for a gross purchase price (which may be payable in
whole or in part in cash or in interests in the purchaser) that is less than
ninety-five percent (95%) of the gross purchase price identified in the Offer
Notice without first delivering a new Offer Notice to Tenant containing such
revised term. In the event Landlord does not enter into a purchase agreement to
sell the Offer Parcel within 12 months after the expiration of the twenty (20)
day period by which Tenant could have given a Notice of Acceptance, then
Tenant's right of first offer shall be revived and Landlord shall again give
Tenant a right of first offer, as provided in this Section 2.4, in connection
with any subsequent sale of the Offer Parcel.

     (e)  Notwithstanding the foregoing,

          (i)   the right of first offer contemplated by this Section, shall not
                be applicable with respect to:

                (A) any sale of the Premises for which a binding purchase
                    agreement is executed by Landlord prior to the Commencement
                    Date;

                (B) any transfer in the nature of the grant of a mortgage or
                    other encumbrance to secure indebtedness of Landlord;

                (C) any transfer of the Premises to a Landlord Party; or

                (D) any transfer of the Premises to the purchaser at a
                    foreclosure sale or to the grantee named in a deed in lieu
                    of foreclosure;

                provided, however, that this right of first offer will survive
                any such transfer or transfers pursuant to (A), (B), (C) and (D)
                above, and shall be binding upon the transferee, including any
                such Landlord Party, such purchaser at a foreclosure sale or
                such grantee of a deed in lieu of foreclosure;

          (ii)  the right of first offer contemplated by this Section shall be
                deemed terminated upon the earliest to occur of the following:

               (A)  the termination of Tenant's right to possession of the
                    Premises;

               (B)  the assignment or subletting of an aggregate of more than
                    50% of the total number of square feet of Rentable Area of
                    the Premises, not including in such calculation of the
                    Rentable Area sublet or assigned the Rentable Area of the
                    Premises sublet or assigned to a transferee permitted by
                    Section 9.1(d), or

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
                (C)  the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease; and

          (iii) This right of first offer and any right to purchase the Premises
                resulting therefrom is personal to Tenant and may not be
                assigned to and shall not benefit any person or entity
                including, without limitation, any sublessee or assignee of any
                part of the Premise, other than a transferee permitted by
                Section 9.1(d).

      (f) For the purposes of this Section 2.4, a person or entity is a
"Landlord Party" if (i) Landlord or one or more of the beneficial owners of
Landlord owns at least a 25% interest in such person or entity, whether directly
or indirectly, (ii) such person or entity holds a beneficial interest in
Landlord, or (iii) any person or entity at least 25% of the beneficial interest
of which are held by a person or entity which holds a beneficial interest in
Landlord.

      (g) Prior to transferring the Premises to a Landlord Party, Landlord shall
deliver prior written notice to Tenant of such proposed transfer, together with
evidence of the proposed transferee's status as a Landlord Party and the
transferee's acknowledgment that it will be bound by this right of first offer.
If Tenant fails to object to any such proposed transferee as being a Landlord
Party within 10 days after receipt of said notice and evidence, Tenant shall
have no further right to object to such transfer.

                                   ARTICLE 3
               CONSTRUCTION; DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES

 
      Section 3.1   Landlord's Construction Obligations.  Subject to and in
accordance with the provisions of this Article 3 and the Work Letter, Landlord
will (i) at Landlord's sole cost and expense, design, construct and install the
Base Building on the Land; and (ii) at Landlord's cost up to the amount of the
Leasehold Improvements Allowance and otherwise at Tenant's sole cost and
expense, design, construct and install the Leasehold Improvements.

      Section 3.2   Delivery.

      (a) Early Possession.  Prior to Landlord's Work being Substantially
          ----------------                                               
          Completed Landlord shall allow Tenant to enter the Premises to
          commence fixturing, provided (i) such fixturing will not, in
          Landlord's reasonable determination, interfere with or interrupt the
          efficient and timely performance of the remaining Landlord's Work; and
          (ii) Tenant shall have given Landlord evidence of Tenant's insurance
          as required by Section 7.2.

      (b) Tender of Possession Upon Substantial Completion.  At such time as the
          ------------------------------------------------                      
          Landlord's Work is Substantially Completed, Landlord shall tender
          possession to Tenant of the Premises, even if there may then be
          portions of the Landlord's Work that are not completed so long as such
          incomplete work or the completion thereof does not affect

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
          Tenant's ability to commence or complete fixturing the Premises or
          materially and adversely interfere with Tenant's use and occupancy of
          the Premises.

      (c) Notice of Anticipated Substantial Completion.  For the convenience of
          --------------------------------------------                         
          Tenant, Landlord shall,

          (i)    make reasonable efforts to deliver 90 days' advance notice to
                 Tenant of the date on which Landlord anticipates that the
                 Landlord's Work will be Substantially Completed; provided,
                 however, that:

                 (1)   Landlord's failure to deliver such notice shall not
                       constitute a default under this Lease and Landlord shall
                       in no way be liable for failing to give such 90-day
                       notice;

                 (2)   the delivery of such 90-day notice shall not be a
                       condition to Landlord's having Substantially Completed
                       the Landlord's Work; and

                 (3)   Landlord shall not be bound by its estimate of the date
                       on which the Landlord's Work will be Substantially
                       Completed; and

          (ii)   deliver 30 days' advance notice to Tenant of the date on which
                 Landlord anticipates that Landlord's Work will be Substantially
                 Completed; provided however, that:

                 (1)   Landlord may retract any such notice given to Tenant and
                       give a revised notice of such date, which revised notice
                       shall start a new 30 day period prior to the anticipated
                       date on which Landlord's Work will be Substantially
                       Completed; and

                 (2)   Landlord's failure to deliver such notice shall not
                       constitute a default under this Lease and Landlord shall
                       not be liable for failing to give such 30-day notice;
                       however, Landlord's Work will not be Substantially
                       Completed unless the conditions in subsection (a) through
                       (f) of the definition of Substantially Completed are
                       satisfied prior to the expiration of such 30-day period
                       and the date for such completion specified in such 30-day
                       notice has occurred.

     (d)  Effect of Delays.  Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to deliver
          ----------------                                                   
          possession of the entirety of the Premises with the Landlord's Work
          Substantially Completed on or before the Projected Commencement Date,
          subject to Permitted Delays. It is acknowledged that time is of the
          essence of the completion of the Landlord's Work and that Tenant will
          suffer financial loss if the Landlord's Work is not Substantially
          Completed by August 31, 1999 (the "Required Completion Date"). The
          parties also recognize that delay, expense and difficulty would be
          involved in proving in a

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
          legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Tenant if
          Landlord's Work is not Substantially Completed by the Required
          Completion Date. Accordingly, in the event Landlord's Work is not
          Substantially Completed on or before the Required Completion Date,
          subject to Permitted Delays, Landlord and Tenant agree that the
          following is a reasonable approximation of the damages that Tenant
          would incur and Tenant shall be entitled, as liquidated damages for
          such delay and not as a penalty, to the following:

          (i)   In the event that the Landlord's Work is Substantially Completed
                in the period between the Required Completion Date, as extended
                by Permitted Delays, and February 29, 2000, which date shall be
                extended only by Tenant's Delay, Tenant shall be entitled to a
                credit (the "Delay Credit") in an amount equal to the greater of
                (i) the amount which Landlord actually collects from its
                contractor for failing to have Substantially Completed the
                Landlord's Work on or before the Required Completion Date, as
                extended by Permitted Delays, after recovery of Landlord's costs
                and expenses incurred in connection with such collection, or
                (ii) $1,500 multiplied by the number of days that elapse between
                the day following the Required Completion Date, as extended by
                Permitted Delays, and the date the Landlord's Work is
                Substantially Completed. Landlord shall make reasonable efforts
                to include in the construction contract for Landlord's Work a
                payment to Landlord equal to the product of $4,000, multiplied
                by the number of days that elapse between the day following the
                Required Completion Date, as extended by Permitted Delays, and
                the date the Landlord's Work is Substantially Completed, or as
                close thereto as is reasonably possible. In the event the
                Landlord's Work is not Substantially Completed on or before the
                Required Completion Date, as extended by Permitted Delays,
                Landlord shall use its reasonable efforts to enforce such
                penalty provision in the construction contract for the benefit
                of Tenant. Any Delay Credit shall be applied as a credit against
                the sum of Rent due in each month during the Term until the
                Delay Credit is fully credited; or

          (ii)  In the event that the Landlord's Work has not been Substantially
                Completed by January 31, 2000 (the "Incompletion Termination
                Date"), Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease by
                the delivery of written notice to that effect (the "Incompletion
                Termination Notice") to Landlord within thirty (30) days after
                the Incompletion Termination Date. In the event of the timely
                delivery of an Incompletion Termination Notice, this Lease shall
                be deemed terminated and of no further force and effect if
                Landlord's Work is not Substantially Completed within a period
                equal to the sum of (a) thirty (30) days after receipt of such
                notice by Landlord and (b) the aggregate number of days of
                Tenant's Delay. In the event of such termination, the parties
                shall cooperate in the execution of a written instrument that is
                reasonable in form and that memorializes such termination and
                Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days after such termination,
                pay to Tenant the

                                       16
<PAGE>
 
                aggregate principal amount of the Delay Credit that has accrued
                to the date of termination and Landlord and Tenant shall be
                discharged from all further obligations hereunder.

     Section 3.3    Operating Costs After Tender of Possession but Prior to Rent
Commencement Date.  Notwithstanding anything in Section 4.2 to the contrary, but
subject to Section 4.1, for the period starting on the date Landlord first
tenders possession of all of the Premises to Tenant pursuant to Section 3.2 and
ending on the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay the Operating Costs,
regardless of whether Tenant is in possession or occupancy of the entire
Premises during all or any portion of such period, but such amount shall be
reduced in accordance with the following schedule:

             Period
       (days prior to Rent          Percentage of Operating
        Commencement Date)          Costs Payable by Tenant
        ------------------          -----------------------

          90-61 days                                0%
          60-31 days                               33 1/3%
          30-0 days                                66 2/3%
 
      Section 3.4   Punch Lists.  Tenant's taking possession of the Premises
will be conclusive evidence that such Premises was in good order and
satisfactorily condition, and that all of Landlord's Work in or to the Premises
was satisfactorily completed when Tenant took possession, except as to any
latent defects or uncompleted items identified on (i) a punch list prepared and
signed by Landlord's Representative and Tenant's Representative after an
inspection of the Premises by both such parties made within five business days
after Landlord tenders possession of the Premises to Tenant, or (ii) a punch
list which Landlord will cause its architect to prepare on or before the same
date, and except as to any latent defects in Landlord's Work of which Tenant
notifies Landlord within one year after the Commencement Date.  Landlord will
commence the completion or correction of any matters set forth on such punch
lists within 10 days after such lists are received by Landlord, will complete
all items within 30 days after such lists are prepared, except for any of such
items which, due to reasons beyond Landlord's control, cannot be completed
within such time and, as to such delayed items, Landlord will thereafter
diligently pursue completion.  Landlord will not be responsible for any items of
damage caused by Tenant, its agents, independent contractors or suppliers.  No
promises to construct, alter, remodel or improve the Premises, and no
representations concerning the condition of the Premises, have been made by
Landlord to Tenant other than as may be expressly stated in this Lease.  Any
dispute between Landlord and Tenant as to which items should be included on such
punch lists, or which items on such punch lists have been completed, shall be
subject to Arbitration.

      Section 3.5   Representatives.  Landlord appoints Landlord's
Representative to act for Landlord in all matters covered by this Article 3 and
the Work Letter.  Tenant appoints Tenant's Representative to act for Tenant in
all matters covered by this Article 3 and the Work Letter.  All inquiries,
requests, instructions, authorizations and other communications with respect to
the matters covered by this Article 3 and the Work Letter will be made by and to
Landlord's Representative or

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
Tenant's Representative, as the case may be. Only Tenant's Representative and
Landlord's Representative may authorize Change Orders. Tenant will not interfere
with Landlord's architect, engineers and contractors or any of their agents or
employees in the performance of their respective obligations with regard to
matters covered by this Article 3 or the Work Letter.

      Section 3.6   Base Building Plans.  Tenant has approved the Preliminary
Plans, including the Floor Plate and Background Drawings, the Civil/Site Design
Documents and the Detailed Base Building Design Documents, delivered to Tenant
and shown on Schedule 1 to the Work Letter.  Landlord has delivered the Base
Building Plans to Tenant based on the Preliminary Plans.  Within 10 days after
receipt of the proposed Base Building Plans, Tenant will either approve the same
in writing or notify Landlord in writing of how the proposed Base Building Plans
are inconsistent with the Preliminary Plans and how the Base Building Plans must
be changed in order to make them consistent with the Preliminary Plans.  Tenant
may not object to any portion of the Base Building Plans which is consistent
with the Preliminary Plans.  Each day following the tenth day after the proposed
Base Building Plans are submitted to Tenant until Tenant approves the Base
Building Plans or delivers such notice of objections, will be a day of Tenant's
Delay.  Upon receipt of Tenant's notice of objections, Landlord will cause its
architect to prepare revised Base Building Plans according to such notice and
submit the revised Base Building Plans to Tenant.  Upon submittal to Tenant of
the revised Base Building Plans, and upon submittal of any further revisions,
the procedures described above will be repeated.   Tenant shall approve or make
objections to the other design and construction documents to be delivered to
Tenant in accordance with Schedule 1 to the Work Letter within 5 business days
after receipt thereof and otherwise in accordance with the procedures described
above.

      Section 3.7   Base Building Construction.  At such time as Base Building
Plans have been prepared and have been approved in writing by both Landlord,
Tenant and Landlord's mortgagee, and Landlord has obtained all necessary
building permits, Landlord will cause the Base Building to be constructed or
installed on the Land in a good and workmanlike manner and according to the
approved Base Building Plans and all applicable Laws.

      Section 3.8   Change Orders.  Tenant's Representative may request changes
in the work consistent with the Preliminary Plans and the Base Building Plans
only by written request to Landlord's Representative on a form approved by
Landlord.  Tenant's Representative may request, in the manner contemplated by
Paragraph 8(c) of the Work Letter with respect to the Leasehold Improvements,
other changes in the Leasehold Improvements.  All changes requested by Tenant
will be subject to Landlord's prior written approval (which approval, in the
case of changes to the Leasehold Improvements Plans, will not be unreasonably
withheld).  Prior to commencing any change in the Base Building Plans or the
Leasehold Improvements Plans, whether requested by Tenant or not, Landlord will
prepare and deliver to Tenant, for Tenant's approval, a change order ("Change
Order") identifying the total cost of such change, which will include associated
architectural, engineering and construction contractor's fees, and the total
time that will be added to the construction schedule by such change and to the
Projected Commencement Date, the Required Completion Date and the Incompletion
Termination Date; provided that Landlord shall not be required to obtain
Tenant's approval of any Change Order initiated by Landlord which is both
consistent with the Preliminary Plans and which does not materially alter the
Base Building Plans 

                                       18
<PAGE>
 
or cause a change in or delay in the completion of the Leasehold Improvements.
If Tenant fails to approve or object to any Landlord-initiated Change Order for
which Tenant's approval is required within five business days after delivery by
Landlord of such Change Order, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved such
Change Order and Landlord may proceed to perform the change. If Tenant fails to
approve any such Tenant-initiated Change Order within five business days after
delivery by Landlord of such Change Order, Tenant will be deemed to have
withdrawn the requested change and Landlord will not proceed to perform the
change. Upon Landlord's receipt of Tenant's approval, Landlord will proceed to
perform the change. Any net additional costs resulting from a Tenant-initiated
Change Order will become a part of Tenant's Cost and, if there exists Tenant's
Excess Cost, such Tenant's Excess Cost will be paid to Landlord in accordance
with the provisions of Paragraph 8(b) of the Work Letter. Any delay in the
Landlord's Work being Substantially Completed by the Projected Commencement
Date, the Required Completion Date or the Incompletion Termination Date caused
by a Tenant-requested Change Order shall be Tenant's Delay.

      Section 3.9   No Interference with Landlord's Work.  Tenant acknowledges
that any work by Tenant in the Premises prior to the Landlord's Work being
Substantially Completed and the completion by Landlord of all punch list work
may impact on the performance of Landlord's Work.  Tenant further acknowledges
that all or a substantial portion of Landlord's Work will be performed by union
contractors.  In order to prevent delays and interference with the performance
of Landlord's Work, Tenant agrees to use union contractors for any construction
or fixturing work to be performed by it in the Premises and to cooperate with
Landlord in the scheduling and the conduct of Tenant's work in order to provide
for a harmonious work force, to prevent labor disputes, and so as not to
unreasonably interfere, restrict or delay the performance of Landlord's Work.

      Section 3.10  Adjustments Upon Completion.  As soon as practicable after
the completion of the Base Building, Landlord will cause its architect to
measure and certify to Landlord and Tenant the Rentable Area of the Premises.
If Tenant disputes such measurement within 30 days after Tenant is notified of
the same, then Tenant's architect and Landlord's architect will endeavor to
agree upon the Rentable Area of the Building and, if they are unable to do so
within 10 days, the dispute will be submitted to an independent third-party
architect mutually acceptable to both parties whose decision concerning the
Rentable Area of the Building (which will be made in accordance with the
definition thereof in this Lease),will be binding upon both parties.  If Tenant
does not so dispute the measurement by Landlord's architect, Tenant will be
deemed to have accepted such   measurement. At such time as such measurement has
been made by Landlord's architect and accepted (or deemed accepted) by Tenant,
upon the request of either party, Landlord and Tenant will execute a certificate
confirming such Rentable Area and the actual amounts (based on such Rentable
Area) of the Base Rent payable per month during the first through the fifth
Lease Years, the sixth through the tenth Lease Years, and the actual amount of
the Leasehold Improvements Allowance.  Prior to the execution of such
certificate, the Premises shall be presumed to contain 200,000 square feet of
Rentable Area, and Tenant will pay any additional Base Rent or Tenant's Excess
Cost owing, or Landlord will refund any Base Rent or Tenant's Excess Cost
previously overpaid by Tenant, upon the execution of such certificate.

                                       19
<PAGE>
 
                                   ARTICLE 4
                                     RENT

      Section 4.1   Base Rent.  Commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and
then continuing throughout the Term, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord Base Rent
according to this Section 4.1, without demand, deduction, setoff, abatement or
credit except as expressly contained in the Lease.  Base Rent during each Lease
Year of the Term will be payable in monthly installments in an amount equal to
1/12 of the amount obtained by multiplying the rate of Base Rent for such Lease
Year set forth in the definition of Base Rent in Section 1.1 by the number of
square feet of Rentable Area of the Premises, in advance, on or before the first
day of each and every month during the Term; if the number of days in the first
Lease Year is greater than 365 or 366 days, as applicable, such monthly rental
shall also be payable for each additional 30-day period, prorated for any
partial month as provided in the following sentence.  If the Rent Commencement
Date is a date other than the first day of a calendar month or if the Term ends
on a date other than the last day of a calendar month, Landlord will prorate
monthly Base Rent for the first month of the Term or the last month of the Term,
as the case may be, based upon the ratio that the number of days of the Term
within such month bears to the total number of days in such month.  Tenant
acknowledges that if there are more than 90 days of Tenant's Delay the Rent
Commencement Date may occur prior to the Commencement Date, and Tenant will be
obligated to pay Rent from and after such Rent Commencement Date notwithstanding
the fact that the Premises will not yet have been delivered to Tenant on such
Rent Commencement Date.

           Section 4.2  Operating Costs.  Except as provided in Section 3.3,
     Tenant shall pay the Operating Costs to Landlord, as Additional Rent,
     beginning on the Commencement Date and throughout the remainder of the
     Term.  As used in this Lease, the term "Operating Costs" shall mean any and
     all expenses, costs and disbursements of any kind and nature whatsoever
     paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with and properly allocable to
     the management, maintenance, operation and repair of the Building,
     including, without limitation, the costs of maintaining and repairing the
     Common Areas and the Parking Facility, to the extent allocable to the
     Building, easements, property management fees (which fees shall not exceed
     two and one-half percent (2.5%) of Rents billed by Landlord to Tenant for
     the Premises, but excluding Operating Costs (other than Taxes) which are
     billed directly to Tenant by the supplier thereof and are paid by Tenant
     directly to such supplier), expenses for maintenance salaries, fringe
     benefits and related costs for personnel providing building supervisory and
     maintenance services for the Premises at the rank of building manager and
     below, which for such persons also working on properties other than the
     Building and the Land shall be allocated on the basis of the time spent
     working on the Building and the Land, the cost of insurance coverages
     obtained by Landlord, heating and air conditioning costs for Common Areas
     (if any), electricity and other utility costs, the costs of routine repairs
     and maintenance for the Building, landscape maintenance, snow removal,
     Taxes and costs and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in protesting any
     assessments, valuations, levies or the Taxes which Landlord shall pay or
     become obligated to pay in respect of a fiscal tax year (regardless of when
     such Operating Costs were incurred), the costs of maintaining the Cafeteria
     Space, the costs of maintaining the Fitness Space, the Building's share (as
     reasonably determined by Landlord) of the cost of operating, maintaining
     and repairing any 

                                       20
<PAGE>
 
     areas, facilities or easements which are common to the Building and any
     other properties or buildings sharing common facilities with the Building
     (such as, but not limited to, Parking Facility repair, operation and
     maintenance, snow plowing and removal, landscaping, Common Area and street
     lighting, insurance, taxes, security and management but specifically
     excluding costs, maintenance or repair or Taxes related to Winter Place)
     and amortization of the cost of capital improvements that are (A) made to
     reduce Operating Costs or limit increases therein, to the extent of such
     estimated savings in Operating Costs or to the estimated reduction in
     increases thereto) or (B) required by any applicable Law enacted after the
     date hereof or first interpreted to apply after the date hereof; provided,
     any such amortization or depreciation shall be calculated based on the
     useful life of such improvement and shall utilize a rate of interest that
     is not in excess of two percent over the Prime Rate of interest that is in
     effect as of the date of the completion of such improvements or
     installation.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Operating Costs" shall not include the
following:

     (i)    costs of alterations of other tenants' premises;

     (ii)   any costs that otherwise will be Operating Costs of curing
            construction defects of which Landlord has actual knowledge within
            one (1) year after the Commencement Date;

     (iii)  interest and principal payments on mortgages, and other debt
            costs;

     (iv)   real estate brokers' leasing commissions;

     (v)    attorneys' fees incurred by Landlord in negotiation and enforcement
            of other leases for the Building;

     (vi)   any cost or expenditure (or portion thereof) for which Landlord is
            reimbursed, whether by insurance proceeds or otherwise;

     (vii)  depreciation and amortization of the Building, except as
            otherwise expressly provided herein;

     (viii) anything charged or properly chargeable to Tenant under any other
            provision of this Lease;

     (ix)   costs (including attorneys' fees, fines and penalties) incurred
            solely because Landlord violates any provision of this Lease or any
            provision of Law;

     (x)    any expense for Landlord's employees above the level of building
            manager and any overhead and profit paid to Affiliates of Landlord
            for services, supplies or materials provided to the Building in
            excess of rates that would be competitively available if such
            services, supplies or materials were provided by third parties;

                                       21
<PAGE>
 
     (xi)   advertising or promotional expenditures of any type;

     (xii)  repairs or other work to the extent either actually covered by
            insurance or, if not actually covered, are of a nature which is
            required to be insured against by Landlord in accordance with
            Section 7.1(a) through (f);

     (xiii) costs incurred to test, survey, remediate, contain, abate, remove or
            otherwise remedy Hazardous Substances from the Premises, other than
            such as resulted from Tenant's use, storage, disposal or release of
            Hazardous Substances, including Permitted Activities, and other than
            removal and disposal of Hazardous Substances used in the ordinary
            course of operating and maintaining the Building in accordance with
            applicable Environmental Laws;

     (xiv)  expenses of operating the Common Areas and the Parking Facility
            to the extent not properly allocable to the Premises;

     (xv)   except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any other expenses
            that are not reasonable, actual and necessary out-of-pocket expenses
            (except that Landlord may use its normal accrual method of
            accounting), obtained at competitive prices and directly
            attributable and properly allocable to the operation, maintenance,
            management and repair of the Building as determined under generally
            accepted accounting principles consistently applied; and

     (xvi)  any expenses which, in accordance with generally accepted accounting
            principles, are capital in nature, except as expressly provided
            above.

     Promptly after the Commencement Date and during December of each year or as
soon thereafter as practicable, Landlord shall give Tenant a written notice
consisting of a summary itemization of the services Landlord anticipates will be
included within Operating Costs during the ensuing calendar year, together with
Landlord's estimate of the Operating Costs for such ensuing calendar year.  At
Tenant's request, Landlord shall consult with Tenant concerning the kind and
quality of services to be provided at the Premises and included in Operating
Costs and shall make reasonable efforts to accommodate any reasonable
modification in such services which Tenant requests, provided that Landlord
shall in no event be required to eliminate, add, or modify any such service if
Landlord reasonably determines such elimination, addition or modification will
adversely affect either Landlord's interest in the Land or the Improvements or
Landlord's ability to perform its obligations under this Lease or any other
lease, mortgage or other encumbrance affecting the Land or the Improvements.  If
Landlord makes any changes in services requested by Tenant, Landlord shall
promptly revise its estimate of Operating Costs appropriately for the ensuing
year.

     On or before the first day of each month during the Term after Tenant
receives Landlord's initial estimate of annual Operating Costs, Tenant shall pay
to Landlord as Additional Rent one-twelfth (1/12th) of the estimated annual
amount of Operating Costs according to the latest estimate Tenant has received
from Landlord.   If any time it appears to Landlord that the actual amount of
Operating Costs for the then current calendar year will vary from Landlord's
estimate by

                                       22
<PAGE>
 
more than five percent (5%), Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant, revise
its estimate for such year, and subsequent payments by Tenant for such year
shall be based upon such revised estimate. Within ninety (90) days after the
close of each calendar year or as soon thereafter as practicable, Landlord shall
deliver to Tenant a summary of the total Operating Costs for the previous
calendar year. If such summary shows an amount due from Tenant that is less than
the estimated payments previously paid by Tenant, the amount of such excess
shall be applied as a credit against the installment payments of Operating Costs
that next become due, provided that if such excess occurs at the end of the Term
and Tenant no longer owes any sum to Landlord under this Lease, Landlord shall
promptly refund such excess to Tenant. If such summary shows an amount due from
Tenant that is more than the estimated payments previously paid by Tenant,
Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord, as Additional Rent, within thirty
(30) days after delivery of the summary.

      Section 4.3   Allocation of Taxes.  As of the date of this Lease, the Land
constitutes a single parcel for real estate tax purposes.  A portion of the land
(that underlying 40 Second Avenue as more particularly described in Exhibit A-2
attached hereto, the "Ground Lease Parcel"), is or will be the subject of the
Ground Lease by Landlord to an entity currently affiliated with Landlord.
Landlord agrees to request that the City of Waltham establish separate real
estate tax parcels, or at least separate valuations, for (i) the Ground Lease
Parcel, including 40 Second Avenue and (ii) the balance of the Land, including
the Building.  If, despite such requests, the City of Waltham does not establish
separate real estate tax parcels or valuations as aforesaid, Tenant agrees, and
the Ground Lease shall provide, that real estate taxes for the Land shall be
allocated between the Tenant and the ground lessee in proportion to the relative
Rentable Areas in the Building and in 40 Second Avenue, respectively.

      Further, the Ground Lease will include the right of the ground lessee
(and, derivatively, the occupancy tenants) of 40 Second Avenue and their
employees and invitees to use approximately 230 parking spaces in the Parking
Facility. Pursuant to Section 4.4 hereof, Tenant has the right to use the entire
balance of, or at least 660 parking spaces in the Parking Facility. Accordingly,
Landlord further agrees to request that the City of Waltham, whether or not it
has established separate tax parcels as aforesaid, to establish separate
valuations for (i) 40 Second Avenue and (ii) the Building, to either (a) reflect
such shared rights to use the Parking Facility in establishing the relative
valuations for 40 Second Avenue and the Building, or (b) establish a valuation
for the Parking Facility separate from the valuation of the balance of the Land
and the Building, in which event Landlord and Tenant agree that the Tenant's
share of the real estate taxes for the Parking Facility shall be determined by a
fraction, the numerator of which is 660 (plus the number of parking spaces in
the Parking Facility in excess of 890) and the denominator of which is the
number of parking spaces in the Parking Facility, but not less than 890.

      If, despite Landlord's request, the City of Waltham does not establish a
separate tax parcel or separate valuation for 40 Second Avenue, and the
Building, Landlord and Tenant agree that the real estate taxes allocable to
Tenant for the Building shall be equal to the aggregate fair market value of the
Building and 40 Second Avenue, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which
is the fair market value of the Building and the denominator of which is the
aggregate fair market value of the Building and 40 Second Avenue.  In the event
that Landlord, Tenant and, to the extent complementary provisions are included
in the Ground Lease, the ground lessee on its own behalf or 

                                       23
<PAGE>
 
on behalf of any of its occupancy tenants are unable to agree on the fair market
value of each building, Landlord, Tenant or such ground lessee shall have the
right to submit the matter to Arbitration in accordance with Article 20 hereof.

     If the City of Waltham does establish separate real estate tax valuations
for 40 Second Avenue and the Building, but does not establish a separate
valuation for the Parking Facility:

     (i)  if it is evident, from the methodology adopted by the City of Waltham
          in determining such valuations or from abatement proceedings or
          otherwise, that such valuations are based on an income method of
          valuation, then Tenant shall have no right to request a re-allocation
          of the Taxes based on such valuations; or

     (ii) if it is not evident, from the methodology adopted by the City of
          Waltham in determining such valuations or from abatement proceedings
          or otherwise, that such valuations are based on an income method of
          valuation, and Landlord, Tenant or, to the extent complementary
          provisions are included in the Ground Lease, the ground lessee (on its
          own behalf or on behalf of any of its occupancy tenants) determines,
          in good faith, that Tenant or such ground lessee is paying a share of
          the real estate taxes attributable to the Parking Facility on a basis
          that is inconsistent with the agreements herein set forth or that
          reflects an inappropriately high or low valuation for the Parking
          Facility, Landlord, Tenant or such ground lessee shall have the right
          to submit the matter to Arbitration in accordance with Article 20
          hereof. Pending the outcome of any Arbitration, Tenant shall pay such
          amounts as Landlord in its good faith determines Tenant is obligated
          to pay hereunder subject to refund, as appropriate, once a final
          determination issues.

     If Tenant in the exercise of its reasonable judgment believes that Taxes
are excessive and should be abated, Tenant shall have the right to seek an
abatement of the Taxes.  Since Landlord also has the right to seek an abatement,
Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, shall use reasonable diligence in
pursuing any such abatement, including any settlement thereof; provided,
however, (a) Landlord and Tenant agree to consult with the other prior to
commencing any such abatement; and (b) neither Landlord nor Tenant shall settle
or discontinue prosecution of any such abatement without the approval of the
other, which may be given or withheld in the other's reasonable discretion, but
if such approval is not given, the party seeking such approval shall have the
right to substitute the other party in such proceeding, provided further,
however, that if Tenant wants to settle and Landlord declines, Taxes for the
subject year payable by Tenant hereunder shall not exceed the amount that could
have been payable had such settlement been effected.

     Section 4.4   Parking Facility.  Landlord will make available to Tenant,
on a non-reserved basis, 3.3 parking spaces in the Parking Facility for each
1,000 square feet of Rentable Area of the Premises.  The Parking Facility shall
be provided without charge to Tenant, Tenant's employees and Tenant's invitees
for the use of the Parking Facility, but all costs of operating, maintaining and
repairing said Parking Facility, to the extent reasonably allocable to the
Premises, shall be an Operating Cost.  Landlord and Tenant shall cooperate to
establish reasonable control mechanisms to ensure that such parking spaces are
in fact available to Tenant and that such parking spaces as are

                                       24
<PAGE>
 
to be available in the Parking Facility to the ground lessee, occupancy tenants
and their invitees of 40 Second Avenue are in fact available to them.

      Section 4.5  Right to Audit.  Tenant and its employees, accountants and
consultants, subject to the limitations below, shall have the right, from time
to time (but not more than once each calendar year during the Term), upon
reasonable prior notice, during customary business hours, at its sole cost, and
at Landlord's (or Landlord's property manager's) offices, to examine Landlord's
books and records relating to Operating Costs; provided, any such examination or
audit shall be conducted by employees of Tenant, a nationally or regionally
recognized firm of independent certified public accountants or consultants
retained by Tenant for this purpose, provided that such accountants or
consultants are billing for such services at their normal hourly rates and are
not compensated in whole or in part on a contingent basis, and shall not cover
more than the lesser of (i) the preceding twenty-four month period, or (ii) the
period not previously audited by Tenant (except, however, if Tenant's audit
confirms that Landlord has fraudulently and consistently overcharged Tenant,
such audit may look back for up to four years).  The results of any such audit
shall be kept confidential by Landlord and Tenant, except in the event of any
legal proceeding between Landlord and Tenant.

                                   ARTICLE 5
                           MAINTENANCE AND SERVICES

      Section 5.1   Services Provided by Landlord.  During the Term, Landlord
will operate, maintain and repair the Premises (except for any such operation,
maintenance or repair which is expressly the obligation of Tenant pursuant to
this Lease) in compliance with all applicable Laws and according to those
standards from time to time prevailing for comparable buildings in the area in
which the Premises are located.  Landlord will provide the following services
according to such standards, the costs of which will be included in Operating
Costs to the extent provided in the definition thereof in Section 4.2 (and the
services described in Sections 5.1(b), (c), (d) and (e) below will be available
up to 24 hours per day, seven days per week, excluding Holidays):

     (a)  Landlord's Maintenance Responsibilities.  Landlord shall maintain in
          ---------------------------------------                             
          good repair and condition, all parts of the Common Area, the exterior
          of the Building and all structural elements of the Building, including
          footings, foundation, exterior walls, exterior windows, elevators,
          heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment, plumbing and
          other major Building systems and roof, but Landlord shall not be
          obligated to replace any equipment which is repairable. "Common Area"
          shall refer to all areas within the outer limits of the Land other
          than the Premises and any other commercial areas intended for renting
          as the same shall exist from time to time, and roads within the outer
          property limits while maintained by any public authority and shall
          include Parking Facility. The Common Area and/or the Building may be
          expanded, contracted or changed by Landlord from time to time as
          deemed desirable by Landlord in its sole discretion; provided, such
          changes shall not materially impair the utility of the Common Area to
          Tenant in connection with Tenant's use of the Premises for the conduct
          of Tenant's intended use of the Premises. With respect to the Common
          Area, Landlord shall regularly mow any grass, remove weeds and

                                       25
<PAGE>
 
          perform general landscape maintenance, and maintain and repair the
          Parking Facility and driveway areas, keeping the same free from an
          unreasonable accumulation of ice and snow. Tenant shall immediately
          give Landlord written notice of any defect or need for such repairs,
          and after receipt of such written notice from Tenant, Landlord shall
          have a reasonable opportunity to repair the same or cure such defect.
          The term "walls", as used in this Section 5.1, shall not include
          Tenant's signage.

     (b)  Electrical Energy.  Six and one-half watts of electrical energy per
          -----------------                                                  
          rentable square foot of the Premises as described in Paragraph 6 of
          Exhibit B, including lighting the Premises and operating Planned
          ---------   
          Office Equipment (as used in this Lease, "Planned Office Equipment"
          means those items of office equipment that the Base Building
          mechanical, electrical and other systems are designed to accommodate
          pursuant to the Base Building Plans). Tenant will not install in the
          Premises any equipment which requires electrical energy or any
          electrical circuits in excess of the energy or circuits available for
          Planned Office Equipment without Landlord's written consent, which
          consent Landlord will not unreasonably withhold. Tenant will pay all
          costs of installing facilities necessary to furnish such excess
          electrical energy for such equipment and for such increased electrical
          energy usage.

     (c)  Heating and Air Conditioning.  Heating, ventilating and air
          ----------------------------                               
          conditioning the Premises at such times and at such temperatures as
          described in Paragraph 5 of Exhibit B. If Tenant installs any
                                      ---------
          machines, equipment or devices in the Premises that do not constitute
          Planned Office Equipment and such machines, equipment or devices cause
          the temperature in any part of the Premises to exceed the temperature
          the Building's mechanical system would be able to maintain in the
          Premises were it not for such machines, equipment or devices, then
          Tenant shall have the right to install supplementary air conditioning
          units to service the Premises. Tenant will pay all costs of
          installing, operating and maintaining such supplementary units (or
          such other air conditioning units and/or air handling equipment
          installed by Tenant); provided, the nature, location and means of
          installing any such equipment shall be subject to Landlord's prior
          written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

     (d)  Water.  Hot and cold water from the regular Building outlets for
          -----                                                           
          lavatory and restrooms and for drinking purposes including, without
          limitation, the servicing of all lunch rooms, showers and all related
          purposes.  Tenant will not waste water.

     (e)  Access; Passenger Elevator Service.  Access to the Premises and non-
          ----------------------------------                                 
          attended passenger elevator service. Tenant may use only the freight
          elevators, loading docks and entryways Landlord designates for
          loading, unloading, receiving and delivering goods and supplies and
          for disposing garbage or refuse, but such freight elevators, loading
          docks and entryways shall be available for Tenant's use 24 hours per
          day, seven days a week, excluding Holidays. The loading docks are also
          available to 40 Second Avenue on a non-discriminatory basis.

                                       26
<PAGE>
 
     (f) Janitorial.  Reasonable janitorial and cleaning services Monday through
         ----------                                                             
         Friday (except Holidays) after normal business hours in accordance with
         the standards set forth on Exhibit D attached hereto, provided that the
                                    ---------
         Premises are used exclusively for office purposes and are kept
         reasonably in order by Tenant. If the Premises are not used exclusively
         as offices, or if the Tenant elects and Landlord consents, the Premises
         shall be kept clean and in order by Tenant, at Tenant's expense, to the
         satisfaction of Landlord and by persons approved by Landlord; and, in
         all events, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of removal of
         Tenant's refuse and rubbish.

     (g) Damages Caused by Tenant. Tenant shall be responsible for all repairs
         ------------------------                                             
         and replacements to the Premises occasioned by any willful or negligent
         act or omission by Tenant, its agents, administrators and employees or
         by any breach of Tenant's obligations hereunder, except for repairs and
         replacements and losses of such a nature which are required to be
         insured against by Landlord in accordance with Section 7.1(a) through
         (f).

     Section 5.2   Tenant's Maintenance Responsibilities.  Tenant shall, at its
own cost and expense, keep and maintain all parts of the Premises in good repair
and condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted, except those portions that
Landlord is obligated to maintain pursuant to Section 5.1, and shall promptly
make all necessary repairs and replacements to such portions of the Premises,
including, but not limited to, any special entry, interior walls and finish
work, floors and floor coverings, and walls and wall coverings.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing, Tenant shall not be obligated to repair any damage caused by (i)
fire, tornado or other casualty or occurrence to the extent that such damage is
covered by the insurance maintained by Landlord, or (ii) Landlord's failure to
fulfill its maintenance obligations under this Lease.  Tenant shall obtain and
maintain all licenses and permits necessary for the operation of the business
and the use of the Premises by Tenant, except for such licenses and permits
applicable to any general office use, and Tenant's use of the Premises shall be
in compliance with all Laws.

     Section 5.3   Inspection.  Landlord and Landlord's agents and
representatives shall have the right to enter and inspect the Premises at any
reasonable time, after reasonable prior notice (except in the case of
emergency), for the purpose of ascertaining the condition of the Premises, to
make such repairs as may be required or permitted to be made by Landlord under
the terms of this Lease or for any other reasonable purpose, but nothing
contained herein shall be construed as imposing any obligation on Landlord to
make any repairs, alterations or improvements which are Tenant's obligation.
Landlord shall make all reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with
Tenant's use and enjoyment of the Premises which might result from Landlord's
exercise of any rights in this Lease to enter or work in the Premises.

     Section 5.4   Utilities.  Tenant shall contract for in its own name and
directly pay the provider of all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone,
sewer and sprinkler charges and other utilities and services provided to  the
Premises, together with any taxes, penalties, surcharges or the like pertaining
thereto.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that such services are not
separately metered, Tenant's responsibility therefore shall be reasonably
estimated by Landlord and

                                       27
<PAGE>
 
payable to Landlord, from time to time, upon Landlord's delivery of a statement
therefore and as Additional Rent hereunder.

      Section 5.5   Interruption of Services.  Except as provided in Article 10
with respect to a casualty or Article 11 with respect to a taking by power of
eminent domain, in the event of any interruption or failure of utility service
or other service required to be furnished by Landlord pursuant to this Article
5, or any  occurrence which poses a legitimate threat to the health or safety of
persons occupying the Premises or otherwise renders the Premises untenantable,
the following provisions shall be applicable: (a) in the event that such
interruption, failure or occurrence continues for a period of in excess of five
consecutive business days, a material portion of the Premises is rendered
untenantable as a result of such interruption, failure or occurrence, and the
repair of the cause of such interruption, failure or occurrence is a matter
within Landlord's reasonable control, then, as Tenant's sole remedy at law or in
equity in connection therewith, Tenant's obligation to pay Rent shall be
equitably abated during the period of such interruption, failure or occurrence;
(b) in the event that such interruption, failure or occurrence continues for a
period of in excess of fifteen consecutive business days and a material portion
of the Premises is rendered untenantable as a result of such interruption,
failure or occurrence, regardless of whether the repair of the cause of such
interruption, failure or occurrence  is a matter within Landlord's reasonable
control, Tenant's obligation to pay Rent shall, as Tenant's sole remedy at law
or in equity in connection therewith, be equitably abated during the period of
such failure or interruption; and (c) in the event that such interruption,
failure or occurrence continues for a period in excess of ninety consecutive
business days and 50% or more of the Premises is rendered untenantable as a
result of such interruption, failure or occurrence, regardless of whether the
repair of the cause of such interruption is a matter within Landlord's
reasonable control, Tenant may, as Tenant's sole remedy at law or in equity in
connection therewith (other than the abatement provided in (a) or (b) above, as
applicable), elect to terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Landlord
at any time prior to the restoration of such services or cure of such
occurrence.

                                   ARTICLE 6
                         ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS

      Section 6.1   Procedures for Tenant's Improvements.  Tenant may make any
improvements, alterations, additions or installations in or to the Premises
("Alteration"), except that, without Landlord's prior written consent, which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, Tenant shall not perform
any Alteration which:

      (a)  alters any internal partitions unless Tenant makes all changes to the
           sprinkler, HVAC, lighting, plumbing and security systems necessitated
           thereby;

      (b)  affects any structural component of the Building;

      (c)  has a total cost of $25,000.00 or more as to any Alteration and not
           more than $100,000.00 in the aggregate for all Alterations in any
           calendar year;

      (d)  results in any penetration of the roof membrane.

                                       28
<PAGE>
 
     Along with any request for Landlord's consent and before commencing any
Alteration whether or not requiring Landlord's consent, or delivering or causing
to be delivered to the Premises any materials to be used in connection with the
Alteration, whether or not requiring Landlord's consent, Tenant will provide
Landlord with plans and specifications for the Alteration, the names and
addresses of all contractors and material persons contributing to the
Alteration, copies of all contracts, permits and licenses relating to the
Alteration.  Prior to commencement of any such Alteration, Tenant will deliver
to Landlord certificates issued by insurance companies qualified to do business
in Massachusetts evidencing that workman's compensation, public liability
insurance and builder's risk property insurance (all in amounts, with companies
and on forms reasonably satisfactory to Landlord) are in force and effect and
maintained by all contractors and subcontractors engaged by Tenant to perform
such Alteration.  Tenant agrees to defend and hold Landlord forever harmless
from any and all claims and liabilities of any kind and description which may
arise out of or be connected in any way with any such Alteration.   All
Alterations will be done only by contractors or mechanics reasonably approved by
Landlord.  All Alterations will be performed in such a manner as to avoid labor
disputes and to avoid materially interfering with Landlord's operation of the
Premises.  Tenant will pay the cost of all such Alterations (including a
reasonable charge for Landlord's services and for Landlord's inspection and
engineering time if Landlord reasonably concludes such Alterations will affect
the Building systems, Building structural components or the roof, but no such
charges are payable by Tenant in connection with the Leasehold Improvements to
be installed by Landlord pursuant to the Work Letter), and also the cost of
painting, restoring, or repairing the Premises occasioned by such Alterations.
Upon completing the Alteration, Tenant will furnish Landlord with contractor's
affidavits or unconditional lien releases and full and final waivers of liens,
and receipted bills covering all labor and materials expended and used in
connection with such Alteration.  All Alterations will comply with all insurance
requirements and all Laws and will be constructed in a good and workmanlike
manner.  Tenant will permit Landlord to inspect construction operations in
connection with the Alterations from time to time in Landlord's discretion.

     Section 6.2   Freedom From Liens.  Tenant will keep the Premises free from
any liens arising out of any work performed, material furnished or obligations
incurred by Tenant, and will indemnify Landlord against and protect, defend and
hold Landlord harmless from any liens and encumbrances arising out of any work
performed or material furnished by or at the discretion of Tenant.  In the event
that any such lien is recorded and Tenant shall release such lien of record
within 20 days after the date Tenant has notice of the lien by paying the full
amount of the lien or by posting a bond in an amount equal to the lien.  If
Tenant shall fail to do so, Landlord will have, in addition to all other
remedies provided herein and at law or equity, the right, but not the
obligation, to cause the same to be released by such means as Landlord deems
proper, including paying and/or defending against the claim giving rise to such
lien.  Tenant will pay to Landlord on demand (if such demand is accompanied by
reasonable supporting documentation) and as Additional Rent, any costs Landlord
incurs in connection therewith, including attorneys' fees and costs, together
with interest at the Interest Rate accruing from the date Landlord paid or
incurred such cost(s) until the date Tenant reimburses Landlord for the same.

     Section 6.3   Alterations are Part of the Premises.  Any Alterations of
the Premises (but excluding Tenant's trade fixtures and personal property) will
become at once a part of the Premises 

                                       29
<PAGE>
 
and belong to Landlord without compensation to Tenant. Tenant shall reimburse
Landlord for the cost of removal of all Alterations which, in Landlord's
reasonable judgment, must be removed at the end of the Term in order to permit
subsequent occupancy and are structural in nature or are unusually expensive to
remove, such as interior stairwells or computer flooring and which Landlord
actually removes, provided that, (i) if any such Alteration required Landlord's
consent, Landlord has conditioned its consent to such Alteration upon removal at
the end of the Term, and (ii) Tenant shall not be required to reimburse Landlord
for the cost of removal of the ornamental interior stairway to be included as
part of the initial Leasehold Improvements or, if Tenant elects to install an
additional fire stairway in the location specified in the Base Building Plans,
for the cost of removal of such fire stairs. Tenant shall have no obligation to
reimburse Landlord for the cost of removal of any Alterations except in
accordance with the preceding sentence, but Tenant shall have the right to
remove, prior to the end of the Term, any specialty fixtures installed by
Tenant, such as an emergency generator, supplemental air conditioning units, and
signage, but not including any fixtures or equipment installed by Landlord in
the Cafeteria Space or the Fitness Center as part of the Base Building. The
costs to be borne by Tenant with respect to any removals required or permitted
by this Section 6.3 shall include the cost to repair all damage remaining after
such removals so as to restore the Premises to a condition consistent with the
balance of the Premises, in accordance with all applicable Laws.

                                   ARTICLE 7
                                   INSURANCE

      Section 7.1   Landlord's Insurance.  During the Term, Landlord will
provide and keep in force the following insurance, the costs of which will be
included in Operating Costs:

      (a)  bodily injury and property damage liability insurance relating to
           Landlord's operation of the Premises with a combined single
           occurrence limit of not less than $5,000,000; such insurance will be
           on a commercial general liability form including, without limitation,
           personal injury and assumed contractual liability for the performance
           by Landlord of the indemnity agreements set forth in Section 7.5;
           such liability insurance will include cross liability and
           severability of interests clauses or endorsements; unless otherwise
           approved in writing by Tenant, such policy will have a no deductible
           and will not have a retention or self-insurance provision;

      (b)  all risk property insurance (including fire and standard extended
           coverage perils, leakage from fire protective devices and other water
           damage, vandalism and malicious mischief to the Building and the
           Leasehold Improvements) covering loss or damage to the Improvements
           (including the Base Building, the Leasehold Improvements, and any
           Alterations, but excluding Tenant's fixtures, furnishings, equipment,
           personal property, documents, files and work products) on a full
           replacement cost basis, excluding excavations, footings and
           foundations, and with a deductible not in excess of $50,000 unless
           otherwise approved by Tenant (upon the occurrence of any casualty,
           the amount expended by Landlord to satisfy such deductible will be
           included in Operating Expenses);

                                       30
<PAGE>
 
     (c)  loss of rental income insurance in the amount of not less than one
          year's Base Rent and Additional Rent for Taxes and Operating Expenses;

     (d)  if any boiler or machinery is operated in the Premises and owned by
          Landlord, boiler and machinery insurance;

     (e)  workers' compensation insurance insuring against and satisfying
          Landlord's obligations and liabilities under the workers' compensation
          laws of the State of Massachusetts;

     (f)  if Landlord operates owned, hired or nonowned vehicles on the
          Premises, comprehensive automobile liability will be carried at a
          limit of liability not less than $1,000,000 combined bodily injury and
          property damage; and

     (g)  such other insurance as is then maintained by prudent owners of
          buildings similar to the Building and that Landlord reasonably elects
          to obtain or any Building mortgagee requires.

Insurance effected by Landlord under Sections 7.1(b), (c) and (d) will permit
the release of Tenant from certain liability under Section 7.4.

     Section 7.2   Tenant's Insurance.  After Tenant commences fixturing
pursuant to Section 3.2(a) and during the Term, Tenant will provide and keep in
force the following insurance:

     (a)  bodily injury and property damage liability insurance relating to
          Tenant's business (carried on, in or from the Premises) and Tenant's
          use and occupancy, with a combined single occurrence limit of not less
          than $5,000,000; such insurance will be on a commercial general
          liability form including, without limitation, personal injury and
          assumed contractual liability for the performance by Tenant of the
          indemnity agreements set forth in Section 7.6; Landlord and its
          mortgagee and any property manager designated by Landlord will be
          named as additional insureds in the policy providing such liability
          insurance, which will include cross liability and severability of
          interests clauses or endorsements; unless otherwise approved in
          writing by Landlord, such policy will have no deductible and will not
          have a retention or self-insurance provision;

     (b)  all risk property insurance (including fire and standard extended
          coverage periods, leakage from fire protective devices and other water
          damage) covering loss or damage to Tenant's fixtures, furnishings,
          equipment, personal property, documents, files and work products in
          the Premises on a full replacement cost basis in amounts sufficient to
          prevent Tenant from becoming a coinsurer and with a deductible of
          $5,000 or less;

     (c)  if any boiler or machinery is operated in the Premises and owned by
          Tenant, boiler and machinery insurance;

                                       31
<PAGE>
 
     (d)  workers' compensation insurance insuring against and satisfying
          Tenant's obligations and liabilities under the workers' compensation
          laws of the State of Massachusetts; and

     (e)  if Tenant operates owned, hired or nonowned vehicles on the Premises,
          comprehensive automobile liability will be carried at a limit of
          liability not less than $1,000,000 combined bodily injury and property
          damage.

Insurance effected by Tenant under Sections 7.2(b) and (c) will permit the
release of Landlord from certain liability under Section 7.4.

     Section 7.3   General Insurance Requirements.  All insurance required to
be maintained by Landlord or Tenant pursuant to Sections 7.1 and 7.2 will be
maintained with insurers licensed to do business in the State of Massachusetts
and carrying a rating of A-:X or better according to the latest A.M. Bests
Insurance Reports.  Landlord and Tenant will file with the other, on or before
the earlier of the Commencement Date or the Rent Commencement Date and at least
10 days before the expiration date of expiring policies, certificates of
insurance evidencing the required coverage under Sections 7.1 and 7.2.  If no
objection is made within ten days after receipt of such insurance certificates,
the insurance provided by such certificates shall be deemed to have satisfied
the requirements hereunder regarding the maintenance of insurance.  Such
certificates will indicate that the insurer(s) have agreed to give the other
party at least 30 days notice prior to any cancellation of, or material
modification to, the required coverage.  Landlord and Tenant will cooperate with
each other in the collection of any insurance proceeds which may be payable in
the event of any loss, including the execution and delivery of any proof of loss
or other actions required to effect recovery. All commercial general liability
and property policies required to be maintained by either party hereunder will
be written as primary policies, not contributing with and not supplemental to
any coverage that the other party may carry.

     Section 7.4   Waivers.  Except to the extent caused by the willful or
negligent act or omission or breach of this Lease by Landlord or anyone for whom
Landlord is legally responsible, Landlord and its Affiliates will not be liable
or in any way responsible for, and Tenant waives all claims against Landlord and
its Affiliates for, any loss, injury or damage suffered by Tenant or others
relating to (a) loss or theft of, or damage to, property of Tenant or others;
(b) injury or damage to persons or property resulting from fire, explosion,
falling plaster, escaping steam or gas, electricity, water, rain or snow, or
leaks from any part of the Improvements or from any pipes, appliances or
plumbing, or from dampness; or (c) damage caused by persons on or about the
Premises, or caused by the public or by construction of any private or public
work.  Landlord and its Affiliates will not be liable or in any way responsible
to Tenant for, and Tenant waives all claims against Landlord and its Affiliates
for, any loss, injury or damage that is insured or required to be insured by
Tenant under Sections 7.2(b) or (c), and for purposes of such waiver   Tenant
will be deemed to be "required to insure" the amount of any deductible permitted
by, or the amount self-insured by Tenant pursuant to, such sections.  Tenant and
its Affiliates will not be liable or in any way responsible to Landlord for, and
Landlord waives all claims against Tenant and its Affiliates for, any loss,
injury or damage that is required to be insured against by Landlord in
accordance with Sections 7.1(b), (c) or (d).

                                       32
<PAGE>
 
      Section 7.5   Landlord's Indemnification.  Subject to Section 7.4 and
except to the extent caused by the willful or negligent act or omission or
breach of this Lease by Tenant or anyone for whom Tenant is legally responsible,
Landlord will indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all
liability, loss, claims, demands, damages or expenses (including reasonable
attorneys' fees) due to or arising out of any willful or negligent act or
omission or breach of this Lease by Landlord or anyone for whom Landlord is
legally responsible.  Landlord's obligations under this Section 7.5 will survive
the expiration or early termination of the Term.

      Section 7.6   Tenant's Indemnification.  Subject to Section 7.4 and except
to the extent caused by the willful or negligent act or omission or breach of
this Lease by Landlord or anyone for whom Landlord is legally responsible,
Tenant will indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all
liability, loss, claims, demands, damages or expenses (including reasonable
attorneys' fees) due to or arising out of any accident or occurrence on or about
the Premises during the Term (including, without limitation, accidents or
occurrences resulting in injury, death, property damage or theft) or any willful
or negligent act or omission of or breach of this Lease by Tenant or anyone for
whom Tenant is legally responsible.  Tenant's obligations under this Section 7.6
will survive the expiration or early termination of the Term.

                                   ARTICLE 8
                      CERTAIN RIGHTS RESERVED BY LANDLORD

      Section 8.1   Rights Reserved by Landlord.  Landlord reserves the
following rights, which rights Landlord may exercise subject to provisions of
Section 5.3 without liability to Tenant; without effecting an eviction,
constructive or actual, or a disturbance of Tenant's use or possession of the
Premises; and without giving rise to any claim for setoff or abatement of Rent:

      (a)  Make Repairs.  To repair the Premises or any part thereof, and to 
           ------------ 
           enter upon the Premises for such purposes. Landlord may temporarily
           close doors, entryways, public spaces, elevators and corridors in the
           Premises and interrupt or temporarily suspend services and facilities
           in connection with such work.

      (b)  Regulate Heavy Equipment.  To approve the weight, size and location
           ------------------------  
           of safes and other heavy equipment and articles in and about the
           Premises and the manner in which Tenant moves such heavy equipment
           and articles into and out of the Premises.

      (c)  Rules and Regulations.  To adopt reasonable rules and regulations
           ---------------------                                            
           governing Tenant's use of the Premises, the Common Areas and any
           enclosed walkways or Parking Facility attached or adjacent to the
           Building, provided that such rules and regulations will not conflict
           with the terms and conditions of this Lease.

      (d)  Landlord Control.  Landlord will have the right to close any portion
           ----------------                                                     
           of the Building or Land to the extent as may, in Landlord's
           reasonable opinion, be necessary to prevent a dedication thereof or
           the accrual of any rights to any person or the public therein.
           Landlord will at all times have full control, management and
           direction of the 

                                       33
<PAGE>
 
         Premises, subject to the rights of Tenant under this Lease. No implied
         easements are granted by this Lease.

      Section 8.2   Emergency Entry.  Subject to provisions of Section 5.3,
Landlord and its agents may enter the Premises at any time in case of emergency
and may use any and all means which Landlord may deem proper to open the doors
to the Premises during an emergency. Landlord's entry into the Premises in the
event of an emergency will not, under any circumstances, be construed or deemed
to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or detainer of, the Premises, or to be
an eviction of Tenant from the Premises or any portion thereof.

      Section 8.3   Exhibition of Premises.  Subject to provisions of Section
5.3, Tenant will permit Landlord and its agents to enter and pass through the
Premises or any part thereof at reasonable times during normal business hours
to: (a) post notices of nonresponsibility; (b) exhibit the Premises to
Landlord's mortgagees and lienholders and to prospective purchasers or
mortgagees of the Premises; and (c) during the period commencing eighteen months
prior to the expiration of the Term, exhibit the Premises to prospective tenants
of the Premises.


                                   ARTICLE 9
                           ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

      Section 9.1   Assignment and Subletting.  Tenant shall not have the right
to assign or pledge this Lease or to sublet the whole or any part of the
Premises, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or permit the use or
occupancy of the Premises by anyone other than Tenant, without the prior written
consent of Landlord.  Landlord's consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or
delayed beyond a period of fifteen days; provided, in addition to any other
grounds for denial, Landlord's consent shall be deemed reasonably withheld if,
in Landlord's good faith judgment: (i) the proposed assignee or subtenant does
not have the financial strength to perform its obligations under this Lease or
any proposed sublease, taking into account the fact that Tenant remains liable
for the obligations of such assignee or subtenant; (ii) the proposed assignee or
subtenant intends to use any part of the Premises for a purpose other than
general office uses, which term shall include offices  for use by medical
professionals and their staff, and offices for persons or entities whose primary
business consists of the delivery or administration of health services, except
that no portion of the Premises shall be used as a medical clinic, surgical
center, treatment facility, diagnostic center, radiology practice or other
facility where medical patients are diagnosed or treated by medical or health
care professionals, except as provided in Section 9.2; (iii) either the proposed
assignee or subtenant, or any person which directly or indirectly controls, is
controlled by, or is under common control with the proposed assignee or
subtenant, occupies space in the Building, or is negotiating with Landlord to
lease space in the Building; (iv) under applicable zoning the proposed use of
the Premises or the Building by the proposed assignee or subtenant would require
in excess of 3.3 parking spaces per 1000 square feet of Net Rentable Area of
such assigned or subleased space; or (v) the proposed assignee fails to execute
an assumption agreement with Landlord that is reasonable in form.
Notwithstanding any permitted assignment or subletting, Tenant shall at all
times remain directly, primarily and fully responsible and liable for the
payment of the Rent herein specified and for compliance with all of its other
obligations under the terms, 

                                       34
<PAGE>
 
provisions and covenants of this Lease throughout the Term. Upon the occurrence
of an Event of Default, if the Premises, or any part thereof, are then assigned
or sublet, Landlord, in addition to any other remedies herein provided or
provided by Law, may, at its option, collect directly from such assignee or
subtenant rents due and becoming due to Tenant under such assignment or sublease
and apply such rent against any sums due to Landlord from Tenant hereunder, and
no such collection shall be construed to constitute a novation or release of
Tenant from the further performance of Tenant's obligations hereunder.

     (a)  Notice to Landlord.  In the event Tenant desires to sublet the
          ------------------                                            
          Premises, or any portion thereof, or assign this Lease, Tenant shall
          give written notice thereof to Landlord at least thirty (30) days
          prior to the proposed commencement date of such subletting or
          assignment, which notice shall set forth the name of the proposed
          subtenant or assignee, all relevant terms of any sublease or
          assignment and copies of financial reports and other relevant
          information reasonably requested by Landlord concerning the proposed
          subtenant or assignee.

     (b)  Allocation of "Profits" and Expenses.  In the event Landlord consents
          ------------------------------------                                 
          to any assignment or subletting proposed by Tenant, all sums or other
          economic consideration received by Tenant in connection with such
          assignment or subletting, whether denominated as rent or otherwise,
          which exceeds, in the aggregate, the "Total Tenant Costs" shall be
          allocated between Landlord and Tenant as follows without affecting or
          reducing any other obligation of Tenant hereunder: (i) Tenant shall be
          entitled to retain the entirety of such excess until Tenant has
          recovered all Total Tenant Costs; (ii) Tenant shall be entitled to
          retain the entirety of such excess to the extent it accrues with
          respect to the period prior to the expiration of the fifth Lease Year
          of this Lease; and (iii) Landlord and Tenant shall each be entitled to
          50% of any such excess that accrues after the expiration of said fifth
          Lease Year.  If Tenant is receiving such sublease rents or rents from
          its assignee directly, Tenant shall pay to Landlord its share of such
          excess upon Tenant's receipt of such rents, from time to time, and as
          Additional Rent hereunder.  For purposes hereof, the phrase "Total
          Tenant Costs" shall be defined as the sum of the following: (i) the
          total amount of Rent, including all Operating Costs and all other
          items of Additional Rent, which Tenant is obligated to pay Landlord
          under this Lease (prorated to reflect obligations allocable to less
          than all of the Premises under a sublease), plus (ii) the "Tenant
          Transaction Costs."  For purposes hereof, the phrase "Tenant
          Transaction Costs" shall be defined as the aggregate reasonable and
          necessary costs incurred by Tenant in such assignment or subletting
          including, without limitation, broker's commissions, and costs of
          alterations and redecorating.  For purposes of calculating the Total
          Tenant Costs in determining the amount of any Additional Rent payable
          by Tenant under this paragraph during the term of any such assignment
          or subletting, no interest shall accrue on any portion of Total Tenant
          Costs.  The Additional Rent, if any, payable by Tenant under this
          paragraph shall be payable in monthly installments, or otherwise as
          the same becomes due, pursuant to the provisions of each respective
          assignment or sublease.  In addition, if Landlord grants its consent
          to any sublease or assignment, Tenant shall pay all of the attorney's
          fees

                                       35
<PAGE>
 
          of Landlord reasonably incurred with respect to such assignment
          or sublease.  If Tenant has any options to extend the term of this
          Lease, such options shall not be available to any subtenant or
          assignee, directly or indirectly.

     (c)  Recapture.  In addition to, but not in limitation of, Landlord's right
          ---------                                                             
          to approve any subtenant or assignee, Landlord shall have the option,
          in its sole discretion, (i) in the event of a proposed assignment of
          the Premises (other than as an assignment to an assignee permitted by
          Section 9.1), to recapture the lease and (ii) in the event of any
          proposed subletting which together with all other then effective
          sublettings of the Premises is in the aggregate more than 30% of the
          Premises (not including in such calculation of the Rentable Area so
          sublet the Rentable Area assigned or sublet to a transferee permitted
          by Section 9.1(d)), but less than the entire Premises and that is
          proposed to commence after the expiration of the fifth Lease Year, to
          recapture the portion of the Premises to be sublet, as of the date the
          subletting is to be effective. The option shall be exercised, if at
          all, by Landlord giving Tenant written notice thereof within thirty
          (30) days following Landlord's receipt of Tenant's written notice as
          required above.  If Landlord recaptures a portion of the Premises
          under this subparagraph, the parties shall cooperate in the execution
          and delivery of an amendment that is reasonable in form and that
          memorializes the occurrence and effect of such recapture.  Landlord
          shall not have the right pursuant to this subparagraph (c) to
          recapture any space with respect to which the applicable sublease
          commenced prior to the expiration of the fifth Lease Year, even though
          such sublease may continue by its terms after the expiration of such
          fifth Lease Year.

     (d)  Tenant's Affiliate Transfer.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision
          ---------------------------   
          of this Lease, Tenant may without the prior consent of Landlord, at
          any time assign or otherwise transfer this Lease or sublease any
          portion of the Premises to any parent, subsidiary or affiliate
          corporation or entity, or any corporation resulting from the
          consolidation or merger of Tenant into or with any other entity, or to
          any person, firm, entity or corporation acquiring a majority of
          Tenant's issued and outstanding capital stock or substantially all of
          Tenant's physical assets; provided, however, the following terms and
          conditions shall be applicable in connection with any such assignment
          or transfer: (a) the use of the Premises shall remain substantially
          unaffected; (b) the assignee shall assume in writing the terms and
          conditions set forth herein to be observed and performed by Tenant in
          an instrument to which Landlord is a party or is expressly designated
          as an intended third party beneficiary; and (c) no such merger or
          consolidation shall be completed by Tenant unless the successor entity
          formed thereby shall have a consolidated net worth at least equal to
          the consolidated net worth of Tenant according to Tenant's last annual
          audited financial statement. As used herein, the expression "affiliate
          corporation or entity" means a person or business entity, corporate or
          otherwise, that directly or indirectly through one or more
          intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common
          control with, another. The word "control" means the right and power to
          direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a
          person or business entity, corporate or otherwise, through ownership
          or voting securities or by contract. Nothing herein contained shall be
          construed as releasing Tenant from any of its liabilities or other
          obligations hereunder.

                                       36
<PAGE>
 
      Section 9.2   Massachusetts General Sublease.  Tenant acknowledges that
Landlord has an obligation to make up to 3,500 square feet of Rentable Area of
the Premises available to Massachusetts General Physicians Organization, Inc.
("MGP") pursuant to the terms of Exhibit F. Tenant hereby agrees to sublease a
portion of the Premises to MGP pursuant to a sublease (the "Sublease") in
accordance with the terms of Exhibit F, the terms of this Section 9.2, and, to
the extent not inconsistent with the terms of Exhibit F and this Section 9.2, on
substantially the same terms and conditions as the lease from Waltham 40 LLC to
MGP for space in the building at 40 Second Avenue (the "40 Second Avenue
Lease").

     The Sublease will be negotiated by Landlord with MGP and will be prepared
by Landlord's attorney, the cost of such attorney to be paid by Landlord.  Any
reasonable costs incurred by Tenant for its attorney to review such Sublease
shall be paid by Landlord.  The terms of the Sublease will be subject to
Tenant's approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

     Landlord and Tenant agree that MGP's premises in the Building under the
Sublease (the "Sublease Space") will be on the first floor of the Premises in a
suitable location designated by Tenant.

     The term of the Sublease, including all options to extend, shall be
coterminous with the term and extension options of the 40 Second Avenue Lease,
and the Sublease shall provide that: (i) MGP may exercise its options to extend
the term of the Sublease so long as it also extends the term of the 40 Second
Avenue Lease, and (ii) the term of the Sublease shall terminate upon the
expiration or sooner termination of the 40 Second Avenue Lease.

     The annual net rental payable by MGP under the Sublease will be $22.00 per
rentable square foot net during the initial term of the Sublease.  In the event
that MGP extends the Sublease, Tenant will not be obliged to pay Landlord as
rent for the Sublease Space, during any extension term of the Sublease, any more
money than is received by Tenant as rent under the MGP Sublease.

     Landlord will construct the Sublease Space in accordance with the terms of
the Sublease. Landlord will provide to MGP a buildout allowance of $23.00 per
rentable square foot for the Sublease Space and the amount provided by Landlord
to MGP will reduce the Leasehold Improvements Allowance provided by Landlord to
Tenant under Exhibit C of this Lease.  Tenant will not be obligated to
contribute to the buildout for MGP.

     In the event that Associated Radiologists of Boston, Inc. ("ARB") or its
assignee shall terminate its lease in the building at 40 Second Avenue (the "ARB
Lease"), or if the ARB Lease is terminated for any reason, or if the ARB Lease
is amended or modified in such a manner that the owner of the building at 40
Second Avenue shall no longer be precluded by the ARB Lease from leasing of any
other space in the building at 40 Second Avenue for the operation of a radiology
practice, then Landlord will use reasonable efforts to relocate MGP to the
building at 40 Second Avenue, provided that Landlord shall have no obligation to
so relocate MGP if the cost to Landlord

                                       37
<PAGE>
 
of such relocation will exceed $50,000. Tenant agrees that the Sublease shall
not obligate MGP to relocate to the 40 Second Avenue Building and agrees that
Landlord shall have no further obligation or liability if MGP does not agree to
a relocation.

     At such time as MGP shall surrender the Sublease Space, Tenant agrees to
accept the Sublease Space in its then "as is condition" subject to the
obligation of MGP to surrender such space in accordance with the terms of the
Sublease, and provided that, in any event, Landlord will cause to be removed any
special conditions or equipment associated with the use of the Sublease Space
for a radiology practice.

     Landlord will cause Waltham 40 LLC, the landlord of the building at 40
Second Avenue, to agree to be bound by the terms of this Section 9.2.

                                  ARTICLE 10
                       DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY

      Section 10.1  Termination Options.  If the Premises are damaged by fire or
other casualty, Landlord will, within 30 days of the date of such damage, notify
Tenant in writing of the time necessary to repair or restore such damage, as
estimated by Landlord's architect, engineer or contractor.  If (i) such damage
occurs during the 12-month period that ends on the last day of the initial Term,
if Tenant has not exercised its Extension Option, or during the last twelve
months of the Extension Term, if Tenant has exercised its Extension Option, and
if such estimate states that repair or restoration of all of such damage that
was caused to the Premises cannot be completed within 180 days from the date of
such repair or restoration is commenced, or (ii) the loss is of a nature which
Landlord is not required by this Lease to insure against, then both Tenant and
Landlord will have, as their respective sole remedies in connection with such
condition, the option to terminate this Lease.  If such damage is of a nature
which is not required to be insured against by Landlord in accordance with
Section 7.1(a) through (f) and if the cost to repair such damage is determined
to be in excess of $500,000.00 then Landlord will have the option to terminate
this Lease.  Any option to terminate granted above must be exercised by written
notice to the other party given within 10 days after Landlord delivers to Tenant
the notice of estimated repair time.  If either party exercises its option to
terminate this Lease, the Term will expire and this Lease will terminate 10 days
after notice of termination is delivered; provided, however, that Rent for the
period commencing on the date of such damage until the date this Lease
terminates will be reduced to the reasonable value of any use or occupation of
the Premises by Tenant during such period.

      Section 10.2  Repair Obligations.  If the Premises are damaged by fire or
other casualty and neither party terminates this Lease according to Section
10.1, then Landlord will repair and restore such damage with reasonable
promptness, subject to delays for insurance adjustments and delays caused by
matters beyond Landlord's control.  Landlord will have no liability to Tenant
and Tenant will not be entitled to terminate this lease if such repairs and
restoration are not in fact completed within the estimated time period, provided
that Landlord promptly commences and diligently pursues such repairs and
restoration to completion; provided, however, that if Landlord fails to complete
such repairs and restoration within 270 days (which period shall not be extended
by any Permitted Delays) from the date of the casualty, Tenant's sole remedy
shall be to terminate this Lease by notice to Landlord given prior to such
completion.  In no event will Landlord be 

                                       38
<PAGE>
 
obligated to repair, restore or replace any of the property by reason of any
damage which is of a nature which is required to be insured against by Tenant in
accordance with Section 7.2.

      Section 10.3  Rent Abatement.  If any fire or casualty damage renders the
Premises untenantable and if this Lease is not terminated according to Section
10.1, then Rent will abate beginning on the date of such damage.  Such abatement
will end on the date Landlord has substantially completed the repairs and
restoration Landlord is required to perform according to Section 10.2.  Such
abatement will be in an amount bearing the same ratio to the total amount of
Rent for such period as the untenantable portion of the Premises bears to the
entire Premises.  In no event will Landlord be liable for any inconvenience or
annoyance to Tenant or injury to the business of Tenant resulting in any way
from damage; provided, however, that, to the extent Tenant remains in possession
of a portion of the Premises, Landlord will take all reasonable steps to
minimize the disruption to Tenant's business and use of such portion of the
Premises during the period of repair.

                                  ARTICLE 11
                                EMINENT DOMAIN

      Section 11.1  Termination.  If the whole of the Premises is taken by any
public authority under the power of eminent domain, this Lease will terminate as
of the day possession is taken by such public authority.  If more than 15% of
the Rentable Area of the Building is taken, or if so much of the Land is taken
that Tenant is permanently deprived of the use of more than 25% of the Parking
Facility previously available on the Land (and such spaces cannot be
reconstructed on the remaining Land or any adjacent land acquired by Landlord
for that purpose within 90 days after Tenant is so deprived of such use), by any
public authority under the power of eminent domain, then Tenant may, by notice
to Landlord, terminate this Lease as of the day possession is taken by such
public authority.  In case of any such termination, Landlord will make a pro
rata refund of any prepaid Rent.

      Section 11.2  Award; Restoration.  All damages awarded for such taking
under the power of eminent domain or any like proceedings will belong to and be
the property of Landlord.  Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord its interest, if
any, in such award, except that Tenant will have the right to prove in any
condemnation proceedings and to receive any award which may be made for
relocation benefits and moving expenses.  Anything in this Article 11 to the
contrary notwithstanding, in the event of a partial condemnation of the Premises
where this Lease is not terminated, (i) Landlord will, at its sole cost and
expense, restore the Premises (other than any alterations or improvements
installed by Tenant) to a complete architectural unit (but Landlord's
restoration obligations will be limited to restoration and repair of the Base
Building and Leasehold Improvements and Landlord will not be obligated to
commence any restoration if the cost of such restoration is in excess of the
condemnation award available to Landlord), and (ii) the Base Rent provided for
herein during the period from and after the date of delivery of possession
pursuant to such proceedings to the termination of this Lease will be reduced to
a sum equal to the product of the Base Rent provided for herein multiplied by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the fair market rent of the Premises after
such taking and after the same has been restored to a complete architectural
unit, and the denominator of which is the fair market rent of the Premises prior
to such taking.

                                       39
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE 12
                             SURRENDER OF PREMISES

      Section 12.1  Surrender of Possession.  On the last day of the Term, or on
the earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant will peaceably surrender the
Premises in good order, condition and repair consistent with Tenant's duty to
make repairs as provided in this Lease.  On or before the last day of the Term,
or on the earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant will, at its sole cost and
expense, remove all of its property and trade fixtures and equipment from the
Premises and patch any holes in the walls, floor or ceiling that remain as a
consequence of such removal.  Subject to Section 6.3, all alterations, additions
and fixtures, other than Tenant's trade fixtures and equipment which have been
made or installed by either Landlord or Tenant upon the Premises, will remain
the property of Landlord and will be surrendered with the Premises as a part
thereof.  Upon the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease,
Tenant will promptly surrender all keys for the Premises to Landlord at the
place then fixed for the payment of Rent and will provide Landlord with
combinations to any vaults, locks and safes left on the Premises.

      Section 12.2  Holding Over.  Tenant will, at the expiration or earlier
termination of this Lease, yield up immediate possession of the Premises to
Landlord.  If Tenant retains possession of the Premises, or any part thereof
after such termination, then Landlord may, at its option, serve written notice
upon Tenant that such holding over constitutes the creation of a month to month
tenancy upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease; provided,
however, that the monthly Base Rent shall, in addition to all other sums which
are to be paid by Tenant hereunder, whether or not as Additional Rent, be equal
to 150% of the Base Rent being paid monthly to Landlord under this Lease
immediately prior to such termination.

                                  ARTICLE 13
                                QUIET ENJOYMENT

      Section 13.1  Quiet Enjoyment.  Landlord represents and warrants that it
has full right and authority to enter into this Lease and that Tenant, while
paying the rental and performing its other covenants and agreements herein set
forth, shall peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises for the
Term without hindrance or molestation from Landlord or any person or entity
claiming by, through, or under Landlord, subject to the terms and provisions of
this Lease.

                                  ARTICLE 14
                              DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

      Section 14.1  Events of Default.  The following events shall be deemed to
be events of default by Tenant under this Lease (individually, an "Event of
Default" and collectively, "Events of Default"):

     (a) Base Rent and Operating Costs.  Tenant shall fail to pay any monthly
         -----------------------------                                       
     installment of Base Rent or Operating Costs when due, and such failure
     shall continue for a period of five (5) days after notice from Landlord;
     provided, if Tenant is late in the payment of any such monthly installment
     more than three times during the Term, thereafter Landlord may require
     Tenant to pay such monthly installments via wire transfer;

                                       40
<PAGE>
 
     (b) Other Monetary Defaults.  Tenant shall fail to pay any Rent, other than
         -----------------------                                                
     a monthly installment of Base Rent or Operating Costs, on or before the
     first day of the next calendar month after the month in which Tenant
     receives notice of such other Rent, if Tenant receives such notice on or
     before the tenth day of the calendar month, or on or before the first day
     of the second calendar month after the month in which Tenant receives such
     notice if Tenant receives such notice after the tenth day of the month;

     (c) Liens.  Tenant shall fail to discharge any lien placed upon the
         -----                                                          
     Premises in violation of Section 6.2 within (20) days after Tenant receives
     notice that any such lien or encumbrance is filed against the Premises; or

     (d) Other Breach.  Tenant shall fail to comply with any term, provision or
         ------------                                                          
     covenant of this Lease (other than the foregoing in this Article 14), and
     shall not cure such failure within thirty (30) days after notice; provided,
     in the event such default cannot reasonably be cured within such thirty
     (30) day period, an Event of Default shall not be deemed to have occurred
     so long as Tenant commences an effective cure within said thirty (30) day
     period and prosecutes such cure diligently to completion.

      Section 14.2  Remedies.  Upon the occurrence of any of such Events of
Default, Landlord, at its option, shall have one or more of the following
described remedies:

     (a) Termination.  Landlord may terminate this Lease and Landlord may, at
         -----------                                                         
     Landlord's option, enter into the Premises, remove Tenant's signs and other
     evidences of tenancy, and take and hold possession thereof, without such
     termination, entry and possession releasing Tenant, in whole or in part,
     from its obligations hereunder, including Tenant's obligation to pay Base
     Rent, Operating Costs and all other sums payable by Tenant hereunder, for
     the full Term.   Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to relet the
     Premises for such rent and upon such terms as Landlord shall reasonably
     determine (including, without limitation, the right to relet the Premises
     as part of a larger area and the right to change the character or the use
     made of the Premises), and Landlord shall not be required to accept any
     tenant offered by Tenant or to observe any instructions given by Tenant
     about such reletting or to accept any lease which Landlord reasonably
     determines is not consistent with the then existing market or is not
     approved by Landlord's mortgagee.  In any such case, Landlord may make
     repairs, alterations and additions in or to the Premises, and redecorate
     the same to the extent Landlord reasonably deems necessary or desirable.
     All rentals and other sums received by Landlord from any such reletting
     shall be applied as follows:  first, to the payment of any amounts, other
     than Rent, due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord; second, to the payment of
     any costs and expenses of such alterations, repairs, additions and
     redecorating; third, to the payment of Landlord's expenses of reletting,
     including, without limitation, broker's commissions, attorneys' fees and
     lease inducements, such as moving or leasehold improvement allowances and
     unexpired free rent periods; fourth, to the payment of Rent and other
     charges due and unpaid hereunder; and the residue, if any, shall be held by
     Landlord and applied in payment of future Rent as the same may become due
     and payable hereunder.  If such rentals and other sums received from such
     reletting during any month be less than the

                                       41
<PAGE>
 
     Rent to be paid during said month by Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall pay
     such deficiency to Landlord. Such deficiency shall be calculated and paid
     monthly. Notwithstanding any such termination and collection by Landlord of
     Rent from Tenant for a portion of the remaining Term, Landlord may at any
     time elect to seek damages as provided in (b) below.

     (b) Damages in the Event of Termination.  It is acknowledged that the
         -----------------------------------                              
     damages that would be incurred by Landlord in connection with the
     termination of this Lease following a default by Tenant would be difficult
     to estimate or ascertain. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, in
     the event Landlord elects to terminate this Lease and re-enter and take
     possession of  the Premises, Landlord may, provided that any action to
     recover such damages pursuant to this Section 14.2(b) is commenced by
     Landlord within twelve (12) months following termination of this Lease
     pursuant to Section 14.1(a), in lieu of continuing to collect Rent from
     Tenant for the remainder of the Term under (a) above, recover from Tenant,
     as liquidated damages, an amount equal to the sum of the following:  (i)
     all unpaid Rent that is then payable by Tenant hereunder; plus (ii) a sum
     of money equal to the difference between the (A) entire amount of Rent that
     would be thereafter payable under the Lease and ending upon the original
     date of the expiration of the Term, less (B) the fair market rent for the
     Premises for the same period, which difference (if positive) shall be
     immediately due and payable upon demand but which shall be discounted to
     present value using a discount rate equal to the discount rate of the
     Federal Reserve Bank of Boston as of the date of calculation plus two
     percent (2%).   For purposes of calculating the amount of Rent that would
     be payable under the Lease for any future period, the Base Rent shall be
     computed as provided in Section 4.1 and the Additional Rent component of
     the Rent shall be computed on the basis of the average monthly amount of
     Rent accruing during the twenty-four (24) month period immediately
     preceding the default to which such termination relates (exclusive of any
     months in which Tenant received abated rent or in which the tax parcel upon
     which the Land is situated was not fully assessed for the value of the
     Building); provided, however, if the default occurs prior to the expiration
     of the first twenty-four (24) months of the Lease, then the Rent shall be
     computed on the basis of the average monthly amount of Rent accruing during
     all months preceding the month in which said default occurred (exclusive of
     any months in which Tenant received abated rent or in which the tax parcel
     upon which the Land is situated was not fully assessed for the value of the
     Building).

     (c) Tenant's Property.  Any personal property of Tenant remaining in the
         -----------------                                                   
     Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease or of
     Tenant's right to possession of the Premises shall be deemed abandoned.
     Any and all such abandoned property may be handled, removed and stored, as
     the case may be, by or at the direction of Landlord at the sole risk, cost
     and expense of Tenant, and Landlord shall in no event be responsible for
     the value, preservation or safekeeping thereof.  Tenant shall pay to
     Landlord, upon demand, any and all expenses incurred in such removal and
     all storage charges against such property so long as the property shall be
     in Landlord's possession or under Landlord's control.  Any such property of
     Tenant not retaken by Tenant from storage within thirty (30) days after
     removal from the Premises shall, at Landlord's option, be deemed conveyed
     by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease as by a bill of sale without further
     payment or credit by Landlord to Tenant.

                                       42
<PAGE>
 
     (d) Late Charge.  In the event Tenant fails to pay any portion of the Rent
         -----------                                                           
     payable by Tenant hereunder within five (5) days of the date that such
     amount is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand a late charge to help
     defray the additional cost to Landlord for processing such late payments in
     an amount equal to (i) so long as Tenant has not been late in the payment
     of any element of Rent more than two times during the preceding twelve (12)
     month period, interest on such installment or other charge from the date
     such installment or charge was due at a per annum rate equal to the
     Interest Rate until paid in full, or (ii) after Tenant has been late in the
     payment of any element of Rent more than three times during the preceding
     twelve (12) month period, five percent (5%) of such installment or other
     charge that is so overdue in any month, and two percent (2%) each month
     thereafter until paid in full.  Such late charge shall be Additional Rent
     hereunder and the failure to pay such late charge within five (5) days
     after demand therefor shall be an Event of Default hereunder. The provision
     for such late charge shall be in addition to all of Landlord's other rights
     and remedies hereunder and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or
     as limiting Landlord's remedies in any manner.

     (e) Consequential Damages.  In no event shall Tenant be liable for any
         ---------------------                                             
     indirect, incidental, special, punitive or consequential damages, including
     lost profit or revenues, even if informed of their possibility.

     (f) Miscellaneous.  Pursuit of any of the foregoing remedies shall not
         -------------                                                     
     preclude pursuit of any of the remedies herein provided or any other
     remedies available at law or in equity, nor shall pursuit of any remedy
     herein provided constitute a forfeiture or waiver of any Rent due to
     Landlord hereunder or of any damages accruing to the non-breaching party by
     reason of the violation of any term, provision and/or covenant herein
     contained.  No agreement to accept a surrender by Tenant of its right or
     possession of the Premises shall be valid unless in writing signed by
     Landlord. No waiver by either party of any violation or breach of any term,
     provision and/or covenant herein contained shall be deemed or construed to
     constitute a waiver of any other violation or breach of any term, provision
     and/or covenant herein contained. Landlord's acceptance of the payment of
     rental or other payments hereunder after the occurrence of an Event of
     Default shall not be construed as a waiver of such default, unless Landlord
     so notifies Tenant in writing.  Forbearance by either party to enforce one
     or more of the remedies with respect to any default shall not constitute a
     waiver thereof, or a waiver of any remedy in connection with any subsequent
     default, unless such waiver is acknowledged in writing.  In the event of
     any litigation to enforce or interpret the terms hereof, the prevailing
     party shall be entitled to an award of its reasonable attorneys' fees and
     disbursements.

      Section 14.3  Landlord's Default.  In the event of any default by
Landlord, Tenant will give Landlord written notice specifying the default with
particularity, and Landlord shall thereupon

                                       43
<PAGE>
 
have thirty (30) days in which to cure any such default; provided, in the event
such default cannot reasonably be cured within such thirty (30) day period, an
event of default shall not be deemed to have occurred so long as Landlord
commences an effective cure within said thirty (30) day period and prosecutes
such cure diligently to completion. If Landlord shall fail to cure such default
as provided in the preceding sentence, or if, in the event of an emergency
condition affecting safety, the operation of major Building systems or otherwise
materially affecting Tenant's use and enjoyment of the Premises, Landlord does
not promptly commence and diligently pursue such cure, Tenant will be entitled
to exercise any right or remedy available to Tenant at law or in equity by
reason of such default except to the extent expressly waived or limited by the
terms of this Lease, and, provided that Tenant stated in such notice of default
to Landlord that Tenant intends to effect its self-help rights under this
Section 14.3, Tenant may proceed to cure Landlord's default and commence an
action against Landlord to recover the amount reasonably expended by Tenant in
doing so, plus interest thereon at the Interest Rate from the date incurred to
the date of payment by Landlord. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein,
if Landlord shall fail to perform any covenant, term or condition of this Lease
required to be performed by Landlord, if any, and if as a consequence of such
default Tenant shall recover a money judgment against Landlord, such judgment
shall be satisfied only out of (i) installments of Rent then or thereafter due
to Landlord, or (ii) the proceeds of sale received upon execution of such
judgment and levied thereon against the right, title and interest of Landlord in
the Building and out of rents or other income from such property receivable by
Landlord, or out of the consideration received by Landlord from the sale or
other disposition of all or any part of Landlord's right, title and interest in
the Building, but subject to the rights of any Mortgagee, as hereinafter
defined, and neither Landlord nor any officer, agent, trustee, beneficiary or
general or limited partner of Landlord, or other person or entity having an
interest in Landlord shall be personally liable for any deficiency; provided,
the foregoing shall not limit any right that Tenant might have to obtain
injunctive relief against Landlord or to maintain any suit or action in
connection with the enforcement or collection of damages to the extent that such
damages are payable under policies of liability insurance maintained by
Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, if Tenant has been notified of
the name and address of any mortgagee, ground lessor, trust deed holder, and/or
sale-leaseback lessor of Landlord's interest in the Premises ("Mortgagee"), then
Tenant will not exercise any remedy as a result of Landlord's default unless and
until Tenant has given any such Mortgagee, by registered or certified mail, a
copy of any notice of default served upon Landlord simultaneously with the
delivery of notice to Landlord. Any disputes as to the availability or exercise
of Tenant's self-help rights under this Section shall be subject to Arbitration
pursuant to Article 20 hereof.

     In no event shall Landlord be liable for any indirect, incidental, special,
punitive or consequential damages, including lost profit or revenues, even if
informed of their possibility.

      Section 14.4  Legal Costs.  The prevailing party in any action commenced
under this Lease will be entitled to recover from the non-prevailing party the
prevailing party's attorneys' fees and costs.

                                       44
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE 15
                                 SUBORDINATION

      Section 15.1  Mortgages.  Tenant accepts this Lease subject and
subordinate to any ground lease and mortgage(s) now or at any time hereafter
constituting  a lien or charge upon the Building and the Land or the Premises;
provided, however, that if the holder of any such mortgage elects to have
Tenant's interest in this Lease superior to any such instrument, then, by notice
to Tenant from such holder, this Lease shall be deemed superior to such lien,
whether this Lease was executed before or after said mortgage.  Tenant shall at
any time hereafter on demand execute any instruments, releases or other
documents that may be reasonably required by any mortgagee for the purpose of
subjecting and subordinating this Lease to the lien of any such mortgage;
provided, it shall be a condition to Tenant's obligation to subordinate to any
future mortgage encumbering the Building that Tenant receives an agreement from
the holder of any such mortgage that, in the event that such holder acquires the
Landlord's interest in the Building, such holder shall recognize the validity of
this Lease so long as Tenant is not in default hereunder beyond any applicable
cure periods, subject to the limitations in Section 15.2.

      Section 15.2  Attornment.  If Landlord's interest in the Premises is
transferred to any person or entity ("Transferee") as a result of the
foreclosure of a mortgage or deed of trust encumbering the Premises or the
termination of a ground lease of the Premises or other proceedings for the
enforcement of a mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease or by taking a deed in
lieu of foreclosure or otherwise, Tenant will not disaffirm this Lease or any of
its obligations under this Lease and Tenant will, unless otherwise notified in
writing by Transferee, immediately and automatically attorn to Transferee and
this Lease will continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between
Tenant and Transferee upon the same terms and conditions of this Lease except
that Transferee will not be (a) subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant
might have against Landlord, other than those expressly provided for in this
Lease; (b) bound by any prepayment by Tenant of more than one month's
installment Rent; or (c) obligated to perform any of Landlord's obligations
under this Lease except during the period of Transferee's ownership of the
Premises. Tenant's right of first offer pursuant to Section 2.4 shall be binding
upon any Transferee.

      Section 15.3  Tenant's Notice of Default.  Provided the Landlord or any
Mortgagee which has notified Tenant in writing (by the way of a notice of
assignment of lease or otherwise) of its address, Tenant will give such
Mortgagee, a copy of any notice of default which Tenant delivers to Landlord and
based upon which Tenant asserts the right to an abatement of any Rent or to
terminate this Lease, simultaneously with Tenant's delivery of the notice to
Landlord, by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested.  Any such
Mortgagee will have the right to cure any alleged default during the same period
that Landlord has to cure such default and if such Mortgagee cures such alleged
default, the Mortgagee's performance will be deemed performance on behalf of
Landlord and the performance will be accepted by Tenant as if performed by
Landlord. Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement of Rent or to terminate
this Lease until Tenant has delivered a copy of the relevant notice or notices
to any Mortgagee or Mortgagees pursuant to this Section 15.3 and afforded such
Mortgagee or Mortgagees the cure rights provided for in this Section 15.3.

      Section 15.4  Estoppel Certificates.  Tenant agrees from time to time upon
not less than 10 days' prior written request by Landlord to deliver to Landlord
a statement in writing certifying

                                       45
<PAGE>
 
(a) that the form of the Lease attached to such certificate is a true and
correct copy of this Lease, (b) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force
and effect (or if there have been modifications that the Lease as modified is in
full force and effect and stating that the modifications have been attached to
the certificate); (c) Tenant is in possession of the Premises and Rent is
accruing under the Lease in accordance with the terms hereof (or, if not,
indicating the status); (d) the dates to which the Rent and other charges have
been paid; (e) to Tenant's knowledge, neither Landlord nor Tenant is in default
in any provision of this Lease or, if in default, the nature thereof specified
in detail; (f) the amount of monthly rental currently payable by Tenant; (g) the
amount of any prepaid Rent, (h) that Tenant has accepted the Premises in its
then current condition (or if there is Landlord's Work not yet completed stating
the nature of such Work, to Tenant's knowledge) and Landlord has no further
obligation to provide any tenant inducements (or if there is any remaining
tenant inducement not yet provided, stating the nature thereof, to Tenant's
knowledge), and (i) such other matters as may be reasonably requested by
Landlord or any Mortgagee or prospective purchaser of the Premises. If Tenant
does not deliver such statement to Landlord within such 10 day period, and
Landlord delivers a notice to Tenant advising it of its failure to respond
within such 10 day period, and Tenant further fails to deliver such statement to
Landlord within five days after receiving such follow-up notice, Landlord and
any prospective purchaser or Mortgagee of the Premises may conclusively presume
the truth of and rely upon the following facts: (i) that the terms and
provisions of this Lease have not been changed except as otherwise represented
by Landlord; (ii) that this Lease has not been canceled or terminated and is in
full force and effect, except as otherwise represented by Landlord; (iii) that
the current amounts of the Base Rent are as represented by Landlord; (iv) that
there have been no subleases or assignments of the Lease; (v) that not more than
one month's Base Rent or other charges have been paid in advance; (vi) that
Tenant has accepted the Premises in its current condition; and (vii) that
Landlord is not in default under the Lease. In such event, Tenant will be
estopped from denying the truth of such facts.

     Landlord agrees from time to time upon not less than 10 days' prior written
request by Tenant to deliver to Tenant a statement in writing certifying (a)
that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have
been modifications that the Lease as modified is in full force and effect and
stating the modifications); (b) the dates to which the Rent and other charges
have been paid; (c) to Landlord's knowledge, Tenant is not in default in any
provision of this Lease or, if in default, the nature thereof specified in
detail; (d) the amount of monthly rental currently payable by Tenant; (e) the
amount of any prepaid Rent, and (f) such other matters as may be reasonably
requested by Tenant, any prospective sublessee of the Premises, assignee of this
Lease or purchaser of Tenant's business.  If Landlord does not deliver such
statement to Tenant within such 10 day period, and Tenant delivers a notice to
Landlord advising it of its failure to respond within such 10 day period, and
Landlord further fails to deliver such statement to Tenant within five days
after receiving such follow-up notice, Tenant and any prospective sublessee or
assignee or purchaser of Tenant's business may conclusively presume the truth of
and rely upon the following facts: (i) that the terms and provisions of this
Lease have not been changed except as otherwise represented by Tenant; (ii) that
this Lease has not been canceled or terminated and is in full force and effect,
except as otherwise represented by Tenant; (iii) that the current amounts of the
Base Rent are as represented by Tenant; (iv) that not more than one month's Base
Rent or other charges have been paid in advance; and (v) that Tenant is not in
default under the Lease.  In such event, Landlord will be estopped from denying
the truth of such facts.

                                       46
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE 16
                               USE AND COMPLIANCE

      Section 16.1  Permitted Use.  Tenant covenants to use the Premises only
for general office purposes and information technology consulting services and
placement, which use shall also include offices for medical professionals and
their staff and offices for persons or entities whose primary business consists
of the delivery or administration of health services, except that no portion of
the Premises shall be used as a medical clinic, surgical center, treatment
facility, diagnostic center, radiology or other facility where medical patients
are diagnosed or treated by medical or health care professionals, except as
provided in Section 9.2.  Tenant will not keep anything on or about the Premises
which would invalidate any insurance policy required to be carried on the
Premises by Landlord or Tenant pursuant to this Lease, unless such insurance can
be kept in force by endorsement and Tenant agrees to pay, as Additional Rent,
the additional premium for such endorsement.  Tenant will not place a load upon
any floor of the Premises exceeding the floor load per square foot area set
forth in the Base Building Plans and Paragraph 1 of Exhibit B.
                                                    --------- 

      Section 16.2  Compliance with Laws and Recorded Covenants.  Tenant will
not use the Premises or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises
which will, in any way, conflict with any Laws now in force or which may
hereafter be enacted or promulgated.  Except where this Lease makes Landlord
responsible for compliance with Laws applicable to office uses generally, Tenant
will, at its sole cost and expense, promptly comply with all Laws now in force
or which may hereafter be in force, and with the requirements of any fire
insurance underwriters or other similar body now or hereafter constituted
relating to or affecting Tenant's use or occupancy of the Premises or the
condition of any portion of the Premises which Tenant is obligated to maintain
pursuant to Section 10.1.  Landlord represents that all recorded covenants,
conditions, and restrictions affecting the Premises as of the date of this Lease
(the "Existing Encumbrances") are referred to in the schedules attached as
Exhibit E.  Tenant will not do anything to violate or cause Landlord to be in
- ---------                                                                    
violation of the Existing Encumbrances.  Landlord may hereafter enter into any
easements, covenants, conditions, and restrictions affecting the Premises and
may enter into or amend the Ground Lease (including granting to the ground
lessee and tenants and occupants of 40 Second Avenue the right to use up to 230
parking spaces in the Parking Facility, but not in any event more than the
number of spaces by which the total number in the Parking Facility exceeds the
number of spaces to which Tenant is entitled pursuant to Section 4.4 hereof),
create a condominium upon the Premises and 40 Second Avenue, or subdivide any
parcel or parcels of land which may include the Premises with Tenant's consent,
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, so long as such actions which
do not materially impair any of Tenant's rights or materially increase any of
Tenant's obligations under this Lease ("Future Encumbrances").  Tenant shall
also, upon receiving a copy of any Future Encumbrance, comply with such Future
Encumbrances to the extent that doing so will not materially impair any of
Tenant's rights or obligations under this Lease.  Except with respect to any
Alterations or other work installed or to be installed in the Premises by
Tenant, Landlord represents that when possession of all of the Premises is
tendered to Tenant with the Landlord's Work Substantially Completed, the
Premises will comply in all material respects with all applicable Laws in effect
on the date of this Lease.

      Section 16.3  Landlord's Covenants.  To the best of Landlord's actual and
not constructive knowledge, as of the Commencement Date the Building (including
the Premises and all common 

                                       47
<PAGE>
 
areas) shall be free of all Hazardous Substances that are not in compliance with
applicable Environmental Laws. Upon request of Tenant, Landlord shall provide
Tenant a copy of whatever environmental reports or assessments concerning the
Land or Building that may be in Landlord's possession or under Landlord's
control. In the event that, during the Term, Tenant discovers the existence in
the Premises or the Building of Hazardous Substances other than those handled by
Tenant, handled by a sublessee of Tenant or other party that has occupied any
portion of the Premises after acquiring all or any portion of Tenant's rights
hereunder, or handled by another tenant or other occupant of the Building
subsequent to the Commencement Date, and if such Hazardous Substances have not
been handled in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws (such
hazardous materials, that have not been handled in compliance with all
applicable Environmental Laws being defined as "Building Unlawful Hazardous
Materials"), then Landlord shall, as its sole obligation and responsibility to
Tenant, (a) commence within sixty (60) days after Landlord receives from Tenant
notice of such breach or discovery, as the case may be, and verifies the
accuracy of such claim by Tenant, a removal, encapsulation or other containment
program reasonably elected by Landlord which is required by and complies with
applicable Laws, and (b) diligently prosecute such program to completion,
including any required monitoring or reporting activities, in such a manner as
will make the Premises free from Building Unlawful Hazardous Materials in
accordance with the standards promulgated in applicable Environmental Laws.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall indemnify Tenant from and against
any claim made by, or liabilities or judgments owed to, third parties to the
extent that the damages forming the basis thereof are caused by the presence,
now or hereafter, of any Hazardous Substances that have been placed, stored or
generated in the Premises by Landlord and, to the extent that Landlord is so
obligated to indemnify Tenant, Landlord's duty of indemnification shall survive
the termination of the Lease.

      Section 16.4  Tenant's Covenants.  Tenant shall at all times comply, and
cause its subtenants, contractors, employees and agents to comply, with
applicable local, state and federal laws, ordinances and regulations relating to
Hazardous Substances.  "Hazardous Substances" means (1) any oil, flammable
substances, explosives, radioactive materials, hazardous wastes or substances,
toxic wastes or substances or any other wastes, materials or pollutants that (A)
pose a hazard to the Premises, Building or Land or to persons on or about the
Premises, Building or Land or (B) cause the Premises, Building or Land to be in
violation of any hazardous materials Laws; (2) asbestos in any form which is or
could become friable, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, transformers or other
equipment that contains dielectric fluid containing polychlorinated biphenyls,
or radon gas; (3) any chemical, materials or substance defined as or included in
the definition of "hazardous substances", "hazardous wastes", "hazardous
materials", "extremely hazardous waste", "restricted hazardous waste", or "toxic
substances", or words of similar import under any applicable Environmental Law;
(4) any other chemical, material or substance, exposure to which is prohibited,
limited or regulated by any governmental authority or may or could pose a hazard
to the health and safety of the occupants of the Premises, Building or Land or
the owners and/or occupants of property adjacent to or surrounding the Land, or
any other person or entity coming upon the Land or adjacent property; and (5)
any other chemical, material or substance that may or could pose a hazard to the
environment.  Tenant shall not: (i) use the Premises, Building or Land for the
storage of Hazardous Substances except for such activities that are part of the
course of Tenant's ordinary business (the "Permitted Activities"); provided,
such Permitted Activities are conducted in accordance with all applicable
Environmental Laws, and have been approved in advance in writing by Landlord;
(ii) use the Premises, Building or Land as a landfill or dump; or (iii) install
any underground tanks of any 

                                       48
<PAGE>
 
type at the Land. Tenant shall at its own expense maintain in effect any and all
permits, licenses or other governmental approvals, if any, required for Tenant's
use of the Premises and require the same of any subtenants. Tenant shall make
and cause any subtenant to make all disclosures required of Tenant by any Laws,
and shall comply and cause subtenant to comply with all orders concerning
Tenant's use of the Premises issued by any governmental authority having
jurisdiction over the Premises and take all action required by such governmental
authorities to bring the Tenant's activities on the Premises into compliance
with all environmental and other Laws affecting the Premises. If at any time
Tenant shall become aware, or have reasonable cause to believe, that any
Hazardous Substance has been released or has otherwise come to be located on or
beneath the Land, Tenant shall, give written notice of that condition to
Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for, and shall indemnify, defend and hold
Landlord harmless from and against, all environmental claims, demands, damages
and liabilities, including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable
attorneys' fees, if any, arising out, or in connection with the generation,
storage, disposal or other presence of any Hazardous Substance in, on or about
the Premises, Building or Land that occurred during the Term and that was caused
or permitted by Tenant or its subtenants, contractors, agents or employees. The
indemnification provided by this Paragraph shall survive the expiration or
earlier termination of this Lease. Tenant shall be entitled to control any
regulatory or other proceedings for which Tenant is responsible under this
Section 16.4, including the right to contest in good faith any at no risk to
Landlord any potentially applicable statutes, regulations, or other governmental
determinations, provided that Landlord shall at all times have the right to join
in and/or be notified of the status of any such proceedings.

                                  ARTICLE 17
                                   CAFETERIA

      Section 17.1  Cafeteria.  Landlord shall furnish and equip a full service
cafeteria in a certain space (the "Cafeteria Space") of approximately 3,000
square feet of Rentable Area in the location to be specified in the Base
Building Plans, in accordance with the Preliminary Plans and the Cafeteria Plan
to be prepared by Landlord consistent with the Preliminary Plans and approved by
Tenant.  Tenant shall enter into a contract with the operator selected by
Tenant, acting with input from and consultation with Landlord.   The initial
cost of constructing, furnishing, and equipping such Cafeteria Space in
accordance with the Preliminary Plans and the Cafeteria Plan to be prepared by
Landlord and approved by Tenant shall be included as part of the Base Building.
The Cafeteria Space shall be included in the calculation of the number of square
feet of Rentable Area in the Premises.   In addition, and notwithstanding any
contrary provision herein, all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with
such cafeteria including, without limitation, utilities, janitorial and repairs
and maintenance of furniture, fixtures and equipment shall be included as part
of Operating Costs.  Tenant shall be responsible for all costs incurred in
connection with any Alteration to the Cafeteria and any operating losses in
connection herewith.  No failure of performance on the part of any operator of
the cafeteria within the Cafeteria Space shall constitute a default by Landlord
under the Lease.  Tenant may change the operator of the Cafeteria at any time
and at Tenant's cost; Tenant shall consult with Landlord in good faith to
replace such operator with an alternative qualified food service vendor.  Tenant
may discontinue operation of the Cafeteria Space at any time and use the
Cafeteria Space for other purposes permitted hereby, but on the expiration or
termination of the Lease, the Cafeteria Space and all equipment installed
therein by Landlord as part of the Base Building (or replacements thereto) shall
be surrendered to Landlord in accordance with Section 12.1.

                                       49
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE 18
                                 FITNESS SPACE

      Section 18.1  Fitness Space.  Landlord shall construct or install a
fitness room complete with showers and lockers in a certain space (the "Fitness
Space") of approximately 2,000 square feet of Rentable Area in a location in the
Building to be specified in the Base Building Plans in accordance with the
Preliminary Plans and the Fitness Plan to be prepared by Landlord in accordance
with the Preliminary Plans and approved by Tenant.  The initial cost of
constructing the Fitness Space in accordance with the Preliminary Plans and the
Fitness Space Plan to be prepared by Landlord consistent with the Preliminary
Plans and approved by Tenant shall be included as part of the Base Building;
provided, Tenant shall be solely responsible for installing exercise equipment
therein and managing the Fitness Space.  The Fitness Space shall be included in
the calculation of the number of square feet of Rentable Area in the Premises.
In addition, and notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, all costs
incurred by Landlord in connection with such Fitness Space including, without
limitation, redecorating, janitorial, repairs and maintenance of fixtures and
equipment and utilities, shall be included as part of Operating Costs.  Such
fitness equipment shall be owned by Tenant and may be removed by Tenant upon
expiration or termination of the Lease. Tenant may discontinue operation of the
Fitness Space at any time and use the Fitness Space for other purposes permitted
hereby, but on the expiration or termination of this Lease, the Fitness Space
and all the equipment installed therein by Landlord as part of the Base Building
(or replacements thereto) shall be surrendered to Landlord in accordance with
Section 12.1.

                                  ARTICLE 19
                                TENANT'S SIGNAGE

Tenant shall have the right to purchase, install or replace, at Tenant's sole
cost and expense (except as set forth below with respect to the "Signage
Allowance"), certain signage (the "Building Signage") that depicts the trade
name and/or mark of the business being conducted and that shall be mounted in a
location approved by Landlord (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld)
on the exterior of the Building; provided, Tenant's right to install and replace
the Building Signage shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

     (a)  Tenant shall, at its sole cost, obtain and maintain in full force and
          effect all requisite governmental permits and approvals for the
          installation, maintenance and replacement of such Building Signage
          (collectively, the "Municipal Approvals"), and acknowledges that
          Landlord does not represent that any such approvals shall be
          forthcoming.

     (b)  Prior to the installation and replacement of any such Building
          Signage, Tenant shall deliver notice to Landlord (the "Signage
          Notice") certifying that all requisite governmental approvals have
          been obtained and including plans and specifications, that designate
          the design, size, color, composition, method of illumination, if any,
          and method and timing of installation of the Building Signage.

     (c)  The plans and specifications included in the Signage Notice shall be
          subject to Landlord's written consent, which consent shall not be
          unreasonably withheld.

                                       50
<PAGE>
 
     (d)  The design, construction, installation and operation of all such
          Building Signage (and all necessary structural supports)  shall be
          performed by Tenant at Tenant's sole cost and expense and in
          accordance with the plans and specifications that have been approved
          by Landlord in writing.

     (e)  Tenant shall, at its sole cost, maintain all such Building Signage and
          associated wiring in a first class condition and shall perform all
          repairs and replacement reasonably necessary to maintain compliance
          with such standard.

     (f)  Tenant shall, at its sole cost, repair any damage to the Building
          caused by the installation, maintenance, operation or replacement of
          such Building Signage, including, with limitation, water leaks or
          other problems occasioned by any penetration of the exterior shell of
          the Building, all at Tenant's sole cost and expense.

     (g)  Tenant shall, at its sole cost, obtain and keep in full force and
          effect any and all licenses, permits and other governmental approvals
          which are or may become required for the operation and use of such
          Building Signage.

     (h)  Tenant shall assume all risk of any damage to such Building Signage.

     (i)  Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Tenant shall
          remove the Building Signage and associated wiring and hardware visible
          from the inside or outside of the Building, return the Building to the
          condition that existed prior to the installation thereof and repair
          and restore any damage resulting from, or remaining after, such
          removal, all at Tenant's sole cost and expense, and all in accordance
          with all applicable Laws, including, but not limited to, all
          applicable Laws regarding the removal of electrical wiring.

     (j)  Landlord shall provide to Tenant an allowance (the "Signage 
          Allowance") in an amount of $15,000.00 to fund the cost of the
          Building Signage and Tenant's building directory signage. Payment of
          the Signage Allowance shall be made by Landlord to Tenant within
          thirty (30) days of the satisfaction of the following conditions: (i)
          the Rent Commencement Date has occurred, Tenant is in occupancy of the
          Premises in the routine conduct of its business and no event of
          default exists with respect to Tenant's obligation to pay Rent; and
          (ii) Landlord has received full lien waivers from all contractors
          supplying labor and materials in connection with the Building Signage.

     (k)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant's right to maintain the Building
          Signage shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon the
          earlier to occur of: (i) the expiration or termination of this Lease;
          (ii) the termination of Tenant's right to possession of the Premises;
          or (iii) the date Tenant conducts its business in a manner that
          Landlord reasonably deems to be disreputable. In the event of the
          termination of Tenant's right to maintain such signage, Tenant shall
          remove the signage that is the subject of such termination, return the
          portion of the Building to which the signage was affixed to the
          condition that existed prior to the installation thereof and repair
          and restore any damage resulting from, or remaining after, such
          removal, all at Tenant's sole cost and expense.

                                       51
<PAGE>
 
     (l)  Landlord shall not permit the installation of any signage on the
          exterior of the building other than the foregoing Tenant Building
          Signage; provided, this restriction shall not be applicable with
          respect to any signage identifying the name of the Building or with
          respect to any monument or similar ground level signage and, provided
          further, this restriction shall be deemed terminated upon any
          termination of Tenant's right to maintain the Tenant Signage.

Landlord shall not place, or permit to be placed, any signage on the exterior of
the Building identifying any person or business other than Tenant, provided that
Landlord shall be permitted to place signs on the exterior of the Building
relating to the Parking Facility, traffic movement, building address or other
informational signage.

                                   ARTICLE 20
                                  ARBITRATION

      Section 20.1  Arbitration.

     (a)  Landlord and Tenant agree that Arbitration will be used to resolve any
          dispute with respect to the following:

          (i)   any disputes arising with respect to Landlord's and Tenant's
                obligations under Article 3 or the Work Letter;

          (ii)  Any disputes relating to the determination of Operating Costs
                allocable to the Premises, subject to the limitations in 
                Section 4.3;

          (iii) any disputes relating to the granting, withholding or delay
                of any consent or approval which is specifically provided to 
                be not unreasonably withheld;

          (iv)  any disputes regarding the proper allocation of Taxes to Tenant
                in accordance with Section 4.7 hereof; and

          (v)   any other provision in this Lease which specifically provides 
                for Arbitration.

     (b)  When any issue is to be resolved by Arbitration, Landlord and Tenant
          shall initially meet and attempt to agree upon the matter in question.
          If they have been unable to so agree within the time period specified
          as to such matter under this Lease, or, if no such time period is
          specified, within thirty (30) days, then, at the request of either
          party the matter will be determined by an arbitration board as
          provided in this Article 20. Except as provided in subsection (d)
          below, such arbitration will be conducted in Boston in accordance with
          the Accelerated Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American
          Arbitration Association. Within thirty (30) days after their
          appointment, the arbitrators so chosen shall hold a hearing at which
          each party may submit

                                       52
<PAGE>
 
          evidence, be heard and cross-examine witnesses, with each party having
          at least ten (10) days' advance notice of the hearing. The decision of
          the arbitrators will be final, binding and non-appealable and judgment
          thereupon may be rendered and enforced in any court having
          jurisdiction thereof. Except where specifically provided otherwise in
          this Lease, the arbitrator will be instructed to award costs to the
          prevailing party; otherwise each party shall bear its own expenses in
          connection with the Arbitration and the costs of its arbitrator, and
          the cost of the third arbitrator shall be shared equally by Landlord
          and Tenant. The costs of all counsel, experts and other
          representatives that are retained by a party will be paid by such
          party.

     (c)  The arbitration board shall consist of three (3) reputable real estate
          professionals with experience with first-class high rise office
          buildings in the Boston, Massachusetts metropolitan area. Each party
          shall appoint one (1) arbitrator who shall have no material financial
          or business interest in common with the party making the selection and
          shall not have been employed by such party for a period of three (3)
          years prior to the date of selection. If the first two arbitrators are
          unable to agree on a third arbitrator within thirty (30) days after
          the appointment of the second arbitrator, or if either party refuses
          or neglects to appoint an arbitrator as herein provided within twenty
          (20) days after the appointment of the first arbitrator, then such
          third arbitrator or such second arbitrator whose appointment was not
          made as aforesaid shall be appointed by the American Arbitration
          Association.

     (d)  The decision of any two (2) of the three (3) arbitrators will control;
          if neither of the arbitrators selected by Landlord or Tenant agree
          with each other or with the independent arbitrator, the decision of
          the independent arbitrator will control; and such decision will be
          made and delivered to Landlord and Tenant by such arbitrators not
          later than the thirtieth (30th) day following the hearing provided for
          in subsection (a) above.

                                  ARTICLE 21
                                 MISCELLANEOUS
                                        
      Section 21.1  Personal Property Taxes.  Tenant shall be liable for all
taxes levied or assessed against personal property, furniture or fixtures owned
by Tenant or placed by Tenant on, in or at the Premises or otherwise arising out
of the use or occupancy of the Premises.  If any such taxes for which Tenant is
liable are levied or assessed against Landlord or Landlord's property and if
Landlord elects to pay the same, or if the assessed value of Landlord's property
is increased by inclusion of such personal property, furniture or fixtures
placed by Tenant on, in or at the Premises, and Landlord elects to pay the taxes
based on such increase, Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand that portion of
such taxes.

      Section 21.2  Notices.  All bills, statements, notices or communications,
including changes of address of either party, which either party may desire or
be required to give to the other shall be deemed sufficiently given or rendered
if in writing and either delivered to the other party personally, sent by
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or sent prepaid by
nationally recognized air courier service, addressed to either party at the
Notice Address designated in Section 1.1.  The 

                                       53
<PAGE>
 
time of rendition thereof or the giving of such notice or communication shall be
deemed to be the time when the same is personally delivered to the other party,
deposited in the mail, or delivered to the other party by a national air courier
service as herein provided. Any notice or the return of any access cards, keys,
or otherwise to be given from Tenant to Landlord must be delivered in the manner
set forth above.

      Section 21.3  Interpretation.  Words of any gender used in this Lease
shall be held and construed to include any other gender, and words in the
singular number shall be held to include the plural, unless the context
otherwise requires.  This Lease is intended to be construed in accordance with
the law of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.  If this Lease is ever construed
by a court of law, such court shall not construe this Lease or any provision
hereof against any party as drafter.

      Section 21.4  Successors and Assigns.  The terms, provisions and covenants
and conditions contained in this Lease shall apply to, inure to the benefit of,
and be binding upon, the parties hereto and upon their respective heirs, legal
representatives, successors and permitted assigns, except as otherwise herein
expressly provided.  Landlord shall have the right to assign any of its rights
and obligations under this Lease.  The term "Landlord" shall mean only the
owner, from time to time, of fee title to the Premises, and in the event of the
transfer by such owner of its interest in the Premises, Landlord's grantee or
Landlord's successor shall, upon such transfer, become "Landlord" hereunder,
thereby freeing and relieving the grantor or assignor of all covenants and
obligations of "Landlord" hereunder thereafter accruing, but such covenants and
obligations shall be binding during the term of this Lease upon each new owner
for the duration of such owner's ownership.  The term "Tenant" shall include
Renaissance Worldwide, Inc. and its respective permitted successors and assigns.
Tenant agrees to furnish promptly upon demand, a corporate resolution, proof of
due authorization by partners, or other appropriate documentation evidencing the
due authorization of Tenant to enter into this Lease.  Nothing herein contained
shall give any other tenant in the Building any enforceable rights either
against Landlord or Tenant as a result of the covenants and obligations of
either party set forth herein.

      Section 21.5  Captions.  The captions inserted in this Lease are for
convenience only and in no way define, limit or otherwise describe the scope of
the intent of this Lease, or any provision hereof, or in any way affect the
interpretation of this Lease.

      Section 21.6  Amendments.  This Lease constitutes the entire agreement of
the parties with respect to its subject matter and may not be altered, changed
or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by both parties hereto.

      Section 21.7  Survival.  All obligations of Landlord and Tenant hereunder
not fully performed as of the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease
Term shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, including,
without limitation, all payment obligations with respect to Operating Costs and
all obligations concerning the condition of the Premises.  Upon the expiration
or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount, as
estimated by Landlord, necessary (i) to repair and restore the Premises as
provided herein; and (ii) to discharge Tenant's obligation for Operating Costs
or other amounts due Landlord.  All such amounts shall be used and held by
Landlord for payment of such obligations of Tenant, with Tenant being held
liable for any additional costs upon demand by Landlord, or with any excess to
be returned to Tenant after 

                                       54
<PAGE>
 
all such obligations have been determined and satisfied. Any security deposit
held by Landlord shall be credited against the amount payable by Tenant under
this subparagraph.

      Section 21.8  Severability.  If any clause or provision of this Lease is
illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future Laws effective during
the Term, then, and in that event, it is the intention of the parties hereto
that the remainder of this Lease shall be not affected thereby, and it is also
the intention of the parties to this Lease that in lieu of each clause or
provision of this Lease that is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, there be
added as a part of this Lease a clause or provision as similar in terms of such
illegal, invalid or unenforceable clause or provision as may be possible and be
legal, valid and enforceable.

      Section 21.9  Brokerage.  Landlord hereby warrants to Tenant that, except
for The Beal Companies ("Landlord's Broker"), no agent, broker or finder has
been retained by Landlord to represent Landlord in this transaction.  Tenant
hereby warrants to Landlord that, except for Lynch, Walsh & Partners ("Tenant's
Broker"), no agent, broker or finder has been retained by Tenant to represent
Tenant in this transaction.  Landlord shall be solely responsible for paying the
entirety of all commissions, fees, or compensation due to Landlord's Broker in
connection with this transaction. In addition, Landlord shall pay a fee to
Tenant's Broker in a total amount equal to the product of $4.00 multiplied by
the total number of square feet of Rentable Area in the Premises, which fee
shall be payable as follows and subject to the following conditions: (i) fifty
percent (50%) of such fee shall be payable upon the full execution and delivery
of the Lease; and (ii) fifty percent (50%) of such fee shall be payable upon the
Tenant's occupancy of any material portion of the Premises for the routine
conduct of its business and Landlord's receipt of the first installment of Base
Rent due hereunder.

      Section 21.10 Record Memorandum of Lease.  This lease will not be recorded
but a notice of lease in form reasonably satisfactory to both parties will be
recorded to be prepared by Tenant's attorney.  After the occurrence of the
Commencement Date, the parties will execute and acknowledge a recordable
memorandum setting forth a reference to this Lease, the parties' names, the
legal description of the Premises, the date on which the Commencement Date
occurred, the date on which the Expiration Date is scheduled to occur and a
short summary of Tenant's rights with respect to the Extension Term.

                  [remainder of page intentionally left blank]

                                       55
<PAGE>
 
     THIS LEASE AGREEMENT is executed and delivered as of the day and year first
above written as a sealed instrument.

TENANT:                             LANDLORD:

RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.         WALTHAM 60/10 LLC



By:  /s/                            By: /s/ William K. Hoeg
   ------------------------------      ------------------------------
Its: Associate Counsel                 William K. Hoeg, its Chief Manager

                                    and

                                    By: /s/ Michael A. Manzo
                                       ------------------------------
                                       Michael A. Manzo, its Manager
<PAGE>
 
                                  EXHIBIT A-1

                           Legal Description of Site
                     on which Building is to be constructed


A certain parcel of land situated in the City of Waltham, Middlesex County,
Massachusetts bounded and described as follows:

Beginning at a point in the easterly line of Second Avenue, said point being
507.27 feet southerly along the easterly line of Second Avenue from its
intersection with the southwesterly line of Winter Street;

Thence turning and running S 78/degee/-31'-50" E, a distance of 219.33 feet to a
point;

Thence turning and running N 11/degree/-28'-10" E, a distance of 15.00 feet to a
point;

Thence turning and running S 78/degree/-31'-50" E, a distance of 51.00 feet 
to a point;

Thence turning and running N 11/degree/-28'-10" E, a distance of 7.00 feet to 
a point;

Thence turning and running S 78/degree/-31'-50" E, a distance of 28.00 feet 
to a point;

Thence turning and running S 11/degree/-28'-10" W, a distance of 7.00 feet to 
a point;

Thence turning and running S 78/degree/-31'-50" E, a distance of 30.87 feet 
to a point in the southwesterly line of State Highway Route 128, the previous
seven (7) courses by Phase I;

Thence turning and running S 32/degree/-32'-28" E, a distance of 130.81 feet 
to a point;

Thence turning and running S 02/degree/-14'-43" W, a distance of 116.65 feet 
to a point;

Thence turning and running by a curve to the right having a radius of 4,130.00
feet, a distance of 42.97 feet to a point, the previous three (3) courses being
along the southwesterly line of State Highway Route 128;

Thence turning and running by land now or formerly of Trustees of Real Estate
Investment Trust of America, N 78/degree/-31'-50" W, a distance of 440.05 feet
to a point in the easterly line of Second Avenue;

Thence turning and running along the easterly line of Second Avenue, N 
11/degree/-28'-10" W, a distance of 237.17 feet to the point of beginning.
<PAGE>
 
                                  EXHIBIT A-2

                    Legal Description of Ground Lease Parcel


                         40 SECOND AVENUE, WALTHAM, MA

A certain parcel of land situated in the City of Waltham, Middlesex County, 
Massachusetts, bounded and described as follows:

Beginning at a point in the easterly line of Second Avenue, said point being 
507.27 feet southerly along the easterly line of Second Avenue from its 
intersection with the southwesterly line of Winter Street;

Thence turning and running along the easterly line of Second Avenue, 
N 11/degrees/-28'-10" E, a distance of 121.49 feet to a point;

Thence turning and running northeasterly by a curve to the right having a 
radius of 25.00 feet, a distance of 39.27 feet to a point;

Thence turning and running S 78/degrees/-31'-50" E, a distance of 11.33 feet to
a point;

Thence turning and running by a curve to the right having a radius of 30.00 
feet, a distance of 27.40 feet to a point;

Thence turning and running by a curve to the left having a radius of 60.00 
feet, a distance of 181.67 feet to a point in the southwesterly line of State 
Highway Route 128, the previous four (4) courses being along the southerly line 
of Winter Place;

Thence turning and running southeasterly along the southwesterly line of State 
Highway Route 128 by a curve to the left having a radius of 312.00 feet, a 
distance of 70.05 feet to a point;

Thence turning and running along the southwesterly line of State Highway Route
128, S 32/degrees/-32'-28" E, a distance of 183.72 feet to a point;

Thence turning and running N 78/degrees/-31'-50" W, a distance of 30.87 feet to 
a point;

Thence turning and running N 11/degrees/-28'-10" S, a distance of 7.00 feet to a
point;

Thence turning and running N 78/degrees/-11'-50" W, a distance of 28.00 feet 
to a point;

Thence turning and running S 11/degrees/-28'-10" W, a distance of 7.00 feet to a
point;

Thence turning and running N 78/degrees/-31'-50" W, a distance of 51.00 feet 
to a point;

Thence turning and running S 11/degrees/-28'-10" W, a distance of 15.00 feet 
to a point;

Thence turning and running N 78/degrees/-11'-50" W, a distance of 219.33
feet to the point of beginning, the previous seven (7) courses by Phase IIA.
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT B

             Preliminary Plans and Specifications for Base Building


The Base Building Plans contemplate the construction of the Base Building of
approximately 200,000 square feet of Rentable Area, as described in the
Schematic Plans and Outline Specifications contained in a letter from Landlord's
Representative, Peter B. Nichols, to Tenant's Representative, Duncan Andrews,
dated March 12, 1998, as described in the Floor Plate & Background Drawings,
Civil/Site Drawings, and the Base Building Design Documents provided by letter
from Peter B. Nichols to Duncan Andrews of April 24, 1998, and as further
recited below:

     1. Structural System:
        ----------------- 
          (a) A five level, reinforced concrete garage, one partial level below
          the level of Second Avenue.
          (b) Above the garage, will be a four story, structural steel moment
          frame office building with lightweight concrete floor system.
          (c) Standard office space live load design capacity is 80# psf.
          (d) Cafeteria and fitness areas will be 100# psf.

     2. Building Enclosure:
        ------------------ 
          (a) Exterior facade is a combination of Exterior Insulated Finish
          System ("EIFS") and red brick matching the 40 Second Avenue building.
          (b) Windows are double-glazed ("low E") window units with thermally
          broken, aluminum frames.
          (c) Roofing is an adhered sheet membrane system

     3. Code Compliance:
        ----------------
          (a) In full compliance with all applicable governmental rules,
          regulations and building codes, including but not limited to, ADA,
          MSBC.
          (b) Complying with Massachusetts Access Board requirements every
          toilet room on tenant floors will have disabled access facilities.
          (c) Exception: Private Executive Balconies will not be ADA accessible,
          as permitted by code.
          (d) Corridors will be constructed as necessary to demise the Premises
          in accordance with requirements under applicable codes for single
          tenant full floor occupancy.

     4. Elevators:
        ----------
          (a) Four geared-traction passenger elevators of 3,500 lb capacity, 400
          fpm, will serve parking garage levels P2, P3, P4, P5 and office levels
          1,2,3 &4.
          (b) Passenger cabs have bi-parting entrance doors, with a $20,000
          premium cab finish allowance over vendor standard ($5,000 per cab).
          (c) One geared-traction freight elevator, 4,500 lbs capacity, 150 fpm,
          serving parking garage level P2 and office levels 1,2,3 &4.

                                      B-1
<PAGE>
 
     5. HVAC System:
        ------------
          (a) Six rooftop heating & cooling air conditioning units serve the
          tenant spaces, vertically zoned, and one unit serves the atrium
          (common) area.  Each roof-top AC unit is sized to provide 
          /plus minus/25,000 cfm with /plus minus/75 tons cooling capacity. Any
          combination of the rooftop units can be operated during any 24 hour
          period to provide full service to tenant areas.
          (b) Packaged heat/air conditioning units have double-walled casings,
          return-air fans and exhaust boxes, filtered outside air intake
          sections, with remotely-controlled supply fans, vibration-control
          devices.  They have gas fired heating and electrically powered direct
          exchange cooling sections, with packaged condensing units.
          (c) Supply and return air distribution is made via proportionately
          sized medium pressure trunk lines located in vertical duct shaftways
          in the building core area, capped and available for Tenant connection,
          at the shaft walls at each floor.
          (d) Within the Premises and as part of the Leasehold Improvements,
          tempered air distribution is made on each floor to electrically
          powered VAV boxes via medium and low pressure ductwork, with requisite
          fire dampers, diffusers, return air grilles, and automatic temperature
          control systems.
          (e) Design Parameters (Per Energy Code):
               (i)    20 cfm per person at one person per 150 square feet
               (ii)   Summer: 75/degrees/F dry bulb at 88/degrees/F dry bulb/
                      74/degrees/F wet bulb outside
               (iii)  Winter: 70/degrees/F dry bulb at 0/degrees/F outside
          (f) All special requirements for supplemental cooling will be provided
          by Tenant via independent split systems installed at designated roof
          locations and distributed to specific floor locations by dedicated
          shaftways.
          (g) Overtime operation is at Tenant option by turning on any
          combination of rooftop units to serve necessary areas for 24 hour
          service.

     6. Electrical System:
        ------------------
          (a) Electric service is provided from main switchboard  located in P2
          level electrical room.  The 2,000 amp switchboard will serve the HVAC
          equipment and building common area loads, and a 4,000 amp switchboard
          will serve the Tenant's lighting and power requirements. Tenant can
          configure for check-metering based on the master meter.
          (b) Secondary (480 volt) electrical power distribution is via risers
          to each floor (electric closet) for Tenant connection and further
          distribution via 480 / 120 volt transformers, lighting & power panels.
          (c) Service to each floor's electric closet is sized to provide 6.5
          watts per square foot for Tenant lighting, supplemental AC units and
          other power requirements.  The main switchboard, on the 1st floor, is
          sized for an additional 2 watts per square foot.
          (d) The oil-fired, rooftop mounted, emergency generator for the base
          building systems is 550 KW capacity, using a 500 gallon storage tank
          located in the garage, designed for 10 hours of continuous operation,
          to serve life safety loads, including:

                                      B-2
<PAGE>
 
               (e)  Emergency Egress
               (f)  Exitways
               (g)  Fire Pump Operation
               (h)  Fire Alarm System
               (i)  One Elevator
               (j)  Stair Pressurization
               (k)  Atrium Smoke Exhaust
 
     7. Plumbing:
        ---------
          (a) Capped cold water, plugged sanitary and capped vent lines are
          located in core area vertical wet stacks for connection of Tenant-
          provided plumbing facilities
          (b)  Toilet / Washrooms:
               (i) To be located within the core area of each floor sized for 1
               person per 165 sq. Ft. (50% male / 50% female), equipped with
               handicapped-accessible water closet & lavatory facilities,
               ceiling-hung metal toilet partitions, soap and napkin dispensers.
               (ii) Ceramic Tile Floors and wet walls; other walls painted.
               (iii)  Moisture resistant acoustical tile ceilings (8'-4 Ht).
               (iv)  3'-0 x 8'-0 Solid Core, Oak Veneer Doors in knock-down 
               metal frames with push-pull hardware
               (v) Flourescent lighting & GFI electrical outlet
               (vi  Electric cabinet water heaters

     8. Fire Protection:
        --------------- 
          (a) Fire protection standpipes are located at each stairwell with  
          2 1/2" hose valves for fireman's connection.
          (b) Risers are extended, at each floor, to hydraulically-designed
          sprinkler  system at average density of one head per 225 square feet
          of rentable area.
          (c) Recessed, wall-mounted fire extinguisher cabinets are located at
          core area on each floor.

     9. Ceiling Systems:  (toilet rooms and related core areas)
        ----------------                                       
          (a) Acoustical ceilings: 24" x 24" x 5/8" fissured acoustical ceiling
          tile (similar to Acoustone Tegular Minatone) set in  15/16" exposed
          metal suspension system, white grid.

     10. Gypsum Wallboard System (GWB):
         ------------------------------
          (a) Ceiling-high ,5/8" gypsum wallboard on 2 1/2" metal stud system
          (exterior building walls and core walls to be 5/8" gypsum wallboard on
          1" furring), taped,  spackled and sanded, ready to receive Tenant's
          application of paint or wall covering materials. Toilet rooms and
          core-area mechanical equipment rooms and shaftways to be full height
          insulated partition walls (gypsum wallboard in toilet rooms to be
          moisture-resistant); elevator shafts to be 2" gypsum core-wall.

                                      B-3
<PAGE>
 
          (b)  Exterior Windows:
               ---------------- 
               (i) Paint-grade wood or Plastic Laminate window sills
               (ii  2 1/2" solid vinyl vertical louver drapes

     11. Floor Covering systems:
         ---------------------- 
          (a) In Tenant spaces, concrete floors are scraped, leveled, flash-
          patched, sealed, ready to accept Tenant floor covering materials.
          (b) In finished floor areas: (elevator lobbies and related core areas)
               (i) Carpet in a color, texture and pattern to be coordinated with
               Tenant interior design, based on an installed allowance of $24.00
               per square yard.
               (ii)  2 1/2" vinyl base (cove or straight) in all finished floor
               areas
          (c) Ceramic Tile to be installed in Toilet Rooms, based on an
          installed allowance of $ 7.50 / sf.
          (d) Atrium Floor will have 18" perimeter stone boundary with carpet
          infill. Allowances are $40 psf for stone and $3.50 psf for carpet.

     12. Elevator Lobbies:
         ---------------- 
          (a) Full-height gypsum wallboard partitions and core enclosures
          (b) 6'0 x 8'0 Solid Core Oak veneer double wood door, knock-down metal
          frames & lock set hardware systems at each office level.
          (c) Atrium Doors to exterior deck are narrow stile aluminum, hinged
          entry doors, factory painted finish with insulating tempered glass
          matching the building.
          (d) All paint will be polymix
          (e) Building Standard carpet and base
          (f) Millwork at elevator doors on 5% allowance
          (g) Ceilings and walls of GWB (standard)
          (h) Lighting and exit signage
          (i) Sprinkler heads
          (j)HVAC

     13. 3,000 sf  Cafeteria:
         ------------------- 
          (a) To be constructed by Landlord in accordance with Cafeteria Exhibit
          attached to this Exhibit B
          (b) HVAC exhaust will maintain area in negative pressure

     14. 2,000 sf  Fitness Center:  to be completed by Landlord in accordance
         ------------------------                                            
         with the Fitness Layout Plan dated __________, 1998, including:
          (a) Men's and Women's washroom facilities w/ fiberglass shower
          enclosures, and day lockers.
          (b) Exercise Room; building standard finishes, carpet, acoustical
          ceiling tile, painted gypsum wallboard.
          (c) HVAC exhaust will maintain area in negative pressure

     15. Data Communication & Telephone Systems:
         -------------------------------------- 
          (a) Telephone service is provided to street level building telephone
          room with empty vertical conduit to telephone closet in core area on
          each floor plus two empty vertical conduits from each telephone closet
          to roof antenna-placement area.
          (b) All data, communication, telephone and related system installation
          within building are by Tenant.

                                      B-4
<PAGE>
 
     16. Site Development:
         -----------------
          (a) Trash Compactor/Dumpster; 20 yard capacity

     17. Life Safety Systems:
         ------------------- 
          (a) ADA-compliant (visual and auditory) evacuation/fire alarm and
          instruction systems

     18. Emergency Exit Stairways:
         -------------------------
          (a) For office occupancy under all applicable terms and conditions of
          the MSBC.
          (b) Based on single-tenant, full-floor occupancy
          (c) Design occupancy classification: (S2) Parking, (B) Business
          (d) Concrete-filled, painted metal pan stairway systems with full-
          height GWB enclosing walls and self-closing, fire-rated exit doors on
          each floor, 3' 4" x 8' 0" at office levels,  3' 4" x 7' 0" at garage
          levels,  including:
               (i) Exitway signage and emergency lighting fixtures
               (ii)  Painted metal stairs and handrails
               (iii)  Painted interior enclosure walls

     19. Signage:
         --------
          (a) Allowance of $15,000 for exterior building sign and interior
          building directory.
          (b) Designed to mutual satisfaction of Tenant and Landlord.
          (c) In conformance with City of Waltham dimensional bylaws

     20. Security:
         ---------
          (a) Programmable Card Access to garage, exterior entry/exit doors,
          parking garage elevator lobbies, elevator cab operations to be
          designed in close coordination with Tenant's security consultant at a
          level of service consistent with systems typically found in first
          class office buildings on Route 128, including:
               (i) Access (security card) control system at 10 exterior building
               access doors to be specified.
               (ii)  Landlord will incur the cost of the system as part of the
               Base Building or, at Landlord's option, provide an allowance
               therefore in an amount not to exceed $30,000.

     21. Parking:
         --------
          (a) Parking for the building is provided at a ratio of 3.3 per
          thousand square feet of rentable square feet (not to exceed 660
          spaces) in a facility that is shared with occupants of 40 Second
          Avenue.  Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to segregate parking
          for 40 Second Avenue by installing informational or

                                      B-5
<PAGE>
 
          directional signage (but Landlord shall have no duty to construct or
          install separate entrances or barricades, or to police or enforce any
          restrictions in such signage).

                                      B-6
<PAGE>
 
                            WALTHAM CORPORATE CENTER
                            ------------------------

Floor Plate and Background Drawings:
     Plans A-106 through A-109;  4/23/98  (Before full height freight elevator)
     Freight Elevator Configuration Sketches: 4-23-98 (8 1/2" x 11")
Civil/Site Design Documents:
     Request for Determination of Applicability Set; Nov. 3, 1997, Rev. Nov.
     13, 1997, Plans C-100 through C-102 and C-200 through C-202.
     Civil/Site; Issued for Phase I Bids Set; Dec. 29, 1997, Rev. Apr. 13, 1998
     Plans C-100 through C-104

                    Detailed Base Building Design Documents
                    ---------------------------------------

                 GMP Bid Set: 4-22-98 (unless otherwise noted)
                 ---------------------------------------------


COVER     DRAWING LIST, CODE ANALYSIS, ABBREVIATIONS, NOTES (A-000)
 
SITE
- ----- 
C-100   SITE PREPARATION PLAN; Dec. 29, 1997, Rev. 4-13-98
C-101   UNDERGROUND UTILITIES PLAN, April 13, 1998
C-102   GRADING & DRAINAGE PLAN, April 13, 1998
C-103   SITE UTILITIES DETAILS, April 13, 1998
C-104   SITE PREP. DETAILS, April 13, 1998
        TOPOGRAPHIC PLAN, Nov. 21, 1997
 
ARCHITECTURAL
- ------------- 
    AD-101         LEVEL P-2 DEMOLITION PLAN
    A-101          LEVEL P-1 PARKING PLAN
    A-102          LEVEL P-2 PARKING PLAN
    A-103          LEVEL P-3 PARKING PLAN
    A-104          LEVEL P-4 PARKING PLAN
    A-105          LEVEL P-5 PLAN
    A-106          LEVEL L-1 OFFICE PLAN
    A-107          LEVEL L-2 OFFICE PLAN
    A-108          LEVEL L-3 OFFICE PLAN
    A-109          LEVEL L-4 OFFICE PLAN
    A-110          ROOF PLAN
    A-121          REFLECTED CEILING PLAN/LEVEL P-1
    A-122          REFLECTED CEILING PLAN/LEVEL P-2
    A-123          REFLECTED CEILING PLAN/LEVEL P-3
    A-124          REFLECTED CEILING PLAN/LEVEL P-4
    A-125          REFLECTED CEILING PLAN/LEVEL P-5
    A-200          EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS
    A-201          EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS
    A-202          EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS
    A-203          EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS

                                      B-7
<PAGE>
 
    A-300          WALL SECTIONS
    A-301          WALL SECTIONS
    A-400          ENLARGED CORE PLANS
    A-401          ENLARGED CORE PLANS
    A-402          ENLARGED CORE PLANS
    A-403          ENLARGED CORE PLANS
    A-404          ENLARGED CORE PLANS
    A-405          EAST FACADE PLANS
    A-406          ENLARGED ATRIUM PLAN
    A-441          STAIR PLANS
    A-442          STAIR PLAN
    A-444          STAIR SECTION/PLAN
    A-445          STAIR PLANS
    A-446          STAIR SECTION/PLAN
    A-500          EXTERIOR DETAILS
    A-501          EXTERIOR DETAILS
    A-502          EXTERIOR DETAILS
    A-503          EXTERIOR DETAILS
    A-504          EXTERIOR DETAILS
    A-505          EXTERIOR DETAILS
    A-600          DOOR ELEVATIONS & DETAILS
    A-700          WINDOW TYPES & DETAILS
    A-900          INTERIOR DETAILS

STRUCTURAL: (April 16, 1998 Set)
- --------------------------------
    S-001          GENERAL NOTES AND TYPICAL DETAILS
    S-002          TYPICAL DETAILS
    S-003          TYPICAL DETAILS
    S-101          LEVEL P-1 PARKING PLAN
    S-102          LEVEL P-2 PARKING PLAN
    S-103          LEVEL P-3 PARKING PLAN
    S-104          LEVEL P-4 PARKING PLAN
    S-105          LEVEL P-5 PARKING/OFFICE PLAN
    S-106          LEVEL 2 OFFICE PLAN
    S-107          LEVEL 3 OFFICE PLAN
    S-108          LEVEL 4 OFFICE PLAN
    S-109          LEVEL 5 OFFICE PLAN
    S-110          ROOF PLAN
    S-201          BEAM, FOOTING, WALL REINFORCING SCHEDULE & DETAILS
    S-202          SLAB DETAILS
    S-301          COLUMN SCHEDULE
    S-302          COLUMN SCHEDULE
    S-303          COLUMN SCHEDULE AND DETAILS
    S-401          SECTIONS
    S-402          SECTIONS


                                      B-8
<PAGE>
 
HVAC
- ---- 
    M-1            HVAC SCHEDULE SHEET #1
    M-2            HVAC SCHEDULE SHEET #2
    M-3            HVAC FLOOR PLAN PARKING LEVEL P-1
    M-4            HVAC FLOOR PLAN PARKING LEVEL P-2
    M-5            HVAC FLOOR PLAN PARKING LEVEL P-3
    M-6            HVAC FLOOR PLAN PARKING LEVEL P-4
    M-7            HVAC FLOOR PLAN PARKING P-5
    M-8            HVAC FLOOR PLAN OFFICE L-1
    M-9            HVAC FLOOR PLAN OFFICE L-2
    M-10           HVAC FLOOR PLAN OFFICE L-3
    M-11           HVAC FLOOR PLAN OFFICE L-4
    M-12           HVAC ROOF/PENTHOUSE PLAN
    M-13           HVAC AIR RISER DIAGRAM SHEET #1
    M-14           HVAC AIR RISER DIAGRAM SHEET #2
    M-15           HVAC DETAIL SHEET #1
    M-16           HVAC DETAIL SHEET #2
 
ELECTRICAL
- ---------- 
    E-1            SYMBOL LIST
    E-2            LEVEL P-1 PARKING POWER & LIGHTING PLAN
    E-3            LEVEL P-2 PARKING POWER & LIGHTING PLAN
    E-4            LEVEL P-3 PARKING POWER & LIGHTING PLAN
    E-5            LEVEL P-4 PARKING POWER & LIGHTING PLAN
    E-6            LEVEL P-5 PARKING POWER & LIGHTING PLAN
    E-7            LEVEL 1 OFFICE PLAN
    E-8            LEVEL 2 OFFICE PLAN
    E-9            LEVEL 3 OFFICE PLAN
    E-10           LEVEL 4 OFFICE PLAN
    E-11           ROOF PLAN
    E-12           DETAILS SHEET #1
    E-13           DETAILS SHEET #2
    E-14           PANELBOARDS SCHEDULES
    E-15           LIGHTING FIXTURE LIST
    E-21           ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM
    E-22           ENLARGED PARTIAL PLANS
 
PLUMBING
- -------- 
    P-1            PLUMBING PARKING PLAN P-1
    P-2            PLUMBING PARKING PLAN P-2
    P-3            PLUMBING PARKING PLAN P-3
    P-4            PLUMBING PARKING PLAN P-4
    P-5            PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN LEVEL P-5
    P-6            PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN OFFICE LEVEL 1
    P-7            PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN OFFICE LEVEL 2

                                      B-9
<PAGE>
 
    P-8            PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN OFFICE LEVEL 3
    P-9            PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN OFFICE LEVEL 4
    P-10           PLUMBING ROOF PLAN
    P-11           PLUMBING LEGEND, SCHEDULE & DETAILS
    P-13           PLUMBING SANITARY RISER DIAGRAM
    P-14           PLUMBING WATER RISER DIAGRAM
    P-15           PLUMBING RWL RISER DIAGRAM

FIRE PROTECTION
- ---------------
    SP-1           LEVEL P-1 PARKING SPRINKLER PLAN
    SP-2           LEVEL P-2 PARKING SPRINKLER PLAN
    SP-3           LEVEL P-3 PARKING SPRINKLER PLAN
    SP-4           LEVEL P-4 PARKING SPRINKLER PLAN
    SP-5           LEVEL P-5 OFFICE SPRINKLER PLAN
    SP-6           LEVEL 1 OFFICE SPRINKLER PLAN
    SP-7           LEVEL 2 OFFICE SPRINKLER PLAN
    SP-8           LEVEL 3 OFFICE SPRINKLER PLAN
    SP-9           LEVEL 4 OFFICE SPRINKLER PLAN
    SP-10          ROOF SPRINKLER PLAN
    SP-11          RISER SCHEDULES, DETAILS

                                     B-10
<PAGE>
 
                               CAFETERIA EXHIBIT

FOOD PREPARATION CAPABILITIES

A.   A 1,200 square foot kitchen and servery utilizing disposable plates and
     utensils, sufficient for the following types of food to be served:

     .    Hot dogs
     .    Hamburgers (char grilled)
     .    French fries
     .    Salads
     .    Sandwiches (with a deli case)
     .    Two (2) hot entree with a four bay serving line
     .    Desserts with a refrigerated section
     .    Beverages (hot and cold)
     .    Soup with two tureens

B.   Tables to be 36" x 36" plastic laminate top with wood edge.  On metal "X"
     base.  Mfg -Howe or equal

C.   Chairs to be stacking, armless, bentwood or upholstered seat with sled
     base.  Mfg - Thonet or equal.

D.   Kitchen to be equipped as per attached 6/25/98 equipment list of Aram J.
     Pothier Group, Incorporated or equivalent.

                                     B-11
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT C

                                  Work Letter


     This Work Letter is attached to and made are part of a Lease Agreement
dated as of June 30, 1998 (the "Lease"), by and between WALTHAM 60/10 LLC
("Landlord") and RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC. ("Tenant").

     1. Definitions.  All capitalized terms used in this Work Letter without
        -----------                                                         
     definition will have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Lease.

     2. Completion Schedule.  Attached hereto as Schedule No. 1 is a schedule
        -------------------                                                  
     (the "Work Schedule") setting forth a timetable for the planning and
     completion of the installation of the Leasehold Improvements to be
     constructed in the Premises and the targeted Commencement Date for the Term
     of the Lease.  The Work Schedule is intended to set forth each of the
     various items of work to be done by or approval to be given by Landlord and
     Tenant in connection with the completion of the Leasehold Improvements.
     Such Work Schedule will be the basis for completing the Tenant Improvement
     work.

     3. Leasehold Improvements.  The term "Leasehold Improvements" means all
        ----------------------                                              
     leasehold improvements, installations and other work, with the exception of
     the Base Building, to be completed in the Premises by Landlord for Tenant
     pursuant to the Leasehold Improvements Plans described in paragraph 5
     below, including, but not limited to, partitioning, doors, ceilings, floor
     coverings, wall finishes, electrical (including lighting, switching,
     outlets, etc.), plumbing, heating, ventilating and air conditioning and
     fire protection.

     4. Program Information; Leasehold Improvements Design Documents.  Landlord
        ------------------------------------------------------------           
     has delivered to Tenant the Preliminary Plans, Floor Plate and Background
     Drawings, the Civil/Site Design Documents, the Detailed Base Building
     Design Documents, the Base Building Cafeteria, Fitness and Patio Layout
     Plan, the Base Building Construction Documents and the other documents for
     the Base Building described on Exhibit B attached to the Lease, for use by
                                    ---------                                  
     Tenant in preparation of the design development documents for the Leasehold
     Improvements, which will consist of a space layout, and final and complete
     plans, details and other documents which fix dimensions and describe the
     size and character of the Leasehold Improvements to be constructed in the
     Premises, including all architectural, structural, mechanical and
     electrical systems, materials and such other elements as may be appropriate
     to enable Landlord to prepare the Leasehold Improvement Plans and are
     sufficient to obtain preliminary pricing from subcontractors (the
     "Leasehold Improvements Design Documents").  Tenant will cause the
     Leasehold Improvements architect to prepare and deliver the Leasehold
     Improvements Design Documents consistent with the Preliminary Plans and the
     Base Building Plans  to Landlord on or before August 14, 1998, for
     Landlord's review and approval.  Each day after August 14, 1998 and to 

                                      C-1
<PAGE>
 
     and including September 13, 1998 that Tenant has not delivered the
     Leasehold Improvements Design Documents to Landlord will be a day of
     Permitted Delay, but not a day of Tenant Delay. Each day after September
     13, 1998 and until Tenant has delivered the Leasehold Improvements Design
     Documents to Landlord will be a day of Tenant's Delay. Within fifteen
     business days after receipt of the proposed Leasehold Improvements Design
     Documents, Landlord will either approve the same in writing or notify
     Tenant in writing of how the proposed Leasehold Improvements Design
     Documents is inconsistent with the Base Building Plans or the Preliminary
     Plans and how the Leasehold Improvements Design Documents must be changed
     in order to make it consistent with the Base Building Plans and the
     Preliminary Plans. Each day following the 15/th/ business day after the
     proposed Leasehold Improvements Design Documents is submitted to Landlord
     until Landlord approves it or delivers such notice of objections will be a
     day of Landlord's delay. Within fifteen business days after receipt of
     Landlord's notice of objections, Tenant will cause the Leasehold
     Improvements architect to prepare a revised Leasehold Improvements Design
     Documents according to such notice and submit the revised Leasehold
     Improvements Design Documents to Landlord . Each day after such date until
     Tenant has delivered the revised Leasehold Improvements Design Documents to
     Landlord will be a day of Tenant's Delay. Upon submittal to Landlord of the
     revised Leasehold Improvements Design Documents, and upon submittal of any
     further revisions, the procedures described above will be repeated until
     the Leasehold Improvements Design Documents is approved by Landlord.

     5. Leasehold Improvements Plans.  Within 60 days after the Leasehold
        ----------------------------                                     
     Improvements Design Documents have been approved by Landlord, Tenant will
     cause the Leasehold Improvements architect to prepare construction plans
     and specifications for the Leasehold Improvements based on the approved
     Leasehold Improvements Design Documents (the "Leasehold Improvements
     Plans") and submit same to Landlord for review and approval pursuant to
     this paragraph.  Within five business days after receipt of the proposed
     Leasehold Improvements Plans, Landlord will either approve the same in
     writing or notify Tenant in writing of how the proposed Leasehold
     Improvements Plans are inconsistent with the Leasehold Improvements Design
     Documents and how the Leasehold Improvements Plans must be changed in order
     to make them consistent with the Leasehold Improvements Design Documents.
     If Landlord fails to approve or deliver its objections to the proposed
     Leasehold Improvements Plans within five business days after delivery by
     Tenant, Landlord will be deemed to have approved the Tenant Improvements
     Plans.  After receipt of Landlord's notice of objections, Tenant will cause
     the Leasehold Improvements architect to prepare revised Leasehold
     Improvements Plans according to such notice and submit the revised
     Leasehold Improvements Plans to Landlord.  Upon submittal to Landlord of
     the revised Leasehold Improvements Plans and upon submittal of any further
     revisions, the procedures described above will be repeated until the
     Leasehold Improvements Plans are approved by Landlord.  After final
     approval (or deemed approval) by Landlord and Tenant, all further changes
     to the Leasehold Improvements Plans may be made in accordance with Section
     3.8 of the Lease. Tenant will not be charged any fee by Landlord for
     Landlord's review of the

                                      C-2
<PAGE>
 
     Leasehold Improvements Design Documents or the Leasehold Improvements (it
     being acknowledged that the fees of the Leasehold Improvements architect
     shall be included as part of Tenant's Cost).

     6. Tenant's Cost Proposal.  Within 15 business days after the approval of
        ----------------------                                                
     the Leasehold Improvements Plans by both Landlord and Tenant, Landlord will
     provide to Tenant the names of experienced, qualified and reputable
     subcontractors and suppliers to whom Landlord or Landlord's general
     contractor will submit requests for bids to perform all or a portion of the
     Leasehold Improvements, as subcontractors to ADP Marshall Inc.  Tenant
     shall submit a list of any additional experienced, qualified and reputable
     subcontractors and suppliers who are union contractors and to whom Tenant
     wants bid packages sent.  If Tenant fails to deliver such list of
     subcontractors or suppliers within the fifth business day after delivery of
     Landlord's list of proposed contractors and subcontractors, Tenant shall be
     deemed to have approved Landlord's list.  Within thirty days after receipt
     by Landlord of Tenant's list of additional subcontractors, Landlord will
     obtain bids for the Leasehold Improvements and Landlord, Tenant and
     Landlord's general contractor shall meet together to review all bids
     submitted and to select the best reasonable price for the Leasehold
     Improvements.  On the basis of such review, within 10 days after the review
     by Landlord and Tenant of the bids, Landlord shall (i) prepare a proposed
     budget for all items to be included in Tenant's Cost ("Tenant's Cost
     Proposal"); and (ii) submit a written breakdown of all bids selected and
     Tenant's Cost Proposal to Tenant for Tenant's review and approval.  Tenant,
     at Tenant's option, may either approve Tenant's Cost proposal in writing or
     elect to eliminate or revise one or more items of Leasehold Improvements
     shown on the Leasehold Improvements Plans and then approve in writing the
     modified Tenant's Cost Proposal (based on the revised Leasehold
     Improvements Plans).  Tenant's modifications may include, without
     limitation, the selection of another subcontractor (one of the bidders).
     If Tenant fails to approve or deliver its objection to the Tenant's Cost
     Proposal within the 5/th/ business day after delivery by Landlord, Tenant
     shall be deemed to have approved Tenant's Cost Proposal.

     7. Construction of Leasehold Improvements.  After the Leasehold
        --------------------------------------                      
     Improvements Plans have been prepared and approved and Tenant has approved
     Tenant's Cost Proposal, Landlord will engage the general contractor to
     obtain all applicable building permits and cause the Leasehold Improvements
     to be constructed or installed in the Base Building in a good and
     workmanlike manner and according to the Leasehold Improvements Plans and
     all applicable Laws.  Landlord will require that such contractor use
     commercially reasonable efforts to secure substantial completion of the
     work in accordance with Work Schedule.  The cost of such work will be paid
     as provided in Paragraph 8 hereof.

     8. Payment of Cost of the Leasehold Improvements.
        --------------------------------------------- 

          (a) Landlord hereby grants to Tenant an allowance (the "Leasehold
          Improvements Allowance") of $29.00 per square foot of Rentable Area of
          the Premises, or, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 3.10 of
          the Lease, a total of $5,800,000.  Such Leasehold Improvements
          Allowance may be used for items including but not limited to the
          following:

                                      C-3
<PAGE>
 
               (i)   Payment of the cost of preparing the Leasehold Improvements
                     Design Documents and the Leasehold Improvements Plans.

               (ii)  The payment of plan check, permit, inspection and license
                     fees and cost relating to construction of the Leasehold 
                     Improvements.

               (iii) Construction of the Leasehold Improvements in their
                     entirety, including, without limitation, the following:

                    (1) Installation within the Premises of all partitioning,
                    doors, floor coverings, ceilings, wall coverings and
                    painting, mill-work and similar items.

                    (2) All electrical wiring, lighting fixtures, outlet
                    switches, and other electrical work to be installed within
                    the Premises.

                    (3) The furnishing and installation of all duct work,
                    terminal boxes, diffusers and accessories required for the
                    completion of the heating, ventilation and air condition
                    systems within the Premises.

                    (4) Any additional Tenant requirements including, but not
                    limited to odor control, special heating, ventilation and
                    air conditioning, noise or other special systems.

                    (5) All plumbing, fixtures, pipes and accessories to be
                    installed within the Premises.

                    (6)  Testing and inspection costs.

          Except as otherwise set forth in this Work Letter, the Leasehold
          Improvements Allowance will be disbursed by Landlord and applied as
          payment toward the installation of all Leasehold Improvements and
          costs of planning, design and miscellaneous fees associated therewith.

          (b) Tenant will be responsible for payment of the amount, if any, by
          which Tenant's Cost exceeds the Leasehold Improvements Allowance
          ("Tenant's Excess Cost") which amount shall be applied to the
          Leasehold Improvements cost before payment of any portion of the
          Leasehold Improvements Allowance.  Tenant will pay the amount of
          Tenant's Excess Cost to Landlord in monthly progress payments due
          within five business days after receipt by Tenant of Landlord's
          invoice therefor, accompanied by reasonable backup 

                                      C-4
<PAGE>
 
          such as copies of an itemized draw request from Landlord's general
          contractor and a statement of Tenant's architect or other evidence
          reasonably satisfactory to Tenant that the work reflected on the
          submitted invoices has been completed and the materials reflected on
          the submitted invoices have been delivered to the Premises. Each
          payment by Tenant will be in the amount of Landlord's invoice, less
          the retainage, if any, in the Landlord's contract with the general
          contractor with respect to such work. Final payment of such retainage
          will be due within 30 days after the occurrence of the Commencement
          Date. Upon the payment or retainage by Tenant of the entirety of the
          Tenant's Excess Cost in accordance with the foregoing provisions of
          this subparagraph, Landlord shall thereafter apply the Landlord
          Improvements Allowance to Tenant's Costs as the same become due.

          (c) In the event that after the Leasehold Improvements Plans have been
          prepared and Tenant's Cost Proposal has been approved by Tenant,
          Tenant requires any change, addition or alteration in the approved
          Leasehold Improvements Plans, Tenant will prepare plans and
          specifications with respect to such change, addition or alteration and
          submit the plans to Landlord for approval. Within ten business days
          after the submission of the plans and specifications, Landlord will
          prepare and deliver to Tenant a Change Order in accordance with the
          provisions of Section 3.8 of the Lease.

          (d) In the event that the cost of the Leasehold Improvements increases
          over that set forth in Tenant's Cost Proposal due to the requirements
          of any governmental agency, Tenant will pay Landlord the amount of any
          such increase in the manner set forth in Paragraph 8(b) above.

          (e) Any unused portion of the Leasehold Improvements Allowance will
          not be paid in cash to Tenant or by a credit against Rent, but shall
          remain available to Tenant, without interest, to reimburse Tenant for
          the cost of Alterations to the Premises during the Term.

          (f) Landlord will bear the following costs relating to the Leasehold
          Improvements and the Base Building work and none other, except as
          provided herein

               (i)   Design and construction of the Base Building.

               (ii)  Costs associated with the use of the freight elevator 
                     during construction of the Leasehold Improvements and 
                     subsequent move-in.

               (iii) Premiums or other incremental portion thereof for insurance
                     policies procured by Landlord and applicable to periods 
                     of time prior to the Commencement Date.

                                      C-5
<PAGE>
 
               (iv)  Costs associated with bonding of any subcontractors and/or
                     vendors if imposed by Landlord or its agents.

               (v)   Electric consumption during construction of the Leasehold
                     Improvements.

     9.   Accounting Records.
          ------------------ 

          (a) Landlord will keep full and detailed accounts and will exercise
          such controls as may be necessary for the proper financial management
          of the Leasehold Improvements.  Landlord's accounting and control
          systems will be satisfactory to the Tenant.  Tenant and Tenant's
          Representative will be afforded access to Landlord's records, books,
          correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts, invoices, agreements
          vouchers and other data relating to the Leasehold Improvements for the
          purpose of reviewing, auditing and/or copying such material when
          reasonably requested by Tenant.

          (b) Landlord will require the selected general contractor to, not less
          than on a monthly basis, deliver to the Tenant a statement showing in
          complete detail (itemized by contractor, subcontractor, vendor,
          consultants, etc.) all monies paid out or costs incurred by the
          Landlord in connection with the Leasehold Improvements, as well as all
          executed Change Orders, during the period commencing on the first day
          of each month preceding the current month and ending on the last day
          of said proceeding month, together with such supporting documentation
          as may be reasonably required by Tenant.

     10. Substantial Completion and Rent Commencement Date.  The commencement of
         -------------------------------------------------                      
     the Term of the Lease and Tenant's obligation for the payment of Rent under
     the Lease will commence as provided in the Lease.

                                      C-6
<PAGE>
 
                                 Schedule No. 1



                                 Work Schedule
                                 -------------
 
 
        Responsible Party  Abbreviations:
        -----------------  ----------------------
        "T" = Tenant       "TI" Leasehold Improvements
        "LL" = Landlord    "BB" Base Building

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
Plan Description                        Responsible   Date Due          Status
                                        Party
<S>                                     <C>          <C>               <C>
Floor Plate and Background              LL            4/24/98          Issued and
 Drawings to T                                                         approved
                                                                       by Tenant
Civil/Site Design Documents to          LL            4/24/98          Issued and
 Tenant                                                                approved
                                                                       by Tenant
Detailed BB Design Documents to         LL            4/24/98          Issued and
 Tenant                                                                approved
                                                                       by Tenant
BB Cafeteria, Fitness and Patio         LL            5/22/98          Issued and
 layout plan to T                                                      approved
                                                                       by Tenant
Complete BB Construction                LL            6/22/98          Issued by
 Documents                                                             Landlord;
                                                                       not approved by
                                                                       Tenant

BB Materials Presentation to T          LL            7/15/98

Leasehold Improvements Design           T             8/14/98
 Documents to LL

BB Interior Finishes Presentation to    LL            8/15/98
 T

Leasehold Improvement Plans to LL       T             60 days after
                                                      approval by
                                                      LL of
                                                      Leasehold
                                                      Improvement
                                                      Design
                                                      Documents
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
Plan Description                        Responsible   Date Due          Status
                                        Party
<S>                                     <C>          <C>               <C>
Subcontractor List to T                 LL           15 business
                                                     days after
                                                     approval by
                                                     LL of
                                                     Leasehold
                                                     Improvement
                                                     Plans

Receipt of bids by LL for Leasehold     LL           30 days after
 Improvements and Meeting with T                     delivery by T
 and GC                                              of additional
                                                     subcontractors,
                                                     if any

Tenant's Cost Proposal to T             LL           10 days after
                                                     review by LL
                                                     and T of bids

Commence Tenant Improvement             LL           30 days after
 Construction                                        acceptance of
                                                     bids by LL

Punchlist Completed                     LL           6/18/99

Projected Lease Commencement            LL           6/30/99
 Date
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT D
                                   ---------

                             JANITORIAL STANDARDS
                             --------------------


GENERAL CLEANING SERVICES
- -------------------------

NIGHTLY OFFICES (Monday through Friday, inclusive, Holidays excepted)
- ---------------

1.   Empty and damp clean ashtrays
2.   Empty waste baskets and remove trash (with the exception of those waste
     receptacles and containers used for medical waste, which shall be emptied
     and the trash disposed of by Tenant)
3.   Vacuum all carpeting
4.   Spot clean doors, walls and light switches, entrance door and glass


WEEKLY OFFICES
- --------------

1.   Dust and wipe clean all office furniture, woodwork and basewalls
2.   Vacuum all carpet edges


MONTHLY OFFICES
- ---------------

1.   Dust all window blinds
2.   Dust tops of all files
3.   Dust all ceiling diffusers


NIGHTLY LAVATORIES
- ------------------

1.   Wash toilet seats, bowls, urinals and basins with approved germicidal 
     detergent
2.   Sweep and wash floor with approved germicidal detergent
3.   Clean all mirrors, shelves and bright work etc. including flushometer
     and receptacles
4.   Spot clean doors, partitions and wall
5.   Dust window sills
6.   Remove wastepapers
7.   Refill tissue holders, soap dispensers and towel dispensers

                                      D-1
<PAGE>
 
*SUPPLIES TO BE FURNISHED BY OWNER


MONTHLY LAVATORIES
- ------------------

1.   Wash all partitions and walls
2.   Clean all exhaust fan grills


QUARTERLY LAVATORIES
- --------------------

1.   Machine scrub all flooring


NIGHTLY STAIRWELL AND CORRIDORS
- -------------------------------

1.   Vacuum all carpeting
2.   Sweep and damp mop all flooring
3.   Dust all railings, edges and window sills
4.   Empty and clean all ashtrays
5.   Spot wash all walls
6.   Wash basement stairs and corridor


WEEKLY STAIRWELL AND CORRIDORS
- ------------------------------

1.   Wash all stairs
2.   Corner vacuum all carpeting


NIGHTLY LOBBY
- -------------

1.   Vacuum all carpet
2.   Vacuum at all entrance doors
3.   Wet mop rear entrance lobby floor
4.   Empty and clean ashtrays
5.   Spot clean walls and base
6.   Clean all entrance glass and doors
7.   Sweep all entrance steps

                                     D-2
<PAGE>
 
WEEKLY LOBBY
- ------------

1.   Dust directory and plaques


NIGHTLY ELEVATORS
- -----------------

1.   Vacuum carpets
2.   Clean walls
3.   Clean stainless steel in and outside of elevators with approved cleaner
4.   Remove trash from ceiling grill


WEEKLY ELEVATORS
- ----------------

1.   Vacuum all elevator tracks
2.   Dust ceiling fans


MONTHLY ELEVATORS
- -----------------

1.   Dust ceiling grills


NIGHTLY LAB AREA
- ----------------

1.   Sweep
2.   Damp mop
3.   Empty trash


SNOW REMOVAL
- ------------

1.   After a 2" or greater snowfall, the snow will be removed from walkways,
     driveways, parking areas and steps.
2.   In cases of ice storms or other icy conditions, sand or other de-icing
     material shall be applied as necessary to walkways, driveways, parking
     areas and steps.

                                      D-3
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT E

                             Existing Encumbrances



1.   Real estate taxes and municipal charges not yet due and payable.

2.   Drainage Easement twenty feet wide extending from the Southwesterly corner
     of the premises in a southerly direction created in a Deed duly recorded
     with the Middlesex Southern District Registry of Deeds (the "Registry") in
     Book 12387, Page 314.

3.   Notification of Non-Significance filed by Waltham Conservation Commission
     on September 24, 1992 with the Registry in Book 22426, Page 137.

4.   The following matters disclosed by that certain Plan entitled "ALTA/ASCM
     Land Title Survey Plan of Land in Waltham, Mass. (Middlesex County)
     Prepared For: The Beal Companies" dated August 29, 1997:

     (a) rip-rap swale encroaches over southeasterly boundary
     (b) concrete and bituminous walks along Second Avenue encroach onto
         premises
     (c) guy wire encroaches

5.   Order by the Land Court (Misc. Case No. 128509) for the issuance of a
     Special Permit as set forth in an instrument recorded with the Registry in
     Book 20433, Page 311, as affected by Orders by City of Waltham City Council
     recorded with the Registry in Book 24557, page 61 and Book 25336, Page 119.

6.   Superseding Order of Conditions filed by Commonwealth of Massachusetts on
     November 13, 1992 with the Registry in Book 22613, Page 209, as affected by
     Certificate of Compliance recorded with the Registry in Book 23709 Page
     251.

7.   Planning Board Covenants as set forth in an instrument recorded with the
     Registry in Book 20390, Page 154, as affected by Covenant Release to Lots
     A, B and C on plan recorded with the Registry in Book 20390, Page 153 and
     Release recorded with the Registry in Book 22408, Page 397.
<PAGE>
 
                                   Exhibit F

                             Sublease Requirements


     The terms of the Sublease with Massachusetts General Physicians
Organization, Inc. ("MGP"), as provided in Section 9.2, are as follows:


Sublandlord:        Renaissance Worldwide, Inc.

Subtenant:          MGP

Area:               3,500 square feet on the first floor

Rent:               Base rent of $22.00 per square foot of Rentable Area, plus
                    subtenant's proportionate share of Operating Costs

Tenant Improvement
Allowance:          $23.00 to be paid by Sublandlord

Term:               Term ending ______________, 2005

Extension Option:   Two five year extension options (but not to exceed the
                    Term of the Lease) at base rent equal to 95% of the then 
                    fair market rent for the Premises.

<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.12
================================================================================




                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                                     among

                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.,
                                  as Borrower,

                               NATIONSBANK, N.A.,
                            as Administrative Agent,

                     NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY SECURITIES LLC,
                             as Syndication Agent,

                                      and
                            the Lenders named herein

                               February 24, 1999




================================================================================
<PAGE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    Page
                                                                                    ----
<S>                                                                                 <C>
ARTICLE 1 - Definitions............................................................   1
Section 1.1      Definitions.......................................................   1
Section 1.2      Other Definitional Provisions.....................................  19
Section 1.3      Accounting Terms and Determinations...............................  19
Section 1.4      Time of Day.......................................................  20

ARTICLE 2 - Revolving Credit Facility..............................................  20
Section 2.1      Revolving Commitments.............................................  20
Section 2.2      Notes.............................................................  20
Section 2.3      Repayment of Revolving Loans......................................  20
Section 2.4      Use of Proceeds...................................................  21
Section 2.5      Revolving Commitment Fee..........................................  21
Section 2.6      Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitments.................  21
Section 2.7      Letters of Credit.................................................  21
Section 2.8      Borrowing Base....................................................  25

ARTICLE 3 -[RESERVED]..............................................................  25

ARTICLE 4 - Interest and Fees......................................................  25
Section 4.1      Interest Rate.....................................................  25
Section 4.2      [RESERVED]........................................................  26
Section 4.3      Payment Dates.....................................................  26
Section 4.4      Default Interest..................................................  26
Section 4.5      Conversions and Continuations of Accounts.........................  26
Section 4.6      Computations......................................................  26

ARTICLE 5 - Administrative Matters.................................................  26
Section 5.1      Borrowing Procedure...............................................  26
Section 5.2      Minimum Amounts...................................................  27
Section 5.3      Certain Notices...................................................  27
Section 5.4      Prepayments.......................................................  28
Section 5.5      Method of Payment.................................................  29
Section 5.6      Pro Rata Treatment................................................  29
Section 5.7      Sharing of Payments...............................................  30
Section 5.8      Non-Receipt of Funds by Administrative Agent......................  30
Section 5.9      Participation Obligations Absolute; Failure to Fund Participation.  30

ARTICLE 6 - Change in Circumstances................................................  31
Section 6.1      Increased Cost and Reduced Return.................................  31
Section 6.2      Limitation on Libor Accounts......................................  32
Section 6.3      Illegality........................................................  33
Section 6.4      Treatment of Affected Accounts....................................  33
Section 6.5      Compensation......................................................  33
</TABLE>

                                       i
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                  <C>
Section 6.6      Taxes.............................................................  34
Section 6.7      Withholding Tax Exemption.........................................  35
Section 6.8      Mitigation........................................................  36

ARTICLE 7 - Security...............................................................  36
Section 7.1      Collateral........................................................  36
Section 7.2      Guaranties........................................................  37
Section 7.3      New Subsidiaries, New Issuances of Capital Stock..................  37
Section 7.4      New Mortgaged Properties..........................................  37
Section 7.5      Release of Collateral.............................................  38

ARTICLE 8 - Conditions Precedent...................................................  38
Section 8.1      Initial Loan and Letter of Credit.................................  38
Section 8.2      All Loans and Letters of Credit...................................  42

ARTICLE 9 - Representations and Warranties.........................................  43
Section 9.1      Corporate Existence...............................................  43
Section 9.2      Financial Condition...............................................  43
Section 9.3      Corporate Action; No Breach.......................................  44
Section 9.4      Operation of Business.............................................  44
Section 9.5      Litigation and Judgments..........................................  44
Section 9.6      Rights in Properties; Liens.......................................  44
Section 9.7      Enforceability....................................................  45
Section 9.8      Approvals.........................................................  45
Section 9.9      Debt..............................................................  45
Section 9.10     Taxes.............................................................  45
Section 9.11     Margin Securities.................................................  45
Section 9.12     ERISA.............................................................  45
Section 9.13     Disclosure........................................................  46
Section 9.14     Subsidiaries; Capitalization......................................  46
Section 9.15     Agreements........................................................  46
Section 9.16     Compliance with Laws..............................................  46
Section 9.17     Investment Company Act............................................  46
Section 9.18     Public Utility Holding Company Act................................  46
Section 9.19     Environmental Matters.............................................  47
Section 9.20     Broker's Fees.....................................................  48
Section 9.21     Employee Matters..................................................  48
Section 9.22     Solvency..........................................................  48
Section 9.23     Year 2000 Compliance..............................................  48

ARTICLE 10 - Positive Covenants....................................................  48
Section 10.1     Reporting Requirements............................................  49
Section 10.2     Maintenance of Existence; Conduct of Business.....................  51
Section 10.3     Maintenance of Properties.........................................  51
Section 10.4     Taxes and Claims..................................................  51
Section 10.5     Insurance.........................................................  51
Section 10.6     Inspection Rights.................................................  52
</TABLE>
                                      ii
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                  <C>
Section 10.7     Keeping Books and Records.........................................  53
Section 10.8     Compliance with Laws..............................................  53
Section 10.9     Compliance with Agreements........................................  53
Section 10.10    Further Assurances................................................  53
Section 10.11    ERISA.............................................................  53
Section 10.12    Unified Cash Management System....................................  54
Section 10.13    Year 2000 Compliance..............................................  54

ARTICLE 11 - Negative Covenants....................................................  54
Section 11.1     Debt..............................................................  54
Section 11.2     Limitation on Liens and Restrictions on Subsidiaries..............  55
Section 11.3     Mergers, Etc......................................................  56
Section 11.4     Restricted Junior Payments........................................  57
Section 11.5     Investments.......................................................  57
Section 11.6     Limitation on Issuance of Capital Stock...........................  58
Section 11.7     Transactions With Affiliates......................................  58
Section 11.8     Disposition of Assets.............................................  59
Section 11.9     Lines of Business.................................................  59
Section 11.10    Limitations on Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries................  59
Section 11.11    Environmental Protection..........................................  59
Section 11.12    ERISA.............................................................  59

ARTICLE 12 - Financial Covenants...................................................  60
Section 12.1     Minimum Tangible Net Worth........................................  60
Section 12.2     Senior Leverage Ratio.............................................  60
Section 12.3     Maximum Total Leverage Ratio......................................  60
Section 12.4     Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio...............................  60

ARTICLE 13 - Default...............................................................  60
Section 13.1     Events of Default.................................................  60
Section 13.2     Remedies..........................................................  63
Section 13.3     Cash Collateral...................................................  63
Section 13.4     Performance by Administrative Agent...............................  64
Section 13.5     Set-off...........................................................  64
Section 13.6     Continuance of Default............................................  64

ARTICLE 14 - Administrative Agent..................................................  64
Section 14.1     Appointment, Powers, and Immunities...............................  64
Section 14.2     Reliance by Administrative Agent..................................  65
Section 14.3     Defaults..........................................................  65
Section 14.4     Rights as Lender..................................................  65
Section 14.5     Indemnification...................................................  66
Section 14.6     Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders..........................  66
Section 14.7     Resignation of Administrative Agent...............................  67
Section 14.8     Administrative Agent Fee..........................................  67
Section 14.9     Several Commitments...............................................  67
</TABLE>
                                      iii
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                  <C>
ARTICLE 15 - Miscellaneous.........................................................  68
Section 15.1     Expenses..........................................................  68
Section 15.2     Indemnification...................................................  68
Section 15.3     Limitation of Liability...........................................  69
Section 15.4     No Duty...........................................................  70
Section 15.5     No Fiduciary Relationship.........................................  70
Section 15.6     Equitable Relief..................................................  70
Section 15.7     No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies....................................  70
Section 15.8     Successors and Assigns............................................  70
Section 15.9     Survival..........................................................  72
Section 15.10    Entire Agreement..................................................  72
Section 15.11    Amendments and Waivers............................................  72
Section 15.12    Maximum Interest Rate.............................................  74
Section 15.13    Notices...........................................................  74
Section 15.14    Governing Law; Venue; Service of Process..........................  75
Section 15.15    Counterparts......................................................  75
Section 15.16    Severability......................................................  75
Section 15.17    Headings..........................................................  75
Section 15.18    Construction......................................................  75
Section 15.19    Independence of Covenants.........................................  75
Section 15.20    Waiver of Jury Trial..............................................  76
Section 15.21    Confidentiality...................................................  76
</TABLE>

                                      iv
<PAGE>
 
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS
                               -----------------


               Exhibit                     Description of Exhibit
               -------                     ----------------------

               "A"                         Revolving Note
               "B"                         [RESERVED]
               "C"                         Borrowing Base Certificate
               "D"                         Assignment and Acceptance Agreement
               "E"                         Compliance Certificate
               "F"                         Subsidiary Guaranty
               "G"                         Joinder Agreement



                               INDEX TO SCHEDULES
                               ------------------

               Schedule                    Description of Schedule
               --------                    -----------------------

               2.4                         Indebtedness to be Refinanced
               7.1                         Transfer Restrictions, Etc.
               9.1                         Corporate Existence/Good Standing
               9.3                         Corporate Action/No Breach
               9.4                         Operation of Business
               9.5                         Litigation and Judgments
               9.6                         Collateral Matters
               9.9                         Debt
               9.12                        ERISA
               9.13                        Disclosure Documents
               9.14                        Subsidiaries; Capitalization
               9.15                        Restrictions on Subsidiaries
               9.19                        Environmental Matters
               9.21                        Employee Matters
               9.22                        Solvency
               9.23                        Year 2000 Compliance
               11.2                        Liens
               11.3                        Subsidiary Mergers, Resolutions, Etc.
               11.5                        Investments
               11.8                        Asset Dispositions

                                       v
<PAGE>
 
                                CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                ----------------

     THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT ("Agreement"), dated as of February 24, 1999, is
                             ---------                                     
among RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC., a corporation duly organized and validly
existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts ("Borrower"), each
                                                               --------        
of the banks or other lending institutions which is or which may from time to
time become a signatory hereto or any successor or assignee thereof pursuant to
Section 15.8(b) hereof (individually, a "Lender" and, collectively, the
- ---------------                          ------                        
"Lenders") and NATIONSBANK, N.A., a national banking association, as Fronting
 -------                                                                     
Bank (as defined below) and as administrative agent for the Lenders (in its
capacity as administrative agent, together with its successors in such capacity,
"Administrative Agent").
 --------------------   

                                R E C I T A L S:
                                --------------- 

     Borrower has requested that Lenders extend credit to Borrower in the form
of a revolving credit facility and a letter of credit subfacility.  Lenders are
willing to extend such credit to Borrower upon the terms and conditions
hereinafter set forth.

     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants
herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE 1

                                  Definitions
                                  -----------

      Section 1.1   Definitions.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms
                    -----------                                                 
have the following meanings:

     "Account" means either a Base Rate Account or a Libor Account.
      -------                                                      

     "Account Debtor" means a Person who is obligated on a Receivable.
      --------------                                                  

     "Adjusted EBITDA" means, for any period and any Person, the total of the
      ---------------                                                        
following calculated without duplication on a consolidated basis for such
period:  (a) EBITDA of such Person; plus (b) on a pro forma basis, the EBITDA
                                    ----                                     
attributable to all Subsidiaries of such Person or assets acquired by such
Person during such period, in each case for any portion of such period occurring
prior to the date of the acquisition of such Subsidiary or assets; minus (c)
                                                                   -----    
EBITDA of such Person and its Subsidiaries attributable to any Subsidiary or
assets disposed of during such period, in each case for any portion of such
period occurring prior to the date of the disposal of any such Subsidiary or
assets.

     "Adjusted Libor Rate" means, for any Libor Account for any Interest Period
      -------------------                                                      
therefor, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest
1/100 of 1%) determined by Administrative Agent to be equal to the quotient
obtained by dividing (a) the Libor Rate for such Libor Account for such Interest
Period by (b) 1 minus the Reserve Requirement for such Libor Account for such
Interest Period.
<PAGE>
 
     "Adjusted Net Income" means, for any period and any Person, such Person's
      -------------------                                                     
consolidated net income (or loss) determined in accordance with GAAP, but
excluding: (a) the income of any other Person (other than its Subsidiaries) in
which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries has an ownership interest, unless
received by such Person or its Subsidiary in a cash distribution; (b) any after-
tax gains or losses attributable to an asset disposition; and (c) to the extent
not included in clause (a) and clause (b) above, any after-tax extraordinary,
                ----------     ----------                                    
non-cash or nonrecurring gains or losses.

     "Administrative Agent" has the meaning set forth in the introductory
      --------------------                                               
paragraph of this Agreement.

     "Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, any other Person (a) that
      ---------                                                              
directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls or is
controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person; (b) that directly
or indirectly beneficially owns or holds ten percent (10%) or more of any class
of Voting Stock of such Person; or (c) ten percent (10%) or more of the Voting
Stock of which is directly or indirectly beneficially owned or held by the
Person in question.  As used in this definition, the term "control" means the
possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause direction of
the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of Voting
Stock, by contract, or otherwise; provided, however, in no event shall the
                                  --------  -------                       
Agents or any Lender be deemed an Affiliate of Borrower or any Subsidiary of
Borrower.

     "Agents" means the Administrative Agent and the Syndication Agent,
      ------                                                           
collectively.

     "Agreement" has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph of this
      ---------                                                                 
Agreement, as the same may be amended or otherwise modified.

     "Applicable Lending Office" means, for each Lender and for each Type of
      -------------------------                                             
Account, the "Lending Office" of such Lender (or of an Affiliate of such Lender)
designated for such Type of Account on the signature pages hereof or such other
office of such Lender (or an Affiliate of such Lender) as such Lender may from
time to time specify to Administrative Agent and Borrower by written notice in
accordance with the terms hereof as the office by which its Accounts of such
Type are to be made and maintained.

     "Applicable Rate" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.
      ---------------                               ----------- 

     "Asset Disposition" means, with respect to any Person, the disposition of
      -----------------                                                       
any asset of such Person (including, without limitation, the sale of any Capital
Stock of any Subsidiary of such Person) other than (i) sales of Inventory in the
ordinary course of business, (ii) dispositions of Equipment no longer used or
useful in such Person's business and (iii) dispositions of other Equipment to be
replaced (and such Equipment is so replaced) with other functionally equivalent
Equipment within one hundred twenty (120) days of the disposition thereof.

     "Assignment and Acceptance" means an assignment and acceptance, in
      -------------------------                                        
substantially the form of Exhibit "D", entered into by a Lender and an Eligible
                          -----------                                          
Assignee and accepted by Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 15.8(b).
                                                          --------------- 

     "Authorized Representative" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(f).
      -------------------------                               --------------- 

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
     "Bankruptcy Code" has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1(e).
      ---------------                               --------------- 

     "Base Rate" means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the higher of
      ---------                                                               
(a) the Federal Funds Rate plus one-half of one percent (0.5%), or (b) the Prime
Rate.  Any change in the Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the
Federal Funds Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in
the Prime Rate or Federal Funds Rate.

     "Base Rate Account" means a portion of a Loan that bears interest at a rate
      -----------------                                                         
based upon the Base Rate.

     "Base Rate Margin" means three quarters of one percent (0.75 %).
      ----------------                                               

     "Borrower" has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph of this
      --------                                                                 
Agreement.

     "Borrowing Base" means, at any time, an amount equal to eighty-five percent
      --------------                                                            
(85%) of the face value of Eligible Receivables due and owing at such time plus
                                                                           ----
fifty percent (50%) of earned but unbilled Receivables that would constitute
Eligible Receivables upon the issuance of an invoice therefor.

     "Borrowing Base Certificate" means a certificate, signed by an Authorized
      --------------------------                                              
Representative of Borrower, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit
                                                                         -------
"C".
- --- 

     "Business Day" means (a) any day excluding Saturday, Sunday, and any day
      ------------                                                           
which either is a legal holiday under the laws of the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts or the State of Texas  or is a day on which banking institutions
located in any such states are closed, and (b), with respect to all borrowings,
payments, Conversions, Continuations, Interest Periods, and notices in
connection with Loans subject to Libor Accounts, any day which is a Business Day
described in clause (a) above and which is also a day on which dealings in
             ----------                                                   
Dollar deposits are carried out in the London interbank market.

     "Capital Lease Obligations" means, as to any Person, the obligations of
      -------------------------                                             
such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease of (or other agreement
conveying the right to use) real and/or personal property, which obligations are
required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance
sheet of such Person according to GAAP.  For purposes of this Agreement, the
amount of such Capital Lease Obligations shall be the capitalized amount
thereof, determined in accordance with GAAP.

     "Capital Stock" means corporate stock and any and all shares, partnership
      -------------                                                           
interests, membership interests, equity interests, rights, securities, or other
equivalent evidences of ownership, or any options, warrants, voting trust
certificates, or other instruments evidencing an ownership interest or a right
to acquire an ownership interest in a Person (however designated) issued by any
entity (whether a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, limited
partnership, or other type of entity).

     "Capital Expenditures" means, with respect to any Person, all expenditures
      --------------------                                                     
made and liabilities incurred for the acquisition of assets which are not, in
accordance with GAAP, treated as 

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
expense items for such Person in the year made or incurred or as a prepaid
expense applicable to a future year or years.

     "Cash Interest Expense" means, for any period for any Person, that portion
      ---------------------                                                    
of Interest Expense for such period which is actually paid in cash by such
Person.

     "Cash Taxes" means, for any period for any Person, that portion of Taxes
      ----------                                                             
for such period which is actually paid in cash by such Person.

     "Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the
      -----------------                                                       
sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of
merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or
substantially all of the assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a
whole to any "person" (as such term is used in Section 13(d) (3) of the
Securities Exchange Act), (ii) the adoption of a plan relating to the
liquidation or dissolution of Borrower, (iii) the consummation of any
transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) first
occurring after the Closing Date the result of which is that any "person" (as
defined above), becomes the "beneficial owner" (as such term is defined  in Rule
13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act, except that a person
shall be deemed to have "beneficial ownership" of all securities that such
person has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or
is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition), directly or
indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of Borrower (measured by voting
power rather than number of shares), or (iv) the first day on which a majority
of the members of the Board of Directors of Borrower are not Continuing
Directors.
 
     "Closing Date" means the date that the first Loan is advanced under this
      ------------                                                           
Agreement.

     "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
      ----                                                      

     "Collateral" means all Property of any nature whatsoever upon which a Lien
      ----------                                                               
is created or purported to be created by any Loan Document as security for the
Obligations or any portion thereof.

     "Commitment Fee Rate" means one half of one percent (0.50 %).
      -------------------                                         

     "Commitment Percentage" means, with respect to each Lender, the percentage
      ---------------------                                                    
equivalent of the amount of the Commitments of such Lender (or the Commitment in
question) divided by the aggregate amount of all the Commitments of all of the
Lenders (or the Commitment in question of all the Lenders).

     "Commitments" means, with respect to each Lender, its Revolving Commitment,
      -----------                                                               
and, with respect to all Lenders, all such commitments.

     "Compliance Certificate" means a certificate in substantially the form of
      ----------------------                                                  
Exhibit "E", properly completed and executed by the chief financial officer of
- -----------                                                                   
Borrower.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
     "Continue", "Continuation", and "Continued" shall refer to the continuation
      --------    ------------        ---------                                 
pursuant to Section 4.5 of a Libor Account from one Interest Period to the next
            -----------                                                        
Interest Period.

     "Continuing Directors" means, as of any date of determination, any member
      --------------------                                                    
of the Board of Directors of Borrower who (i) was a member of such Board of
Directors on the Closing Date or (ii) was nominated for election or elected to
such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing
Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination or
election.

     "Contract Rate" has the meaning specified in Subsection 15.12(a).
      -------------                               ------------------- 

     "Convert", "Conversion", and "Converted" shall refer to a conversion
      -------    ----------        ---------                             
pursuant to Section 4.5 or Article 6 of one Type of Account into another Type of
            -----------    ---------                                            
Account.

     "Debt" means, as to any Person at any time (without duplication): (a) all
      ----                                                                    
obligations of such Person for borrowed money; (b) all obligations of such
Person evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures, or other similar instruments; (c)
all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or
services, except trade accounts payable of such Person arising in the ordinary
course of business; (d) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person; (e) all
Debt or other obligations of others Guaranteed by such Person; (f) all
obligations secured by a Lien existing on property owned by such Person, whether
or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed by such Person or are
non-recourse to the credit of such Person; provided, however, that the amount of
                                           --------  -------                    
such Debt of any Person described in this clause (f) shall, for purposes of this
                                          ----------                            
Agreement, be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (i) the aggregate unpaid
amount of such Debt or (ii) the fair market value of the property or asset
encumbered, as determined by Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion;
(g) all reimbursement obligations of such Person (whether contingent or
otherwise) in respect of letters of credit, bankers' acceptances, surety or
other bonds, and similar instruments (including, without limitation, those
outstanding with respect to Letters of Credit); (h) all liabilities of such
Person in respect of unfunded vested benefits under any Plan (excluding
obligations to deliver stock in respect of stock options or stock ownership
plans); and (i) all vested obligations of such Person for the payment of money
under any noncompete, consulting, or similar arrangements providing for the
deferred payment of the purchase price for an acquisition consummated prior to
the date hereof; provided, however, that the term "Debt" shall not include any
                 --------  -------                                            
earnout or similar contingent payments incurred in connection with an
acquisition until such amount is actually earned.

     "Default" means an Event of Default or the occurrence of an event or
      -------                                                            
condition which with notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of
Default.

     "Default Rate" means, in respect of any principal of any Loan, any
      ------------                                                     
Reimbursement Obligation, or any other amount payable by Borrower under any Loan
Document, a rate per annum during the period specified in Section 4.4, equal to
                                                          -----------          
the sum of two percent (2%), plus the Applicable Rate for Base Rate Accounts as
                             ----                                              
in effect from time to time (provided, that if such amount is subject to a Libor
                             --------                                           
Account and the due date is a day other than the last day of an Interest Period
therefor, the "Default Rate" for such amount shall be, for the period from and
including the due date and to but excluding the last day of the Interest Period
therefor, two percent (2%), plus the interest rate for such 
                            ----                            

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
Account for such Interest Period as provided in Section 4.1, and, thereafter,
                                                -----------
the rate provided for above in this definition).

     "Dollars" and "$" mean lawful money of the U.S.
      -------       -                               

     "Domestic Subsidiary" means each direct or indirect Subsidiary of Borrower
      -------------------                                                      
formed under the laws of the U.S. or any state thereof (other than CANAM L.L.C.,
a Delaware limited liability company).

     "EBITDA" means, for any period and any Person, the total of the following
      ------                                                                  
calculated without duplication for such Person on a consolidated basis for such
period: (a) Adjusted Net Income; plus (b) any provision for (or less any benefit
                                 ----                                           
from) income or franchise taxes deducted in determining Adjusted Net Income;
plus (c) Interest Expense deducted in determining Adjusted Net Income; plus (d)
- ----                                                                   ----    
amortization and depreciation expense deducted in determining Adjusted Net
Income; plus (e) cash charges taken during the second and third Fiscal Quarters
        ----                                                                   
of Fiscal 1998 associated with acquisitions and restructuring fees, in the
amount of  Six Million Nine Hundred Thousand Dollars ($6,900,000) in such second
Fiscal Quarter and Five Million Four Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($5,450,000)
in such third Fiscal Quarter, deducted in determining Adjusted Net Income to the
extent not already deducted in accordance with clause (d) above or clause (b)
                                               ----------          ----------
and clause (c) of the definition of Adjusted Net Income; minus (f) noncash
    ----------                                           -----            
credits included in determining consolidated Adjusted Net Income and not already
excluded in accordance with the definition of Adjusted Net Income.

     "EBITDAR" means, for any period and any Person, the sum of the following
      -------                                                                
calculated without duplication for such Person on a consolidated basis for such
period: (a) Adjusted EBITDA; plus (b) Rental Expense deducted in determining
Adjusted EBITDA.

     "Eligible Assignee" has the meaning specified in Subsection 15.8(b)(i).
      -----------------                               --------------------- 

     "Eligible Receivable" means a Receivable that consists of the unpaid
      -------------------                                                
portion of the obligation stated on the invoice issued to an Account Debtor with
respect to Inventory sold and shipped to or services performed for such Account
Debtor in the ordinary course of Borrower's or its Subsidiaries' business, net
of any credits or rebates owed by Borrower or its Subsidiaries to the Account
Debtor and net of any commissions payable by Borrower or its Subsidiaries to
third parties and that Administrative Agent determines to meet all of the
following requirements:

          (a) such Receivable is owned by Borrower or its Subsidiaries and
     represents a bona fide transaction;

          (b) not more than ninety (90) days have elapsed from the date of the
     original invoice;

          (c) the goods the sale of which gave rise to such Receivable were
     shipped or delivered to the Account Debtor on an absolute sale basis and
     not on a bill and hold sale basis, a consignment sale basis, a guaranteed
     sale basis, a sale or return basis or on the basis 

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
     of any other similar understanding, and no material part of such goods has
     been returned or rejected;

          (d) such Receivable is not evidenced by chattel paper or an instrument
     of any kind unless such chattel paper or instrument has (i) been
     collaterally assigned to Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the
     Lenders, pursuant to an assignment in form and substance satisfactory to
     Administrative Agent and (ii) is in the possession of Administrative Agent;

          (e) the Account Debtor with respect to such Receivable is not
     insolvent or the subject of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings of any
     kind or of any other proceeding or action, threatened or pending, which
     might, in Administrative Agent's sole judgment, have a Material Adverse
     Effect on such Account Debtor, and is not, in the reasonable discretion of
     Administrative Agent, deemed ineligible for credit or other reasons;

          (f) such Receivable is not owing by an Account Debtor having fifty
     percent (50.0%) or more in face value of its then existing aggregate total
     accounts owing to Borrower or its Subsidiaries, in the aggregate, which do
     not meet the requirements of clause (b) or clause (c) above;
                                  ----------    ----------       

          (g) such Receivable is not owing by an Account Debtor whose then
     existing accounts owing to Borrower or its Subsidiaries, in the aggregate,
     exceed in face amount ten percent (10%) of Borrower's total Eligible
     Receivables; provided that only the amount of the excess of such Receivable
                  --------                                                      
     over such ten percent (10%) figure shall be excluded and provided, further,
                                                              --------  ------- 
     that such exclusion shall not apply to Account Debtors with a Debt rating
     of A or better by Standard & Poor's Corporation or Moody's Investors
     Service, Inc.;

          (h) such Receivable is not owing by an Account Debtor that is located
     outside of the United States of America;

          (i) such Receivable is a valid, legally enforceable obligation of the
     Account Debtor with respect thereto and is not subject to any present or
     contingent (and no facts exist which are the basis for any future) offset,
     deduction or counterclaim, dispute or other defense on the part of such
     Account Debtor;

          (j) such Receivable is subject to a perfected first priority Lien in
     favor of Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, and such
     Receivable is subject to no other Lien whatsoever other than a Permitted
     Lien;

          (k) such Receivable is not subject to the Assignment of Claims Act of
     1940, as amended from time to time, or any applicable law now or hereafter
     existing similar in effect thereto, or to any other prohibition (under
     applicable law, by contract or otherwise) against its assignment or
     requiring notice of or consent to such assignment, unless all such required
     notices have been given, all such required consents have been received and
     all other procedures have been complied with such that such Receivable
     shall have been duly and validly assigned to Administrative Agent, for the
     benefit of Lenders; and

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
          (l) neither the Account Debtor with respect to such Receivable, nor
     such Receivable, is determined by Administrative Agent in its reasonable
     discretion to be ineligible for any other reason.

     "Environmental Laws" means any and all federal, state, and local laws,
      ------------------                                                   
regulations, and requirements regulating health, safety, or the environment, as
such laws, regulations, and requirements may be amended or supplemented from
time to time.

     "Environmental Liabilities" means, as to any Person, all liabilities,
      -------------------------                                           
obligations, responsibilities, Remedial Actions, losses, damages, punitive
damages, consequential damages, treble damages, costs, and expenses, (including,
without limitation, all reasonable fees, disbursements, and expenses of counsel,
expert and consulting fees, and costs of investigation and feasibility studies),
fines, penalties, sanctions, and interest incurred as a result of any claim or
demand, by any Person, whether based in contract, tort, implied or express
warranty, strict liability, or criminal or civil statute, including, without
limitation, any Environmental Law, permit, order, or agreement with any
Governmental Authority or other Person, arising from environmental, health, or
safety conditions or the Release or threatened Release of a Hazardous Material
into the environment.

     "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
      -----                                                               
amended from time to time, and the regulations issued thereunder.

     "ERISA Affiliate" means any corporation or trade or business which is a
      ---------------                                                       
member of the same controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of
Section 414(b) of the Code) as any Loan Party or is under common control (within
the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Code) with any Loan Party.

     "Event of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 13.1.
      ----------------                               ------------ 

     "Existing Letters of Credit" means the outstanding letters of credit
      --------------------------                                         
identified on Schedule 2.7.
              ------------ 

     "Federal Funds Rate" means, for any day, the rate per annum (rounded
      ------------------                                                 
upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) equal to the weighted average
of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal
Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by
the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such
day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate
     --------                                                                   
for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding
Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no
such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal
Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate charged to Administrative
Agent (in its individual capacity) on such day on such transactions as
determined by Administrative Agent.

     "Fiscal Quarters" means the three (3) month periods falling in each Fiscal
      ---------------                                                          
Year ending on the last Saturday of each March, June, September, and December.

     "Fiscal Year" means a twelve (12) month period ending the last Saturday in
      -----------                                                              
December.

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
     "Foreign Subsidiary" means each direct or indirect Subsidiary of Borrower
      ------------------                                                      
that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

     "Fronting Bank" means NationsBank or such other Lender which is a
      -------------                                                   
commercial bank as Borrower and NationsBank may mutually designate from time to
time which agrees to be the issuer of a Letter of Credit.

     "Funded Debt" means, with respect to any Person for such Person and its
      -----------                                                           
Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, at the
time of determination, the sum of all Debt other than: (a) Debt or other
obligations of others guaranteed by such Person and its Subsidiaries; (b) all
Reimbursement Obligations (whether contingent or otherwise) in respect of
letters of credit, bankers' acceptances, surety or other bonds, and similar
instruments (including, without limitation, those outstanding with respect to
Letters of Credit); and (c) all liabilities in respect of unfunded vested
benefits under any Plan.

     "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles, applied on a
      ----                                                              
"consistent basis" (as such phrase is interpreted in accordance with Section 1.3
                                                                     -----------
hereof), as set forth in Opinions of the Accounting Principles Board of the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and/or in statements of the
Financial Accounting Standards Board and/or their respective successors and
which are applicable in the circumstances as of the date in question.

     "Governmental Authority" means any nation or government, any state or
      ----------------------                                              
political subdivision thereof, and any entity exercising executive, legislative,
judicial, regulatory, or administrative functions of or pertaining to
government.

     "Guarantee" means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person
      ---------                                                              
directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Debt or other obligation of any other
Person or indemnifying such other Person for an obligation and, without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent
or otherwise, of such Person (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds
for the purchase or payment of) such Debt or other obligation (whether arising
by virtue of partnership arrangements, by agreement to keep-well, to purchase
assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial
statement conditions or otherwise) or (b) entered into for the purpose of
assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Debt or other obligation of the
payment thereof or to protect the obligee against loss in respect thereof (in
whole or in part), provided that the term Guarantee shall not include
                   --------                                          
endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.  The
amount of any Guarantee of any guaranteeing Person shall be deemed to be the
lesser of (i) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the
primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee is made or (ii) the
maximum amount for which such guaranteeing Person may be liable pursuant to the
terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee, unless such primary obligation
and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing Person may be liable are not
stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee shall be such
guaranteeing Person's maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect
thereof as mutually determined by Borrower and Administrative Agent in good
faith.  The term "Guarantee" used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
     "Guaranty" means each of the Subsidiary Guaranties, and any and all
      --------                                                          
amendments, modifications, supplements, renewals, extensions, or restatements
thereof, and "Guaranties" means the Subsidiary Guaranties, collectively.
              ----------                                                

     "Hazardous Material" means any substance, product, waste, pollutant,
      ------------------                                                 
material, chemical, contaminant, constituent, or other material which is or
becomes listed, regulated, or addressed under any Environmental Law as a result
of its hazardous or toxic nature.

     "Hedge Agreements" means any and all agreements, devices, or arrangements
      ----------------                                                        
designed to protect Borrower from the fluctuations of interest rates, exchange
rates, or forward rates applicable to its assets, liabilities, or exchange
transactions, including, but not limited to, dollar-denominated or cross-
currency interest rate exchange agreements, forward currency exchange
agreements, interest rate cap, swap or collar protection agreements, and forward
rate currency or interest rate options, as the same may be amended or modified
and in effect from time to time, and any and all cancellations, buy backs,
reversals, terminations, or assignments of any of the foregoing.

     "Intellectual Property" means any U.S. or foreign patents, patent
      ---------------------                                           
applications, trademarks, trade names, service marks, brand names, logos and
other trade designations (including, without limitation, unregistered names and
marks), trademark and service mark registrations and applications, copyrights
and copyright registrations and applications, inventions, invention disclosures,
protected formulae, formulations, processes, methods, trade secrets, computer
software, computer programs and source codes, manufacturing research and similar
technical information, engineering know-how, customer and supplier information,
assembly and test data drawings or royalty rights.

     "Interest Expense" means, for any period and for any Person, the sum of (a)
      ----------------                                                          
interest expense of such Person calculated without duplication on a consolidated
basis for such period in accordance with GAAP, plus (b) expenses paid under
                                               ----                        
Hedge Agreements during such period, minus (c) payments received under Hedge
                                     -----                                  
Agreements during such period.

     "Interest Period" means with respect to any Libor Account, each period
      ---------------                                                      
commencing on the date such Account is established or Continued, or Converted
from a Base Rate Account to a Libor Account, or the last day of the next
preceding Interest Period with respect to such Libor Account, and ending on the
numerically corresponding day in the first calendar month thereafter, as
Borrower may select as provided in Section 4.5 or Section 5.1, except that each
                                   -----------    -----------                  
such Interest Period which commences on the last Business Day of a calendar
month (or on any day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the
appropriate subsequent calendar month) shall end on the last Business Day of the
appropriate subsequent calendar month.  Notwithstanding the foregoing: (a) each
Interest Period which would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day
shall end on the next succeeding Business Day (or if such succeeding Business
Day falls in the next succeeding calendar month, on the next preceding Business
Day); (b) any Interest Period which would otherwise extend beyond the
Termination Date shall end on the Termination Date; (c) no more than five (5)
Interest Periods shall be in effect at the same time; and (d) no Interest Period
for any Libor Account shall have a duration of less than one (1) month and, if
the Interest Period would otherwise be a shorter period, the related Libor
Account shall not be available hereunder.

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
     "Inventory" means all inventory now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower
      ---------                                                                 
or any Subsidiary of Borrower wherever located and whether or not in transit,
which is or may at any time be held for sale or lease, or furnished under any
contract (exclusive of leases of real Property) for service or held as raw
materials, work in process, or supplies or materials used or consumed in the
business of Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower.

     "Investments" has the meaning specified in Section 11.5.
      -----------                               ------------ 

     "Joinder Agreement" means an agreement which has been or will be executed
      -----------------                                                       
by a Subsidiary adding it as a party to the Guaranty and certain Security
Documents, in substantially the form of Exhibit "G", as the same may be amended
                                        -----------                            
or otherwise modified.

     "Lender" has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph of this
      ------                                                                 
Agreement.

     "Letter of Credit Liabilities" means, at any time, the sum of (a) the
      ----------------------------                                        
aggregate undrawn face amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit, plus (b) all
                                                                    ----        
unreimbursed drawings under Letters of Credit.

     "Letters of Credit" has the meaning specified in Section 2.7(a).
      -----------------                               -------------- 

     "Letter of Credit Agreement" means, with respect to each Letter of Credit
      --------------------------                                              
to be issued by the Fronting Bank therefor, the letter of credit application and
reimbursement agreement which such Fronting Bank requires to be executed by
Borrower in connection with the issuance of such Letter of Credit.

     "Leverage Ratio" means, for any period, the ratio of Borrower's Funded Debt
      --------------                                                            
to Adjusted EBITDA for the twelve (12) month period then ending.

     "Libor Account" means any portion of a Loan that bears interest at a rate
      -------------                                                           
based upon the Adjusted Libor Rate.

     "Libor Rate" means, for any Libor Account for any Interest Period therefor,
      ----------                                                                
the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%)
appearing on Telerate Page 3750 (or any successor page) as the London interbank
offered rate for deposits in Dollars at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time)
two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for a term
comparable to such Interest Period.  If for any reason such rate is not
available, the term "Libor Rate" shall mean, for any Libor Account for any
Interest Period therefor, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to
the nearest 1/100 of 1%) appearing on Reuters Screen LIBO Page as the London
interbank offered rate for deposits in Dollars at approximately 11:00 a.m.
(London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest
Period for a term comparable to such Interest Period; provided, however, if more
                                                      --------  -------         
than one rate is specified on Reuters Screen LIBO Page, the applicable rate
shall be the arithmetic mean of all such rates (rounded upwards, if necessary,
to the nearest 1/100 of 1%).

      "Libor Rate Margin" means two percent (2.0%).
       -----------------
                                11
<PAGE>
 

     "Lien" means any lien, mortgage, security interest, tax lien, pledge,
      ----                                                                
charge, hypothecation, assignment, preference, priority, or other encumbrance of
any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, any conditional
sale or title retention agreement), whether arising by contract, operation of
law, or otherwise.

     "Loan Documents" means this Agreement, the Notes, the Security Documents,
      --------------                                                          
the Letters of Credit, the Letter of Credit Agreements, the Joinder Agreements,
any Hedge Agreement between Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower and any
Lender and all other agreements, documents, and instruments now or hereafter
executed and/or delivered pursuant to or in connection with any of the
foregoing, and any and all amendments, modifications, supplements, renewals,
extensions, or restatements thereof (including, without limitation, any
amendment that increases the amount of any Obligations due thereunder).

     "Loan Party" means (a) Borrower, (b) the Guarantors, and (c) any other
      ----------                                                           
Person who is or becomes a party to any agreement, document, or instrument that
Guarantees or secures payment or performance of the Obligations or any part
thereof.

     "Loans" means Revolving Loans.
      -----                        

     "Material Adverse Effect" means, with respect to any Person, any material
      -----------------------                                                 
adverse effect, or the occurrence of any event or the existence of any condition
that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect, on (a) with
respect to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, the prospects, business or
financial condition, or performance of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole and, with respect to any other Person, the prospects, business or
financial condition, or performance of such Person and its Subsidiaries, taken
as a whole, (b) the ability of such Person to pay and perform the obligations
for which such Person is responsible when due, or (c) with respect to any Loan
Party, the validity or enforceability of (i) any of the Loan Documents, (ii) any
Lien created or purported to be created by any of the Loan Documents or the
required priority of any such Lien, or (iii) the rights and remedies of
Administrative Agent or the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents.

     "Maximum Rate" means, at any time and with respect to any Lender, the
      ------------                                                        
maximum rate of nonusurious interest under applicable law that such Lender may
charge Borrower.  The Maximum Rate shall be calculated in a manner that takes
into account any and all fees, payments, and other charges contracted for,
charged, or received in connection with the Loan Documents that constitute
interest under applicable law.  Each change in any interest rate provided for
herein based upon the Maximum Rate resulting from a change in the Maximum Rate
shall take effect without notice to Borrower at the time of such change in the
Maximum Rate.  For purposes of determining the Maximum Rate under Texas law to
the extent applicable, if at all, the applicable rate ceiling shall be the
indicated rate ceiling described in, and computed in accordance with, the Texas
Credit Code.

     "Mortgaged Property" means, any Property consisting of real property or
      ------------------                                                    
interests therein which becomes or is required to become subject to a Mortgage
pursuant to Section 7.4, and "Mortgaged Properties" means all of such real
            -----------       --------------------                        
property or interests, collectively.

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
     "Mortgage" means any (if any) deed of trust, leasehold deed of trust,
      --------                                                            
mortgage, leasehold mortgage, collateral assignment of leases, or other real
estate security document executed and delivered pursuant to this Agreement by
any Loan Party in favor of Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Agents
and the Lenders with respect to any Mortgaged Property, and any and all
amendments, modifications, supplements, renewals or restatements thereof, and
"Mortgages" means all of such Mortgages, collectively.
- ----------                                            

     "Multiemployer Plan" means a multiemployer plan defined as such in Section
      ------------------                                                       
3(37) of ERISA to which contributions have been made by any Loan Party or any
ERISA Affiliate at any time within the six (6) year period preceding the date
hereof or hereafter and which is covered by Title IV of ERISA.

     "NationsBank" means NationsBank, N.A., and its successors and assigns.
      -----------                                                          

     "Net Proceeds" means (i) in connection with any disposition of assets of
      ------------                                                           
any Loan Party, the cash proceeds received by such Loan Party from such
disposition (including, without limitation, payments under notes or other debt
Securities received in connection with any such disposition, but only as and
when received) net of (a) the costs of such disposition (including reasonable,
out-of-pocket professional fees and expenses, taxes, notarial fees, survey
costs, title insurance premiums, required escrow deposits, and purchase price
adjustments and other customary fees and expenses, in each case attributable to
and actually paid in connection with such disposition), and (b) amounts applied
to repayment of Debt (other than the Obligations) secured by a lien, security
interest, claim or encumbrance on the asset or property disposed and (ii) in
connection with issuance of any equity Securities, the cash proceeds received
from such issuance, net of all costs of such issuance (including reasonable,
out-of-pocket professional fees and expenses, notarial fees, underwriting
discounts and commissions, and other customary fees and expenses) actually paid.

     "Net Worth" means with respect to any Person, such Person's total
      ---------                                                       
shareholders' equity (including, without limitation, capital stock, additional
paid-in capital and retained earnings, after deducting treasury stock, or other
form of equity (i.e., partner's capital, membership interests, etc.)) which
would appear as such on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance
with GAAP.

     "Notes" means the Revolving Notes referred to in Section 2.2.
      -----                                           ------------

     "Obligations" means any and all (a) obligations, indebtedness, and
      -----------                                                      
liabilities of Borrower to the Agents and the Lenders, or any of them, arising
pursuant to any of the Loan Documents, whether now existing or hereafter
arising, whether direct, indirect, fixed, contingent, liquidated, unliquidated,
joint, several, or joint and several, including, without limitation, the
obligation of Borrower to repay the Loans, the Reimbursement Obligations,
interest on the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations, and all fees, costs, and
expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees) provided for in the
Loan Documents, and (b) indebtedness, liabilities, and obligations of any Loan
Party under any Hedge Agreement that it may enter into with the Agent or any
Affiliate of any Lender if and to the extent that such Hedge Agreement is
permitted in accordance with Section 11.1(i).
                             --------------- 

     "Other Taxes" has the meaning specified in Section 6.6(b).
      -----------                               -------------- 

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
     "Outstanding Revolving Credit" means, at any time of determination, the sum
      ----------------------------                                              
of (a) the aggregate amount of Revolving Loans then outstanding; plus (b) the
aggregate amount of Letter of Credit Liabilities (or when calculated with
respect to any Lender, such Lender's pro rata share of the Revolving Loans then
outstanding and participation or other interest in such Letter of Credit
Liabilities).

     "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any entity
      ----                                                              
succeeding to all or any of its functions under ERISA.

     "Permitted Liens" means the Liens permitted by Section 11.2.
      ---------------                               ------------ 

     "Person" means any individual, corporation, limited liability company,
      ------                                                               
business trust, association, company, partnership, joint venture, Governmental
Authority, or other entity.

     "Plan" means any employee benefit plan established or maintained by any
      ----                                                                  
Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate and which is subject to Title IV of ERISA.

     "Prime Rate" means the per annum rate of interest established from time to
      ----------                                                               
time by NationsBank as its prime rate, which rate may not be the lowest rate of
interest charged by NationsBank to its customers.

     "Principal Office" means the office of Administrative Agent, located at 901
      ----------------                                                          
Main Street, 67th Floor, Dallas, Texas 75202.

     "Prior Loan Agreement" means the Amended and Restated Accounts Receivable
      --------------------                                                    
Management and Security Agreement dated as of April 9, 1998, among Borrower,
certain of its Subsidiaries and BNY Financial Corporation as the same may have
been amended or supplemented from time to time prior to the Closing Date.

     "Prohibited Transaction" means any transaction described in Section 406 or
      ----------------------                                                   
407 of ERISA or Section 4975(c)(1) of the Code for which no statutory or
administrative exemption applies.

     "Projections" means Borrower's forecasted consolidated: (a) balance sheets;
      -----------                                                               
(b) profit and loss statements; (c) cash flow statements; and (d) capitalization
statements, all materially consistent with Borrower's historical financial
statements, together with appropriate supporting details and a statement of
underlying assumptions.

     "Property" means, for any Person, property or assets of all kinds, real,
      --------                                                               
personal or mixed, tangible or intangible (including, without limitation, all
rights relating thereto), whether owned or acquired on or after the Closing
Date.

     "Purchase Price" means, as of any date of determination and with respect to
      --------------                                                            
any acquisition, the purchase price to be paid for the equity interests issued
by the Peron to be acquired or the assets of the Person to be acquired,
including all cash consideration paid (whether classified as purchase price,
noncompete payments, consulting payments or otherwise and without regard to
whether such amount is paid at closing or paid over time but excluding the
amount of any finance charges 

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
attributable to deferred payments and excluding amounts payable as salary and
benefits under any employment agreement entered into with any seller for the
purpose of retaining such seller as an active officer or employee of Borrower or
a Subsidiary) and the Dollar value of all other assets to be transferred by the
purchaser in connection with such acquisition to the seller or sellers
(including the value of all capital stock of Borrower issued or to be issued to
the seller) all valued in accordance with the applicable purchase agreements.

     "Receivable" or "Receivables" means, as at any date of determination
      ----------      -----------                                        
thereof, each and every "account" as such term is defined in article or chapter
9 of the UCC (or any successor statute) and includes, without limitation, the
unpaid portion of the obligation, as stated on the respective invoice, or, if
there is no invoice, other writing, of a customer of Borrower or any Subsidiary
of Borrower in respect of Inventory sold and shipped or services rendered by
Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower.

     "Register" has the meaning specified in subsection 15.8(c).
      --------                               ------------------ 

     "Regulation D" means Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal
      ------------                                                             
Reserve System as the same may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time
to time or any successor regulation therefor.

     "Regulatory Change" means, with respect to any Lender, any change after the
      -----------------                                                         
date of this Agreement (other than with respect to taxes excluded by the first
sentence of Section 6.6(a)) in U.S. federal, state, or foreign laws or
            --------------                                            
regulations (including Regulation D) or the adoption or making after such date
of any interpretations, directives, or requests (other than with respect to
taxes excluded by the first sentence of Section 6.6(a)) applying to a class of
                                        --------------                        
lenders including such Lender of or under any U.S. federal or state, or any
foreign, laws or regulations (whether or not having the force of law) by any
Governmental Authority or monetary authority charged with the interpretation or
administration thereof.

     "Reimbursement Obligations" means all indebtedness, liabilities, and
      -------------------------                                          
obligations of Borrower or any other Loan Party to reimburse Administrative
Agent or the Fronting Bank in accordance with subsection 2.7(e) for any demand
                                              -----------------               
for payment or drawing under a Letter of Credit.

     "Release" means, as to any Person, any release, spill, emission, leaking,
      -------                                                                 
pumping, injection, deposit, disposal, disbursement, leaching, or migration of
Hazardous Materials into the indoor or outdoor environment or into or from
property owned by such Person, including, without limitation, the migration of
Hazardous Materials through or in the air, soil, surface water, ground water, or
property in violation of Environmental Laws.

     "Remedial Action" means all actions required under applicable Environmental
      ---------------                                                           
Laws to (a) cleanup, remove, treat, or otherwise address Hazardous Materials in
the indoor or outdoor environment, (b) prevent the Release or threat of Release
or minimize the further Release of Hazardous Materials, or (c) perform pre-
remedial studies and investigations and post-remedial monitoring and care;
provided that "Remedial Action" shall not include such actions taken in the
- --------                                                                   
normal course of business and in material compliance with Environmental Laws.

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
     "Rental Expense" means, for any period and for any Person, the rental or
      --------------                                                         
lease expense of such Person under operating leases calculated without
duplication on a consolidated basis for such period as determined in accordance
with GAAP.

     "Required Lenders" means any combination of Lenders having (a) more than
      ----------------                                                       
fifty percent (50%) of the Revolving Commitments or (b) if the Revolving
Commitments have terminated or have otherwise been fulfilled, more than fifty
percent (50%) of the outstanding principal amount of the Loans and
participations in the Letters of Credit.

     "Reportable Event" means any of the events set forth in Section 4043 of
      ----------------                                                      
ERISA for which the 30-day notice requirement has not been waived by the PBGC.

     "Reserve Requirement" means, at any time, the maximum rate at which
      -------------------                                               
reserves (including, without limitation, any marginal, special, supplemental, or
emergency reserves) are required to be maintained under regulations issued from
time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any
successor) by member banks of the Federal Reserve System against, in the case of
Libor Accounts, "Eurocurrency liabilities" (as such term is used in Regulation
D).  Without limiting the effect of the foregoing, the Reserve Requirement shall
reflect any other reserves required to be maintained by such member banks with
respect to (i) any category of liabilities which includes deposits by reference
to which the Adjusted Libor Rate is to be determined, or (ii) any category of
extensions of credit or other assets which include Libor Accounts.  The Adjusted
Libor Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of
any change in the Reserve Requirement.

     "Revolving Commitment" means, as to each Lender, the obligation of such
      --------------------                                                  
Lender to make advances of funds and purchase participation interests in (or
with respect to the Fronting Bank as a Lender, hold other interests in) Letters
of Credit in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding up to but
not exceeding the amount set forth opposite the name of such Lender on the
signature pages hereto (or if applicable, the most recent Assignment and
Acceptance executed by it) under the heading "Revolving Commitment", as the same
may be reduced or terminated pursuant to Section 2.6, Section 5.4, or Section
                                         -----------  -----------     -------
13.2.  The aggregate amount of all the Revolving Commitments as of the Closing
- ----                                                                          
Date equals One Hundred Ten Million Dollars ($110,000,000).

     "Revolving Loans" means, as to any Lender, the advances made by such Lender
      ---------------                                                           
pursuant to Section 2.1, and, as to all Lenders making such Loans, all such
            -----------                                                    
Loans made or held by such Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1.
                                               ----------- 

     "Revolving Notes" means the promissory notes provided for by Section 2.2
      ---------------                                             -----------
and all amendments or other modifications thereof.

     "Revolving Termination Date" means the 90th calendar day after the Closing
      --------------------------                                               
Date.

     "Securities" means any stock, shares, options, warrants, voting trust
      ----------                                                          
certificates, or other instruments evidencing an ownership interest or a right
to acquire an ownership interest in a Person or any bonds, debentures, notes, or
other evidences of indebtedness for borrowed money, secured or unsecured.

                                       16
<PAGE>
 
     "Security Agreements" means security agreements, pledge agreements,
      -------------------                                               
securities pledge agreements, debenture pledge agreements, and other agreements,
documents or instruments evidencing or creating a Lien as security for the
Obligations or any portion thereof in form and substance satisfactory to
Administrative Agent executed by any of Borrower, each Domestic Subsidiary of
Borrower, and any other Loan Party, dated the Closing Date or a subsequent date
(in the case of Domestic Subsidiaries acquired after the Closing Date), in favor
of Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders, and any
such agreement, document, or instrument executed pursuant to Article 7, and any
                                                             ---------         
and all amendments, modifications, supplements, renewals, extensions, or
restatements thereof.

     "Security Documents" means the Guaranties, the Security Agreements, and the
      ------------------                                                        
Mortgages, as such agreements may be amended, modified, supplemented, renewed,
extended, or restated from time to time, and any and all other agreements, deeds
of trust, mortgages, chattel mortgages, security agreements, pledges,
guaranties, assignments of proceeds, assignments of income, assignments of
contract rights, assignments of partnership interests, assignments of royalty
interests, or other collateral assignments, completion or surety bonds, standby
agreements, subordination agreements, undertakings, and other agreements,
documents, instruments, and financing statements now or hereafter executed
and/or delivered by any Loan Party in connection with or as security or
assurance for the payment or performance of the Obligations or any part thereof.

     "Senior Debt" means all Debt of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for borrowed
      -----------                                                              
money (other than Subordinated Debt) determined on a consolidated basis in
accordance with GAAP.

     "Senior Leverage Ratio" means, for any period, the ratio of Borrower's
      ---------------------                                                
Senior Debt to its Adjusted EBITDA for the twelve (12) month period then ending.

     "Solvent" means, with respect to any Person as of the date of any
      -------                                                         
determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the Property of such
Person (both at fair valuation and at present fair saleable value) is greater
than the total liabilities, including, without limitation, contingent
liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets
of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the
probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and
matured, (c) such Person is able to realize upon its assets and pay its debts
and other liabilities, contingent obligations, and other commitments as they
mature in the normal course of business, (d) such Person does not intend to, and
does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person's
ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature, and (e) such Person is not
engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or
a transaction, for which such Person's Property would constitute unreasonably
small capital after giving due consideration to current and anticipated future
capital requirements and current and anticipated future business conduct and the
prevailing practice in the industry in which such Person is engaged.  In
computing the amount of contingent liabilities at any time, such liabilities
shall be computed at the amount which, in light of the facts and circumstances
existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to
become an actual or matured liability.

     "Subordinated Debt" means Debt of Borrower or its Subsidiaries subordinated
      -----------------                                                         
to the Obligations on terms and conditions satisfactory to Administrative Agent
in its absolute discretion.

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
     "Subsidiary" means, (a) when used to determine the relationship of a Person
      ----------                                                                
to another Person, a Person of which an aggregate of more than fifty percent
(50%) or more of the Capital Stock is owned of record or beneficially by such
other Person, or by one or more Subsidiaries of such other Person, or by such
other Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, (i) if the holders of
such Capital Stock (A) are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled
to vote for the election of a majority of the directors (or other individuals
performing similar functions) of such Person, even though the right so to vote
has been suspended by the happening of such a contingency, or (B) are entitled,
as such holders, to vote for the election of a majority of the directors (or
individuals performing similar functions) of such Person, whether or not the
right so to vote exists by reason of the happening of a contingency, or (ii) in
the case of Capital Stock which is not issued by a corporation, if such
ownership interests constitute a majority voting interest, and (b) when used
with respect to a Plan, ERISA, or a provision of the Code pertaining to employee
benefit plans, means, with respect to a Person, any corporation, trade, or
business (whether or not incorporated) which is under common control with such
Person and is treated as a single employer with such Person under Section 414(b)
or (c) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

     "Subsidiary Guaranty" means the guaranty of the Domestic Subsidiaries of
      -------------------                                                    
Borrower in favor of Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Agents and the
Lenders, in substantially the form of Exhibit "F", as the same may be modified
                                      -----------                             
pursuant to one or more Joinder Agreements and as the same may be otherwise
modified from time to time.

     "Syndication Agent" has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph
      -----------------                                                         
of this Agreement.

     "Tangible Net Worth" means, at the time of determination, the remainder of
      ------------------                                                       
(a) Net Worth minus (b) the aggregate book value of all intangible assets of
              -----                                                         
Borrower and its Subsidiaries which are included in the determination of Net
Worth.

     "Taxes" has the meaning specified in Section 6.6.
      -----                               ----------- 

     "Termination Date" means the Revolving Termination Date.
      ----------------                                       

     "Termination Event" means (a) a Reportable Event, or (b) the filing of a
      -----------------                                                      
notice of intent to terminate a Plan or the treatment of a Plan amendment as a
termination under Section 4041 of ERISA, or (c) the institution of proceedings
to terminate a Plan by the PBGC under Section 4042 of ERISA, or the appointment
of a trustee to administer any Plan.

     "Total Liabilities" means, at the time of determination and without
      -----------------                                                 
duplication, all amounts which, in conformity with GAAP, would be included in
total liabilities on a consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its
Subsidiaries.

     "Type" shall mean either type of Account (i.e., a Base Rate Account or
      ----                                                                 
Libor Account).

     "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the Commonwealth of
      ---                                                                       
Massachusetts and/or any other jurisdiction, the laws of which may be applicable
to or in connection 

                                       18
<PAGE>
 
with the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien on any Property created
pursuant to any Security Document.

     "Unfunded Vested Accrued Benefits" means with respect to any Plan at any
      --------------------------------                                       
time, the amount (if any) by which (a) the present value of all vested
nonforfeitable benefits under such Plan exceeds, (b) the fair market value of
all Plan assets allocable to such benefits; all determined as of the then most
recent valuation date for such Plan.

     "U.S." means the United States of America.
      ----                                     

     "Voting Stock" means Capital Stock of a Person having by the terms thereof
      ------------                                                             
ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors (or similar
governing body) of such Person (irrespective of whether or not at the time
Capital Stock of any other class or classes of such Person shall have or might
have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency).

     "Wholly-Owned Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary that (i) is owned 100% by
      -----------------------                                                
Borrower and/or a Subsidiary of Borrower, and (ii) is organized under the laws
of a state within the U.S.

     "Year 2000 Compliant" has the meaning set forth in Section 9.24 hereof.
      -------------------                               ------------        

     "Year 2000 Problem" has the meaning set forth in Section 9.24 hereof.
      -----------------                               ------------        

      Section 1.2   Other Definitional Provisions.  All definitions contained in
                    -----------------------------                               
this Agreement are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the
terms defined.  The words "hereof", "herein", and "hereunder" and words of
similar import referring to this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole
and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.  Unless otherwise
specified, all Article, Section, and Schedule references pertain to Articles,
Sections, and Schedules of this Agreement.  Terms used herein that are defined
in the UCC, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings specified
in the UCC.

      Section 1.3   Accounting Terms and Determinations.  Except as otherwise
                    -----------------------------------                      
expressly provided herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be
interpreted, and all financial statements and certificates and reports as to
financial matters required to be delivered to Administrative Agent and the
Lenders hereunder shall be prepared, in accordance with GAAP, on a "consistent
basis" with those used in the preparation of the financial statements referred
to in Section 9.2.  All calculations made for the purposes of determining
      -----------                                                        
compliance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be made by application of
GAAP, on a "consistent basis" with those used in the preparation of the
financial statements referred to in Section 9.2.  Accounting principles are
                                    -----------                            
applied on a "consistent basis" when the accounting principles applied in a
current period are comparable in all material respects to those accounting
principles applied in a preceding period.  Changes in the application of
accounting principles which do not have a material impact on calculating the
financial covenants herein shall be deemed comparable in all material respects
to accounting principles applied in a preceding period.  To enable the ready and
consistent determination of compliance by Borrower with its obligations under
this Agreement, Borrower will not, nor will it permit any other Loan Party to,
change the manner in which either the last day of its Fiscal Year or the last
days of the first three Fiscal Quarters of its Fiscal Years is calculated
without the prior written consent of the Required 

                                       19
<PAGE>
 
Lenders. In the event any changes in accounting principles required by GAAP,
recommended by Borrower's or any other Loan Party's certified public accountants
or requested by Borrower (or that Borrower otherwise requests and Administrative
Agent and the Required Lenders agree to accept, such agreement not unreasonably
to be denied) and implemented by Borrower or any other Loan Party occur and such
changes result in a change in the method of the calculation of financial
covenants under this Agreement, then Borrower, Administrative Agent, and the
Required Lenders agree to enter into negotiations in order to amend such
provisions of this Agreement so as to equitably reflect such changes with the
desired result that the criteria for evaluating such covenants shall be the same
after such changes as if such changes had not been made. Until such time as such
an amendment shall have been executed and delivered by Borrower, Administrative
Agent, and the Required Lenders, all financial covenants, standards and terms in
this Agreement shall continue to be calculated or construed as if such changes
had not occurred.

      Section 1.4   Time of Day.  Unless otherwise indicated, all references in
                    -----------                                                
this Agreement to times of day shall be references to Dallas, Texas time.

                                   ARTICLE 2

                           Revolving Credit Facility
                           -------------------------

      Section 2.1   Revolving Commitments.  Subject to the terms and conditions
                    ---------------------                                      
of this Agreement, each Lender who has agreed to provide a Revolving Commitment
severally agrees to make advances to Borrower from time to time from and
including the Closing Date to but excluding the Revolving Termination Date in an
aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding up to but not exceeding the
amount of such Lender's Revolving Commitment as then in effect; provided,
                                                                -------- 
however, (a) the Outstanding Revolving Credit applicable to a Lender shall not
- -------                                                                       
at any time exceed such Lender's Revolving Commitment, and (b) the Outstanding
Revolving Credit of all of the Lenders shall not at any time exceed the lesser
of (i) the Borrowing Base or (ii) the aggregate Revolving Commitments.  Subject
to the foregoing limitations, and the other terms and provisions of this
Agreement, Borrower may borrow, prepay, and reborrow hereunder the amount of the
Revolving Commitments and may establish Base Rate Accounts and Libor Accounts
thereunder and, until the Revolving Termination Date, Borrower may Continue
Libor Accounts established under the Revolving Loans or Convert Accounts
established under the Revolving Loans of one Type into Accounts of the other
Type.  Accounts of each Type under the Revolving Loans made by each Lender shall
be established and maintained at such Lender's Applicable Lending Office for
Revolving Loans of such Type.

      Section 2.2   Notes.  The Revolving Loans made by a Lender shall be
                    -----                                                
evidenced by a single promissory note of Borrower in substantially the form of
Exhibit "A", payable to the order of such Lender, in the maximum principal
- -----------                                                               
amount equal to its Revolving Commitment as originally in effect (or, if
greater, its Revolving Commitment thereafter increased) and otherwise duly
completed.

      Section 2.3   Repayment of Revolving Loans.  Borrower shall pay to
                    ----------------------------                        
Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders, the outstanding principal
amount of all of the Revolving Loans on the Revolving Termination Date and if at
any time the aggregate Outstanding Revolving Credit shall 

                                       20
<PAGE>
 
exceed the Borrowing Base, Borrower shall pay the Administrative Agent for the
account and the Lenders such excess amount.

      Section 2.4   Use of Proceeds.  Subject to the terms of this Agreement,
                    ---------------                                          
the proceeds of the Revolving Loans shall be used by Borrower (i) to refinance
the existing Debt set forth on Schedule 2.4 hereto, and (ii) otherwise for
                               ------------                               
general corporate purposes arising in the ordinary course of business of
Borrower and its Subsidiaries, to finance working capital requirements and
Capital Expenditures of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and for payment of the
Reimbursement Obligations.

      Section 2.5   Revolving Commitment Fee.  Borrower agrees to pay to Agent
                    ------------------------                                  
for the account of each Lender a commitment fee on the daily average unused
amount of such Lender's Revolving Commitment for the period from and including
the Closing Date to and including the Revolving Termination Date, at a per annum
rate equal to the Commitment Fee Rate, computed on the basis of a year of 360
days and the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but
excluding the last day) provided that for purposes of calculating such fee the
amount of outstanding Letters of Credit shall constitute use of the Revolving
Commitment.  Accrued commitment fees under this Section 2.5 shall be payable in
                                                -----------                    
arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter and on the Revolving
Termination Date.

      Section 2.6   Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitments.  Borrower
                    -------------------------------------------------           
shall have the right to terminate fully or to reduce in part the unused portion
of the Revolving Commitments at any time and from time to time, provided that:
                                                                --------      
(a)  Borrower shall give Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days
notice of each such termination or reduction as provided in Section 5.3 hereof;
                                                            -----------        
(b) each partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount at least equal to One
Million Dollars ($1,000,000) or any multiple One Hundred Thousand Dollars
($100,000) in excess thereof; and (c) the Revolving Commitments may not be
reduced below an amount equal to the Letter of Credit Liabilities.  The
Revolving Commitments may not be reinstated after they have been terminated or
reduced.

      Section 2.7   Letters of Credit.
                    ----------------- 

           (a) Commitment to Issue.  Borrower may utilize Revolving Commitments
               -------------------                                             
      by requesting that the Fronting Bank issue, and the Fronting Bank, subject
      to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, shall issue, standby and
      commercial letters of credit for Borrower's account (such letters of
      credit being hereinafter referred to as the "Letters of Credit", which may
                                                   -----------------
      be for the benefit of a Subsidiary of Borrower); provided, however, (i)
                                                       --------  -------  
      the aggregate amount of outstanding Letter of Credit Liabilities shall not
      at any time exceed Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000), (ii) the
      Outstanding Revolving Credit shall not at any time exceed the maximum
      amount prescribed by Section 2.1, and (iii) the Outstanding Revolving
                           -----------    
      Credit applicable to any Lender shall not at any time exceed the maximum
      amount for a Lender prescribed by Section 2.1. Upon the date of issue of a
      Letter of Credit, Administrative Agent shall be deemed, without further
      action by any party hereto, to have sold to each Lender who holds a
      Revolving Commitment, and each such Lender shall be deemed, without
      further action by any party hereto, to have purchased from Administrative
      Agent, a participation to the extent of such Lender's Commitment
      Percentage (calculated with respect to the Revolving Commitments) in such
      Letter of Credit and the 

                                       21
<PAGE>
 
      related Letter of Credit Liabilities. Upon termination of the Revolving
      Commitments, any Letter of Credit then outstanding which has been fully
      cash collateralized to the satisfaction of Administrative Agent and the
      Fronting Bank shall no longer be considered a "Letter of Credit" as
      defined in this Agreement and any participating interest heretofore
      granted by the Fronting Bank to the Lenders holding Revolving Commitments
      in such Letter of Credit shall be deemed terminated but the letter of
      credit fees payable hereunder shall continue to accrue to the Fronting
      Bank with respect to such Letter of Credit until the expiry thereof.

           (b) Letter of Credit Request Procedure.  Except for Letters of Credit
               ----------------------------------                               
     issued on the Closing Date, Borrower shall give Administrative Agent not
     less than three (3) Business Days prior notice (effective upon receipt)
     specifying the date of each Letter of Credit and the nature of the
     transactions to be supported thereby.  Upon receipt of such notice
     Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Fronting Bank and each
     Lender who holds a Revolving Commitment of the contents thereof and of such
     Lender's Commitment Percentage of the amount of the proposed Letter of
     Credit.  Unless otherwise agreed by Administrative Agent and the Fronting
     Bank with the consent of all Lenders (and provided that any such Letter of
     Credit is required to be fully cash collateralized to the satisfaction of
     Administrative Agent and the Fronting Bank no later than five (5) days
     prior to the Revolving Termination Date), each Letter of Credit shall have
     an expiration date that does not extend beyond a date which is thirty (30)
     days prior to the Revolving Termination Date, shall be payable in Dollars,
     must support a transaction entered into in the ordinary course of business
     of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, must be reasonably satisfactory in form
     and substance to Administrative Agent and the Fronting Bank, and shall be
     issued pursuant to such documentation as Administrative Agent and the
     Fronting Bank may reasonably require, including, without limitation, the
     Fronting Bank's standard form Letter of Credit Agreement; provided, that,
                                                               --------       
     in the event of any conflict between the terms of such agreement and the
     other Loan Documents, the terms of the other Loan Documents shall control.

           (c) Letter of Credit Fees.  Borrower will pay to Administrative Agent
               ---------------------                                            
     for the account of each Lender holding a Revolving Commitment a fee on such
     Lender's Commitment Percentage (calculated with respect to the Revolving
     Commitments only) of the daily average amount available for drawings under
     the Letters of Credit, such fee (i) to be paid in arrears on the last
     Business Day of each calendar quarter occurring after the date of the
     issuance of the first Letter of Credit and on each last Business Day of
     each calendar quarter thereafter until the date of expiration or
     termination of all Letters of Credit and (ii) to be calculated at a rate
     per annum equal to the Libor Rate Margin applicable to the Revolving Loans
     on the basis of a year of 360 days and the actual number of days elapsed
     (including the first day but excluding the last day).  After receiving any
     payment of any fees under this clause (c), Administrative Agent will
                                    ----------                           
     promptly pay to each Lender that holds a Revolving Commitment the fees then
     due such Lender.  Borrower will also pay to the Fronting Bank for its
     account only a fronting fee on the amount available to be drawn under each
     Letter of Credit, such fronting fee (i) to be paid in advance on the date
     of the issuance of each Letter of Credit and (ii) to be calculated at a
     rate per annum equal to one-eighth of one percent (0.125%) on the basis of
     a year of 360 days and the actual number of days such Letter of Credit is
     to be outstanding (including the first day but excluding the last day).
     Borrower will 

                                       22
<PAGE>
 
     also pay to the Fronting Bank, for its account only, all customary fees for
     amendments to and processing of the Letters of Credit.

           (d) Funding of Drawings.  Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any
               -------------------                                           
     Letter of Credit of any demand for payment or other drawing under such
     Letter of Credit, the Fronting Bank shall promptly so notify Administrative
     Agent and Administrative Agent shall promptly so notify Borrower and each
     Lender that holds a Revolving Commitment as to the amount to be paid as a
     result of such demand or drawing and the respective payment date. Not later
     than 2:00 p.m. on the applicable payment date if Borrower has not
     reimbursed the Fronting Bank for the amount paid as a result of such demand
     or drawing, each Lender will make available to Administrative Agent, at the
     Principal Office, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to such
     Lender's Commitment Percentage (calculated based only on the Revolving
     Commitments) of the amount to be paid as a result of such demand or drawing
     which has not been reimbursed even if the conditions to a Loan under
     Article 8 hereof have not been satisfied and Administrative Agent shall
     ---------                                                              
     promptly pay such amounts to the Fronting Bank.

           (e) Reimbursements.  Borrower shall be irrevocably and
               --------------                                    
     unconditionally obligated to immediately reimburse the Fronting Bank
     (through Administrative Agent) for any amounts paid by the Fronting Bank
     upon any demand for payment or drawing under any Letter of Credit, without
     presentment, demand, protest, or other formalities of any kind.  All
     payments on the Reimbursement Obligations shall be made to Administrative
     Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date of the corresponding payment
     under the Letter of Credit by the Fronting Bank; provided, that
                                                      --------      
     Administrative Agent has provided notice to Borrower prior to 11:00 a.m. on
     such day that such payment is due.  In the event such notice is received
     after 11:00 a.m. on a Business Day, such payment shall be due not later
     than 1:00 p.m. on the next succeeding Business Day.  Subject to the other
     terms and conditions of this Agreement, such reimbursement may be made by
     Borrower requesting a Revolving Loan in accordance with Section 5.1 hereof,
                                                             -----------        
     the proceeds of which shall be credited against Borrower's Reimbursement
     Obligations.  Administrative Agent will pay to each Lender participating in
     a Letter of Credit such Lender's Commitment Percentage (calculated based
     only on the Revolving Commitments) of all amounts received from Borrower
     for application in payment, in whole or in part, to the Reimbursement
     Obligation in respect of any Letter of Credit, but only to the extent such
     Lender has made payment to Administrative Agent in respect of such Letter
     of Credit pursuant to clause (d) of this Section 2.7.
                           ----------         ----------- 

           (f) Reimbursement Obligations Absolute.  The Reimbursement
               ----------------------------------                    
     Obligations of Borrower under this Agreement shall be absolute,
     unconditional, and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in
     accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents under all circumstances
     whatsoever and Borrower hereby waives any defense to the payment of the
     Reimbursement Obligations based on any circumstance whatsoever, including,
     without limitation, in either case, the following circumstances: (i) any
     lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or any other
     Loan Document; (ii) the existence of any claim, set-off, counterclaim,
     defense, or other rights which any Loan Party or any other Person may have
     at any time against any beneficiary of any Letter of Credit, the Fronting
     Bank, Administrative Agent, any Lender, or any other Person, whether in
     connection with 

                                       23
<PAGE>
 
     any Loan Document or any unrelated transaction; (iii) any statement, draft,
     or other documentation presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be
     forged, fraudulent, invalid, or insufficient in any respect or any
     statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect whatsoever;
     (iv) payment by the Fronting Bank under any Letter of Credit against
     presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the
     terms of such Letter of Credit; or (v) any other circumstance whatsoever,
     whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, except in each instance as
     otherwise provided in Section 2.7(g) below.

           (g) Assumption of Risk by Borrower.  As among Borrower and the
               ------------------------------                            
     Lenders, Borrower assumes all risks of the acts and omissions of, or misuse
     of any of the Letters of Credit by, the respective beneficiaries of such
     Letters of Credit.  In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing,
     subject to the provisions of the applications for the issuance of Letters
     of Credit, the Lenders, the Fronting Bank, and Administrative Agent shall
     not be responsible for:

               (i)    the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness, or
          legal effect of any document submitted by any Person in connection
          with the application for and issuance of and presentation of drafts
          with respect to any of the Letters of Credit, even if it should prove
          to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, inaccurate,
          fraudulent, or forged;

               (ii)   the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring
          or assigning, or purporting to transfer or assign, any Letter of
          Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in
          whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any
          reason;

               (iii)  the failure of the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit to
          comply duly with conditions required in order to draw upon such Letter
          of Credit;

               (iv)   errors, omissions, interruptions, or delays in
          transmission or delivery of any messages, by mail, cable, telegraph,
          telex, or otherwise, whether or not they be in cipher;

               (v)    errors in interpretation of technical terms;

               (vi)   any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any
          document required in order to make a drawing under any Letter of
          Credit or of the proceeds thereof;

               (vii)  the misapplication by the beneficiary of any Letter of
          Credit of the proceeds of any drawing under such Letter of Credit; or

               (viii) any consequences arising from causes beyond the control of
          any Lender or the Fronting Bank, including, without limitation, any
          Government Acts.

                                       24
<PAGE>
 
None of the foregoing shall affect, impair, or prevent the vesting of any of the
Lenders, the Fronting Bank or Administrative Agent's rights or powers under this
Section 2.7.  Borrower shall have a claim against the Fronting Bank, and the
- -----------                                                                 
Fronting Bank shall be liable to Borrower, to the extent of any direct (but not
indirect, consequential, remote, exemplary or punitive) damages suffered by
Borrower or its Subsidiaries which Borrower proves in a final nonappealable
judgment were caused by (A) the Fronting Bank's willful  misconduct or gross
negligence in determining whether documents presented under any Letter of Credit
complied with the terms thereof or (B) the Fronting Bank's willful failure to
pay under any Letter of Credit after presentation to it of documentation
strictly complying with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit.
Subject to the preceding sentence, the Fronting Bank may accept documents that
appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further
investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary.

      Section 2.8   Borrowing Base.  Percentages used from time to time in
                    --------------                                        
calculating the Borrowing Base are for the sole purpose of determining the
maximum amount of Loans that may be outstanding from time to time under this
Agreement, and shall not be evidentiary of or binding upon Administrative Agent
or Lenders with respect to the market value or liquidation value of any
Collateral.  Funding of Loans hereunder shall at all times remain subject to
confirmation by Administrative Agent of Eligible Receivables and the Borrowing
Base.  Any request for a Loan which, if funded, would result in the unpaid
balance of the Loans being in excess of the amount allowed by this Agreement may
be declined by Administrative Agent in its sole discretion without prior notice.

                                   ARTICLE 3

                                   [RESERVED]



                                   ARTICLE 4

                               Interest and Fees
                               -----------------

      Section 4.1   Interest Rate.  Borrower shall pay to Administrative Agent,
                    -------------                                              
for the account of each Lender, interest on the unpaid principal amount of each
Loan made by such Lender for the period commencing on the date of such Loan to
but excluding the date such Loan is due, at a fluctuating rate per annum equal
to the Applicable Rate.  The term "Applicable Rate" means:
                                   ---------------        

               (a)  during the period that such Loans or portions thereof are
     subject to a Base Rate Account, the Base Rate, plus the Base Rate Margin;
                                                    ----
     and

               (b)  during the period that such Loans or portions thereof are
     subject to a Libor Account, the Adjusted Libor Rate, plus the Libor Rate
                                                          ----
     Margin.

                                      25
<PAGE>
 
      Section 4.2   [RESERVED]



      Section 4.3   Payment Dates.  Accrued interest on the Loans shall be due
                    -------------                                             
and payable as follows:  (i) in the case of Loans subject to Base Rate Accounts,
on the Termination Date of such Loan; (ii) in the case of Loans subject to Libor
Accounts and with respect to each such Account, on the last day of the Interest
Period with respect thereto and on the Termination Date of such Loan.

      Section 4.4   Default Interest.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
                    ----------------                                           
contained in this Agreement, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of
an Event of Default, at the option of Required Lenders and following notice to
Borrower, Borrower will pay to Administrative Agent for the account of each
Lender interest at the applicable Default Rate on any principal of any Loan made
by such Lender, any Reimbursement Obligation, and (to the fullest extent
permitted by law) any other amount payable by Borrower under any Loan Document
to or for the account of Administrative Agent or such Lender.

      Section 4.5   Conversions and Continuations of Accounts.  Subject to
                    -----------------------------------------             
Section 5.2 hereof, Borrower shall have the right from time to time to Convert
- -----------                                                                   
all or part of any Base Rate Account in existence under a Loan into a Libor
Account under the same Loan or to continue Libor Accounts in existence under a
Loan as Libor Accounts under the same Loan, provided that: (a) Borrower shall
                                            --------                         
give Administrative Agent notice of each such Conversion or Continuation as
provided in Section 5.3 hereof; (b) subject to Section 6.3 hereof, a Libor
            -----------                        -----------                
Account may only be Converted on the last day of the Interest Period therefor;
and (c) except for Conversions into Base Rate Accounts, no Conversions or
Continuations shall be made without the consent of Administrative Agent and the
Required Lenders while a Default has occurred and is continuing.

      Section 4.6   Computations.  Interest and fees payable by Borrower
                    ------------                                        
hereunder and under the other Loan Documents in respect of the interest and
fees, other than interest based on the Base Rate, shall be computed on the basis
of a year of 360 days and the actual number of days elapsed (including the first
day but excluding the last day) in the period for which interest is payable
unless such calculation would result in a rate that exceeds the Maximum Rate, in
which case interest shall be calculated on the basis of a year of 365 or 366
days, as the case may be; interest based on the Base Rate shall be computed on
the basis of a 365 or 366 day year, as the case may be.

                                   ARTICLE 5

                             Administrative Matters
                             ----------------------

      Section 5.1   Borrowing Procedure.  Borrower shall give Administrative
                    -------------------                                     
Agent, and Administrative Agent will give the Lenders, notice of each borrowing
under the Commitments in accordance with Section 5.3 hereof.  Not later than
                                         -----------                        
12:00 noon on the date specified for each borrowing under the applicable
Commitment, each Lender obligated with respect to such Commitment will make
available the amount of the Loan to be made by it on such date to 

                                       26
<PAGE>
 
Administrative Agent, at the Principal Office, in immediately available funds,
for the account of Borrower. The amounts received by Administrative Agent shall,
subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, be made available to
Borrower by 3:00 p.m. at Borrower's direction by transferring the same, in
immediately available funds by wire transfer, automated clearinghouse debit, or
interbank transfer to (a) a bank account of Borrower designated by Borrower in
writing or (b) a Person or Persons designated by Borrower in writing.

      Section 5.2   Minimum Amounts.  Except for prepayments and Conversions
                    ---------------                                         
pursuant to Section 5.4(a) and Article 6 hereof, each Base Rate Account
            --------------     ---------                               
applicable to a Loan and each prepayment of principal of a Loan shall be in a
minimum principal amount of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) or
increments Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in excess thereof. Each LIBOR
Account applicable to a Loan shall be in a minimum principal amount of One
Million Dollars ($1,000,000) or increments One Hundred Thousand Dollars
($100,000) in excess thereof.

      Section 5.3   Certain Notices.  Notices by Borrower to Administrative
                    ---------------                                        
Agent of terminations or reductions of Commitments, of borrowings and
prepayments of Loans and of Conversion and Continuations of Accounts shall be
irrevocable and shall be effective only if received by Administrative Agent not
later than 11:00 a.m. on the Business Day prior to (or, with respect to Base
Rate Accounts, on) the date of the relevant termination, reduction, borrowing,
Conversion, Continuation, or other repayment specified below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     =======================================================================================  
     Notice                                                               Number of Business  
                                                                             Days Prior       
     =======================================================================================  
     <S>                                                                  <C>                 
     Termination or reduction of Commitments                                              5  
     --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
     Borrowing of Loans subject to Base Rate Accounts, prepayment or                          
     repayment of Loans subject to Base Rate Accounts, or Conversions                     0  
     into Base Rate Accounts                                                                 
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------                        
     Borrowing, prepayment, or repayment of Loans subject to Libor                        3  
     Accounts, Conversions into or Continuations as Libor Accounts                           
     =======================================================================================   
</TABLE>

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower may give an effective notice of
borrowing of Revolving Loans subject to Base Rate Accounts in accordance with
Section 2.7(e) not later than 12:00 noon on the Business Day of the proposed
- --------------                                                              
borrowing if the proceeds of such borrowing will be used to satisfy
Reimbursement Obligations.  Any notices of the type described in this Section
                                                                      -------
5.3 which are received by Administrative Agent after the applicable time set
- ---                                                                         
forth above on a Business Day shall be deemed to be received and shall be
effective on the next Business Day.  Each such notice of termination or
reduction shall specify the applicable Commitments to be affected and the amount
of the Commitments to be terminated or reduced.  Each such notice of borrowing,
Conversion, Continuation, or prepayment shall specify (a) the Loans to be
borrowed or prepaid or the Accounts to be Converted or Continued; (b) the amount
(subject to Section 5.2 hereof) to be borrowed, Converted, Continued, or
            -----------                                                 
prepaid; (c) in the case of a Conversion, the Type of Account to result from
such Conversion; (d) in the case of a borrowing, the Type of Account or Accounts
to be applicable to such borrowing and the amounts thereof; (e) in the event a
Libor Account is selected, the duration of the Interest Period therefor; and (f)
the date of borrowing, Conversion, Continuation, or prepayment (which shall be a
Business Day).  Any notices by Borrower of the type described in this 

                                       27
<PAGE>
 
Section 5.3 may be made orally or in writing and, if made orally, must be
- -----------
confirmed in writing not more than two (2) Business Days after the notice is
given. Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of the contents of each
such notice on the date of its receipt of the same or, if received on or after
the applicable time set forth above on a Business Day, on the next Business Day.
In the event Borrower fails to select the Type of Account applicable to a Loan,
or the duration of any Interest Period for any Libor Account, within the time
period and otherwise as provided in this Section 5.3, such Account (if
                                         -----------                  
outstanding as a Libor Account) will be automatically Converted into a Base Rate
Account on the last day of the preceding Interest Period for such Account or (if
outstanding as a Base Rate Account) will remain as, or (if not then outstanding)
will be made as, a Base Rate Account.  Borrower may not borrow any Loans subject
to a Libor Account, Convert any Base Rate Accounts into Libor Accounts, or
Continue any Libor Account as a Libor Account if the Applicable Rate for such
Libor Accounts would exceed the Maximum Rate.

      Section 5.4   Prepayments.
                    ----------- 

               (a)  Mandatory.
                    --------- 

                    (i)     Revolving Loans. If at any time the Outstanding
                            ---------------
               Revolving Credit exceeds the aggregate Revolving Commitments or
               the Borrowing Base, Borrower shall, within one (1) Business Day
               after the occurrence thereof, prepay the outstanding Revolving
               Loans by the amount of such excess.

                    (ii)    Prepayments from Asset Dispositions. Immediately
                            -----------------------------------   
               upon receipt by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of the Net
               Proceeds of any Asset Disposition, Borrower shall make a
               prepayment in respect of the Obligations equal to the amount of
               such Net Proceeds and the Revolving Commitments shall be
               permanently reduced by the amount of such prepayment; provided,
                                                                     --------  
               however, that if no Default or Event of Default has occurred and
               -------                                                         
               is continuing, Borrower shall not be required to make such
               prepayment to the extent that the Net Proceeds from such Asset
               Dispositions during any fiscal year of Borrower do not exceed Ten
               Million Dollars ($10,000,000) in the aggregate. Concurrently with
               the making of any such payment, Borrower shall deliver to
               Administrative Agent a certificate of Borrower's chief financial
               officer demonstrating the calculations of the amount required to
               be prepaid.

                    (iii)   Prepayments from Debt Offerings.  In the event that
                            -------------------------------                    
               Borrower, or any Subsidiary of Borrower issues any Debt
               Securities (including, without limitation, any Subordinated Debt
               Securities), other than Debt referred to in Section 11.1 hereof,
                                                           ------------
               no later than the third Business Day following the date of
               receipt of the proceeds from such issuance, Borrower shall make a
               prepayment in respect of the Obligations equal to the amount of
               such proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and
               other reasonable costs associated therewith, in prepayment of the
               Loans and the Revolving Commitments shall be permanently reduced
               by the amount of such prepayment.

               (b) Optional.  Subject to Section 5.2 and the provisions of this
                   --------              -----------                           
      clause (b), Borrower may, at any time and from time to time without
      ----------
      premium or penalty upon prior 

                                       28
<PAGE>
 
     notice to Administrative Agent as specified in Section 5.3, prepay or repay
                                                    -----------         
     any Loan in full or in part. Loans subject to a Libor Account may be
     prepaid or repaid only on the last day of the Interest Period applicable
     thereto unless Borrower pays to Administrative Agent, for the account of
     the applicable Lenders, any amounts due under Section 6.5 as a result of
                                                   -----------
     such prepayment or repayment.

     Section 5.5   Method of Payment.  Except as otherwise expressly provided
                   -----------------                                         
herein, all payments of principal, interest, and other amounts to be made by
Borrower or any other Loan Party under the Loan Documents shall be made to
Administrative Agent at the Principal Office for the account of each Lender's
Applicable Lending Office in Dollars and in immediately available funds, without
set-off, deduction, or counterclaim, not later than 12:00 noon on the date on
which such payment shall become due (each such payment made after such time on
such due date to be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business
Day).  Borrower shall, at the time of making each such payment, specify to
Administrative Agent the sums payable under the Loan Documents to which such
payment is to be applied (and in the event that Borrower fails to so specify, or
if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Administrative Agent may
apply such payment to the Obligations in such order and manner as it may elect
in its sole discretion, subject to Section 5.6 and provided that when applying
                                   -----------                                
any such amounts to any Loans, Loans subject to Base Rate Accounts shall be
prepaid in full prior to any application to Loans subject to Libor Accounts).
Each payment received by Administrative Agent under any Loan Document for the
account of a Lender shall be paid to such Lender by 3:00 p.m. on the date the
payment is deemed made to Administrative Agent in immediately available funds,
for the account of such Lender's Applicable Lending Office. Whenever any payment
under any Loan Document shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a
Business Day, such payment may be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and
such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of the
payment of interest and commitment fee, as the case may be.

     Section 5.6   Pro Rata Treatment.  Except to the extent otherwise provided
                   ------------------                                          
herein: (a) each Loan shall be made by the Lenders holding Commitments for such
Loan, each payment of commitment fees under Sections 2.5 and letter of credit
                                            ------------                     
fees under Subsection 2.7(c) shall be made for the account of the Lenders
           -----------------                                             
holding Revolving Commitments and each termination or reduction of the
Commitments shall be applied to the Commitments of the Lenders holding the
applicable Commitments, pro rata according to their respective Commitment
Percentages (calculated with respect to the Commitments for the Loans in
question only); (b) the making, Conversion, and Continuation of Accounts of a
particular Type (other than Conversions provided for by Section 6.4) shall be
                                                        -----------          
made pro rata among the Lenders holding Accounts of such Type according to their
respective Commitment Percentages (calculated with respect to the Commitments
for the Loans in question only); (c) each payment and prepayment of principal of
or interest on Loans or Reimbursement Obligations by Borrower shall be made to
Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders holding such Loans or
Reimbursement Obligations (or participation interests therein) pro rata in
accordance with the respective unpaid principal amounts of such Loans or
participation interests held by such Lenders; provided that as long as no
                                              --------                   
default in the payment of interest exists, payments of interest made when
Lenders are holding different types of Accounts applicable to the same Loan as a
result of the application of Section 6.4, shall be made to the Lenders in
                             -----------                                 
accordance with the amount of interest owed to each; and (d) the Lenders holding
Revolving Commitments shall purchase from the Fronting Bank participations in
the Letters of Credit to the extent of their 

                                       29
<PAGE>
 
respective Commitment Percentages. If at any time payment, in whole or in part,
of any amount distributed by Administrative Agent hereunder is rescinded or must
otherwise be restored or returned by Administrative Agent as a preference,
fraudulent conveyance, or otherwise under any bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar
law, then each Person receiving any portion of such amount agrees, upon demand,
to return the portion of such amount it has received to Administrative Agent.

      Section 5.7   Sharing of Payments.  If a Lender shall obtain payment of
                    -------------------                                      
any principal of or interest on any of the Obligations due to such Lender
hereunder directly (and not through Administrative Agent) through the exercise
of any right of set-off, banker's lien, counterclaim, or similar right, or
otherwise, it shall promptly purchase from the other Lenders participations in
the Obligations held by the other Lenders in such amounts, and make such other
adjustments from time to time as shall be equitable to the end that all the
Lenders shall share the benefit of such payment pro rata in accordance with the
unpaid principal of and interest on the Obligations then due to each of them.
To such end, all of the Lenders shall make appropriate adjustments among
themselves (by the resale of participations sold or otherwise) if all or any
portion of such excess payment is thereafter rescinded or must otherwise be
restored.  Borrower agrees, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so under
applicable law, that any Lender so purchasing a participation in the Obligations
held by the other Lenders may exercise all rights of set-off, banker's lien,
counterclaim, or similar rights with respect to such participation as fully as
if such Lender were a direct holder of Obligations in the amount of such
participation.  Nothing contained herein shall require any Lender to exercise
any such right or shall affect the right of any Lender to exercise, and retain
the benefits of exercising, any such right with respect to any other
indebtedness or obligation of Borrower.

      Section 5.8   Non-Receipt of Funds by Administrative Agent.  Unless
                    --------------------------------------------         
Administrative Agent shall have been notified by a Lender or Borrower (the
"Payor") prior to the date on which such Lender is to make payment to
- ------                                                               
Administrative Agent hereunder or Borrower is to make a payment to
Administrative Agent, for the account of one or more of the Agents or the
Lenders, as the case may be (such payment being herein called the "Required
                                                                   --------
Payment"), which notice shall be effective upon receipt, that the Payor does not
- -------                                                                         
intend to make the Required Payment to Administrative Agent, Administrative
Agent may assume that the Required Payment has been made and may, in reliance
upon such assumption (but shall not be required to), make the amount thereof
available to the intended recipient on such date and, if the Payor has not in
fact made the Required Payment to Administrative Agent, (a) the recipient of
such payment shall, on demand, pay to Administrative Agent the amount made
available to it together with interest thereon in respect of the period
commencing on the date such amount was so made available by Administrative Agent
until the date Administrative Agent recovers such amount at a rate per annum
equal to the Federal Funds Rate for such period, and (b) Administrative Agent
shall be entitled to offset against any and all sums to be paid to such
recipient, the amount calculated in accordance with the foregoing clause (a).
                                                                  ---------- 

      Section 5.9   Participation Obligations Absolute; Failure to Fund
                    ---------------------------------------------------
Participation.  The obligations of a Lender holding a Revolving Commitment to
- -------------                                                                
fund its participation in the Letters of Credit in accordance with the terms
hereof shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable and shall be performed
strictly in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents under all
circumstances whatsoever, including, without limitation, the following
circumstances: (a) any lack of validity of any Loan Document; (b) the occurrence
of any Default; (c) the existence of any claim, set-off, counterclaim, defense,
or other right which such Lender, any Loan Party, or any other Person may 

                                       30
<PAGE>
 
have; (d) the occurrence of any event that has or could reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect on Borrower or any other Loan Party; (e) the
failure of any condition to a Loan under Article 8 hereof to be satisfied; (f)
                                         ---------
the fact that after giving effect to the funding of the participation the
Outstanding Revolving Credit may exceed the aggregate Revolving Commitments or
the Borrowing Base; or (g) any other circumstance whatsoever, whether or not
similar to any of the foregoing. If a Lender fails to fund its participation in
a Letter of Credit as required hereby, such Lender shall, subject to the
foregoing proviso, remain obligated to pay to Administrative Agent the amount it
failed to fund on demand together with interest thereon in respect of the period
commencing on the date such amount should have been funded until the date the
amount was actually funded to Administrative Agent at a rate per amount equal to
the Federal Funds Rate for such period and Administrative Agent shall be
entitled to offset against any and all sums to be paid to such Lender hereunder
the amount due Administrative Agent or the Fronting Bank under this sentence.

                                   ARTICLE 6

                            Change in Circumstances
                            -----------------------

      Section 6.1   Increased Cost and Reduced Return.
                    --------------------------------- 

               (a)  Increased Cost.  If, after the Closing Date, any Regulatory
                    --------------                                           
Change or compliance by any Lender (or its Applicable Lending Office) with any
request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any
Governmental Authority, central bank, or comparable agency:

                    (i)    shall subject such Lender (or its Applicable Lending
               Office) to any tax, duty, or other charge with respect to any
               Libor Accounts, its Notes, or its obligation to make Libor
               Accounts, or change the basis of taxation of any amounts payable
               to such Lender (or its Applicable Lending Office) under this
               Agreement or its Notes in respect of any Libor Accounts (other
               than franchise taxes or taxes imposed on or measured by the net
               income of such Lender by the jurisdiction in which such Lender is
               organized, has its principal office or such Applicable Lending
               Office or is doing business);

                    (ii)   shall impose, modify, or deem applicable any reserve,
               special deposit, assessment, or similar requirement (other than
               the Reserve Requirement utilized in the determination of the
               Adjusted Libor Rate) relating to any extensions of credit or
               other assets of, or any deposits with or other liabilities or
               commitments of, such Lender (or its Applicable Lending Office),
               including the Commitments of such Lender hereunder; or

                    (iii)  shall impose on such Lender (or its Applicable
               Lending Office) or the London interbank market any other
               condition affecting this Agreement or its Notes or any of such
               extensions of credit or liabilities or commitments;

                                       31
<PAGE>
 
     and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such
     Lender (or its Applicable Lending Office) of making, Converting into,
     Continuing, or maintaining any Libor Accounts or to reduce any sum received
     or receivable by such Lender (or its Applicable Lending Office) under this
     Agreement or its Notes with respect to any Libor Accounts, then Borrower
     shall pay to such Lender on demand such amount or amounts as will
     compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduction, as then or
     previously incurred.  If any Lender requests compensation by Borrower under
     this Section 6.1(a), Borrower may, by notice to such Lender (with a copy to
          --------------                                                        
     Administrative Agent), suspend the obligation of such Lender to make or
     maintain Libor Accounts, or to Convert Base Rate Accounts into Libor
     Accounts, until the event or condition giving rise to such request ceases
     to be in effect (in which case the provisions of Section 6.4 shall be
                                                      -----------         
     applicable); provided that such suspension shall not affect the right of
                  --------                                                   
     such Lender to receive the compensation so requested.

          (b)    Capital Adequacy.  If, after the date hereof, any Lender shall
                 ----------------                                              
     have determined that any Regulatory Change has or would have the effect of
     reducing the rate of return on the capital of such Lender or any
     corporation controlling such Lender as a consequence of such Lender's
     obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or such
     corporation could have achieved but for such adoption, change, request, or
     directive (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital
     adequacy) by an amount reasonably deemed by such Lender to be material,
     then from time to time upon demand, Borrower shall pay to such Lender such
     additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such
     reduction.

          (c)    Claims Under this Section 6.1.  Each Lender shall promptly
                 -----------------------------                             
     notify Borrower and Administrative Agent of any event of which it has
     knowledge, occurring after the date hereof, which will entitle such Lender
     to such compensation pursuant to this Section 6.1 and will designate a
                                           -----------
     different Applicable Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need
     for, or reduce the amount of, such compensation and will not, in the
     judgment of such Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to it. Any Lender
     claiming compensation under this Section 6.1 shall furnish to Borrower and
                                      -----------
     Administrative Agent a statement setting forth the additional amount or
     amounts to be paid to it hereunder which shall be conclusive in the absence
     of manifest error. In determining such amount, such Lender may use any
     reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

     Section 6.2 Limitation on Libor Accounts.  If on or prior to the first
                 ----------------------------                              
day of any Interest Period for any Libor Account:

          (a)    Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be
     conclusive) that by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market,
     adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Libor Rate
     for such Interest Period; or

          (b)    the Required Lenders determine (which determination shall be
     conclusive) and notify Administrative Agent that the Adjusted Libor Rate
     will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to the Lenders of funding
     Libor Accounts for such Interest Period;

                                       32
<PAGE>
 
then Administrative Agent shall give Borrower prompt notice thereof specifying
the amounts or periods, and so long as such condition remains in effect, the
Lenders shall be under no obligation to make additional Libor Accounts, Continue
Libor Accounts, or to Convert Base Rate Accounts into Libor Accounts and
Borrower shall, on the last day(s) of the then current Interest Period(s) for
the outstanding Libor Accounts, either prepay such Libor Accounts or Convert
such Libor Accounts into Base Rate Accounts in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement.

      Section 6.3   Illegality.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this
                    ----------                                              
Agreement, in the event that it becomes unlawful for any Lender or its
Applicable Lending Office to make, maintain, or fund Libor Accounts hereunder,
then such Lender shall promptly notify Borrower and Administrative Agent thereof
and such Lender's obligation to make or Continue Libor Accounts and to Convert
Base Rate Accounts into Libor Accounts shall be suspended until such time as
such Lender may again make, maintain, and fund Libor Accounts (in which case the
provisions of Section 6.4 shall be applicable).
              -----------                      

      Section 6.4   Treatment of Affected Accounts.  If the obligation of any
                    ------------------------------                           
Lender to make a particular Libor Account or to Continue, or to Convert Base
Rate Accounts into, Libor Accounts shall be suspended pursuant to Section 6.1 or
                                                                  -----------   
Section 6.3 (Accounts of such Type being herein called "Affected Accounts"),
- -----------                                             -----------------   
such Lender's Affected Accounts shall be automatically Converted into Base Rate
Accounts on the last day(s) of the then current Interest Period(s) for the
Affected Accounts (or, in the case of a Conversion required by Section 6.3
                                                               -----------
hereof, on such earlier date as such Lender may specify to Borrower with a copy
to Administrative Agent) and, unless and until such Lender gives notice as
provided below that the circumstances specified in Section 6.1 or Section 6.3
                                                   -----------    -----------
hereof that gave rise to such Conversion no longer exist:

          (a) to the extent that such Lender's Affected Accounts have been so
Converted, all payments and prepayments of principal that would otherwise be
applied to such Lender's Affected Accounts shall be applied instead to its Base
Rate Accounts; and

          (b) all Accounts that would otherwise be made or Continued by such
Lender as Libor Accounts shall be made or Continued instead as Base Rate
Accounts, and all Accounts of such Lender that would otherwise be Converted into
Libor Accounts shall be Converted instead into (or shall remain as) Base Rate
Accounts.

If such Lender gives notice to Borrower (with a copy to Administrative Agent)
that the circumstances specified in Section 6.1 or Section 6.3 hereof that gave
                                    -----------    -----------                 
rise to the Conversion of such Lender's Affected Accounts no longer exist (which
such Lender agrees to do promptly upon such circumstances ceasing to exist) at a
time when Libor Accounts made by other Lenders are outstanding, such Lender's
Base Rate Accounts shall be automatically Converted, on the first day(s) of the
next succeeding Interest Period(s) for such outstanding Libor Accounts, to the
extent necessary so that, after giving effect thereto, all Accounts held by the
Lenders holding Libor Accounts and by such Lender are held pro rata (as to
principal amounts, Types, and Interest Periods) in accordance with their
respective Commitment Percentages.

      Section 6.5   Compensation.  Upon the request of any Lender, Borrower
                    ------------                                           
shall pay to such Lender such amount or amounts as shall be sufficient (in the
reasonable opinion of such Lender) to 

                                       33
<PAGE>
 
compensate it for any loss, cost, or expense (including, without limitation, any
such amounts incurred in connection with syndication of the Loans) incurred by
it as a result of:

          (a) any payment, prepayment, or Conversion by Borrower of a Libor
     Account for any reason (including, without limitation, the acceleration of
     the Loans pursuant to Section 13.2) on a date other than the last day of
                           ------------                                      
     the Interest Period for such Libor Account; or

          (b) any failure by Borrower for any reason (including, without
     limitation, the failure of any condition precedent specified in Article 8
                                                                     ---------
     to be satisfied) to borrow, Convert, Continue, or prepay a Libor Account on
     the date for such borrowing, Conversion, Continuation, or prepayment
     specified in the relevant notice of borrowing, prepayment, Continuation, or
     Conversion under this Agreement.

      Section 6.6  Taxes.
                   ----- 

          (a) Withholding Taxes.  Except as otherwise provided in this
              -----------------                                       
     Agreement, any and all payments by any Loan Party to or for the account of
     any Lender, any of the Agents or the Fronting Bank hereunder or under any
     other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction
     for any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts,
     deductions, charges, or withholdings, and all liabilities with respect
     thereto, excluding, in the case of each Lender, each of the Agents, or the
              ---------                                                        
     Fronting Bank (as applicable), taxes imposed on or measured by its income,
     and franchise taxes imposed on it, by the jurisdiction under the laws of
     which such Lender (or its Applicable Lending Office), such of the Agents,
     or the Fronting Bank (as the case may be) is organized, located or doing
     business or any political subdivision thereof (all such non-excluded taxes,
     duties, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings, and liabilities
     being hereinafter referred to as "Taxes").  If a Loan Party shall be
                                       -----                             
     required by law to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable
     under any Loan Document to any Lender, any of the Agents, or the Fronting
     Bank (as applicable), (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary
     so that after making all required deductions (including deductions
     applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 6.6) such Lender,
                                                      -----------              
     such of the Agents, or the Fronting Bank (as applicable) receives an amount
     equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made,
     (ii) the applicable Loan Party shall make such deductions, (iii) the
     applicable Loan Party shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant
     taxing authority or other authority in accordance with applicable law, and
     (iv) the applicable Loan Party shall furnish to Administrative Agent the
     original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof.

          (b) Stamp Taxes, Etc.  In addition, Borrower agrees to pay any and all
              ----------------                                                  
     present or future stamp or documentary taxes and any other excise or
     property taxes or charges or similar levies which arise from any payment
     made under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or from the execution
     or delivery of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other
     Loan Document (hereinafter referred to as "Other Taxes").
                                                -----------   

          (c) Tax Indemnification.  BORROWER AGREES TO INDEMNIFY EACH LENDER,
              -------------------                                            
     EACH OF THE AGENTS, AND THE FRONTING BANK FOR THE FULL 

                                       34
<PAGE>
 
     AMOUNT OF TAXES AND OTHER TAXES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY TAXES
     OR OTHER TAXES IMPOSED OR ASSERTED BY ANY JURISDICTION ON AMOUNTS PAYABLE
     UNDER THIS SECTION 6.6) PAID BY SUCH LENDER, SUCH OF THE AGENTS, OR THE
                -----------
     FRONTING BANK (AS THE CASE MAY BE) AND ANY LIABILITY (INCLUDING PENALTIES,
     INTEREST AND EXPENSES) ARISING THEREFROM OR WITH RESPECT THERETO.

     Section 6.7   Withholding Tax Exemption.  Each Lender organized under the
                   -------------------------                                  
laws of a jurisdiction outside the U.S., on or prior to the date of its
execution and delivery of this Agreement in the case of each Lender listed on
the signature pages hereof and on or prior to the date on which it becomes a
Lender in the case of each other Lender, and from time to time thereafter if
requested in writing by Borrower or Administrative Agent (but only so long as
such Lender remains lawfully able to do so), shall provide Borrower and
Administrative Agent with (a) if such Lender is a "bank" within the meaning of
Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (i) Internal Revenue Service Form 1001 or
4224, as appropriate, or any successor form prescribed by the Internal Revenue
Service, certifying that such Lender is entitled to benefits under an income tax
treaty to which the U.S. is a party which reduces to zero the rate of
withholding tax on payments of interest or certifying that the income receivable
pursuant to this Agreement is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade
or business in the U.S., (ii) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 or W-9, as
appropriate, or any successor form prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service,
and (iii) any other form or certificate required by any taxing authority
(including any certificate required by Sections 871(h) and 881(c) of the Code),
certifying that such Lender is entitled to a complete exemption from tax on
payments pursuant to any of the Loan Documents or (b) if such Lender is not a
"bank" within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code,  a Form W-8, or
any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto (and, if such non-U.S.
Lender delivers a Form W-8, a certificate (including any certificate required by
Sections 871(h) and 881(c) of the Code) representing that such non-U.S. Lender
is not a bank for purposes of Section 881(c) of the Code, is not a 10-percent
shareholder (within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code) of Borrower
and is not a controlled foreign corporation related to Borrower (within the
meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the Code)), properly completed and duly executed
by such non-U.S. Lender claiming complete exemption from United States Federal
withholding tax on payments of interest by Borrower under this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents.  For any period with respect to which a Lender has failed
to provide Borrower and Administrative Agent with the appropriate form pursuant
to this Section 6.7 and thereby to establish complete exemption from U.S.
        -----------                                                      
withholding tax (unless such failure to establish complete exemption from U.S.
withholding tax is due to a change in treaty, law, or regulation occurring
subsequent to the date on which a form originally was required to be provided),
(A) the applicable Loan Party shall deduct all required Taxes from any amounts
payable to such Lender under any Loan Document, (B) the applicable Loan Party
shall pay the full amount allocated to the relevant taxing authority or other
authority in accordance with applicable law, (C) the applicable Loan Party shall
furnish to Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt
evidencing payment thereof, and (D) such Lender shall not be entitled to an
indemnification or increases in the sum payable under Section 6.6 or Section
                                                      -----------    -------
14.5 with respect to Taxes imposed by the U.S.; provided, however, that should a
- ----                                            --------  -------               
Lender, which is otherwise exempt from or subject to a reduced rate of
withholding tax, become subject to Taxes because of its failure to deliver a
form 

                                       35
<PAGE>
 
required hereunder, Borrower shall take such steps as such Lender shall
reasonably request to assist such Lender to recover such Taxes.

      Section 6.8   Mitigation.  If Borrower is required to pay additional
                    ----------                                            
amounts to or for the account of any Lender pursuant to this Article 6, then
                                                             ---------      
such Lender will agree to use reasonable efforts to change the jurisdiction of
its Applicable Lending Office so as to eliminate or reduce any such additional
payment which may thereafter accrue if such change, in the reasonable judgment
of such Lender, is not otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.

                                   ARTICLE 7

                                    Security
                                    --------

      Section 7.1   Collateral.  To secure the full and complete payment and
                    ----------                                              
performance of the Obligations, Borrower shall, and, to secure the Subsidiary
Guaranty, Borrower shall cause each Subsidiary of Borrower, other than the
Foreign Subsidiaries, to grant to Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the
Agents and the Lenders, a perfected, first priority Lien on all of its right,
title, and interest in and to the following Property, whether now owned or
hereafter acquired, pursuant to the Security Documents:

               (a)  all Capital Stock of each Subsidiary of Borrower other than
          Foreign Subsidiaries (whether present or future), owned as of the
          Closing Date or thereafter acquired by Borrower or any Domestic
          Subsidiary of Borrower;

               (b)  65% of the shares of each class of Capital Stock of each
          Foreign Subsidiary (whether present or future) that is a direct,
          wholly-owned Subsidiary of Borrower or of a Domestic Subsidiary of
          Borrower, owned as of the Closing Date or thereafter acquired by
          Borrower or such Domestic Subsidiary; and

               (c)  all other Property of Borrower and, for purposes of securing
          the Subsidiary Guaranty, each Subsidiary of Borrower, other than the
          Foreign Subsidiaries, owned as of the Closing Date or thereafter
          acquired, including, without limitation, all accounts (including,
          without limitation, Receivables), inventory (including, without
          limitation, Inventory), equipment, furniture, fixtures, contract
          rights, general intangibles, documents, instruments, investment
          property, chattel paper, permits, Intellectual Property, intercompany
          Debt, licenses, and material real Property.

Except as set forth in Schedule 7.1, Borrower covenants that none of the Capital
                      -------------                                             
Stock to be pledged, in accordance with this Section 7.1 shall be subject to any
                                             -----------                        
transfer restrictions, shareholders' agreement, or other restriction except for
such restrictions under applicable securities laws and such restrictions, if
any, as may be reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent.  In connection
with and in addition to the foregoing, Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall
execute and/or deliver such Security Documents and further agreements,
documents, and instruments (including, without limitation, stock certificates,
stock powers, and financing statements) as Administrative Agent may reasonably
request in order for it to obtain and maintain the perfected, first priority
Liens to be granted in accordance with this Section 7.1.
                                            ----------- 

                                       36
<PAGE>
 
     Section 7.2  Guaranties.  Each Domestic Subsidiary shall guarantee
                  ----------                                             
payment and performance of the Obligations pursuant to the Subsidiary Guaranty.

     Section 7.3  New Subsidiaries, New Issuances of Capital Stock.
                  ------------------------------------------------    
Contemporaneously with the creation or acquisition of any Subsidiary of Borrower
(other than a Foreign Subsidiary) Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its
Subsidiaries to:

            (a)   grant or cause to be granted to Administrative Agent, for the
     benefit of the Agents and the Lenders, a perfected, first priority security
     interest in all Capital Stock in such Subsidiary owned by Borrower or its
     Domestic Subsidiaries (to the extent such Capital Stock is not already so
     pledged to Administrative Agent);

            (b)   cause each such Subsidiary to Guarantee the payment and
     performance of the Obligations by executing and delivering to
     Administrative Agent an appropriate Guaranty; and

            (c)   cause each such Subsidiary to execute and deliver to
     Administrative Agent an appropriate Security Agreement and such other
     Security Documents as Administrative Agent may reasonably request to grant
     Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders, a
     perfected, first priority Lien (except for Permitted Liens, if any) on all
     Property of such Subsidiary in order to secure such Subsidiary's Guaranty.

Contemporaneously with the issuance of any additional Capital Stock of any
Subsidiary of Borrower, Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries
to, grant or cause to be granted to Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the
Agents and the Lenders, a perfected, first priority security interest in all
Capital Stock in such Subsidiary owned by Borrower, or any Subsidiary of
Borrower (to the extent such Capital Stock are already not so pledged to
Administrative Agent).  Borrower covenants that none of the Capital Stock to be
pledged in accordance with this Section 7.3 shall be subject to any transfer
                                -----------                                 
restriction, shareholders agreement, or other restriction except for such
restrictions under applicable securities laws and such restrictions, if any, as
may be reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent.  Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary contained in this Section 7.3, (i) neither Borrower nor any
                                  -----------                              
Subsidiary of Borrower shall be obligated to pledge more than 65% of each class
of the issued and outstanding capital stock of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a
direct, wholly-owned Subsidiary of Borrower or its Domestic Subsidiaries or to
pledge any Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of any such Foreign Subsidiaries,
(ii) no Foreign Subsidiary shall be obligated to execute a Guaranty guaranteeing
payment or performance of the Obligations, and (iii) no Foreign Subsidiary shall
be obligated to execute a Security Agreement securing payment or performance of
the Obligations.  In connection with and in addition to the foregoing, Borrower
and its Subsidiaries shall execute and/or deliver such further agreements,
documents and instruments (including, without limitation, stock certificates,
stock powers, and financing statements) as Administrative Agent may reasonably
request in order for it to obtain and maintain the perfected, first priority
Liens to be granted in accordance with this Section 7.3.
                                            ----------- 

     Section 7.4  New Mortgaged Properties.  If requested by Administrative
                  ------------------------                                   
Agent, Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries other than its
Foreign Subsidiaries to, contemporaneously with the acquisition of any fee real
Property, execute, acknowledge and deliver 

                                       37
<PAGE>
 
to Administrative Agent a Mortgage or an amendment or modification to a then
existing Mortgage covering all fee real Property acquired by Borrower or any of
such Subsidiaries subsequent to the Closing Date, together with evidence
reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and its counsel, including,
without limitation, if requested by Administrative Agent, a commitment for a
mortgagee policy of title insurance or a title opinion in favor of
Administrative Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
Administrative Agent, that the Mortgage creates a valid, first priority Lien on
the fee estate in favor of Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Agents
and the Lenders (except for Permitted Liens, if any), together with appraisals
and surveys if requested by Administrative Agent. Following the date of each
such acquisition of Property, if requested by Administrative Agent, Borrower
shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries (other than its Foreign
Subsidiaries) with an interest in such Properties to, (a) deliver or cause to be
delivered to Administrative Agent, a mortgagee policy of title insurance
insuring the Liens of the Mortgage covering such fee real Property in an amount
reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent on standard form policies
(except for Permitted Liens, if any) and (b) provide Administrative Agent with a
current environmental assessment of such Property in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent.

     Section 7.5  Release of Collateral.  Upon any sale, transfer or other
                  ---------------------                                     
disposition of Collateral that is expressly permitted under Section 11.8  and
                                                            ------------
upon five Business Days prior written request by Borrower, Administrative Agent
shall execute at Borrowers expense such documents as may be necessary to
evidence the release by Administrative Agent of its Liens on such Collateral
being sold, transferred, or otherwise disposed of; provided, however, that (a)
                                                   --------  -------          
Administrative Agent shall not be required to release any Lien on any Collateral
if a Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (b) Administrative Agent
shall not be required to execute any such document on terms which, in
Administrative Agents opinion, would expose Administrative Agent to liability
or create any obligation not reimbursed by Borrower or entail any consequences
other than the release of such Lien without recourse or warranty, and (c) such
release shall not in any manner discharge, affect or impair any of the
Obligations or any of Administrative Agents Liens on any Collateral retained by
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, its Liens on
the proceeds of any such sale, transfer or other disposition.

                                 ARTICLE 8

                             Conditions Precedent
                             --------------------

     Section 8.1  Initial Loan and Letter of Credit.  The obligation of each
                  ---------------------------------                           
Lender to make its initial Loan and the obligation of Administrative Agent to
issue the initial Letter of Credit are subject to the following conditions
precedent:

            (a)   Deliveries.    Administrative Agent shall have received on or
                  ----------                                                   
     before the Closing Date and on or before the day of any such Loan or Letter
     of Credit all of the following, each dated (unless otherwise indicated) the
     Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
     Administrative Agent:

                  (i)  Resolutions; Authority.  Resolutions of the board of
                       ----------------------                              
          directors (or similar governing body) of each Loan Party certified by
          its Secretary or an Assistant 

                                       38
<PAGE>
 
          Secretary which authorize its execution, delivery, and performance of
          the Loan Documents to which it is or is to be a party;

               (ii)     Incumbency Certificate.  A certificate of incumbency
                        ----------------------                              
          certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of each Loan
          Party certifying the names of its officers (A) who are authorized to
          sign the Loan Documents to which it is or is to be a party (including
          the certificates contemplated herein) together with specimen
          signatures of each such officer and (B) who will, until replaced by
          other officers duly authorized for that purpose, act as its
          representative for the purposes of signing documentation and giving
          notices and other communications in connection with this Agreement and
          the transactions contemplated hereby;

               (iii)    Organizational Documents.  The certificate of
                        ------------------------                     
          incorporation of each Loan Party certified by the Secretary of State
          of the state of its incorporation and dated a current date;

               (iv)     Bylaws.  The bylaws of each Loan Party certified by its
                        ------                                                 
          Secretary or an Assistant Secretary;

               (v)      Governmental Certificates.  Certificates of the 
                        -------------------------   
          appropriate government officials of the state of incorporation of each
          Loan Party as to its existence and, to the extent applicable good
          standing, and certificates of the appropriate government officials of
          each state in which each Loan Party's principal business office is
          located, as to each Loan Party's qualification to do business and good
          standing in such state, all dated a current date;

               (vi)     Notes.  The Notes executed by Borrower dated the date
                        -----                                                
          hereof;

               (vii)    Guaranties.  The Guaranties executed by the Domestic
                        ----------                                          
          Subsidiaries of Borrower;

               (viii)   Lien Search Reports.  UCC, tax, and judgment Lien search
                        -------------------                                     
          reports listing all documentation on file against Borrower and its
          Domestic Subsidiaries in the central filing locations of each
          jurisdiction in which any such Party's business offices are located
          and in the local filing offices of each jurisdiction in which such
          party's principal business office is located;

               (ix)     Termination or Assignment of Liens.  Duly executed UCC-3
                        ----------------------------------                      
          termination statements, mortgage releases, and such other
          documentation as shall be necessary to terminate, release, or assign
          to Administrative Agent all Liens securing the Debt described on
          Schedule 2.4 and all other Liens other than those permitted by Section
          ------------                                                   -------
          11.2 hereof;
          ----        

               (x)      Security Agreements.  Security Agreements executed by
                        -------------------
           each of the Loan Parties;

                                       39
<PAGE>
 
               (xi)     Stock Certificates.  The stock certificates 
                        ------------------ 
          representing all of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock the
          Domestic Subsidiaries and 65% of the outstanding Capital Stock of its
          first tier Foreign Subsidiaries, in each case accompanied by
          appropriate instruments of transfer or stock powers executed in blank
          (as appropriate), or registration of Administrative Agent's Lien, in
          form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent (in the case
          of book entry securities);

               (xii)    Financing Statements.  UCC Financing statements and all
                        --------------------                                   
          other requisite filing documents executed by the Loan Parties
          necessary to perfect the Liens created pursuant to the Security
          Documents;

               (xiii)   Consents.  Copies of all material consents or waivers
                        --------                                             
          (other than consents or waivers previously delivered to Administrative
          Agent and certified by a Loan Party as being true and correct copies)
          necessary for the execution, delivery, and performance by each of the
          Loan Parties of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, as
          Administrative Agent may require, which consents shall be certified by
          an Authorized Representative of the applicable Loan Party as true and
          correct copies of such consents as of the Closing Date;

               (xiv)    Permits.  Copies of all material permits (other than
                        -------                                             
          permits previously delivered to Administrative Agent and certified by
          a Loan Party as being true and correct copies) affecting Borrower or
          any of its Subsidiaries in connection with its businesses or any of
          the Properties owned or leased by it, and evidence satisfactory to
          Administrative Agent that Borrower and its Subsidiaries are able to
          conduct their businesses with the use of such permits in full force
          and effect;

               (xv)     Insurance Policies.  Certificates of insurance 
                        ------------------ 
          summarizing the insurance policies of Borrower and its Subsidiaries
          required by this Agreement and reflecting Administrative Agent as
          additional insured under such policies;

               (xvi)    Opinions of Counsel.  Opinions of legal counsel to
                        -------------------                               
          Borrower and the Subsidiaries of Borrower, and as to such matters, as
          Administrative Agent may reasonably request;

               (xvii)   Fees.  The underwriting and structuring fees set forth
                        ----        
          in that certain letter dated January 13, 1999, from Agents to
          Borrower, as the same may be amended from time to time (such fees are
          expected to be paid on the Closing Date);

               (xviii)  Employment Agreements.  Copies of all employment
                        ---------------------                           
          contracts or other compensation arrangements between Borrower and any
          of its Subsidiaries and their respective executive officers as
          Administrative Agent shall reasonably request;

               (xix)    Letter of Direction.  A letter of direction from
                        -------------------                             
          Borrower addressed to Administrative Agent with respect to the
          disbursement of the proceeds of the initial Loans;

                                       40
<PAGE>
 
              (xx)   Borrowing Base Certificate.  A Borrowing Base Certificate
                     --------------------------                               
          calculating the Borrowing Base as of January 28, 1999; and

              (xxi)  Schedules.  The Schedules to be attached hereto in form
                     ---------                                              
          and substance satisfactory to Lenders in their sole discretion.

          (b) Financial Statements. Receipt and satisfactory review by
              --------------------                                    
     Administrative Agent of the consolidated financial statements of Borrower
     and its  Subsidiaries for the transition period ended December 27, 1997,
     including balance sheets, income and cash flow statements audited by
     independent public accountants of recognized national standing and prepared
     in conformity with GAAP and such other financial information as
     Administrative Agent may request.

          (c) Attorneys' Fees and Expenses.    The reasonable costs and
              ----------------------------                             
     expenses (including attorneys' fees) referred to in Section 15.1 hereof for
                                                         ------------           
     which statements have been presented shall have been paid in full;

          (d) Compliance with Laws.  As of the Closing Date, each Loan Party
              --------------------                                          
     shall have complied with all requirements of all Governmental Authorities
     necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and
     the other Loan Documents;

          (e) No Prohibitions.  No requirement of any Governmental Authority
              ---------------                                               
     shall prohibit the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
     Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no order, judgment, or decree of
     any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall, and no litigation or other
     proceeding shall be pending or threatened which would, enjoin, prohibit,
     restrain, or otherwise adversely affect in any material manner the
     consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the
     other Loan Documents or otherwise have a Material Adverse Effect on
     Borrower or any other Loan Party;

          (f) No Material Adverse Change.  As of the Closing Date, no material
              --------------------------                                      
     adverse change shall have occurred with respect to the condition (financial
     or otherwise), results of operations, business, operations, capitalization,
     assets, liabilities, or prospects of Borrower and its Subsidiary taken as a
     whole since December 27, 1997 (other than a pre-tax loss not in excess of
     Fifty-Five Million Dollars ($55,000,000) occurring in Borrower's fourth
     Fiscal Quarter of its 1998 Fiscal Year), and Administrative Agent shall be
     satisfied that the economic performance of Borrower and each of its
     Subsidiaries to the Closing Date is not materially different from the
     economic projections for Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries through the
     Closing Date that were previously submitted to Administrative Agent;

          (g) No Material Litigation.  Except as set forth in Schedule 9.5
              ----------------------                          ------------
     hereto, as of the Closing Date, no action, suit, investigation, or
     proceeding shall be pending or threatened before any Governmental Authority
     that purports to affect Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower that could
     result in a Material Adverse Effect on Borrower or that could have an
     adverse effect on the ability of Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower to
     perform their Obligations under the Loan Documents;

                                       41
<PAGE>
 
          (h)     Compliance With Financial Obligations.  As of the Closing
                  -------------------------------------         
     Date, each of Borrower and the Subsidiaries of Borrower shall be in
     compliance with all of their respective existing financial obligations
     except where failure to be in compliance could not have a Material Adverse
     Effect;

          (i)     Due Diligence Review.  Receipt and review, with results 
                  --------------------       
     reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and its counsel, of
     information regarding litigation, tax, accounting, labor, insurance,
     pension liabilities (actual or contingent), real estate leases, material
     contracts, debt agreements, property ownership, environmental matters,
     contingent liabilities and management of Borrower and its subsidiaries
     which information may include, if requested by Administrative Agent, a
     written audit of the accounts receivable, controls and systems of Borrower
     and its Subsidiaries.

          (j)     Year 2000 Matters.  Receipt and review, with results 
                  -----------------                                    
     reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, of information confirming
     that (a) Borrower and its Subsidiaries are taking all necessary and
     appropriate steps to ascertain the extent of, and to quantify and
     successfully address, business and financial risks facing Borrower and its
     Subsidiaries as a result of the Year 2000 Problem, including risks
     resulting from the failure of key vendors and customers of Borrower and its
     Subsidiaries to successfully address the Year 2000 Problem, and (b)
     Borrower's and its Subsidiaries' material computer applications and those
     of its key vendors and customers will, on a timely basis, adequately
     address the Year 2000 Problem in all material respects.

          (k)     No Material Market Changes.  The absence of any material
                  --------------------------                              
     disruption of or  material adverse change in conditions in the financial,
     banking or capital markets which Administrative Agent and Syndication
     Agent, in their reasonable discretion, deem material in connection with the
     syndication of the Loans or of the senior credit facility expected to
     refinance the Loans.

          (l)     Additional Documentation.    Administrative Agent shall have
                  ------------------------                                    
     received such additional approvals, opinions, or other documentation as
     Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

     Section 8.2  All Loans and Letters of Credit.  The obligation of each
                  -------------------------------                           
Lender to make any Loan (including the initial Loans) and the obligation of the
Fronting Bank to issue any Letter of Credit (including any initial Letter of
Credit) are subject to the following additional conditions precedent:

          (a)     No Default.   No Default shall have occurred and be 
                  ----------      
     continuing, or would result from such Loan or Letter of Credit; and

          (b)     Representations and Warranties.  All of the representations
                  ------------------------------
     and warranties contained in Article 9 hereof and in the other Loan 
                                 ---------                              
     Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of
     the date of such Loan or Letter of Credit with the same force and effect as
     if such representations and warranties had been made on and as of such 

                                       42
<PAGE>
 
     date except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate
     specifically to another date, and except as to transactions permitted
     hereunder.

Each notice of borrowing by Borrower hereunder, and each request for the
issuance of a Letter of Credit, shall constitute a representation and warranty
by Borrower that the conditions precedent set forth in subsection 8.1(a) and
                                                       -----------------    
subsection 8.1(b) hereof have been satisfied (both as of the date of such notice
- -----------------                                                               
and, unless Borrower otherwise notifies Administrative Agent prior to the date
of such borrowing or Letter of Credit, as of the date of such borrowing or
Letter of Credit).

                                   ARTICLE 9

                        Representations and Warranties
                        ------------------------------

     To induce the Agents and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement, Borrower
represents and warrants to the Agents and the Lenders that the following
statements are, and, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated
hereby, will be true, correct, and complete:

     Section 9.1  Corporate Existence.
                  -------------------   

           (a)    Except as set forth in Schedule 9.1 (any such exception to be
                                         ------------                          
     cured within thirty (30) days of the Closing Date), Borrower and each
     Subsidiary of Borrower is (i) a corporation duly organized, validly
     existing, and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
     incorporation; (ii) has all requisite power and authority to own its assets
     and carry on its business as now being or as proposed to be conducted; and
     (iii) is qualified to do business in all jurisdictions in which the nature
     of its business makes such qualification necessary and where failure to so
     qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect;

          (b)     Each Loan Party has the power and authority to execute,
     deliver, and perform its respective obligations under the Loan Documents to
     which it is or may become a party.

     Section 9.2  Financial Condition.
                  -------------------   

          (a)     Financial Statements. All financial statements concerning
                  --------------------                                        
     Borrower and its Subsidiaries delivered at any time to Administrative Agent
     or any Lender have been, and at all times subsequent to the Closing Date
     shall be, prepared in accordance with GAAP, and present fairly, in all
     material respects the financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries
     as of the respective dates indicated therein and the results of operations
     for the respective periods indicated therein.  Neither Borrower nor any
     Subsidiary of Borrower has any material contingent liabilities, liabilities
     for taxes, unusual forward or long-term commitments, or unrealized or
     anticipated losses from any unfavorable commitments except as referred to
     or reflected in such financial statements.

          (b)     Projections.  The Projections delivered and to be delivered
                  -----------                                                  
     have been and will be prepared by Borrower in light of the past operation
     of the business of Borrower and its Subsidiaries.  The Projections
     represent, as of the date thereof, a good faith estimate by Borrower and
     its senior management of the financial conditions and performance of

                                       43
<PAGE>
 
          Borrower and its Subsidiaries based on assumptions believed to be
          reasonable at the time made.

          Section 9.3  Corporate Action; No Breach.  Except as set forth in
                       ---------------------------                           
Schedule 9.3, the execution, delivery, and performance by each Loan Party of the
- ------------                                                                    
Loan Documents to which each is or may become a party and compliance with the
terms and provisions thereof have been duly authorized by all requisite action
on the part of each Loan Party and do not and will not (a) violate or conflict
with, or result in a breach of, or require any consent under (i) the articles of
incorporation, certificate of formation, bylaws, or operating agreement of any
Loan Party, (ii) any applicable law, rule, or regulation or any order, writ,
injunction, or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator, or (iii) any
agreement or instrument to which any Loan Party is a party or by which any of
them or any of their property is bound or subject, or (b) constitute a default
under any such agreement or instrument, or result in the creation or imposition
of any Lien upon any of the revenues or assets of any Loan Party.

          Section 9.4  Operation of Business.  Each Loan Party possesses all
                       ---------------------                                  
material licenses, permits, franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks, and
tradenames, or rights thereto, necessary to conduct its respective businesses
substantially as now conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted, and no
Loan Party is in violation of any valid rights of others with respect to any of
the foregoing where such violation could reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.  Except as set forth in Schedule 9.4, since the last
                                                 ------------                
Saturday of 1997, the Loan Parties have conducted their respective businesses
only in the ordinary and usual course, except for transactions permitted hereby.

          Section 9.5  Litigation and Judgments.  Except as set forth in
                       ------------------------                         
Schedule 9.5, to Borrower's knowledge there is no action, suit, investigation,
- ------------ 
or proceeding before or by any Governmental Authority or arbitrator pending or
threatened against or affecting any Loan Party which could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  As of the Closing Date, except as
set forth in Schedule 9.5, there are no outstanding judgments against any Loan
             ------------                                                     
Party.

          Section 9.6  Rights in Properties; Liens.  Except as set forth in
                       ---------------------------                           
Schedule 9.6, each Loan Party has good title to or valid leasehold interests in
- ------------                                                                   
its respective properties and assets, real and personal, including, as of the
Closing Date,  the properties, assets, and leasehold interests reflected in the
most recent financial statements described in Section 9.2 (except for any
                                              -----------                
thereof disposed of in compliance with Section 11.8), and none of such
                                       ------------                   
properties, assets, or leasehold interests of any Loan Party is subject to any
Lien, except as permitted by Section 11.2.  Except as disclosed on Schedule
                             ------------                          --------
9.6(a), as of the Closing Date, no Loan Party owns any material right, title, or
- ------                                                                          
interest in any real Properties.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 9.6(b), as of
                                                         ---------------       
the Closing Date, no Loan Party owns any right, title, or interest of a material
nature in Intellectual Property that is registered with any Governmental
Authority. As of the Closing Date, Schedule 9.6(c) sets forth the locations of
                                   ---------------                            
all of the offices and other places of business of the Loan Parties and the
locations of all of the material Properties of the Loan Parties, as well as the
identities of the Loan Parties who conduct business or own Properties at such
locations and the identities of the predecessor entities who previously
conducted business or owned Properties at such locations and whose Capital Stock
or assets were acquired by any Loan Party.  The Lenders' Lien on the Collateral
required by Article 7 constitutes a perfected first priority Lien subject only
            ---------                                                         
to Permitted Liens.

                                       44
<PAGE>
 
     Section 9.7  Enforceability.   The Loan Documents to which any Loan Party
                  --------------                                                
is a party, when delivered, shall constitute the legal, valid, and binding
obligations of the applicable Loan Party, enforceable against such Loan Party in
accordance with their respective terms, except as limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency, or other laws of general application relating to the enforcement of
creditors' rights and general principles of equity.

     Section 9.8  Approvals.  No authorization, approval, or consent of, and
                  ---------                                                   
no filing or registration with, any Governmental Authority or other third party
is or will be necessary for the execution, delivery, or performance by any Loan
Party of the Loan Documents to which each is or may become a party or for the
validity or enforceability thereof except for such authorizations, approvals,
consents, filings, and registrations which have been obtained.

     Section 9.9  Debt.  Except as set forth in Schedule 9.9, no Loan Party has
                  ----                          ------------               
any Debt, except as permitted by Section 11.1.
                                 ------------ 

     Section 9.10  Taxes.  Except as set forth in Schedule 9.10, the Loan
                   -----                          -------------          
Parties have filed all material tax returns (federal, state, and local) required
to be filed, including all material income, franchise, employment, property, and
sales tax returns, and have paid all of their respective material liabilities
for taxes, assessments, governmental charges, and other levies that are due and
payable other than those being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings diligently pursued for which adequate reserves have been established
in accordance with GAAP.  Except as set forth in Schedule 9.10, Borrower knows
                                                 -------------                
of no pending investigation of any Loan Party by any taxing authority with
respect to any material liability for tax or of any pending but unassessed
material tax liability of any Loan Party.

     Section 9.11  Margin Securities.  No Loan Party is engaged principally,
                   -----------------                                          
or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for
the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of
Regulations T, U, or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System),
and no part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used to purchase or carry any
margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or
carrying margin stock.

     Section 9.12  ERISA.  With respect to each Plan, each Loan Party is in
                   -----                                                     
substantial compliance with all applicable provisions of ERISA.  Neither a
Reportable Event nor a Prohibited Transaction has occurred and is continuing
with respect to any Plan.  Except for termination of Borrower's Plans on the
Closing Date, no notice of intent to terminate a Plan has been filed, nor has
any Plan been terminated.  No circumstances exist which constitute grounds
entitling the PBGC to institute proceedings to terminate, or appoint a trustee
to administer, a Plan, nor has the PBGC instituted any such proceedings.  No
Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has completely or partially withdrawn from a
Multiemployer Plan.  The Loan Parties and each ERISA Affiliate have met their
minimum funding requirements under ERISA with respect to each Plan.  Except as
set forth in Schedule 9.12 hereto, the present value of all vested benefits
             -------------                                                 
under each Plan do not exceed the fair market value of all Plan assets allocable
to such benefits, as determined on the most recent valuation date of the Plan
and in accordance with ERISA.  No Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has any
outstanding liability to the PBGC under ERISA (other than liability for the
payment of PBGC premiums in the ordinary course of business).

                                       45
<PAGE>
 
     Section 9.13  Disclosure.  All factual information furnished by or on
                   ----------                                               
behalf of any Loan Party in writing to the Agents or any Lender in this
Agreement, the Schedules hereto, the other Loan Documents, or the documents
listed on Schedule 9.13 hereto, and all other such factual information hereafter
          -------------                                                         
furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Agents or any Lender, are and
will be true and accurate in all material respects on the date as of which such
information is dated or certified and not incomplete by omitting to state any
fact necessary to make such information not misleading in any material respect
at such time in light of the circumstances under which such information was
provided.

     Section 9.14  Subsidiaries; Capitalization.  Schedule 9.14 sets forth as
                   ----------------------------   -------------              
of the Closing Date the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of
Borrower and each Subsidiary of Borrower, the percentage of Borrower's or
another Subsidiary's (as applicable) ownership of the outstanding Voting Stock
of each Subsidiary of Borrower, and the authorized, issued, and outstanding
Capital Stock of Borrower and each Subsidiary of Borrower.  All of the
outstanding Capital Stock of Borrower and each Subsidiary of Borrower has been
validly issued, is fully paid, is nonassessable, and has not been issued in
violation of any preemptive or similar rights.  Except as disclosed in Schedule
                                                                       --------
9.14, there are (a) no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, or
- ----                                                                          
rights (including preemptive rights) to acquire, and no outstanding securities
or instruments convertible into, Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of Borrower to
which Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower is a party, and (b) no shareholder
agreements, voting trusts, or similar agreements in effect and binding on any
shareholder of Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower or the Capital Stock of
any Subsidiary of Borrower to which Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower is a
party.  All shares of Capital Stock of Borrower and each Subsidiary of Borrower
were issued in compliance with all applicable state and federal securities laws.

     Section 9.15  Agreements.  Except as set forth in Schedule 9.15, no Loan
                   ----------                          -------------         
Party is a party to any indenture, loan, or credit agreement, or to any lease or
other agreement or instrument, or subject to any charter or corporate
restriction that is so unusually burdensome as could have a Material Adverse
Effect with respect to such Loan Party.  No Loan Party is in default in any
respect in the performance, observance, or fulfillment of any of the
obligations, covenants, or conditions contained in any agreement or instrument
to which it is a party where such default could reasonably be expected to cause
a Material Adverse Effect with respect to such Loan Party.

     Section 9.16  Compliance with Laws.  No Loan Party is in violation of any
                   --------------------                                         
law, rule, regulation, order, or decree of any Governmental Authority or
arbitrator except for unintentional violations which could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to such Loan Party.

     Section 9.17  Investment Company Act.  No Loan Party is an "investment
                   ----------------------                                    
company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

     Section 9.18  Public Utility Holding Company Act.  No Loan Party  is a
                   ----------------------------------                        
"holding company" or a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company" or an
"affiliate" of a "holding company" or a "public utility" within the meaning of
the Public Utility Borrower Company Act of 1935, as amended.

                                       46
<PAGE>
 
     Section 9.19   Environmental Matters.
                    ---------------------   

     Except as disclosed on Schedule 9.19:
                            ------------- 

               (a)  Each Loan Party, and all of their respective properties,
     assets, and operations are in compliance in all material respects with all
     Environmental Laws. Borrower is not aware of, nor has any Loan Party
     received notice of, any past, present, or future conditions, events,
     activities, practices, or incidents which may interfere with or prevent the
     compliance or continued compliance of the Loan Parties with all
     Environmental Laws except for such noncompliance as could not reasonably be
     expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Borrower;

               (b)  The Loan Parties have obtained and maintained, and are in
     material compliance with, all material permits, licenses, and
     authorizations that are required under applicable Environmental Laws;

               (c)  No Hazardous Materials exist on, about, or within or have
     been used, generated, stored, transported, disposed of on, or Released from
     any of the properties or assets of any Loan Party (other than lubricants,
     cleaning solutions, and similar materials used for maintenance in the
     ordinary course of business). The use which the Loan Parties make and
     intend to make of their respective properties and assets will not result in
     the use, generation, storage, transportation, accumulation, disposal, or
     Release of any Hazardous Material on, in, or from any of their properties
     or assets (other than lubricants, cleaning solutions, and similar materials
     used for maintenance in the ordinary course of business);

               (d)  No Loan Party nor any of their respective currently or
     previously owned or leased properties or operations is subject to any
     outstanding or threatened order from or agreement with any Governmental
     Authority or other Person or subject to any judicial or administrative
     proceeding with respect to (i) failure to comply with Environmental Laws,
     (ii) Remedial Action, or (iii) any Environmental Liabilities arising from a
     Release or threatened Release;

               (e)  There are no conditions or circumstances associated with the
     currently or previously owned or leased properties or operations of any
     Loan Party that could reasonably be expected to result in any Environmental
     Liabilities, except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a
     Material Adverse Effect on Borrower;

               (f)  No Loan Party is a treatment, storage, or disposal facility
     requiring a permit under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42
     U.S.C. ' 6901 et seq., regulations thereunder or any comparable provision
     of state law.  Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a
     Material Adverse Effect with respect to any Loan Party, as the case may be,
     the Loan Parties are in compliance with all applicable financial
     responsibility requirements of all applicable Environmental Laws;

                                       47
<PAGE>
 
               (g)  Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a
     Material Adverse Effect with respect any Loan Party, as the case may be, no
     Loan Party has filed or failed to file any notice required under applicable
     Environmental Law reporting an unauthorized Release; and

               (h)  No Lien arising under any Environmental Law has attached to
     any property or revenues of any Loan Party.

     Section 9.20   Broker's Fees.  No broker's or finder's fee, commission or
                    -------------                                               
similar compensation will be payable by any Loan Party with respect to the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  No other similar fees or
commissions will be payable by any Loan Party to any Person (other than the
Agents and the Lenders) for any other services rendered to any Loan Party
ancillary to this Agreement.

     Section 9.21   Employee Matters.  Except as set forth on Schedule 9.21
                    ----------------                          -------------
hereto, as of the Closing Date, (a) no Loan Party, nor any of their respective
employees, is subject to any collective bargaining agreement, (b) no petition
for certification or union election is pending with respect to the employees of
any Loan Party and no union or collective bargaining unit has sought such
certification or recognition with respect to the employees of any Loan Party,
and (c) there are no strikes, slowdowns, work stoppages, or controversies
pending or, to the best knowledge of Borrower after due inquiry, threatened
between any Loan Party and its respective employees.

     Section 9.22   Solvency.  Except as set forth in Schedule 9.22, as of and
                    --------                          -------------           
from and after the date of this Agreement and after giving effect to the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, each of the Loan Parties
individually and on a consolidated basis is Solvent.

     Section 9.23   Year 2000 Compliance.  Except as set forth in Schedule
                    --------------------                          --------
9.23, Borrower has (i) undertaken a detailed review and assessment of all areas
- ----
within the business and operations of it and its Subsidiaries that could be
adversely affected by the "Year 2000 Problem" (that is, the risk that computer
                           -----------------                                  
applications used by Borrower or its Subsidiaries may be unable to recognize and
perform properly date-sensitive functions involving certain dates prior to and
any date after December 31, 1999), (ii) developed a detailed plan and timeline
for addressing the Year 2000 Problem on a timely basis, and (iii) to date,
implemented that plan in accordance with that timetable.  Borrower reasonably
anticipates that all computer applications that are material to the business and
operations of it and its Subsidiaries will on a timely basis be able to perform
properly date-sensitive functions for all dates before and after January 1, 2000
(that is, be "Year 2000 Compliant").
              -------------------   

                                 ARTICLE 10

                              Positive Covenants
                              ------------------

     Borrower covenants and agrees that, as long as the Obligations or any part
thereof are outstanding or any Lender has any Commitment hereunder or any Letter
of Credit remains outstanding, it will perform and observe the following
positive covenants:

                                       48
<PAGE>
 
     Section 10.1  Reporting Requirements.  Borrower will furnish to 
                   ----------------------                             
Administrative Agent and each Lender:

               (a) Annual Financial Statements.  As soon as available, and in 
                   ---------------------------           
     any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of
     Borrower, beginning with Fiscal Year 1998, (i) a copy of the annual audit
     report of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year containing, on
     a consolidated basis, balance sheets and statements of income, retained
     earnings, and cash flow as at the end of such Fiscal Year and for the
     Fiscal Year then ended, in each case setting forth in comparative form the
     figures for the preceding Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and audited
     and certified on an unqualified basis by independent certified public
     accountants of recognized standing selected by Borrower and reasonably
     acceptable to Administrative Agent, to the effect that such report has been
     prepared in accordance with GAAP; (ii) a copy of the annual unaudited
     report of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year containing, on
     a consolidating basis balance sheets and statements of income, retained
     earnings, and cash flow as at the end of such Fiscal Year and for the
     Fiscal Year then ended, in each case setting forth in comparative form the
     figures for the preceding Fiscal Year, and in reasonable detail certified
     by the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of Borrower to
     have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and to fairly present the
     financial condition and results of operation of Borrower and such
     significant business divisions, on a consolidating basis at the date and
     for the Fiscal Year then ended; and (iii) a copy of Projections for each of
     Borrower's Fiscal Year through the Fiscal Year first ending after the
     Termination Date;

               (b) Quarterly Financial Statements.  As soon as available, and in
                   ------------------------------ 
     any event  within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first
     three Fiscal Quarters beginning with the Fiscal Quarter ending on the last
     Saturday of March, 1999, a copy of an unaudited financial report of
     Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such period and for the
     portion of the Fiscal Year then ended containing, on a consolidated basis,
     balance sheets and statements of income, retained earnings, and cash flow,
     in each case setting forth in comparative form the figures for the
     corresponding period of the preceding Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail
     certified by the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of
     Borrower to have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and to fairly
     present, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of
     operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, at the
     date and for the periods indicated therein, subject to year-end audit
     adjustments;

               (c)  Compliance Certificate.  As soon as available, and in any
                    ----------------------            
     event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three
     Fiscal Quarters and accompanying the annual financial statements delivered
     in accordance with Subsection 10.1(a), a Compliance Certificate, together
                        ------------------
     with schedules setting forth the calculations supporting the computations
     therein;

               (d)  Borrowing Base Certificate.  After the Closing Date, 
                    --------------------------     
     Borrower shall deliver to Administrative Agent as soon as available, but in
     any event no later than the twentieth day of each month, unless such day
     falls upon a weekend or a bank holiday in either Texas or 

                                       49
<PAGE>
 
     Massachusetts, in which case such delivery shall be due upon the next
     succeeding day not a weekend or bank holiday in Texas or Massachusetts, a
     Borrowing Base Certificate prepared as of the close of business on the last
     Business Day of the previous month in form acceptable to Administrative
     Agent;

          (e)  Notice of Litigation.  Promptly after receipt by any Loan Party
               --------------------                                             
     of notice of the commencement thereof, notice of all actions, suits, and
     proceedings before any Governmental Authority or arbitrator affecting any
     Loan Party which, if determined adversely to such Loan Party, could
     reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to
     such Loan Party;

          (f)  Notice of Default.  As soon as possible and in any event within
               -----------------                                                
     two (2) Business Days after the chief executive officer, president, chief
     financial officer, the general counsel, any president of a major operating
     unit, secretary, assistant secretary, treasurer, or any assistant treasurer
     of Borrower (each an "Authorized Representative") has knowledge of the
                           -------------------------                       
     occurrence of a Default, a written notice setting forth the details of such
     Default and the action that Borrower has taken and proposes to take with
     respect thereto;

          (g)  ERISA.  As soon as possible and in any event within thirty (30)
               -----                                                            
     days after Borrower knows, or has reason to know, that

               (i)    any Termination Event with respect to a Plan has occurred
          or will occur, or

               (ii)   the aggregate present value of the Unfunded Vested Accrued
          Benefits under all Plans is equal to an amount in excess of $0, or

               (iii)  any Loan Party is in "default" (as defined in Section
          4219(c)(5) of ERISA) with respect to payments to a Multiemployer Plan
          required by reason of any Loan Party's complete or partial withdrawal
          (as described in Section 4203 or 4205 of ERISA) from such
          Multiemployer Plan,

     Borrower will provide Administrative Agent and the Lenders a certificate of
     its president or its chief financial officer setting forth the details of
     such event and the action which is proposed to be taken with respect
     thereto, together with any notice or filing which may be required by the
     PBGC or any other Governmental Authority with respect to such event.

          (h)  Notice of Material Adverse Effect.  As soon as possible and in
               ---------------------------------                               
     any event within two (2) Business Days of the discovery of any event or
     condition that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
     Effect with respect to any Loan Party, written notice thereof;

          (i)  Proxy Statements, Etc.    As soon as available, one copy of each
               ----------------------                                          
     financial statement, report, notice, or proxy statement sent by any Loan
     Party to its stockholders generally and one copy of each regular, periodic,
     or special report, registration statement, or 

                                       50
<PAGE>
 
     prospectus filed by any Loan Party with any securities exchange or the
     Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency; and

          (j)  General Information.  Promptly, such other information
               -------------------                                     
     concerning any Loan Party as Administrative Agent or any Lender may from
     time to time reasonably request.

     Section 10.2  Maintenance of Existence; Conduct of Business.  Except as
                   ---------------------------------------------              
permitted by Section 11.3, Borrower will, and will cause each of its
             ------------                                           
Subsidiaries to, preserve and maintain its corporate existence and all of its
leases, privileges, licenses, permits, franchises, qualifications, and rights
that are necessary in the ordinary conduct of its business, except where the
failure of a Subsidiary so to preserve and maintain could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Borrower.  Borrower will, and will
cause each of its Subsidiaries to, conduct its business in an orderly and
efficient manner in accordance with good business practices.

     Section 10.3  Maintenance of Properties.  Borrower will, and will cause
                   -------------------------                                  
each other Loan Party to, maintain, keep, and preserve all of its material
properties necessary in the conduct of its business in good working order and
condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

     Section 10.4  Taxes and Claims.  Borrower will, and will cause each other
                   ----------------                                             
Loan Party to, pay or discharge at or before maturity or before becoming
delinquent (a) all taxes, levies, assessments, and governmental charges imposed
on it or its income or profits or any of its property, and (b) all lawful claims
for labor, material, and supplies, which, if unpaid, might become a Lien upon
any of its property; provided, however, that neither no Loan Party shall be
                     --------  -------                                     
required to pay or discharge any tax, levy, assessment, or governmental charge
(i) which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently
pursued, and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP have been
established or (ii) if the failure to pay the same would not result in a Lien on
the property of any Loan Party.

     Section 10.5  Insurance.  (a)  Each of the Loan Parties will, and will
                   ---------                                                 
cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep insured by financially sound and
reputable insurers all Property of a character usually insured by responsible
corporations engaged in the same or a similar business similarly situated
against loss or damage of the kinds and in the amounts customarily insured
against by such corporations or entities and carry such other insurance as is
usually carried by such corporations or entities, provided that in any event
                                                  --------                  
each Loan Party (as appropriate) will maintain:

     (i)  Property Insurance -- Insurance against loss or damage covering
          ------------------                                             
          substantially all of the tangible real and personal Property and
          improvements of such Loan Party by reason of any Peril (as defined
          below) in such amounts (subject to any deductibles as shall be
          reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent) as shall be
          reasonable and customary and sufficient to avoid the insured named
          therein from becoming a co-insurer of any loss under such policy, but
          in any event in such amounts as are reasonably available as determined
          by Borrower's independent insurance broker reasonably acceptable to
          Administrative Agent.

     (ii) Automobile Liability Insurance for Bodily Injury and Property Damage -
          -------------------------------------------------------------------- 
          -Insurance in respect of all vehicles (whether owned, hired, or rented
          by any Loan Party) at any 

                                       51
<PAGE>
 
            time located at, or used in connection with, its Properties or
            operations against liabilities for bodily injury and Property damage
            in such amounts as are then customary for vehicles used in
            connection with similar Properties and businesses, but in any event
            to the extent required by applicable law.

     (iii)  Comprehensive General Liability Insurance -- Insurance against
            -----------------------------------------                     
            claims for bodily injury, death, or Property damage occurring on, in
            or about the Property (and adjoining streets, sidewalks, and
            waterways) of any Loan Party, in such amounts as are then customary
            for Property similar in use in the jurisdictions where such
            Properties are located.

     (iv)   Worker's Compensation Insurance -- Worker's compensation insurance
            -------------------------------                                   
            (including, without limitation, employers' liability insurance) to
            the extent required by applicable law, which may be self-insurance
            to the extent permitted by applicable law.

Such insurance shall be written by financially responsible companies selected by
the applicable Loan Party and having an A.M. Best Rating of "A-" or better and
being in a financial size category of "VI" or larger, or by other companies
reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent.  Each policy referred to in this
Section 10.5 shall provide that it will not be canceled, amended, or reduced
- ------------                                                                
except after not less than thirty (30) days' prior written notice to
Administrative Agent and shall also provide that the interests of Administrative
Agent and the Lenders shall not be invalidated or reduced by any act, omission
or negligence of any Loan Party.  Borrower will advise Administrative Agent
promptly of any policy cancellation, reduction, or amendment.  For purposes
hereof, the term "Peril" shall mean, collectively, fire, lightning, flood,
                  -----                                                   
windstorm, hail, explosion, riot and civil commotion, vandalism and malicious
mischief, damage from aircraft, vehicles and smoke, and other perils covered by
the "all-risk" endorsement then in use in the jurisdictions where the Properties
of the Loan Parties are located.

     (b)    Borrower will cause each insurance recovery (other than any portion
of an insurance recovery payable to a landlord to repair or replace Property
leased by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) paid to it or any other Loan
Party by any insurance company to be deposited promptly with Administrative
Agent as security for the Obligations if a Default has then occurred and is
continuing.

     (c)    If a Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Borrower will
cause all proceeds of insurance paid to it or any other Loan Party on account of
the loss of or damage to any Property of any Loan Party and all awards of
compensation for any Property of any Loan Party taken by condemnation or eminent
domain to be paid directly to Administrative Agent to be applied against or held
as security for the Obligations, at the election of Administrative Agent and the
Required Lenders.

     Section 10.6  Inspection Rights.    Each of the Loan Parties will, and will
                   -----------------                                            
cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit representatives and agents of
Administrative Agent and each Lender, during normal business hours and upon
reasonable notice to Borrower, to examine, copy, and make extracts from its
books and records, to visit and inspect its Properties and to discuss its
business, operations, and financial condition with its officers and independent
certified public accountants.  Borrower will 

                                       52
<PAGE>
 
authorize its accountants in writing (with a copy to Administrative Agent) to
comply with this Section 10.6. Administrative Agent or its representatives may,
                 ------------
at any time and from time to time at Borrower's expense, conduct field
examinations and audits of the Collateral and Borrowing Base and of other
matters pertaining to Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such purposes as
Administrative Agent may reasonably request provided that so long as no Default
                                            --------
has occurred and continues to exist no more than two such field examinations
shall be conducted during any calendar year.

     Section 10.7  Keeping Books and Records.  Borrower will, and will cause
                   -------------------------                                  
each other Loan Party to, maintain proper books of record and account in which
full, true, and correct entries in conformity with GAAP shall be made of all
dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities.

     Section 10.8  Compliance with Laws.  Borrower will, and will cause each
                   --------------------                                       
other Loan Party to, comply in all material respects with all applicable laws
(including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws), rules, regulations,
orders, and decrees of a material nature of any Governmental Authority or
arbitrator other than any such laws, rules, regulations, orders, and decrees
contested by appropriate actions or proceedings diligently pursued, if adequate
reserves in conformity with GAAP and satisfactory to Administrative Agent are
established with respect thereto and except for unintentional violations which
could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect with respect
to any such Loan Party.

     Section 10.9  Compliance with Agreements.  Borrower will, and will cause
                   --------------------------
each other Loan Party to, comply with all agreements, contracts, and instruments
binding on it or affecting its properties or business other than such
noncompliance which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect with respect to such Loan Party.

     Section 10.10  Further Assurances.
                    ------------------   

          (a)  Further Assurance.  Borrower will, and will cause each other
               -----------------                                             
     Loan Party to, execute and deliver pursuant to this clause (a) such further
     documentation and take such further action as may be reasonably requested
     by Administrative Agent to carry out the provisions and purposes of the
     Loan Documents.

          (b)  Subsidiary Joinder.  Within ten (10) days after the end of each
               ------------------                                               
     Fiscal Quarter, Borrower shall cause each Domestic Subsidiary created or
     acquired during the Fiscal Quarter then ending to execute and deliver to
     Administrative Agent a Joinder Agreement and such other documentation as
     Administrative Agent may require to cause such Domestic Subsidiary to
     evidence, perfect, and otherwise implement the guaranty and/or security for
     repayment of the Obligations contemplated by this Agreement, the Subsidiary
     Guaranty, and any applicable Security Document.

     Section 10.11  ERISA.  With respect to each Plan, Borrower will, and will
                    -----                                                       
cause each other Loan Party to, comply with all minimum funding requirements and
all other material requirements of ERISA, if applicable, so as not to give rise
to any liability which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect with respect to such Loan Party.

                                       53
<PAGE>
 
     Section 10.12  Unified Cash Management System.  If required by
                    ------------------------------                   
Administrative Agent, Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries (other than Foreign
Subsidiaries) will maintain a unified cash management system and will ensure,
and will cause Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries (other than Foreign
Subsidiaries) to ensure, that all proceeds of all Collateral are (a) deposited
directly, as received, into a collection account of Borrower or such Subsidiary
(as applicable) and (b) on a daily basis after such deposit, transferred into a
concentration account of Borrower or such Subsidiary (as applicable) maintained
with a bank selected by Borrower and reasonably acceptable to Administrative
Agent.  If required by Administrative Agent, each of the Loan Parties will
maintain in effect, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries (other than Foreign
Subsidiaries) to maintain in effect, an agreement governing each of its
collection accounts and its concentration account in form and substance
satisfactory to Administrative Agent with a depository bank satisfactory to
Administrative Agent.

     Section 10.13  Year 2000 Compliance.  Borrower will promptly notify
                    --------------------                                  
Administrative Agent in the event Borrower discovers or determines that any
computer application (including those of its suppliers and vendors) that is
material to its or any of its Subsidiaries' business and operations will not be
Year 2000 Compliant on a timely basis, except to the extent that such failure
could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Borrower.


                                  ARTICLE 11

                              Negative Covenants
                              ------------------

     Borrower covenants and agrees that, as long as the Obligations or any part
thereof are outstanding or any Lender has any Commitment hereunder or any Letter
of Credit remains outstanding, Borrower will perform and observe the following
negative covenants:

     Section 11.1  Debt.  Borrower will not, and will not permit any other Loan
                   ----                                                     
Party to, incur, create, assume, or permit to exist any Debt, except:

          (a)      Debt to the Lenders pursuant to the Loan Documents;

          (b)      Debt described on Schedule 9.9 hereto, and any extensions,
                                     ------------                            
     renewals, or refinancings of such existing Debt so long as (i) the
     principal amount of such Debt after such renewal, extension, or refinancing
     shall not exceed the principal amount of such Debt which was outstanding
     immediately prior to such renewal, extension, or refinancing and (ii) such
     Debt shall not be secured by any assets other than assets securing such
     Debt, if any, prior to such renewal, extension, or refinancing;

          (c)      Debt of a Subsidiary of Borrower owed to Borrower or another
     Subsidiary of Borrower;

          (d)      Guaranties incurred in the ordinary course of business with
     respect to surety and appeal bonds, performance and return-of-money bonds,
     and other similar obligations including those of the type otherwise
     described in Section 11.2(f);
                  --------------- 

                                       54
<PAGE>
 
               (e) Debt of Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower constituting
     purchase money Debt (including, without limitation, Capital Lease
     Obligations) incurred after the Closing Date not to exceed Two Million
     Dollars ($2,000,000) in the aggregate at any time outstanding secured by
     purchase money Liens permitted by Section 11.2(g);
                                       --------------- 

               (f) Debt constituting obligations to reimburse worker's
     compensation insurance companies for claims paid by such companies on
     Borrower's or any of its Subsidiaries' behalf in accordance with the
     policies issued to Borrower or such Subsidiary of Borrower;

               (g) Debt secured by the Liens permitted by clauses (d) and (e) of
                                                          -----------     ---   
     Section 11.2;
     ------------ 

               (h) unsecured Debt arising under, created by and consisting of
     Hedge Agreements, provided, (i) such Hedge Agreements shall have been
                       --------
     entered into for the purpose of hedging actual risk and not for speculative
     purposes and (ii) that each counterparty to such Hedge Agreement shall be a
     Lender (or an Affiliate thereof) or shall be rated in one of the two
     highest rating categories of Standard and Poor's Corporation or Moody's
     Investors Service, Inc.; and

               (i) Subordinated Debt to the relevant seller (including pursuant
     to a transaction permitted by Section 11.3) incurred in connection with
                                   ------------
     the acquisition of any Person not to exceed Twenty Million Dollars
     ($20,000,000) in the aggregate from the Closing Date through the
     Termination Date; and

               (j) Debt in addition to the Debt described in the foregoing
     clauses (a) through (h) in an aggregate amount not exceeding Ten Million
     -----------         ---
     Dollars ($10,000,000) in the aggregate principal amount at any one time
     outstanding.

     Section 11.2  Limitation on Liens and Restrictions on Subsidiaries.
                   ----------------------------------------------------    
Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, incur, create, assume,
or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets, or revenues,
whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except the following:

               (a) Liens described on Schedule 11.2 hereto, and any extensions,
                                      -------------                            
     renewals, or refinancings of the Debt secured by such Liens as permitted
     under Section 11.1(b), provided that (i) no such Lien is expanded to cover
           ---------------  --------                                           
     any additional Property (other than after acquired title in or on such
     Property and proceeds of the existing collateral) after the Closing Date
     and (ii) no such Lien is spread to secure any additional Debt after the
     Closing Date other than Debt permitted by Section 11.1(b);
                                               --------------- 

               (b) Liens in favor of Administrative Agent, for the benefit of
     the Agents and each Lender pursuant to the Loan Documents;

               (c) Encumbrances consisting of easements, zoning restrictions, or
     other restrictions on the use of real Property that do not (individually or
     in the aggregate) materially detract from the value of the real Property
     encumbered thereby or materially impair the ability of Borrower or any
     other Loan Party to use such real Property in their respective businesses;

                                       55
<PAGE>
 
               (d) Liens for taxes, assessments, or other governmental charges
     (but excluding Environmental Liens or Liens under ERISA) that are not
     delinquent or which are being contested in good faith and for which
     adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP;

               (e) Liens of mechanics, materialmen, warehousemen, carriers,
     landlords, or other similar statutory Liens securing obligations that are
     not overdue or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings
     diligently pursued and for which adequate reserves have been established in
     accordance with GAAP and are incurred in the ordinary course of business;

               (f) Liens resulting from deposits to secure payments of worker's
     compensation, unemployment insurance or other social security programs or
     to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, leases,
     insurance contracts, surety, performance and appeal bonds, bids, and other
     contracts incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than for
     payment of Debt);

               (g) Liens for purchase money obligations and Liens securing
     Capital Lease Obligations; provided that: (i) the Debt secured by any such
                                --------
     Lien is permitted under Section 11.1(e) hereof; and (ii) any such Lien
                             ---------------
     encumbers only the Property so purchased or leased;

               (h) Any attachment or judgment Lien not constituting an Event of
     Default;

               (i) Any interest or title of a licensor, lessor, or sublessor
     under any license or lease entered into in the ordinary course of business;

               (j) Liens against equipment arising from precautionary UCC
     financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by
     Borrower or another Loan Party in the ordinary course of business; and

               (k) Nonconsensual Liens in favor of banking institutions arising
     as a matter of law and encumbering the deposits (including the right of 
     set-off) held by such banking institutions in the ordinary course of
     business.

     Section 11.3  Mergers, Etc.  Borrower will not, and will not permit any
                   ------------                                               
other Loan Party to, become a party to a merger or consolidation, or purchase or
otherwise acquire all or a substantial part of the business or Property of any
Person or all or a substantial part of the business or Property of a division or
branch of a Person or more than a majority interest in the Capital Stock of any
Person, or wind-up, dissolve, or liquidate itself; provided that as long as no
                                                   --------                   
Default exists or would result therefrom and provided Borrower gives
Administrative Agent and the Lenders prior written notice:

               (i) A Subsidiary may wind-up, dissolve, or liquidate if (a) its
     Property is transferred to Borrower or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of
     Borrower and (b) the Loan Party acquiring such Property complies with its
     obligations under Section 10.9 simultaneously with such acquisitions;
                       ------------                                       

                                       56
<PAGE>
 
            (ii)   Any Subsidiary of Borrower may merge or consolidate with
     Borrower (provided Borrower is the surviving entity) or with any Wholly-
     Owned Subsidiary of Borrower (provided the Wholly-Owned Subsidiary is the
     surviving entity);

            (iii)  Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary of Borrower may acquire
     any Person or all or a substantial part of the business or Property of a
     Person (or a division or branch thereof) provided that the aggregate
     Purchase Price of all such acquisitions shall not exceed Twenty Five
     Million Dollars ($25,000,000) in the aggregate from the Closing Date
     through the Termination Date; and

            (iv)   The Subsidiaries of Borrower described on Schedule 11.3 may
                                                             -------------
     be merged, wound up, dissolved or liquidated on the terms described in such
     schedule.

     Section 11.4  Restricted Junior Payments.  Borrower will not, and will
                   --------------------------                                
not permit any other Loan Party to, directly or indirectly declare, order, pay,
make, or set apart any sum for (a) any dividend or other distribution, direct or
indirect, on account of any shares of any class of Capital Stock of any Loan
Party now or hereafter outstanding; (b) any redemption, conversion, exchange,
retirement, sinking fund, or similar payment, purchase, or other acquisition for
value, direct or indirect, of any shares of any class of Capital Stock of any
Loan Party now or hereafter outstanding; or (c) any payment made to retire, or
to obtain the surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options, or other rights
to acquire shares of any class of Capital Stock of any Loan Party now or
hereafter outstanding except:

            (i)    Subsidiaries of Borrower may make, declare, and pay dividends
     and make other distributions with respect to their Capital Stock to
     Borrower or Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of Borrower;

            (ii)   Borrower may declare and pay dividends on any class of its
     Capital Stock payable solely in shares of Capital Stock of Borrower; and

            (iii)  Borrower may redeem stock, stock rights, options or similar
     rights from terminated or departing employees  not to exceed One Million
     Dollars ($1,000,000) in the aggregate from the Closing Date through the
     Termination Date.

     Section 11.5  Investments.  Borrower will not, and will not permit any
                   -----------                                               
other Loan Party to, make or permit to remain outstanding any advance, loan,
extension of credit, or capital contribution to or investment in any Person, or
purchase or own any stocks, bonds, notes, debentures, or other Securities of any
Person, or be or become a joint venturer with or partner of any Person (all the
foregoing, herein "Investments"), except:
                   -----------           

            (a)    Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make equity investments in
     and may make loans to Subsidiaries of Borrower (in the case of loans, as
     permitted by Section 11.1) and may make the acquisitions permitted by
                  ------------                                            
     Section 11.3(iii); provided that total investments in Foreign Subsidiaries
     -----------------  --------                                               
     shall never exceed Forty-Five Million Dollars ($45,000,000) in the
     aggregate at any time outstanding;

                                       57
<PAGE>
 
            (b)    readily marketable direct obligations of the U.S. or any
     agency thereof with maturities of one year or less from the date of
     acquisition;

            (c)    fully insured certificates of deposit with maturities of one
     year or less from the date of acquisition issued by any commercial bank
     operating in the U.S. having capital and surplus in excess of One Hundred
     Million Dollars ($100,000,000);

            (d)    commercial paper of a domestic issuer and equity or debt
     Securities of a domestic issuer if at the time of purchase such paper or
     debt Securities of such issuer is rated in one of the two highest rating
     categories of Standard and Poor's Corporation or Moody's Investors Service,
     Inc. or any successor thereto and shares of any mutual fund company
     substantially all the assets of which consist of cash and the Investments
     of the type described in clause (c), clause (d), and this clause (e);
                              ----------  ----------           ---------- 

            (e)    advances to officers, directors, and employees for business
     expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business;

            (f)    if no Event of Default exists, Borrower and its Subsidiaries
     may make capital contributions to or investments in, or purchase any
     Capital Stock of, Borrower or a Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiary of
     Borrower;

            (g)    Borrower and its Subsidiaries may acquire and own any
     Investments of any Person received in connection with the bankruptcy or
     reorganization of suppliers and customers and in connection with the
     settlement of delinquent obligations of, and disputes with, customers and
     suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

            (h)    deposits with and advances to trade creditors and extensions
     of trade credit to trade debtors in the ordinary course of business;

            (i)    Investments described on Schedule 11.5; and
                                            -------------     

            (j)    Investments other than those described in clauses (a)-(i) of
                                                             ---------------
     this Section 11.5 if the aggregate amount thereof never exceeds Five
          ------------
     Million Dollars ($5,000,000) at any time (determined based on the cost or
     outstanding principal amount thereof, as applicable, without regard to any
     write up or write down thereof).

     Section 11.6  Limitation on Issuance of Capital Stock.  Borrower will not
                   ---------------------------------------                      
permit any Subsidiary to, at any time issue, sell, assign, or otherwise dispose
of the following to any Person (other than Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries):
(a) any of its Capital Stock, (b) any securities exchangeable for or convertible
into or carrying any rights to acquire any of its Capital Stock, or (c) any
option, warrant, or other right to acquire any of its Capital Stock; provided,
                                                                     -------- 
however, that any Subsidiary may issue qualifying shares to its directors if
- -------                                                                     
required by applicable law.

     Section 11.7  Transactions With Affiliates.  Borrower will not, and will
                   ----------------------------                                
not permit any other Loan Party to, enter into any transaction, including,
without limitation, the purchase, sale, or exchange of property or the rendering
of any service, with any Affiliate of Borrower or such other 

                                       58
<PAGE>
 
Loan Party (other than Borrower and its wholly-owned Subsidiaries), except in
the ordinary course of and pursuant to the reasonable requirements of Borrower's
or such other Loan Party's business and upon fair and reasonable terms no less
favorable to Borrower or such other Loan Party than would be obtained in a
comparable arms-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate of Borrower or
such other Loan Party.

     Section 11.8  Disposition of Assets.  Except for transactions described
                   ---------------------                                      
on Schedule 11.8 and for transactions permitted by Section 11.3(iv), Borrower
   -------------                                   ----------------          
will not, and will not permit any other Loan Party to, sell, lease, assign,
transfer, or otherwise voluntarily dispose of: (a) any of its Receivables; (b)
any substantial portion of the consolidated assets of the Loan Parties; or (c)
any other Property, other than (i) dispositions of Inventory in the ordinary
course of business, (ii) dispositions of Equipment no longer used or useful in
such Person's business and (iii) dispositions of other Equipment to be replaced
(and such Equipment is so replaced) with other functionally equivalent Equipment
within one hundred twenty (120) days of the disposition thereof.

     Section 11.9  Lines of Business.  Borrower and its Subsidiaries will not
                   -----------------                                           
engage in any line or lines of business activity other than the businesses in
which they are engaged on the date hereof or a business reasonably related
thereto.

     Section 11.10  Limitations on Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.
                    --------------------------------------------------    
Neither Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall enter into or assume any
material agreement (other than the Loan Documents) prohibiting the creation or
assumption of any Lien upon its material properties or assets, whether now owned
or hereafter acquired (except for prohibitions against Liens on assets financed
by Debt secured by Liens permitted by Section 11.2(g).  Except as provided
                                      ---------------                     
herein, Borrower will not, and will not permit any other Loan Party to, directly
or indirectly to create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become
effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the ability
of any Loan Party to:  (a) pay dividends or make any other distribution on any
of such Loan Party's Capital Stock owned by any Loan Party; (b) pay any Debt
owed to any Loan Party; (c) make loans or advances to any Loan Party; or (d)
transfer any of its property or assets to any Loan Party.

     Section 11.11  Environmental Protection.  Borrower will not, and will not
                    ------------------------                                    
permit any other Loan Party to, (a) use (or permit any tenant to use) any of its
Properties for the handling, processing, storage, transportation, or disposal of
any Hazardous Material except in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws,
(b) generate any Hazardous Material except in compliance with applicable
Environmental Laws, (c) conduct any activity that is likely to cause a Release
or threatened Release of any Hazardous Material in violation of any
Environmental Law, or (d) otherwise conduct any activity or use any of its
Properties in any manner, that in any material respect violates or is likely to
violate any Environmental Law or create any Environmental Liabilities for which
Borrower or any other Loan Party would be responsible that could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to any Loan Party.

     Section 11.12  ERISA.  Borrower will not, and will not permit any other
                    -----                                                     
Loan Party to:

          (a) allow, or take (or permit any ERISA Affiliate to take) any action
     which would cause, any unfunded or unreserved liability for benefits under
     any Plan (exclusive of any Multiemployer Plan) to exist or to be created;
     or

                                       59
<PAGE>
 
          (b) with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, allow, or take (or permit
     any ERISA Affiliate to take) any action which would cause, any unfunded or
     unreserved liability for benefits under any Multiemployer Plan to exist or
     to be created, either individually as to any such Plan or in the aggregate
     as to all such Plans.

                                  ARTICLE 12

                              Financial Covenants
                              -------------------

     Borrower covenants and agrees that, as long as the Obligations or any part
thereof are outstanding or any Lender has any Commitment hereunder or any Letter
of Credit remains outstanding, it will perform and observe the following
financial covenants:

     Section 12.1  Minimum Tangible Net Worth.  At all times, Borrower shall
                   --------------------------                                 
not permit its Tangible Net Worth to be less than Seventy-Six Million Five
Hundred Thousand Dollars ($76,500,000), plus (i) 75% of Borrower's Adjusted Net
                                        -----                                  
Income for each fiscal year of Borrower ending thereafter, plus (ii) 100% of the
                                                           ----                 
Net Proceeds of the issuance by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of Capital
Stock (or receipt of any additional capital in respect of existing Capital Stock
or other Securities).

     Section 12.2  Senior Leverage Ratio.  As of the end of each Fiscal
                   ---------------------                                 
Quarter through the last Saturday of September, 1999, Borrower shall not permit
its Senior Leverage Ratio to exceed 2.75 to 1.00 and as of the end of each
Fiscal Quarter thereafter, Borrower shall not permit its Senior Leverage Ratio
to exceed 2.50 to 1.00.

     Section 12.3  Maximum Total Leverage Ratio.  As of the end of each Fiscal
                   ----------------------------                                 
Quarter, Borrower shall not permit its Leverage Ratio to exceed 3.50 to 1.00.

     Section 12.4  Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.  As of the end of each
                   -----------------------------------                          
Fiscal Quarter, Borrower shall not permit the ratio of (a) its EBITDAR for the
four (4) Fiscal Quarter period then ending to (b) the sum of (i) Interest
Expense during such period and (ii) Rental Expense paid during such period to be
less than 2.50 to 1.00.

                                  ARTICLE 13 

                                    Default
                                    -------

     Section 13.1  Events of Default.  Each of the following shall be deemed
                   -----------------                                          
an "Event of Default":
    ----------------  

          (a) Borrower shall fail to pay (i) when due any principal of, interest
     on or fees payable in respect of any Loan or any Reimbursement Obligation
     payable under any Loan Document or any part thereof or (ii) within two (2)
     days after the date Borrower receives written notice of the failure to pay
     when due, any other Obligation or any part thereof, or any indebtedness,
     liability, or obligation due to any Lender under any Hedge Agreement.

                                       60
<PAGE>
 
          (b) Any representation, warranty, or certification made or deemed made
     by any Loan Party (or any of their respective officers) in any Loan
     Document or in any certificate, report, notice, or financial statement
     furnished at any time in connection with any Loan Document shall be false,
     misleading, or erroneous in any material respect when made or deemed to
     have been made.

          (c) Any Loan Party shall fail to perform, observe, or comply with any
     covenant, agreement, or term contained in Section 10.1, Article 11 or
                                               ------------  ----------   
     Article 12 of this Agreement.
     ----------                   

          (d) Any Loan Party shall fail to perform, observe, or comply with any
     other agreement, or term contained in any Loan Document (other than
     covenants described in subsections 13.1(a)-(c)) and such failure shall
                            ------------------------                       
     continue for a period of  fifteen (15) days after the earlier of (i) the
     date Administrative Agent provides Borrower with notice thereof or (ii) the
     date Borrower should have notified Administrative Agent thereof in
     accordance with subsection 10.1(g) hereof.
                     ------------------        

          (e) Any Loan Party shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment
     of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, custodian, trustee,
     examiner, liquidator, or the like of itself or of all or a substantial part
     of its Property, (ii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its
     creditors, (iii) commence a voluntary case under the United States
     Bankruptcy Code (as now or hereafter in effect, the "Bankruptcy Code"),
                                                          ---------------   
     (iv) institute any proceeding or file a petition seeking to take advantage
     of any other law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
     liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, or composition or readjustment of
     debts, (v) fail to controvert in a timely and appropriate manner, or
     acquiesce in writing to, any petition filed against it in an involuntary
     case under the Bankruptcy Code, (vi) admit in writing its inability to, or
     be generally unable to pay its debts as such debts become due, or (vii)
     take any corporate action for the purpose of effecting any of the
     foregoing.

          (f) A proceeding or case shall be commenced, without the application,
     approval or consent of the applicable Loan Party in any court of competent
     jurisdiction, seeking (i) its reorganization, liquidation, dissolution,
     arrangement, or winding-up, or the composition or readjustment of its
     debts, (ii) the appointment of a receiver, custodian, trustee, examiner,
     liquidator, or the like of such Loan Party or of all or any substantial
     part of its Property, or (iii) similar relief in respect of such Loan Party
     under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding-
     up, or composition or adjustment of debts, and such proceeding or case
     shall continue undismissed, or an order, judgment, or decree approving or
     ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered and continue unstayed and in
     effect, for a period of sixty (60) or more days; or an order for relief
     against any Loan Party shall be entered in an involuntary case under the
     Bankruptcy Code.

          (g) Any Loan Party shall fail within a period of thirty (30) days
     after the commencement thereof to discharge or obtain a stay of any
     attachment, sequestration, forfeiture, or similar proceeding or proceedings
     involving an aggregate amount in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars
     ($500,000) against any of its assets or properties.

                                       61
<PAGE>
 
          (h) A final judgment or judgments for the payment of money in excess
     of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in the aggregate (to the extent
     not paid or fully covered by insurance acknowledged by a carrier reasonably
     acceptable to Administrative Agent) shall be rendered by a court or courts
     against any Loan Party and the same shall not be discharged (or provision
     shall not be made for such discharge), or a stay of execution thereof shall
     not be procured, within thirty (30) days from the date of entry thereof and
     the relevant Loan Party shall not, within said period of thirty (30) days,
     or such longer period during which execution of the same shall have been
     stayed, appeal therefrom and cause the execution thereof to be stayed
     during such appeal.

          (i) Any Loan Party shall fail to pay when due any principal of or
     interest on any Debt (beyond the period of grace, if any) if the aggregate
     principal amount of the affected Debt equals or exceeds Five Hundred
     Thousand ($500,000) (other than the Obligations), or the maturity of any
     such Debt shall have been accelerated, or any such Debt shall have been
     required to be prepaid prior to the stated maturity thereof or any event
     shall have occurred with respect to any Debt in the aggregate principal
     amount equal to or in excess of Five Hundred Thousand ($500,000) that
     permits any holder or holders of such Debt or any Person acting on behalf
     of such holder or holders to accelerate the maturity thereof or require any
     prepayment thereof.

          (j) This Agreement or any Security Document shall cease to be in full
     force and effect or shall be declared null and void or the validity or
     enforceability thereof shall be contested or challenged by any Loan Party
     or any Loan Party shall deny that it has any further liability or
     obligation under any of the Loan Documents or any Lien created or purported
     to be created by the Loan Documents shall for any reason cease to be or
     fail to be a valid, first priority perfected Lien (except for Permitted
     Liens, if any, which are expressly permitted by the Loan Documents to have
     priority over the Liens in favor of Administrative Agent) upon any of the
     Collateral purported to be covered thereby.

          (k) Any of the following events shall occur or exist with respect to
     any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate: (i) any Prohibited Transaction
     involving any Plan; (ii) any Reportable Event with respect to any Plan;
     (iii) the filing under Section 4041 of ERISA of a notice of intent to
     terminate any Plan or the termination of any Plan; (iv) any event or
     circumstance that could reasonably be expected to constitute grounds
     entitling the PBGC to institute proceedings under Section 4042 of ERISA for
     the termination of, or for the appointment of a trustee to administer, any
     Plan, or the institution by the PBGC of any such proceedings; or (v)
     complete or partial withdrawal under Section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA from a
     Multiemployer Plan or the reorganization, insolvency, or termination of any
     Multiemployer Plan; and in each case above, such event or condition,
     together with all other events or conditions, if any, have subjected or
     could in the reasonable opinion of Administrative Agent subject Borrower or
     any of its Subsidiaries to any tax, penalty, or other liability to a Plan,
     a Multiemployer Plan, the PBGC, or otherwise (or any combination thereof)
     which in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to exceed Five Hundred
     Thousand Dollars ($500,000).

                                       62
<PAGE>
 
          (l) The occurrence of any event or condition which constitutes a
     Material Adverse Effect with respect to Borrower or any other Loan Party
     and thirty (30) days have passed since written notification thereof to
     Borrower by Administrative Agent (therein reasonably identifying such event
     or condition) without such event or condition having been remedied, cured
     or waived.

          (m) a Change of Control shall occur.

     Section 13.2  Remedies. If any Event of Default shall occur and be
                   --------                                               
continuing, Administrative Agent may (and if directed by Required Lenders,
shall) do any one or more of the following:

          (a)  Acceleration. By notice to Borrower, declare all outstanding
               ------------                                                   
     principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes and all other
     amounts payable by Borrower under the Loan Documents immediately due and
     payable, and the same shall thereupon become immediately due and payable,
     without further notice, demand, presentment, notice of dishonor, notice of
     acceleration, notice of intent to accelerate, protest, or other formalities
     of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower except as
     where required by the specific terms of this Agreement or the other Loan
     Documents;

          (b)  Termination of Commitments.  Terminate the Commitments,
               --------------------------                               
     including, without limitation, the obligation of the Fronting Bank to issue
     Letters of Credit, without notice to Borrower or any other Loan Party;

          (c)  Judgment.  Reduce any claim to judgment;
               --------                                  

          (d)  Foreclosure.  Foreclose or otherwise enforce any Lien granted
               -----------                                                    
     to Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Agents and each Lender to
     secure payment and performance of the Obligations in accordance with the
     terms of the Loan Documents; and

          (e)  Rights.  Exercise any and all rights and remedies afforded by
               ------                                                         
     the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, or any other jurisdiction
     governing any of the Loan Documents, by equity, or otherwise;

provided, however, that, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under
- --------  -------                                                        
subsections 13.1(e) or subsection 13.1(f), the Commitments of all of the
- -------------------   -------------------                               
Lenders, and the obligation of the Fronting Bank to issue Letters of Credit,
shall automatically terminate and the outstanding principal of and accrued and
unpaid interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by Borrower under the
Loan Documents shall thereupon become immediately due and payable without
notice, demand, presentment, notice of dishonor, notice of acceleration, notice
of intent to accelerate, protest, or other formalities of any kind, all of which
are hereby expressly waived by Borrower.

     Section 13.3  Cash Collateral. If an Event of Default shall have
                   ---------------                                      
occurred and be continuing, Borrower shall, if requested by Administrative Agent
or the Required Lenders, pledge to Administrative Agent as security for the
Obligations, pursuant to agreements in form and substance satisfactory to
Administrative Agent, an amount in immediately available funds equal to the then

                                       63
<PAGE>
 
outstanding Letter of Credit Liabilities, such funds to be held in a cash
collateral account by Administrative Agent without any right of withdrawal by
Borrower.

     Section 13.4  Performance by Administrative Agent.  Upon the occurrence
                   -----------------------------------                        
of a Default, if any Loan Party shall fail to perform any agreement in
accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, Administrative Agent may, at
the direction of the Required Lenders, perform or attempt to perform such
agreement on behalf of such Loan Party. In such event, Borrower shall, at the
request of Administrative Agent, promptly pay any amount expended by
Administrative Agent or the Lenders in connection with such performance or
attempted performance, to Administrative Agent at the Principal Office together
with interest thereon at the Default Rate applicable to Base Rate Accounts from
and including the date of such expenditure to but excluding the date such
expenditure is paid in full. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is expressly
agreed that neither the Agents nor any Lender shall have any liability or
responsibility for the performance of any obligation of any Loan Party under any
Loan Document.

     Section 13.5  Set-off.  If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
                   -------                                                      
continuing, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time,
without notice to Borrower (any such notice being hereby expressly waived by
Borrower), to set-off and apply any and all deposits (general, time, demand,
provisional, or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing
by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of any Loan Party against any
and all of the obligations of such Loan Party now or hereafter existing under
any Loan Document, irrespective of whether or not Administrative Agent or such
Lender shall have made any demand under such Loan Documents and although such
obligations may be unmatured.  Each Lender agrees promptly to notify Borrower
(with a copy to Administrative Agent) after any such set-off and application,
provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of
- --------                                                                      
such set-off and application. The rights and remedies of each Lender hereunder
are in addition to other rights and remedies (including, without limitation,
other rights of set-off) which such Lender may have.

     Section 13.6  Continuance of Default. For purposes of all Loan Documents,
                   ----------------------                              
a Default shall be deemed to have continued and exist until Administrative Agent
shall have actually received evidence satisfactory to Administrative Agent that
such Default shall have been remedied.

                                  ARTICLE 14 

                             Administrative Agent
                             --------------------

     Section 14.1  Appointment, Powers, and Immunities. Each Lender hereby
                   -----------------------------------                       
irrevocably appoints and authorizes NationsBank to act as its agent under this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents with such powers and discretion as are
specifically delegated to Administrative Agent by the terms of this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably
incidental thereto. Administrative Agent (which term as used in this sentence
and in Section 14.5 and the first sentence of Section 14.6 shall include its
       ------------                           ------------                  
Affiliates (including NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC) and its own and its
Affiliates' officers, directors, employees, and agents): (a) shall not have any
duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in the Loan
Documents and shall not be a trustee or fiduciary for any Lender; (b) shall not
be responsible to the Lenders for any recital, statement, representation, or
warranty (whether written or oral) made in or 

                                       64
<PAGE>
 
in connection with any Loan Document or any certificate or other document
referred to or provided for in, or received by any of them under, any Loan
Document, or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness,
enforceability, or sufficiency of any Loan Document, or any other document
referred to or provided for therein or for any failure by any Loan Party or any
other Person to perform any of its obligations thereunder; (c) shall not be
responsible for or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into, or verify the
performance or observance of any covenants or agreements by any Loan Party or
the satisfaction of any condition or to inspect the property (including the
books and records) of any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates; (d) shall not be
required to initiate or conduct any litigation or collection proceedings under
any Loan Document; and (e) shall not be responsible for any action taken or
omitted to be taken by it under or in connection with any Loan Document, except
for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Administrative Agent may
employ agents and attorneys-in-fact and shall not be responsible for the
negligence or misconduct of any such agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it
with reasonable care.

     Section 14.2  Reliance by Administrative Agent.  Administrative Agent
                   --------------------------------                         
shall be entitled to rely upon any certification, notice, instrument, writing,
or other communication (including, without limitation, any thereof by telephone
or telecopy) believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed,
sent or made by or on behalf of the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice
and statements of legal counsel (including counsel for any Loan Party),
independent accountants, and other experts selected by Administrative Agent.
Administrative Agent may deem and treat the payee of any Note as the holder
thereof for all purposes hereof unless and until Administrative Agent receives
and accepts an Assignment and Acceptance executed in accordance with Section
                                                                     -------
15.8. As to any matters not expressly provided for by this Agreement,
- ----                                                                  
Administrative Agent shall not be required to exercise any discretion or take
any action, but shall be required to act or to refrain from acting (and shall be
fully protected in so acting or refraining from acting) upon the  instructions
of the Required Lenders, and such instructions shall be binding on all of the
Lenders; provided, however, that Administrative Agent shall not be required to
         --------  -------                                                    
take any action that exposes Administrative Agent to personal liability or that
is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law.

     Section 14.3  Defaults. Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have
                   --------                                                     
knowledge or notice of the occurrence of a Default unless Administrative Agent
has received written notice from a Lender or Borrower specifying such Default
and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default". In the event that
Administrative Agent receives such a notice of the occurrence of a Default,
Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to the Lenders.
Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default as it
shall deem appropriate or as shall reasonably be directed by the Required
Lenders.

     Section 14.4  Rights as Lender.  With respect to its Commitment and the
                   ----------------                                           
Loans made by it, NationsBank (and any successor acting as Administrative Agent)
in its capacity as a Lender hereunder shall have the same rights and powers
hereunder as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not
acting as Administrative Agent, and the term "Lender" or "Lenders" shall, unless
the context otherwise indicates, include Administrative Agent in its individual
capacity. NationsBank (and any successor acting as Administrative Agent) and its
Affiliates may (without having to account therefor to any Lender) accept
deposits from, lend money to, make investments in, provide services to, and
generally engage in any kind of lending, trust, or other business with any 

                                       65
<PAGE>
 
Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates as if it were not acting as
Administrative Agent, and NationsBank (and any successor acting as
Administrative Agent) and its Affiliates may accept fees and other consideration
from any Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates for services in
connection with this Agreement or otherwise without having to account for the
same to the Lenders.

     Section 14.5  Indemnification. THE LENDERS AGREE TO INDEMNIFY
                   ---------------                                   
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT (TO THE EXTENT NOT REIMBURSED UNDER SECTION 15.1 OR SECTION
                                                         ------------    -------
15.2, BUT WITHOUT LIMITING THE OBLIGATIONS OF BORROWER UNDER SUCH SECTIONS)
- ----                                                                       
RATABLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THEIR RESPECTIVE COMMITMENT PERCENTAGES, FOR ANY AND
ALL LIABILITIES, OBLIGATIONS, LOSSES, DAMAGES, PENALTIES, ACTIONS, JUDGMENTS,
SUITS, COSTS, EXPENSES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, REASONABLE ATTORNEYS'
FEES), OR DISBURSEMENTS OF ANY KIND AND NATURE WHATSOEVER THAT MAY BE IMPOSED
ON, INCURRED BY OR ASSERTED AGAINST ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT (INCLUDING BY ANY
LENDER) IN ANY WAY RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE
TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY OR ANY ACTION TAKEN OR OMITTED BY
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT; PROVIDED THAT NO LENDER SHALL BE
                                              --------                        
LIABLE FOR ANY OF THE FOREGOING TO THE EXTENT THEY ARE FOUND IN A FINAL, NON-
APPEALABLE JUDGMENT RENDERED BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO HAVE ARISEN
FROM THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF, THE PERSON TO BE
INDEMNIFIED. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY PROVISION OF ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, IT IS THE
EXPRESS INTENTION OF THE PARTIES HERETO THAT EACH PERSON TO BE INDEMNIFIED UNDER
THIS SECTION SHALL BE INDEMNIFIED FROM AND HELD HARMLESS AGAINST ANY AND ALL
LOSSES, LIABILITIES, CLAIMS, DAMAGES, PENALTIES, JUDGMENTS, DISBURSEMENTS,
COSTS, AND EXPENSES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ATTORNEYS' FEES) ARISING OUT
OF OR RESULTING FROM THE SOLE OR CONTRIBUTORY NEGLIGENCE OF SUCH PERSON. WITHOUT
LIMITATION OF THE FOREGOING, EACH LENDER AGREES TO REIMBURSE ADMINISTRATIVE
AGENT PROMPTLY UPON DEMAND FOR ITS RATABLE SHARE (CALCULATED BASED ON THE
COMMITMENT PERCENTAGES) OF ANY COSTS OR EXPENSES PAYABLE BY BORROWER UNDER
SECTION 15.1 TO THE EXTENT THAT ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT IS NOT PROMPTLY REIMBURSED
- ------------                                               
FOR SUCH COSTS AND EXPENSES BY BORROWER. IN THE CASE OF AN INVESTIGATION,
LITIGATION, OR OTHER PROCEEDING TO WHICH THE INDEMNITY IN THIS SECTION 14.5
                                                               ------------
APPLIES, SUCH INDEMNITY SHALL BE EFFECTIVE WHETHER OR NOT SUCH INVESTIGATION,
LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT BY BORROWER, ITS DIRECTORS,SHAREHOLDERS, OR
CREDITORS OR ANY PARTY ENTITLED TO INDEMNIFICATION HEREUNDER OR ANY OTHER PERSON
AND WHETHER OR NOT THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY ARE CONSUMMATED.

     Section 14.6  Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders. Each Lender agrees
                   ----------------------------------------                
that it has, independently and without reliance on the Agents or any other
Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed
appropriate, made its own credit analysis of the Loan Parties and

                                       66
<PAGE>
 
decision to enter into this Agreement and that it will, independently and
without reliance upon the Agents or any other Lender, and based on such
documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to
make its own analysis and decisions in taking or not taking action under the
Loan Documents. Except for notices, reports, and other documents and information
expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Agents hereunder, the
Agents shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any
credit or other information concerning the affairs, financial condition, or
business of any Loan Party or any of their Affiliates that may come into the
possession of any Agent or any of its Affiliates.

     Section 14.7  Resignation of Administrative Agent. Administrative Agent may
                   -----------------------------------                         
resign at any time by giving notice thereof to the Lenders and Borrower. Upon
any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a
successor Administrative Agent, which successor agent shall be subject to the
approval of Borrower if and so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or
delayed. If no successor Administrative Agent shall have been so appointed by
the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30)
days after the retiring Administrative Agent's giving of notice of resignation,
then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a
successor Administrative Agent which shall be a commercial bank organized under
the laws of the U.S. having combined capital and surplus of at least One Hundred
Million Dollars ($100,000,000), which successor agent shall be subject to the
approval of Borrower, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld,
conditioned, or delayed. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as
Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall thereupon
succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, discretion,
privileges, and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring
Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations
hereunder. After any retiring Administrative Agent's resignation hereunder as
Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article 14 shall continue in effect
                                             ----------                         
for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it
while it was acting as Administrative Agent.

     Section 14.8  Administrative Agent Fee. Borrower agrees to pay to
                   ------------------------                              
Administrative Agent on the date hereof and on each anniversary of the date
hereof the administrative fee described in that certain letter dated January 13,
1999 from NationsBank and NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC to Borrower, as
the same may be amended from time to time.

     Section 14.9  Several Commitments.  The Commitments and other obligations
                   -------------------                                          
of the Lenders under any Loan Document are several. The default by any Lender in
making a Loan in accordance with its Commitment shall not relieve the other
Lenders of their obligations under any Loan Document. In the event of any
default by any Lender in making any Loan, each nondefaulting Lender shall be
obligated to make its Loan but shall not be obligated to advance the amount
which the defaulting Lender was required to advance hereunder. No Lender shall
be responsible for any act or omission of any other Lender.

                                       67
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE 15 

                                 Miscellaneous
                                 -------------

     Section 15.1  Expenses.  Borrower hereby agrees to pay promptly after
                   --------                                                 
presentation of supporting documentation without duplication: (a) all reasonable
costs and expenses of Administrative Agent arising in connection with the
preparation, negotiation, execution, and delivery of the Loan Documents and all
amendments or other modifications to the Loan Documents, including, without
limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel for Administrative
Agent; (b) all reasonable fees, costs, and expenses of Administrative Agent or
the Fronting Bank arising in connection with any Letter of Credit, including the
Fronting Bank's customary fees for amendments, transfers, and drawings on
Letters of Credit; (c) all reasonable costs and expenses of Administrative Agent
in connection with any Default and the enforcement of any Loan Document or
collection of the Obligations, including, without limitation, the fees and
expenses of legal counsel for Administrative Agent; (d) all reasonable fees,
costs, and expenses of any Lender arising in connection with an Event of Default
and the enforcement of any Loan Document or collection of the Obligations during
the continuance of an Event of Default; provided, however, that all Lenders
                                        --------  -------                  
(other than Administrative Agent) shall be limited to the legal fees and
expenses of one counsel for all Lenders unless such representation shall result
in a conflict of interest, in which case Borrower shall pay the fees, costs, and
expenses of as many counsel as necessary to avoid conflicts among the Lenders;
(e) all transfer, stamp, documentary, or other similar taxes, assessments, or
charges (including, without limitation, the Taxes and any penalties or interest)
levied by any Governmental Authority in respect of any Loan Document or the
transactions contemplated thereby; (f) all reasonable costs, expenses,
assessments, and other charges incurred in connection with any filing,
registration, recording, or perfection of any security interest or other Lien
contemplated by any Loan Document; and (g) all other reasonable costs and
expenses incurred by Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document.
The fees and expenses of legal counsel for Administrative Agent that Borrower
has agreed to pay hereunder include the fees and expenses of legal counsel for
Administrative Agent arising in connection with advice given to Administrative
Agent as to its rights and responsibilities hereunder.

     Section 15.2  Indemnification.  BORROWER SHALL INDEMNIFY THE AGENTS, THE
                   ---------------                                             
FRONTING BANK, AND EACH LENDER AND EACH AFFILIATE THEREOF AND THEIR RESPECTIVE
OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, ATTORNEYS, AND AGENTS FROM, AND HOLD EACH OF
THEM HARMLESS AGAINST, ANY AND ALL LOSSES, LIABILITIES, CLAIMS, DAMAGES,
PENALTIES, JUDGMENTS, DISBURSEMENTS, COSTS, AND EXPENSES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT
LIMITATION, REASONABLE ATTORNEYS' FEES) TO WHICH ANY OF THEM MAY BECOME SUBJECT
WHICH DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISE FROM OR RELATE TO (A) ANY BREACH BY ANY LOAN
PARTY OF ANY REPRESENTATION, WARRANTY, COVENANT, OR OTHER AGREEMENT CONTAINED IN
ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, (B) THE PRESENCE, RELEASE, THREATENED RELEASE,
DISPOSAL, REMOVAL, OR CLEANUP OF ANY HAZARDOUS MATERIAL LOCATED ON, ABOUT,
WITHIN, OR AFFECTING ANY OF THE ASSETS OF BORROWER OR ANY OTHER LOAN PARTY, (C)
THE USE OR PROPOSED USE OF ANY LETTER OF CREDIT OR ANY PAYMENT OR FAILURE TO PAY
WITH RESPECT TO ANY LETTER OF CREDIT, 

                                       68
<PAGE>
 
(D) ANY AND ALL STAMP, FILING, OR SIMILAR TAXES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION,
THE "TAXES" AND ANY INTEREST OR PENALTY) LEVIES, DEDUCTIONS, AND CHARGES IMPOSED
ON ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY LENDER IN RESPECT OF ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE
TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY, OR (E) ANY INVESTIGATION, LITIGATION, OR
OTHER PROCEEDING, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY THREATENED INVESTIGATION,
LITIGATION, OR OTHER PROCEEDING RELATING TO ANY OF THE FOREGOING, THE LOAN
DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY; PROVIDED THAT (1) THE
                                                    --------
FOREGOING INDEMNITY SHALL NOT APPLY TO LITIGATION COMMENCED BY BORROWER OR ANY
OTHER LOAN PARTY AGAINST THE LENDERS OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR THE
SYNDICATION AGENT WHICH SEEKS ENFORCEMENT OF ANY OF THE RIGHTS OF BORROWER OR
ANY OTHER LOAN PARTY HEREUNDER OR UNDER ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND IS
DETERMINED ADVERSELY TO THE LENDERS OR THE AGENT OR THE SYNDICATION AGENT IN A
FINAL NONAPPEALABLE JUDGMENT AND (2) THAT THE PERSON ENTITLED TO BE INDEMNIFIED
UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL NOT BE INDEMNIFIED FROM OR HELD HARMLESS AGAINST ANY
LOSSES, LIABILITIES, CLAIMS, DAMAGES, PENALTIES, JUDGMENTS, DISBURSEMENTS,
COSTS, OR EXPENSES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ATTORNEYS' FEES) FOUND IN A
FINAL, NON-APPEALABLE JUDGMENT RENDERED BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO
HAVE ARISEN OUT OF OR RESULTED FROM ITS GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR ITS WILLFUL
MISCONDUCT. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY PROVISION OF ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, IT IS THE
EXPRESS INTENTION OF THE PARTIES HERETO THAT EACH PERSON TO BE INDEMNIFIED UNDER
THIS SECTION SHALL BE INDEMNIFIED FROM AND HELD HARMLESS AGAINST ANY AND ALL
LOSSES, LIABILITIES, CLAIMS, DAMAGES, PENALTIES, JUDGMENTS, DISBURSEMENTS,
COSTS, AND EXPENSES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ATTORNEYS' FEES) ARISING OUT
OF OR RESULTING FROM THE SOLE OR CONTRIBUTORY NEGLIGENCE OF SUCH PERSON. SUBJECT
TO THE LIMITATIONS SET FORTH ABOVE, IN THE CASE OF AN INVESTIGATION, LITIGATION,
OR OTHER PROCEEDING TO WHICH THE INDEMNITY IN THIS SECTION 15.2 APPLIES, SUCH
                                                   ------------
INDEMNITY SHALL BE EFFECTIVE WHETHER OR NOT SUCH INVESTIGATION, LITIGATION, OR
PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT BY BORROWER, ITS DIRECTORS, SHAREHOLDERS, OR CREDITORS OR
ANY PARTY ENTITLED TO INDEMNIFICATION HEREUNDER OR ANY OTHER PERSON AND WHETHER
OR NOT THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY ARE CONSUMMATED.

     Section 15.3  Limitation of Liability.  None of the Agents, any Lender,
                   -----------------------                                    
or any Affiliate, officer, director, employee, attorney, or agent thereof shall
have any liability with respect to Borrower, and, by the execution of the Loan
Documents to which it is a party, each other Loan Party, hereby waives,
releases, and agrees not to sue any of them upon, any claim for any special,
indirect, incidental, consequential, remote, exemplary or punitive damages
suffered or incurred by any Loan Party in connection with, arising out of, or in
any way related to any of the Loan Documents, or any of the transactions
contemplated by any of the Loan Documents.

                                       69
<PAGE>
 
     Section 15.4  No Duty.  All attorneys, accountants, appraisers, and other
                   -------                                                      
professional Persons and consultants retained by any of the Agents or any Lender
shall have the right to act exclusively in the interest of the Agents and the
Lenders and shall have no duty of disclosure, duty of loyalty, duty of care, or
other duty or obligation of any type or nature whatsoever to any Loan Party, any
shareholders of any Loan Party, or any other Person.

     Section 15.5  No Fiduciary Relationship. The relationship between the Loan
                   -------------------------                                 
Parties on the one hand and the Agents and each Lender on the other is solely
that of debtor and creditor, and neither any of the Agents nor any Lender has
any fiduciary or other special relationship with any Loan Parties, and no term
or condition of any of the Loan Documents shall be construed so as to deem the
relationship between the Loan Parties on the one hand and any of the Agents and
each Lender on the other to be other than that of debtor and creditor.

     Section 15.6  Equitable Relief. Borrower recognizes that in the event
                   ----------------                                          
any Loan Party fails to pay, perform, observe, or discharge any or all of the
obligations under the Loan Documents, any remedy at law may prove to be
inadequate relief to the Agents and the Lenders. Borrower therefore agrees that
the Agents and the Lenders, if Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders so
request, shall be entitled to temporary and permanent injunctive relief in any
such case without the necessity of proving actual damages.

     Section 15.7  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.  No failure on the part of
                   ------------------------------                              
Administrative Agent or any Lender to exercise and no delay in exercising, and
no course of dealing with respect to, any right, power, or privilege under any
Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial
exercise of any right, power, or privilege under any Loan Document preclude any
other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, or
privilege. The rights and remedies provided for in the Loan Documents are
cumulative and not exclusive of any rights and remedies provided by law.

     Section 15.8  Successors and Assigns.
                   ----------------------   

          (a)  Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure
               --------------                                                   
     to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and
     assigns. Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or
     obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the prior
     written consent of Administrative Agent and all of the Lenders.

          (b)  Assignment. Each Lender may assign to one or more Persons all
               ----------                                                      
     or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including,
     without limitation, all or a portion of its Loans, its Notes, and its
     Commitment); provided, however, that
                  --------  -------      

               (i) each such assignment shall be to an Eligible Assignee.  As
          used herein, "Eligible Assignee" means (A) a Lender; (B) an Affiliate
                        -----------------                                      
          of a Lender or, with respect to any Lender that is a fund that invests
          in bank loans, any other fund that invests in bank loans and is
          managed by the same investment advisor as such Lender (herein a
          "Related Fund"); and (C) any other Person approved by Administrative
          -------------                                                       
          Agent and, provided no Default then exists, Borrower (such consent of
          Borrower not to be required if a Default then exists and, in any
          event, not unreasonable to be 

                                       70
<PAGE>
 
          denied or delayed by Borrower); provided, however, that neither
                                          --------  -------
          Borrower nor an Affiliate of Borrower shall qualify as an Eligible
          Assignee;

               (ii) except in the case of an assignment to another Lender or an
          assignment of all of a Lender's rights and obligations under this
          Agreement or an assignment by a Lender to one of its Related Funds,
          any such partial assignment shall be in an amount at least equal to
          Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) and the assignee must have (after
          giving effect to such assignment) Commitments of at least Ten Million
          Dollars (10,000,000);

               (iii)  the parties to such assignment shall execute and deliver
          to Administrative Agent for its acceptance an Assignment and
          Acceptance, together with any Note subject to such assignment and a
          processing fee of $3,500.

     Upon execution, delivery, and acceptance of such Assignment and Acceptance,
     the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of such
     assignment, have the obligations, rights, and benefits of a Lender
     hereunder and the assigning Lender shall, to the extent of such assignment,
     relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under this
     Agreement. Upon the consummation of any assignment pursuant to this
     Section, the assignor, Administrative Agent, and Borrower shall upon return
     of the assignor's notes, if any, make appropriate arrangements so that, if
     required, new Notes are issued to the assignor and the assignee. If the
     assignee is not incorporated under the laws of the U.S. or a state thereof,
     it shall deliver to Borrower and Administrative Agent certification as to
     exemption from deduction or withholding of Taxes in accordance with Section
                                                                         -------
     6.7.
     --- 

          (c)  Register.  Administrative Agent shall maintain at the Principal
               --------                                                         
     Office a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to and accepted
     by it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the
     Lenders and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans owing to,
     each Lender from time to time (the "Register"). The entries in the Register
                                         --------                       
     shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error,
     and Borrower, Administrative Agent, and the Lenders may treat each Person
     whose name is recorded in the Register as a Lender hereunder for all
     purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection
     by Borrower or any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon
     reasonable prior notice. Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance
     executed by the parties thereto, together with any Note or Notes subject to
     such assignment and payment of the processing fee, Administrative Agent
     shall, if such Assignment and Acceptance has been completed, (i) accept
     such Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) record the information contained
     therein in the Register, and (iii) give prompt notice thereof to the
     parties thereto.

          (d)  Participations.  Each Lender may sell participations to one or
               --------------                                                  
     more Persons in all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this
     Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and its Loans);
     provided, however, that (i) such Lender's obligations under this Agreement
     --------  -------                                                         
     shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to
     the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) the
     participant shall be entitled to the benefit of the yield protection
     provisions contained in 

                                       71
<PAGE>
 
     Article 6 (to the extent that the Lender selling such participation would
     ---------
     have been entitled thereto) and the right of set-off contained in Section
                                                                       -------
     13.5, and (iv) Borrower shall continue to deal solely and directly with
     -----
     such Lender in connection with such Lender's rights and obligations under
     this Agreement, and such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce the
     obligations of Borrower relating to its Loans and to approve any amendment,
     modification, waiver, or consent of any provision of any Loan Document
     (other than amendments, modifications, waivers, or consents of the types
     referred to in Section 15.11(a)).
                    ----------------  

          (e)  Pledge to Federal Reserve. Notwithstanding any other provision
               -------------------------                                        
     set forth in this Agreement, any Lender may at any time assign and pledge
     all or any portion of its Loans to any Federal Reserve Bank as collateral
     security pursuant to Regulation A and any Operating Circular issued by such
     Federal Reserve Bank. No such assignment shall release the assigning
     Lender from its obligations hereunder.

          (f)  Delivery of Information.  Any Lender may furnish any
               -----------------------                               
     information concerning any Loan Party in the possession of such Lender from
     time to time to assignees and participants (including prospective assignees
     and participants) subject to such Persons agreeing to being bound by the
     provisions of Section 15.22.
                   ------------- 

     Section 15.9  Survival. All representations and warranties made in any
                   --------                                                   
Loan Document or in any document, statement, or certificate furnished in
connection with any Loan Document shall survive the execution and delivery of
the Loan Documents and no investigation by Administrative Agent or any Lender or
any closing shall affect the representations and warranties or the right of
Administrative Agent or any Lender to rely upon them.  Without prejudice to the
survival of any other obligation of Borrower hereunder, the obligations under
Article 6, Section 14.5, Section 15.1, and Section 15.2 shall survive repayment
- ---------  ------------  ------------      ------------                        
of the Notes and termination of the Commitments and the Letters of Credit.

     Section 15.10  Entire Agreement.  THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTES, AND THE
                    ----------------                                       
OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REFERRED TO HEREIN EMBODY THE FINAL, ENTIRE AGREEMENT AMONG
THE PARTIES HERETO AND SUPERSEDE ANY AND ALL PRIOR COMMITMENTS, AGREEMENTS,
REPRESENTATIONS, AND UNDERSTANDINGS, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, RELATING TO THE
SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED OR VARIED BY EVIDENCE OF
PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OR DISCUSSIONS OF THE
PARTIES HERETO. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES
THERETO.

     Section 15.11  Amendments and Waivers. Any provision of any Loan
                    ----------------------                              
Document may be amended or waived and any consent to any departure by any Loan
Party therefrom may be granted if, but only if, such amendment, waiver, or
consent is in writing and is signed by Borrower and the Required Lenders (and,
if Article 14 or the rights or duties of Administrative Agent are affected
   ----------                                                             
thereby, by Administrative Agent); provided that no such amendment, waiver, or
                                   --------                                   
consent applicable to:

                                       72
<PAGE>
 
          (a) a Loan, Letter of Credit, or Commitment which has the effect of:

                    (i)  increasing such Commitment,

                    (ii) reducing the principal of or rate of interest on such
               Loan or any Reimbursement Obligation relating to such Letter of
               Credit or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder to Lenders
               generally with respect to such Loan, Letter of Credit, or
               Commitment,

                    (iii)  postponing any date fixed for the payment of any
               scheduled installment of principal of or interest on such Loan or
               any Reimbursement Obligation relating to such Letter of Credit or
               any fees or other amounts payable hereunder with respect to such
               Loan, Letter of Credit, or Commitment or changing any optional or
               mandatory prepayment provision applicable to such Loan or Letter
               of Credit, or

                    (iv) postponing any date fixed for termination of such
               Commitment

     shall be effective unless also signed by each Lender holding (with respect
     to Letters of Credit either directly or through a participation under
     Section 2.7(a)) the Loan, Letter of Credit, or Commitment of the type being
     --------------                                                             
     modified; and

          (b) any change (including a waiver) in:

                    (i) the definition of Required Lenders or the provisions of
               this Section 15.11; or
                    -------------    

                    (ii) the conditions specified in Article 8 hereof, or
                                                     ---------           

                    (iii)  which has the effect of releasing any Loan Party in a
               transaction which is not otherwise permitted hereby, or

                    (iv) releases of all or substantially all of the Collateral,
               or

                    (v) releases of all or substantially all of the Guaranties,
               or

                    (vi) changes the definition of "Borrowing Base" or changes
               the advance rate under the Borrowing Base

     shall not be effective unless signed by all Lenders.

                                       73
<PAGE>
 
     Section 15.12  Maximum Interest Rate.
                    ---------------------   

          (a) No interest rate specified in any Loan Document shall at any time
     exceed the Maximum Rate. If at any time the interest rate (the "Contract
                                                                     --------
     Rate") for any Obligation shall exceed the Maximum Rate, thereby causing
     ----                                                                    
     the interest accruing on such Obligation to be limited to the Maximum Rate,
     then any subsequent reduction in the Contract Rate for such Obligation
     shall not reduce the rate of interest on such Obligation below the Maximum
     Rate until the aggregate amount of interest accrued on such Obligation
     equals the aggregate amount of interest which would have accrued on such
     Obligation if the Contract Rate for such Obligation had at all times been
     in effect.

          (b) No provision of any Loan Document shall require the payment or the
     collection of interest in excess of the maximum amount permitted by
     applicable law. If any excess of interest in such respect is hereby
     provided for, or shall be adjudicated to be so provided, in any Loan
     Document or otherwise in connection with this loan transaction, the
     provisions of this Section shall govern and prevail and neither Borrower
     nor the sureties, guarantors, successors, or assigns of Borrower shall be
     obligated to pay the excess amount of such interest or any other excess sum
     paid for the use, forbearance, or detention of sums loaned pursuant hereto.
     In the event any Lender ever receives, collects, or applies as interest any
     such sum, such amount which would be in excess of the maximum amount
     permitted by applicable law shall be applied as a payment and reduction of
     the principal of the Obligations; and, if the principal of the Obligations
     has been paid in full, any remaining excess shall forthwith be paid to
     Borrower. In determining whether or not the interest paid or payable
     exceeds the Maximum Rate, Borrower and each Lender shall, to the extent
     permitted by applicable law, (a) characterize any non-principal payment as
     an expense, fee, or premium rather than as interest, (b) exclude voluntary
     prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate,
     and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest
     throughout the entire contemplated term of the Obligations so that interest
     for the entire term does not exceed the Maximum Rate.

     Section 15.13  Notices. All notices and other communications provided
                    -------                                                  
for in any Loan Document to which any Loan Party is a party shall be given or
made in writing (except as otherwise permitted by Section 5.3) and telecopied,
                                                  -----------                 
mailed by certified mail return receipt requested, or delivered to the intended
recipient at the "Address for Notices" specified below its name on the signature
pages hereof or with respect to any Loan Party, at the "Address for Notices"
specified below Borrower's name on the signature pages hereof, or with respect
to a Lender not a party to this Agreement on the Closing Date, in its Assignment
and Acceptance, or, as to any party at such other address as shall be designated
by such party in a notice to each other party given in accordance with this
Section. Except as otherwise provided in any Loan Document, all such
communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when transmitted by
telecopy, subject to telephone confirmation of receipt, or when personally
delivered or, in the case of a mailed notice, three (3) Business Days after
being duly deposited in the mails, in each case given or addressed as aforesaid;
provided, however, notices to Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.7 or
- --------  -------                                              -----------   
Section 5.3 shall not be effective until received by Administrative Agent.
- -----------                                                               

                                       74
<PAGE>
 
     Section 15.14  Governing Law; Venue; Service of Process. THIS AGREEMENT
                    ----------------------------------------                   
SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS AND THE APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE U.S. ANY ACTION OR
PROCEEDING AGAINST BORROWER UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY
OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN ANY MASSACHUSETTS STATE COURT OR FEDERAL
COURT IN THE DISTRICT OF MASSACHUSETTS. BORROWER IRREVOCABLY (A) SUBMITS TO THE
NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS, AND (B) WAIVES ANY OBJECTION IT MAY
NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE AS TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT
IN SUCH COURT OR THAT SUCH COURT IS AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. BORROWER AGREES THAT
SERVICE OF PROCESS UPON IT MAY BE MADE BY CERTIFIED OR REGISTERED MAIL, RETURN
RECEIPT REQUESTED, AT ITS ADDRESS SPECIFIED OR DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
PROVISIONS OF SECTION 15.13 OF THIS AGREEMENT. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY
              -------------                                                     
OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY LENDER
TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT
OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY LENDER TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST
BORROWER OR WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF ITS PROPERTY IN COURTS IN OTHER
JURISDICTIONS.  ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY ANY LOAN PARTY AGAINST ANY OF THE
AGENTS OR ANY LENDER SHALL BE BROUGHT ONLY IN A COURT LOCATED IN DALLAS, TEXAS.

     Section 15.15  Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or
                    ------------                                             
more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

     Section 15.16  Severability. Any provision of any Loan Document held by
                    ------------                                               
a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable shall not
impair or invalidate the remainder of such Loan Document and the effect thereof
shall be confined to the provision held to be invalid or illegal.

     Section 15.17  Headings. The headings, captions, and arrangements used
                    --------                                                  
in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the
interpretation of this Agreement.

     Section 15.18  Construction. Borrower, each Loan Party (by its execution
                    ------------                                                
of the Loan Documents to which it is a party), the Agents, and each Lender
acknowledges that each of them has had the benefit of legal counsel of its own
choice and has been afforded an opportunity to review the Loan Documents with
its legal counsel and that the Loan Documents shall be construed as if jointly
drafted by the parties thereto.

     Section 15.19  Independence of Covenants. All covenants under the Loan
                    -------------------------                                 
Documents shall be given independent effect so that if a particular action or
condition is not permitted by any of such covenants, the fact that it would be
permitted by an exception to, or be otherwise within the limitations of, another
covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of a Default if such action is taken or
such condition exists.

                                       75
<PAGE>
 
     Section 15.20  Waiver of Jury Trial. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY
                    --------------------                                       
APPLICABLE LAW, EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND EXPRESSLY
WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, OR COUNTERCLAIM
(WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO
ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY OR THE
ACTIONS OF ANY OF THE AGENTS OR ANY LENDER IN THE NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION,
OR ENFORCEMENT THEREOF.

     Section 15.21  Confidentiality. Each Lender agrees to keep confidential
                    ---------------                                            
any information obtained by it from any Loan Party or its agents or
representatives pursuant hereto and the other Loan Documents identified as
confidential in writing at the time of delivery in accordance with such Lender's
customary practices and agrees that it will only use such information in
connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and not disclose
any of such information other than (a) to such Lender's officers, directors,
employees, representatives, attorneys, agents, or affiliates who are advised of
the confidential nature of such information, (b) to the extent such information
presently is or hereafter becomes available to such Lender on a non-confidential
basis from any source or as such information that is in the public domain at the
time of disclosure, (c) to the extent disclosure is required by law, regulation,
subpoena, or judicial order or process (provided that notice of such requirement
or order shall be promptly furnished to Borrower unless such notice is legally
prohibited) or requested or required by bank regulators or auditors or any
administrative body, commission, or other Governmental Authority to whose
jurisdiction such Lender may be subject, (d) to assignees or participants or
potential assignees or participants or to professional advisors or direct or
indirect contractual counter parties in swap agreements provided in each case
such Person agrees to be bound by the provisions of this subsection 15.22, (e)
                                                         ----------------     
to the extent required in connection with any litigation between any Loan Party
and any Lender with respect to the Loans or this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents, (f) to rating agencies, their employees, representatives, attorneys,
agents, or affiliates who are advised of the confidential nature of such
information, and (g) with Borrower's prior written consent.

                                       76
<PAGE>
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as
of the day and year first above written.

                              RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.


                              By:    __________________________________
                              Name:  __________________________________
                              Title: __________________________________

                              Address for Notices to Borrower
                              or any Loan Party:
                              ----------------- 

                              _________________________________________
                              _________________________________________
                              _________________________________________
                              Attention:  _____________________________
                              Telephone:  _____________________________
                              Telecopier: _____________________________

Revolving Commitment:         NATIONSBANK, N.A.,
                              as Administrative Agent and as a Lender
$110,000,000

                              By:    __________________________________
                              Name:  __________________________________
                              Title: __________________________________


                              Address for Notices:
                              ------------------- 

                              NationsBank, N.A.
                              901 Main Street, 67th Floor
                              Dallas, Texas  75202
                              Attention:  Tim O'Connor
                              Telephone:  (214) 508-9419
                              Telecopier: (214) 508-0980


CREDIT AGREEMENT

                                      77
<PAGE>
 
                              Lending Office for Base Rate Accounts
                              and Libor Accounts:
                              ------------------ 

                              NationsBank, N.A.
                              901 Main Street, 14th Floor
                              Dallas, Texas  75202
                              Attention:  Otis Howard
                              Telephone:  (214) 508-9253
                              Telecopier: (214) 508-2515







CREDIT AGREEMENT

                                       78
<PAGE>
 
                                 Schedule 2.4
                                      to
                 Renaissance Worldwide, Inc. Credit Agreement

                             Debt to be Refinanced
                       with Proceeds of Revolving Loans
                       --------------------------------

                                   [TO COME]
            
                      





Schedule 2.4

                                       79
<PAGE>
 
                                 Schedule 2.7
                                       to
                  Renaissance Worldwide, Inc. Credit Agreement


                      Previously Issued Letters of Credit
                      -----------------------------------


                                     None.
                                 






Schedule 2.7

                                       80
<PAGE>
 
                                 Schedule 7.1
                                      to
                 Renaissance Worldwide, Inc. Credit Agreement

                          Transfer Restrictions, Etc.
                          ---------------------------
                          






Schedule 7.1

                                       81
<PAGE>
 
                                  Schedule 9.1
                                       to
                  Renaissance Worldwide, Inc. Credit Agreement

                       Corporate Existence/Good Standing
                       ---------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                                 Schedule 9.3
                                      to
                 Renaissance Worldwide, Inc. Credit Agreement

                          Corporate Action/No Breach
                          --------------------------
                          
<PAGE>
 
                                 Schedule 9.4
                                      to
                      Renaissance Worldwide, Inc. Credit

                             Operation of Business
                             ---------------------
                             
<PAGE>
 
                                 Schedule 9.5
                                      to
                 Renaissance Worldwide, Inc. Credit Agreement


                           Litigation and Judgments
                           ------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                                 Schedule 9.6
                                      to
                 Renaissance Worldwide, Inc. Credit Agreement


                              Collateral Matters
                              ------------------





(a)  Real Properties of Borrower and its Subsidiaries:



(b)  Intellectual Property of Borrower and its Subsidiaries:



(c)  Location of Material Properties and identity of the Person holding title
     thereto:
<PAGE>
 
                                  Schedule 9.9
                                       to
                  Renaissance Worldwide, Inc. Credit Agreement

                                      Debt
                                      ----
<PAGE>
 
                                 Schedule 9.12
                                      to
                 Renaissance Worldwide, Inc. Credit Agreement

                                     ERISA
                                     -----
<PAGE>
 
                                 Schedule 9.13
                                      to
                 Renaissance Worldwide, Inc. Credit Agreement

                             Disclosure Documents
                             --------------------
                             
<PAGE>
 
                                 Schedule 9.14
                                      to
                      Renaissance Worldwide, Inc. Credit Agreement



I.  Subsidiaries: Capitalization
    ----------------------------



<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                  A. Borrower
                                            
                                              Description of Each
                                                Class and Series       Number of            Number of
Name                  State of Incorporation     (If Applicable)    Authorized Shares     Issued Shares
- ----                  ----------------------     ---------------    -----------------     -------------
<S>                   <C>                     <C>                   <C>                   <C> 
</TABLE>



                     B.  Domestic Subsidiaries of Borrower

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Description of Each
                                                 Class and Series       Number of            Number of      Name of Each Stockholder

Name                   State of Incorporation     (If Applicable)    Authorized Shares     Issued Shares     and No. of Shares Held
- ----                   ----------------------     ---------------    -----------------     -------------     ----------------------
<S>                    <C>                      <C>                  <C>                   <C>              <C>  
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
                     C.  Foreign Subsidiaries of Borrower


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Description of Each
                                                 Class and Series       Number of            Number of      Name of Each Stockholder

Name                   State of Incorporation     (If Applicable)    Authorized Shares     Issued Shares     and No. of Shares Held
- ----                   ----------------------     ---------------    -----------------     -------------     ----------------------
<S>                    <C>                      <C>                  <C>                   <C>              <C>  
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
                                 Schedule 9.15
                                      to
                 Renaissance Worldwide, Inc. Credit Agreement

                         Restrictions on Subsidiaries
                         ----------------------------

                                      92
<PAGE>
 
                                 Schedule 9.19
                                      to
                 Renaissance Worldwide, Inc. Credit Agreement

                             Environmental Matters
                             ---------------------

                                      93
                             
<PAGE>
 
                                 Schedule 9.21
                                      to
                 Renaissance Worldwide, Inc. Credit Agreement

                               Employee Matters
                               ----------------

                                      94
<PAGE>
 
                                 Schedule 9.22
                                      to
                 Renaissance Worldwide, Inc. Credit Agreement

                                   Solvency
                                   --------

                                      95
<PAGE>
 
                                 Schedule 9.23
                                      to
                 Renaissance Worldwide, Inc. Credit Agreement

                             Year 2000 Compliance
                             --------------------

                                      96
                             
<PAGE>
 
                                 Schedule 11.2
                                      to
                 Renaissance Worldwide, Inc. Credit Agreement

Liens
- -----

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                ORIGINAL FILE
   JURISDICTION                      DEBTOR                SECURED PARTY       NUMBER AND DATE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>                   <C>                 <C>    
</TABLE>

                                      97
<PAGE>
 
                                 Schedule 11.3
                                      to
                 Renaissance Worldwide, Inc. Credit Agreement

                    Subsidiary Mergers, Dissolutions, Etc.
                    --------------------------------------

                                      98
<PAGE>
 
                                 Schedule 11.5
                                      to
                 Renaissance Worldwide, Inc. Credit Agreement

                                  Investments
                                  -----------

                                      99

<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.13
 
                         PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
                         -----------------------------
                         (Renaissance Worldwide, Inc.)

     THIS PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated as of
                                               ---------               
February 24, 1999, is between RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC., a corporation duly
organized and validly existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts ("Debtor"), and NATIONSBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the
                ------                                                          
Lenders referred to below (in such capacity, the "Secured Party").
                                                  -------------   

                                R E C I T A L S:
                                --------------- 

     A.   Debtor has entered into that certain Credit Agreement dated as of
February 24, 1999, with the lenders party thereto (each individually a "Lender"
                                                                        ------ 
and collectively, the "Lenders"), Secured Party, as Administrative Agent for the
                       -------                                                  
Lenders and NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC, as Syndication Agent (such
agreement as it may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time
is referred to herein as the "Credit Agreement").
                              ----------------   

     B.   The execution and delivery of this Agreement is required by the Credit
Agreement as a condition to the Lenders' obligations under the Credit Agreement.

     C.   Terms defined in the Credit Agreement, and not otherwise defined
herein, are used herein with their meanings so defined.

     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and
valuable consideration, the adequacy, receipt, and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged, and in order to induce Secured Party and the Lenders to
make Loans and issue Letters of Credit pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the
parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE 1

                                  Definitions
                                  -----------

     Section 1.1    Definitions.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms
                    -----------                                                 
have the following meanings:

          "Account" means any "account," as such term is defined in Article or
           -------                                                            
     Chapter 9 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by Debtor, and, in
     any event, shall include, without limitation, each of the following,
     whether now owned or hereafter acquired by Debtor: (a) all rights of Debtor
     to payment for goods sold or leased, services rendered or the license of
     Intellectual Property, whether or not earned by performance; (b) all
     accounts receivable of Debtor; (c) all rights of Debtor to receive any
     payment of money or other form of consideration; (d) all security pledged,
     assigned, or granted to or held by Debtor to secure any of the foregoing;
     (e) all guaranties of, or indemnifications with respect to, any of the
     foregoing; (f) all rights of Debtor as an unpaid seller of goods or
     services, including, but not limited to, all rights of stoppage in transit,
     replevin, reclamation, and resale; and (g) all rights to brokerage
     commissions.

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (Renaissance Worldwide, Inc.) - Page 1
<PAGE>
 
          "Amendment" means any amendment of this Agreement between Debtor and
           ---------                                                          
     Secured Party required hereby or entered into pursuant to the terms of the
     Credit Agreement, including, without limitation, any amendment in the form
     of Exhibit A hereto.
        ---------        

          "Capital Stock" means corporate stock and any and all shares,
           -------------                                               
     partnership interests, equity interests, rights, securities or other
     equivalent evidences of ownership (however designated) issued by any entity
     (whether a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, limited
     partnership or other type of entity).

          "Chattel Paper" means any "chattel paper," as such term is defined in
           -------------                                                       
     Article or Chapter 9 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by Debtor.

          "Collateral" has the meaning specified in Section 2.1 of this
           ----------                               -----------        
     Agreement.

          "Copyright License" means any written agreement now or hereafter in
           -----------------                                                 
     existence granting to Debtor any right to use any Copyright, including,
     without limitation, the agreements identified on Schedule 3.5.
                                                      ------------ 

          "Copyrights" means all of the following: (a) all copyrights, works
           ----------                                                       
     protectable by copyright, copyright registrations, and copyright
     applications, including, without limitation, those identified on Schedule
                                                                      --------
     3.5; (b) all renewals, extensions, and modifications thereof; (c) all
     ---                                                                  
     income, royalties, damages, profits, and payments relating to or payable
     under any of the foregoing; (d) the right to sue for past, present, or
     future infringements of any of the foregoing; and (e) all other rights and
     benefits relating to any of the foregoing throughout the world; in each
     case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by Debtor.

          "Copyright Security Agreement" means a copyright security agreement to
           ----------------------------                                         
     be executed and delivered by Debtor to Secured Party, substantially in the
     form of Exhibit B hereto and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory
             ---------                                                        
     to Secured Party, for the purpose of recording such agreement with any
     copyright office of a Governmental Authority, as such agreement may be
     amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time.

          "Deposit Accounts" means any and all deposit accounts, certificates of
           ----------------                                                     
     deposit, or other bank accounts now owned or hereafter acquired or opened
     by Debtor, and any account which is a replacement or substitute for any of
     such accounts including, without limitation, those deposit accounts
     identified on Schedule 3.2.
                   ------------ 

          "Document" means any "document," as such term is defined in Article or
           --------                                                             
     Chapter 9 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by Debtor, including,
     without limitation, all documents of title and all receipts covering,
     evidencing, or representing goods now owned or hereafter acquired by
     Debtor.

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (Renaissance Worldwide, Inc.) - Page 2
<PAGE>
 
          "Equipment" means any "equipment," as such term is defined in Article
           ---------                                                           
     or Chapter 9 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by Debtor and, in
     any event, shall include, without limitation, all machinery, furniture,
     trailers, rolling stock, vessels, aircraft, and vehicles now owned or
     hereafter acquired by Debtor and any and all additions, substitutions, and
     replacements of any of the foregoing, wherever located, together with all
     attachments, components, parts, equipment, and accessories installed
     thereon or affixed thereto.

          "Financial Assets" means any "financial asset," as such term is
           ----------------                                              
     defined in Article or Chapter 8 of the UCC.

          "Fixtures" means any "fixtures," as such term is defined in Article or
           --------                                                             
     Chapter 9 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by Debtor and in any
     event shall include, without limitation, all plant fixtures, business
     fixtures, other fixtures, and storage office facilities, wherever located,
     and all additions and accessions thereto and replacements therefor.

          "General Intangibles" means any "general intangibles," as such term is
           -------------------                                                  
     defined in Article or Chapter 9 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired
     by Debtor and, in any event, shall include, without limitation, each of the
     following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by Debtor: (a) all of
     Debtor's Intellectual Property together with all of Debtor's trade secrets,
     proprietary information, customer lists, designs, and inventions; (b) all
     of Debtor's books, records, data, plans, manuals, computer software,
     computer tapes, computer disks, computer programs, source codes, object
     codes, and all rights of Debtor to retrieve data and other information from
     third parties; (c) all of Debtor's contract rights (including, without
     limitation, all of Debtor's right, title, and interest in and to the Loan
     Documents), which include, without limitation, (i) all rights of Debtor to
     receive moneys due and to become due under or pursuant to such agreements,
     (ii) all rights of Debtor to receive proceeds of any insurance, indemnity,
     warranty, or guaranty with respect to such agreements, (iii) all claims of
     Debtor for damages arising out of or for breach of or default under such
     agreements, (iv) all rights of Debtor to terminate such agreements, to
     perform thereunder, and to compel performance and otherwise exercise all
     rights and remedies thereunder, and (v) any rights to Liens securing
     Pledged Collateral, Accounts, or obligations arising under any Loan
     Document, (d) all rights or interests of Debtor in any partnership or joint
     venture; (e) all rights of Debtor to payment under letters of credit and
     similar agreements; (f) all tax refunds and tax refund claims of Debtor;
     (g) all choses in action and causes of action of Debtor (whether arising in
     contract, tort, or otherwise and whether or not currently in litigation)
     and all judgments in favor of Debtor; (h) all rights and claims of Debtor
     under warranties and indemnities; and (i) all rights of Debtor under any
     insurance, surety, or similar contract or arrangement, including, without
     limitation, all claims under governmental health care programs and claims
     under private insurance to which Debtor is entitled or which have been
     assigned to it.

          "Instrument" means any "instrument," as such term is defined in
           ----------                                                    
     Article or Chapter 9 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by Debtor,
     and, in any event, shall include all promissory notes, drafts, bills of
     exchange, and trade acceptances, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by
     Debtor.

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (Renaissance Worldwide, Inc.) - Page 3
<PAGE>
 
          "Intellectual Property" means the Copyrights, Copyright Licenses,
           ---------------------                                           
     Patents, Patent Licenses, Trademarks, and Trademark Licenses.

          "Inventory" means any "inventory," as such term is defined in Article
           ---------                                                           
     or Chapter 9 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by Debtor, and, in
     any event, shall include, without limitation, each of the following,
     whether now owned or hereafter acquired by Debtor: (a) all goods and other
     personal property that are held for sale or lease or to be furnished under
     any contract of service; (b) all raw materials, work-in-process, finished
     goods, inventory, supplies, and materials; (c) all wrapping, packaging,
     advertising, and shipping materials; (d) all goods that have been returned
     to, repossessed by, or stopped in transit by Debtor; and (e) all Documents
     evidencing any of the foregoing.

          "Investment Property" means any "investment property" as such term is
           -------------------                                                 
     defined in Article or Chapter 9 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired
     by Debtor, and, in any event, shall include, without limitation, each of
     the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired:  (a) any security,
     whether certificated or uncertificated; (b) any security entitlement; (c)
     any securities account (including, without limitation, those described on
                                                                              
     Schedule 3.2); (d) any commodity contract; and (e) any commodity account
     ------------                                                            
     (including, without limitation, those identified on Schedule 3.2).
                                                         ------------  

          "Obligations" means and includes the "Obligations" as such term is
           -----------                                                      
     defined in the Credit Agreement.

          "Patent License" means any written agreement now or hereafter in
           --------------                                                 
     existence granting to Debtor any right to use any invention on which a
     Patent is in existence, including, without limitation, the agreements
     identified on Schedule 3.5.
                   ------------ 

          "Patents" means any and all of the following: (a) all patents, patent
           -------                                                             
     applications, and patentable inventions, including, without limitation,
     those identified on Schedule 3.5, and all of the inventions and
                         ------------                               
     improvements described and claimed therein; (b) all continuations,
     divisions, renewals, extensions, modifications, substitutions,
     continuations-in-part, or reissues of any of the foregoing; (c) all income,
     royalties, profits, damages, awards, and payments relating to or payable
     under any of the foregoing; (d) the right to sue for past, present, and
     future infringements of any of the foregoing; and (e) all other rights and
     benefits relating to any of the foregoing throughout the world; in each
     case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by Debtor.

          "Patent Security Agreement" means a patent security agreement to be
           -------------------------                                         
     executed and delivered by Debtor to Secured Party, substantially in the
     form of Exhibit C hereto and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory
             ---------                                                        
     to Secured Party, for the purpose of recording such agreement with any
     copyright office of a Governmental Authority, as such agreement may be
     amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time.

          "Pledged Collateral" means the Pledged Shares and the Instruments
           ------------------                                              
     evidencing the obligations of Subsidiaries to Debtor described in Section
                                                                       -------
     2.1(c).
     ------ 

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (Renaissance Worldwide, Inc.) - Page 4
<PAGE>
 
          "Pledged Shares" means the Capital Stock identified on Schedule 1.1
           --------------                                        ------------
     attached hereto, which constitutes 100% of the Capital Stock of each of the
     direct Domestic Subsidiaries of Debtor and 65% of the Capital Stock of each
     of the direct Foreign Subsidiaries of Debtor, or on Schedule 1 to an
                                                         ----------      
     Amendment (all of which shall not, in any event, include more than 65% of
     the Capital Stock of any direct Foreign Subsidiary).

          "Proceeds" means any "proceeds," as such term is defined in Article or
           --------                                                             
     Chapter 9 of the UCC and, in any event, shall include, but not be limited
     to, (a) any and all proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty, or
     guaranty payable to Debtor from time to time with respect to any of the
     Collateral, (b) any and all payments (in any form whatsoever) made or due
     and payable to Debtor from time to time in connection with any requisition,
     confiscation, condemnation, seizure, or forfeiture of all or any part of
     the Collateral by any Governmental Authority (or any Person acting, or
     purporting to act, for or on behalf of any Governmental Authority), and (c)
     any and all other amounts from time to time paid or payable under or in
     connection with any of the Collateral.

          "Trademark License" means any written agreement now or hereafter in
           -----------------                                                 
     existence granting to Debtor any right to use any Trademark, including,
     without limitation, the agreements identified on Schedule 3.5.
                                                      ------------ 

          "Trademarks" means all of the following: (a) all trademarks, trade
           ----------                                                       
     names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business
     names, trade styles, service marks, logos, other business identifiers,
     prints and labels on which any of the foregoing appear, all registrations
     and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith,
     including, without limitation, registrations, recordings, and applications
     in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office
     or agency of the United States, any state thereof or any other country or
     any political subdivision thereof, including, without limitation, those
     identified in Schedule 3.5; (b) all reissues, extensions, and renewals
                   ------------                                            
     thereof; (c) all income, royalties, damages, and payments now or hereafter
     relating to or payable under any of the foregoing, including, without
     limitation, damages or payments for past or future infringements of any of
     the foregoing; (d) the right to sue for past, present, and future
     infringements of any of the foregoing; (e) all rights corresponding to any
     of the foregoing throughout the world; and (f) all goodwill associated with
     and symbolized by any of the foregoing; in each case, whether now owned or
     hereafter acquired by Debtor.

          "Trademark Security Agreement" means a trademark security agreement to
           ----------------------------                                         
     be executed and delivered by Debtor to Secured Party, substantially in the
     form of Exhibit D hereto and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory
             ---------                                                        
     to Secured Party, for the purpose of recording such agreement with any
     copyright office of a Governmental Authority, as such agreement may be
     amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time.

          "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the
           ---                                                       
     Commonwealth of Massachusetts and/or any other jurisdiction the laws of
     which may be applicable to or in connection with the creation, perfection
     or priority of any Lien on any Collateral.

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (Renaissance Worldwide, Inc.) - Page 5
<PAGE>
 
     Section 1.2    Other Definitional Provisions.  References to "Sections,"
                    -----------------------------                            
"subsections," "Exhibits," and "Schedules" shall be to Sections, subsections,
Exhibits and Schedules, respectively, of this Agreement unless otherwise
specifically provided.  All definitions contained in this Agreement are equally
applicable to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined.  All
references to statutes and regulations shall include any amendments of the same
and any successor statutes and regulations.  References to particular sections
of the UCC should be read to refer also to parallel sections of the Uniform
Commercial Code as enacted in each state or other jurisdiction where any portion
of the Collateral is or may be located.  Terms used herein, which are defined in
the UCC, unless otherwise defined herein or in the Credit Agreement, shall have
the meanings determined in accordance with the UCC.

                                   ARTICLE 2

                               Security Interest
                               -----------------

     Section 2.1    Security Interest.  As collateral security for the prompt
                    -----------------                                        
payment and performance in full when due of the Obligations (whether at stated
maturity, by acceleration, or otherwise), Debtor hereby pledges and assigns to
Secured Party, and grants to Secured Party a continuing lien on and security
interest in, all of Debtor's right, title, and interest in and to the following,
whether now owned or hereafter arising or acquired and wherever located (the
                                                                            
"Collateral"):
- -----------   

     (a)  all Accounts;

     (b)  all Chattel Paper;

     (c)  all Instruments, including, without limitation, or in addition, all
          instruments evidencing indebtedness from time to time owed to Debtor
          by any Person, and all interest, cash, and other property from time to
          time received, receivable, or otherwise distributed or distributable
          in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such Instruments;

     (d)  all General Intangibles;

     (e)  all Documents;

     (f)  all Equipment;

     (g)  all Fixtures;

     (h)  all Inventory;

     (i)  all Financial Assets and Investment Property, including, without
          limitation, or in addition, the following:

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (Renaissance Worldwide, Inc.) - Page 6
<PAGE>
 
          (1)  all of the Pledged Shares and the certificates (if any)
               representing the Pledged Shares, and all dividends, cash,
               Instruments, and other property from time to time received,
               receivable, or otherwise distributed or distributable in respect
               of or in exchange for any or all of the Pledged Shares;

          (2)  all additional Capital Stock from time to time owned or acquired
               by Debtor in any manner, and all dividends, cash, Instruments,
               and other property from time to time received, receivable, or
               otherwise distributed or distributable in respect of or in
               exchange for any or all of such Capital Stock; provided, no more
               than 65% of the Capital Stock of a Foreign Subsidiary shall be
               required to be pledged and no Capital Stock owned by a Foreign
               Subsidiary shall be required to be pledged; and

     (j)  all of Debtor's Deposit Accounts and all funds, certificates,
          Documents, Instruments, checks, drafts, wire transfer receipts, and
          other earnings, profits, or other Proceeds from time to time
          representing, evidencing, deposited into, or held in the Deposit
          Accounts;

     (k)  all other goods and personal property of Debtor of any kind or
          character, whether tangible or intangible, including, without
          limitation, any and all rights in and claims under insurance policies,
          judgments and rights thereunder, and tort claims; and

     (l) all products and Proceeds, in cash or otherwise, of any of the property
     described in the foregoing clauses (a) through (k).
                                ----------------------- 

     Section 2.2    Excluded Property.  Notwithstanding Section 2.1, the payment
                    -----------------                   -----------             
and performance of the Obligations shall not be secured by:

     (a)  any contract, license, permit or franchise that unconditionally and
          validly, to the extent permitted by applicable law and otherwise not
          prohibited by the Loan Documents, prohibits the creation by Debtor of
          a Lien in such contract, license, permit or franchise (or in any
          rights or property obtained by Debtor under such contract, license,
          permit or franchise); provided, however, that, notwithstanding the
                                --------  -------                           
          provisions of this Section 2.2, the Liens created or arising pursuant
                             -----------                                       
          to this Agreement shall, in any case, extend to the Proceeds and/or
          products of such contract, license, permit or franchise (or such
          rights or property) or to the monetary value of the good will and
          other General Intangibles of Debtor relating thereto;

     (b)  any rights or property to the extent that any valid and enforceable
          law or regulation applicable to such rights or property
          unconditionally prohibits the creation of a Lien therein; provided,
                                                                    -------- 
          however, that, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2.2, the
          -------                                               -----------     
          Liens created or arising pursuant to this Agreement shall, in any
          case, extend to the Proceeds and/or products of such rights or
          property or to the monetary value of the good will and other General
          Intangibles of Debtor relating thereto; or

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (Renaissance Worldwide, Inc.) - Page 7
<PAGE>
 
     (c)  more than 65% of the Capital Stock of any direct Foreign Subsidiary.

     In addition, in the event Debtor disposes of assets of third parties in a
transaction permitted by Section 11.8 of the Credit Agreement, such assets shall
                         ------------                                           
be released from any Lien on such assets arising pursuant to this Agreement;
                                                                            
provided, however, that the Liens arising pursuant to this Agreement shall, in
- --------  -------                                                             
any case, extend to the Proceeds and/or products of any such assets.

     Section 2.3    Debtor Remains Liable.  Notwithstanding anything to the
                    ---------------------                                  
contrary contained herein, (a) Debtor shall remain liable under the
documentation included in the Collateral to the extent set forth therein to
perform all of its duties and obligations thereunder to the same extent as if
this Agreement had not been executed, (b) the exercise by Secured Party of any
of its rights or remedies hereunder shall not release Debtor from any of its
duties or obligations under such documentation, (c) Secured Party shall not have
any obligation under any of such documentation included in the Collateral by
reason of this Agreement, and (d) Secured Party shall not be obligated to
perform any of the obligations of Debtor thereunder or to take any action to
collect or enforce any claim for payment assigned hereunder.

                                   ARTICLE 3

                         Representations and Warranties
                         ------------------------------

     To induce Secured Party and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and
the Credit Agreement, Debtor represents and warrants as follows:

     Section 3.1    Location of Equipment, Fixtures, and Inventory; Third
                    -----------------------------------------------------
Parties in Possession. All of the Equipment, Fixtures and Inventory are located
- ---------------------                                                          
in the jurisdictions and at the places specified in Schedule 3.1.
                                                    ------------ 

     Section 3.2    Deposit, Commodity, and Securities Accounts.  Schedule 3.2
                    -------------------------------------------   ------------
correctly identifies all deposit, commodity, and securities accounts owned by
Debtor and the institutions holding such accounts.  No Person other than Debtor
has control over any Investment Property.

     Section 3.3    Office Locations; Fictitious Names; Tax I.D. Number.  The
                    ---------------------------------------------------      
principal place of business and the chief executive office of Debtor is
identified on Schedule 3.1.  Schedule 3.1 also sets forth all other places where
              ------------   ------------                                       
Debtor keeps its books and records and all other locations where Debtor has a
place of business.  Debtor does not do business and has not done business during
the past five (5) years under any trade-name or fictitious business name except
as disclosed on Schedule 3.3.  Debtor's United States Federal Income Tax
                ------------                                            
Identification Number is set forth on Schedule 3.3.
                                      ------------ 

     Section 3.4    Delivery of Collateral.  Except as provided by Section 4.3,
                    ----------------------                         ----------- 
Debtor has delivered to Secured Party all Collateral the possession of which is
necessary to perfect the security interest of Secured Party therein.  All
certificates of title evidencing Equipment have been delivered to Secured Party
to the extent required to perfect the security interest of Secured Party
therein.

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (Renaissance Worldwide, Inc.) - Page 8
<PAGE>
 
     Section 3.5    Intellectual Property.  All of Debtor's Intellectual
                    ---------------------                               
Property that is registered with or for which an application for registration
has been filed with any Governmental Authority is identified on Schedule 3.5,
                                                                ------------ 
and such information is true, correct, and complete.

                                   ARTICLE 4

                                   Covenants
                                   ---------

     Debtor covenants and agrees that, as long as the Obligations or any part
thereof are outstanding or any Lender has any Commitment under the Credit
Agreement, Debtor will perform and observe each of the following covenants:

     Section 4.1    Accounts.  Debtor shall, in accordance with its customary
                    --------                                                 
business practices, endeavor to collect or cause to be collected from each
account debtor under its Accounts, as and when due, any and all amounts owing
under such Accounts.  Without the prior written consent of Secured Party, which
will not be unreasonably delayed or withheld, Debtor shall not, except in the
ordinary course of business and in no event when any Default exists, (a) grant
any extension of time for any payment with respect to any of the Accounts beyond
one hundred twenty (120) days after such payment's due date, (b) compromise,
compound, or settle any of the Accounts for less than the full amount thereof,
(c) release, in whole or in part, any Person liable for payment of any of the
Accounts, (d) allow any credit or discount for payment with respect to any
Account other than trade or other customary discounts granted in the ordinary
course of business, or (e) release any Lien or guaranty securing any Account
unless the Account has been paid.

     Section 4.2    Further Assurances; Exceptions to Perfection.  At any time
                    --------------------------------------------              
and from time to time, upon the reasonable request of Secured Party, and at the
sole expense of Debtor, Debtor shall promptly execute and deliver all such
further agreements, documents, and instruments and take such further action as
Secured Party may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to preserve and
perfect its security interest in the Collateral and carry out the provisions and
purposes of this Agreement or to enable Secured Party to exercise and enforce
its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any of the Collateral.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Debtor shall upon reasonable
request by Secured Party (a) execute and deliver to Secured Party such financing
statements as Secured Party may from time to time require, (b) take such action
during the continuance of an Event of Default as Secured Party may request to
permit Secured Party to have control over any Investment Property or any Deposit
Account, (c) deliver to Secured Party all Collateral the possession of which is
necessary to perfect the security interest therein, duly endorsed and/or
accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment, all in form
and substance satisfactory to Secured Party; except that, at all times other
                                             ------                         
than during the continuance of an Event of Default, Debtor may: (i) retain for
collection in the ordinary course of business checks representing Proceeds of
Accounts received in the ordinary course of business; (ii) retain any letters of
credit received in the ordinary course of business; (iii) retain and utilize in
the ordinary course of business all dividends, interest and other amounts paid
in respect to any of the Pledged Collateral or any other Investment Property;
and (iv) retain any Documents received and further negotiated in the ordinary
course of business, (d) deliver any and all certificates of title, applications
for title or similar evidence of ownership of Equipment and cause Secured Party
to be named as lienholder thereon, and (e) execute and deliver 

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (Renaissance Worldwide, Inc.) - Page 9
<PAGE>
 
to Secured Party such other agreements, documents, and instruments as Secured
Party may reasonably require to perfect and maintain the validity,
effectiveness, and priority of the Liens intended to be created by this
Agreement or any other Loan Document.

     Section 4.3    Third Parties in Possession of Collateral.  Debtor shall not
                    -----------------------------------------                   
permit any third Person (including any warehouseman, bailee, agent, consignee,
or processor) to hold any Collateral, unless Debtor shall:  (i) notify such
third Person of the security interests created hereby; (ii) instruct such Person
to hold all such Collateral for Secured Party's account subject to Secured
Party's instructions; and (iii) take all other actions Secured Party reasonably
deems necessary to perfect and protect its and Debtor's interests in such
Collateral pursuant to the requirements of the UCC of the applicable
jurisdiction where such warehouseman, bailee, consignee, agent, processor, or
other third Person is located (including the filing of financing statements in
the proper jurisdictions naming the applicable third Person as debtor and Debtor
as secured party and notifying the third Person's secured lenders of Debtor's
interest in such Collateral before the third Person receives possession of the
Collateral in question).

     Section 4.4    Corporate Changes.  Debtor shall not change its name,
                    -----------------                                    
identity, corporate structure, or its United States Tax Identification Number in
any manner that might make any financing statement filed in connection with this
Agreement seriously misleading unless Debtor shall have given Secured Party not
less than thirty (30) days prior written notice thereof and shall have taken all
action reasonably deemed necessary or desirable by Secured Party to protect its
Liens with the perfection and priority thereof required by the Loan Documents.
Debtor shall not change its principal place of business, chief executive office,
or the place where it keeps its books and records unless it shall have given
Secured Party not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice thereof and
shall have taken all action deemed necessary or desirable by Secured Party to
cause its security interest in the Collateral to be perfected with the priority
required by the Loan Documents.

     Section 4.5    Equipment, Fixtures, and Inventory.  Debtor shall keep the
                    ----------------------------------                        
Equipment, Fixtures, and Inventory in (or in transit to) any of the
jurisdictions specified on Schedule 3.1 hereto or, upon not less than thirty
                           ------------                                     
(30) days prior written notice to Secured Party, at such other places within the
United States of America where all actions required to perfect Secured Party's
security interest in such Collateral with the priority required by the Loan
Documents shall have been taken.

     Section 4.6    Warehouse Receipts Non-Negotiable.  Debtor agrees that if
                    ---------------------------------                        
any warehouse receipt or receipt in the nature of a warehouse receipt is issued
in respect of any portion of the Collateral, such warehouse receipt or receipt
in the nature thereof shall not be "negotiable" (as such term is used in Section
7.104 of the UCC) unless such warehouse receipt or receipt in the nature thereof
is delivered to Secured Party.

     Section 4.7    Voting Rights; Distributions, Etc.  So long as no Event of
                    ----------------------------------                        
Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Debtor shall be entitled to
exercise any and all voting and other consensual rights (including, without
limitation, the right to give consents, waivers, and notifications) pertaining
to any of the Pledged Collateral or any other Investment Property; provided,
                                                                   -------- 
however, that without the prior written consent of Secured Party no vote shall
- -------                                                                       
be cast or consent, 

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (Renaissance Worldwide, Inc.) - Page 10
<PAGE>
 
waiver, or ratification given or action taken which would be inconsistent with
or violate any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

     Section 4.8    Transfers and Other Liens; Additional Investments.  Except
                    -------------------------------------------------         
as provided otherwise by the Credit Agreement or this Agreement, Debtor agrees
that it will (i) cause each issuer of any of the Pledged Collateral not to issue
any Capital Stock, notes, or other securities or instruments in addition to or
in substitution for any of the Pledged Collateral, (ii) pledge hereunder,
immediately upon its acquisition thereof, any and all such Capital Stock, notes,
or other securities or instruments, and (iii) promptly (and in any event within
three (3) Business Days) deliver to Secured Party an Amendment, duly executed by
Debtor, in respect of such Capital Stock, notes, or other securities or
instruments, together with all certificates, notes, or other securities or
instruments representing or evidencing the same.  Debtor hereby (i) authorizes
Secured Party to attach each Amendment to this Agreement, and (ii) agrees that
all such Capital Stock, notes, or other securities or instruments listed on any
Amendment delivered to Secured Party shall for all purposes hereunder constitute
Pledged Collateral.

     Section 4.9    Intellectual Property Covenants.  If, before the Obligations
                    -------------------------------                             
are paid in full, Debtor obtains any new Intellectual Property or rights thereto
or becomes entitled to the benefit of any Intellectual Property, Debtor shall
give to Secured Party prompt written notice thereof, and shall, upon the request
of Secured Party, execute and deliver, in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to Secured Party, a Copyright Security Agreement, Patent Security
Agreement, or Trademark Security Agreement, as applicable, describing any such
new Intellectual Property.  Debtor shall (a) prosecute diligently any copyright,
patent, or trademark application at any time pending which is necessary for the
conduct of Debtor's business, (b) make application on all new copyrights,
patents, and trademarks as reasonably deemed appropriate by Debtor, (c) preserve
and maintain all rights in the Intellectual Property that is necessary for the
conduct of Debtor's business, and (d) upon and after the occurrence and during
the continuance of an Event of  Default, use its reasonable efforts to obtain
any consents, waivers, or agreements necessary to enable Secured Party to
exercise its remedies with respect to the Intellectual Property.  Debtor shall
not, without the prior written consent of Secured Party, which will not be
unreasonably withheld, abandon any pending copyright, patent, or trademark
application, or Copyright, Patent, Trademark, or any other Intellectual Property
which is necessary for the conduct of Debtor's business.

     Section 4.10   Deposit, Commodity, and Security Accounts.   Debtor shall
                    -----------------------------------------                
not open any new deposit, commodity, or securities account or otherwise utilize
any such account other than the accounts identified on Schedule 3.2 unless
                                                       ------------       
Debtor shall have given Secured Party not less than thirty (30) days days prior
written notice thereof and shall have taken all action deemed reasonably
necessary or desirable by Secured Party to cause its security interest therein
to be perfected with the priority required by the Loan Documents.  Prior to the
occurrence and continuance of any Event of Default, Debtor may make purchases
and sales of Investment Property or Financial Assets in accordance with the
restrictions on investment set out in the Credit Agreement.  After the
occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Debtor shall not
be authorized to make purchases and sales of the Investment Property or
Financial Assets and Debtor shall take such steps as Secured Party may
reasonably request to give Secured Party control over all Investment Property
and Financial Assets.  Except as permitted by this Agreement or the other Loan
Documents, Debtor will not give any party control over any Investment Property
or Financial Assets.

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (Renaissance Worldwide, Inc.) - Page 11
<PAGE>
 
                                   ARTICLE 5

                            Rights of Secured Party
                            -----------------------

     Section 5.1    Power of Attorney.  DEBTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSTITUTES
                    -----------------                                        
AND APPOINTS SECURED PARTY AND ANY OFFICER OR AGENT THEREOF, WITH FULL POWER OF
SUBSTITUTION, AS ITS TRUE AND LAWFUL ATTORNEY-IN-FACT WITH FULL IRREVOCABLE
POWER AND AUTHORITY IN THE NAME OF DEBTOR OR IN ITS OWN NAME, TO TAKE, WHEN AN
EVENT OF DEFAULT EXISTS, ANY AND ALL ACTIONS AND TO EXECUTE ANY AND ALL
DOCUMENTS AND INSTRUMENTS WHICH SECURED PARTY AT ANY TIME AND FROM TIME TO TIME
REASONABLY DEEMS NECESSARY TO ACCOMPLISH THE PURPOSES OF THIS AGREEMENT AND,
WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING, DEBTOR HEREBY GIVES SECURED
PARTY THE POWER AND RIGHT ON BEHALF OF DEBTOR AND IN ITS OWN NAME TO DO ANY OF
THE FOLLOWING AFTER THE OCCURRENCE AND DURING THE CONTINUANCE OF AN EVENT OF
DEFAULT WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF DEBTOR, SUBJECT TO APPLICABLE LAW:

          (a) to demand, sue for, collect, or receive, in the name of Debtor or
     in Secured Party's own name, any money or property at any time payable or
     receivable on account of or in exchange for any of the Collateral and, in
     connection therewith, endorse checks, notes, drafts, acceptances, money
     orders, documents of title, or any other instruments for the payment of
     money under the Collateral or any policy of insurance;

          (b) to pay or discharge taxes, Liens, or other encumbrances levied or
     placed on or threatened against the Collateral;

          (c) to notify post office authorities to change the address for
     delivery of Debtor's mail to an address designated by Secured Party and to
     receive, open, and dispose of mail addressed to Debtor;

          (d) (i) to direct account debtors and any other parties liable for any
     payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all monies
     due and to become due thereunder directly to Secured Party or as Secured
     Party shall direct (Debtor agrees that if any Proceeds of any Collateral
     (including payments made in respect of Accounts) shall be received by
     Debtor after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of
     Default, upon notice, Debtor shall promptly deliver such Proceeds to
     Secured Party with any necessary endorsements, and until such Proceeds are
     delivered to Secured Party, such Proceeds shall be held in trust by Debtor
     for the benefit of Secured Party and shall not be commingled with any other
     funds or property of Debtor); (ii) to receive payment of and receipt for
     any and all monies, claims and other amounts due and to become due at any
     time 

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (Renaissance Worldwide, Inc.) - Page 12
<PAGE>
 
     in respect of or arising out of any Collateral; (iii) to sign and
     endorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or
     warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, proxies, stock
     powers, verifications, and notices in connection with accounts and other
     documents relating to the Collateral; (iv) to commence and prosecute any
     suit, action, or proceeding at law or in equity in any court of competent
     jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any part thereof and to enforce
     any other right in respect of any Collateral; (v) to defend any suit,
     action, or proceeding brought against Debtor with respect to any
     Collateral; (vi) to settle, compromise, or adjust any suit, action, or
     proceeding described above and, in connection therewith, to give such
     discharges or releases as Secured Party may deem appropriate; (vii) to
     exchange any of the Collateral for other property upon any merger,
     consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, or other readjustment of
     the issuer thereof and, in connection therewith, deposit any of the
     Collateral with any committee, depositary, transfer agent, registrar, or
     other designated agency upon such terms as Secured Party may determine;
     (viii) to add or release any guarantor, indorser, surety, or other party to
     any of the Collateral; (ix) to renew, extend, or otherwise change the terms
     and conditions of any of the Collateral; (x) to grant or issue any
     exclusive or nonexclusive license under or with respect to any of the
     Intellectual Property (subject to the rights of third parties under pre-
     existing licenses); (xi) to endorse Debtor's name on all applications,
     documents, papers, and instruments reasonably necessary or desirable in
     order for Secured Party to use any of the Intellectual Property; (xii) to
     make, settle, compromise, or adjust any claims under or pertaining to any
     of the Collateral (including claims under any policy of insurance); and
     (xiii) to sell, transfer, pledge, convey, make any agreement with respect
     to, or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as
     though Secured Party were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and
     to do, at Secured Party's option and Debtor's expense, at any time, or from
     time to time, all acts and things which Secured Party reasonably deems
     necessary or desirable to protect, preserve, maintain, or realize upon the
     Collateral and Secured Party's security interest therein.

     THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS A POWER COUPLED WITH AN INTEREST AND SHALL BE
IRREVOCABLE UNTIL TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 7.11
                                                                   ------------
HEREOF.  Secured Party shall be under no duty to exercise or withhold the
exercise of any of the rights, powers, privileges, and options expressly or
implicitly granted to Secured Party in this Agreement, and shall not be liable
for any failure to do so or any delay in doing so that is not grossly negligent
nor an instance of willful misconduct. Neither Secured Party nor any Person
designated by Secured Party shall be liable for any act or omission or for any
error of judgment or any mistake of fact or law, except any of the same
resulting from its or their gross negligence or willful misconduct.  This power
of attorney is conferred on Secured Party solely to protect, preserve, maintain,
and realize upon its security interest in the Collateral.  Secured Party shall
not be responsible for any decline in the value of the Collateral not caused by
Secured Party's gross negligence or willful misconduct and shall not be required
to take any steps to preserve rights against prior parties or to protect,
preserve, or maintain any Lien given to secure the Collateral.

     Section 5.2    Assignment by Secured Party.  Secured Party and each Lender
                    ---------------------------                                
may at any time assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of their rights
and obligations under this Agreement 

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (Renaissance Worldwide, Inc.) - Page 13
<PAGE>
 
and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, the Obligations) to
any other Person, to the extent permitted by, and upon the conditions contained
in, the Credit Agreement, and such Person shall thereupon become vested with all
the benefits thereof granted to Secured Party or the Lenders, as applicable,
herein or otherwise.

     Section 5.3    Possession; Reasonable Care.  Except to the extent
                    ---------------------------                       
prohibited by applicable law that cannot be waived, Secured Party may, from time
to time, in its sole discretion, appoint one or more agents to hold physical
custody, for the account of Secured Party, of any or all of the Collateral that
Secured Party has a right to possess.  Secured Party shall be deemed to have
exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral in
its possession if the Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to
that which Secured Party accords its own property, it being understood that
Secured Party shall not have any responsibility for (a) ascertaining or taking
action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders, or
other matters relative to any Collateral, whether or not Secured Party has or is
deemed to have knowledge of such matters, or (b) taking any necessary steps to
preserve rights against any parties with respect to any Collateral.

                                   ARTICLE 6

                                    Default
                                    -------

     Section 6.1    Rights and Remedies.  If an Event of Default shall have
                    -------------------                                    
occurred and be continuing, Secured Party shall have the following rights and
remedies (except to the extent prohibited by applicable law that cannot be
waived):

          (a) In addition to all other rights and remedies granted to Secured
     Party in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document or by applicable law,
     Secured Party shall have all of the rights and remedies of a secured party
     under the UCC (whether or not the UCC applies to the affected Collateral).
     Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Secured Party may (i)
     without demand or notice to Debtor or any other person, collect, receive,
     or take possession of the Collateral or any part thereof and for that
     purpose Secured Party may enter upon any premises on which the Collateral
     is located and remove the Collateral therefrom or render it inoperable,
     and/or (ii) sell, lease, or otherwise dispose of the Collateral, or any
     part thereof, in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at
     Secured Party's offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit, or for future
     delivery, and upon such other terms as Secured Party may deem commercially
     reasonable or otherwise as may be permitted by law.  Secured Party shall
     have the right at any public sale or sales, and, to the extent permitted by
     applicable law, at any private sale or sales, to bid (which bid may be, in
     whole or in part, in the form of cancellation of indebtedness) and become a
     purchaser of the Collateral or any part thereof free of any right or equity
     of redemption on the part of Debtor, which right or equity of redemption is
     hereby expressly waived and released by Debtor. Upon the request of Secured
     Party, Debtor shall assemble the Collateral and make it available to
     Secured Party at any place designated by Secured Party that is reasonably
     convenient to Debtor and Secured Party.  Debtor agrees that Secured Party
     shall not be obligated to give more than ten (10) days prior written notice
     of the time and place of any public sale or of the time after which any
     private sale may take place and that such notice 

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (Renaissance Worldwide, Inc.) - Page 14
<PAGE>
 
     shall constitute reasonable notice of such matters. Secured Party shall not
     be obligated to make any sale of Collateral if it shall determine not to do
     so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of Collateral may have been
     given. Secured Party may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public
     or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by
     announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may,
     without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was
     so adjourned. Debtor shall be liable for all reasonable expenses of
     retaking, holding, preparing for sale, or the like, and all reasonable
     attorneys' fees, legal expenses, and other costs and expenses incurred by
     Secured Party in connection with the collection of the Obligations and the
     enforcement of Secured Party's rights under this Agreement. Debtor shall
     remain liable for any deficiency if the Proceeds of any sale or other
     disposition of the Collateral applied to the Obligations are insufficient
     to pay the Obligations in full. Secured Party may apply the Collateral
     against the Obligations as provided in the Credit Agreement. Debtor waives
     all rights of marshaling, valuation, and appraisal in respect of the
     Collateral. Any cash held by Secured Party as Collateral and all cash
     proceeds received by Secured Party in respect of any sale of, collection
     from, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral may, in
     the discretion of Secured Party, be held by Secured Party as Collateral
     for, and then or at any time thereafter, shall be applied in whole or in
     part by Secured Party against, the Obligations in the order permitted by
     the Credit Agreement. Any surplus of such cash or cash proceeds and
     interest accrued thereon, if any, held by Secured Party and remaining after
     payment in full of all the Obligations shall be promptly paid over to
     Debtor or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive such surplus;
     provided that Secured Party shall have no obligation to invest or 
     --------
     otherwise pay interest on any amounts held by it in connection with or 
     pursuant to this Agreement.

          (b) Secured Party may cause any or all of the Collateral held by it to
     be transferred into the name of Secured Party or the name or names of
     Secured Party's nominee or nominees.

          (c) Secured Party may exercise any and all rights and remedies of
     Debtor under or in respect of the Collateral, including, without
     limitation, any and all rights of Debtor to demand or otherwise require
     payment of any amount under, or performance of any provision of, any of the
     Collateral and any and all voting rights and corporate powers in respect of
     the Collateral.  Debtor shall execute and deliver (or cause to be executed
     and delivered) to Secured Party all such proxies and other instruments as
     Secured Party may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling Secured
     Party to exercise the voting and other rights which it is entitled to
     exercise pursuant to this clause (c) and to receive the dividends,
                               ----------                              
     interest, and other distributions which it is entitled to receive
     hereunder.

          (d) Secured Party may collect or receive all money or property at any
     time payable or receivable on account of or in exchange for any of the
     Collateral, but shall be under no obligation to do so.

          (e) On any sale of the Collateral, Secured Party is hereby authorized
     to comply with any limitation or restriction with which compliance is
     necessary, in the view of Secured 

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (Renaissance Worldwide, Inc.) - Page 15
<PAGE>
 
     Party's counsel, in order to avoid any violation of applicable law or in
     order to obtain any required approval of the purchaser or purchasers by any
     applicable Governmental Authority.

          (f) For purposes of enabling Secured Party to exercise its rights and
     remedies under this Section 6.1 and enabling Secured Party and its
                         -----------                                   
     successors and assigns to enjoy the full benefits of the Collateral in each
     case as Secured Party shall be entitled to exercise its rights and remedies
     under this Section 6.1, Debtor hereby grants to Secured Party an
                -----------                                          
     irrevocable, nonexclusive license (exercisable without payment of royalty
     or other compensation to Debtor) to use, assign, license, or sublicense any
     of the Intellectual Property, including in such license reasonable access
     to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored
     and all computer programs used for the completion or printout thereof and
     further including in such license such rights of quality control and
     inspection as are reasonably necessary to prevent the Trademarks included
     in such license from claims of invalidation.  This license shall also inure
     to the benefit of all successors, assigns, and transferees of Secured
     Party.

     Section 6.2    Private Sales.  Debtor recognizes that Secured Party may be
                    --------------                                             
unable to effect a public sale of any or all of the Collateral by reason of
certain prohibitions contained in the laws of any jurisdiction outside the
United States or in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time
(the "Securities Act") and applicable state securities laws, but may be
      --------------                                                   
compelled to resort to one or more private sales thereof to a restricted group
of purchasers who will be obliged to agree, among other things, to acquire such
Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the
distribution or resale thereof.  Debtor acknowledges and agrees that any such
private sale may result in prices and other terms less favorable to the seller
than if such sale were a public sale and, notwithstanding such circumstances,
agrees that any such private sale shall, to the extent permitted by law, be
deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner.  Neither Secured
Party nor the Lenders shall be under any obligation to delay a sale of any of
the Collateral for the period of time necessary to permit the issuer of such
securities to register such securities under the laws of any jurisdiction
outside the United States, under the Securities Act, or under any applicable
state securities laws, even if such issuer would agree to do so.  Debtor further
agrees to do or cause to be done, to the extent that Debtor may do so under
applicable law, all such other reasonable acts and things as may be necessary to
make such sales or resales of any portion or all of the Collateral valid and
binding and in compliance with any and all applicable laws, regulations, orders,
writs, injunctions, decrees, or awards of any and all courts, arbitrators, or
governmental instrumentalities, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over
any such sale or sales, all at Debtor's expense.

                                   ARTICLE 7

                                 Miscellaneous
                                 -------------

     Section 7.1    No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.  No failure on the part of
                    ------------------------------                            
Secured Party to exercise and no delay in exercising, and no course of dealing
with respect to, any right, power, or privilege under this Agreement shall
operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any
right, power, or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further
exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, or privilege.  The
rights and remedies provided for in this Agreement are cumulative and not
exclusive of any rights and remedies provided by law.

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (Renaissance Worldwide, Inc.) - Page 16
<PAGE>
 
     Section 7.2    Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall be binding
                    ----------------------                                  
upon and inure to the benefit of Debtor and Secured Party and their respective
successors and assigns, except that Debtor may not assign any of its rights or
obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Secured
Party, and Secured Party may not appoint a successor as Secured Party except in
accordance with the Credit Agreement.

     Section 7.3    Amendment; Entire Agreement.  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER
                    ---------------------------                               
LOAN DOCUMENTS EMBODY THE FINAL, ENTIRE AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES HERETO AND
SUPERSEDE ANY AND ALL PRIOR COMMITMENTS, AGREEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS, AND
UNDERSTANDINGS, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF
AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED OR VARIED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR
SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OR DISCUSSIONS OF THE PARTIES HERETO.  THERE ARE NO
UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES HERETO.  THE PROVISIONS OF THIS
AGREEMENT MAY BE AMENDED OR WAIVED ONLY BY AN INSTRUMENT IN WRITING SIGNED BY
THE PARTIES HERETO.

     Section 7.4    Notices.  All notices and other communications provided for
                    -------                                                    
in this Agreement shall be given or made in accordance with the Credit
Agreement.

     Section 7.5    Governing Law.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND
                    -------------                                           
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS AND
APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

     Section 7.6    Headings.  The headings, captions, and arrangements used in
                    --------                                                   
this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation
of this Agreement.

     Section 7.7    Survival of Representations and Warranties.  All
                    ------------------------------------------      
representations and warranties made in this Agreement or in any certificate
delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the execution and delivery of this
Agreement, and no investigation by Secured Party shall affect the
representations and warranties or the right of Secured Party to rely upon them.

     Section 7.8    Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number
                    ------------                                               
of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

     Section 7.9    Waiver of Bond.  In the event Secured Party seeks to take
                    --------------                                           
possession of any or all of the Collateral by judicial process, Debtor hereby
irrevocably waives any bonds and any surety or security relating thereto that
may be required by applicable law as an incident to such possession, and waives
any demand for possession prior to the commencement of any such suit or action.

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (Renaissance Worldwide, Inc.) - Page 17
<PAGE>
 
     Section 7.1    Severability.  Any provision of this Agreement which is
                    ------------                                           
determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be prohibited or
unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective
to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the
remaining provisions of this Agreement, and any such prohibition or
unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render
unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

     Section 7.1    Termination.  If all of the Obligations shall have been paid
                    -----------                                                 
and performed in full and all Commitments of Secured Party and the Lenders shall
have expired or terminated, Secured Party shall, upon the written request of
Debtor, execute and deliver to Debtor a proper instrument or instruments
acknowledging the release and termination of the security interests created by
this Agreement, and shall duly assign and deliver to Debtor (without recourse
and without any representation or warranty) such of the Collateral as may be in
the possession of Secured Party and has not previously been sold or otherwise
applied pursuant to this Agreement; notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in this Agreement, if the payment of any amount of the Obligations is
rescinded, voided or must otherwise be refunded by Secured Party or any Lender
upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of Debtor or any other Loan
Party or otherwise for any reason whatsoever, then the security interests
created by this Agreement will be automatically reinstated and become
automatically effective and in full force and effect, all to the extent that and
as though such payment so rescinded, voided or otherwise refunded had never been
made and such release and termination of such security interest had never been
given.

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (Renaissance Worldwide, Inc.) - Page 18
<PAGE>
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as
of the day and year first written above.

                              DEBTOR:
                              ------ 

                              RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.


                              By:
                                 ---------------------------------
                              Name:
                                   -------------------------------
                              Title:
                                    ------------------------------


                              SECURED PARTY:
                              ------------- 

                              NATIONSBANK, N.A.,
                              as Administrative Agent for the Lenders
 

                              By:
                                 ---------------------------------
                              Name:
                                   -------------------------------
                              Title:
                                    ------------------------------

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (Renaissance Worldwide, Inc.) - Page 19

<PAGE>
 
                                                                      EXHIBIT 21
 
                          RENAISSANCE WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
                             LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                State/Country of
     Company                                                      Organization
     -------                                                    ----------------
     <S>                                                        <C>
     1045795 Ontario, Inc...................................... Ontario, Canada
     ARI National Company...................................... Massachusetts
     CANAM, L.L.C.............................................. Delaware
     COBA Consulting Limited................................... U.K.
     COBA Group U.S.A., Ltd.................................... Georgia
     Hunter Consulting Associates Limited...................... U.K.
     Hunter Consulting Associates Pty. Limited................. Australia
     The Hunter Group, Inc..................................... Maryland
     The Hunter Group International, Inc....................... Delaware
     The Hunter Group (Singapore) Pte. Ltd..................... Singapore
     International Systems Services (UK) Limited............... U.K.
     Neoglyphics Media Corporation............................. Illinois
     The Management Decisions Group, Inc....................... Illinois
     The Registry, Inc. Network Consulting Practice............ New Hampshire
     Renaissance Government Solutions, Inc..................... Delaware
     Renaissance Worldwide AB.................................. Sweden
     Renaissance Worldwide B.V................................. Netherlands
     Renaissance Worldwide Consulting Pvt. Ltd................. India
     Renaissance Worldwide Gmbh & Co. KG....................... Germany
     Renaissance Worldwide Holding Limited..................... U.K.
     Renaissance Worldwide International Holdings, Inc......... Delaware
     Renaissance Worldwide IT Consulting Services, Inc......... Delaware
     Renaissance Worldwide K.K................................. Japan
     Renaissance Worldwide Limited............................. U.K.
     Renaissance Worldwide Professionals Limited............... U.K.
     Renaissance Worldwide S.A................................. France
     Renaissance Worldwide Strategy, Inc....................... Delaware
     Renaissance Worldwide Strategy Limited.................... U.K.
     Sterling Information Group, Inc........................... Delaware
     THG Consulting, Inc....................................... Canada
     TRI Securities Corp....................................... Massachusetts
     Technomic Consultants Inc................................. Illinois
     Technomic Hong Kong....................................... Hong Kong
     Technomic India*.......................................... India
     Technomic Japan........................................... Japan
     Technomic Research Associates Limited..................... U.K.
     Technomic Shanghai*....................................... Shanghai, PRC
     Technomic Singapore*...................................... Singapore
     Technomic U.K............................................. U.K.
     Technomic Vietnam*........................................ Vietnam
</TABLE>
- --------
* Rep. Offices of Renaissance Worldwide Strategy, Inc.
 

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.1
 
                      CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
  We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration
Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-17565, 333-33475 and 333-44371) of
Renaissance Worldwide, Inc. (formerly The Registry, Inc.) of our report dated
February 22, 1999, except for the termination of the line of credit described
in Note 9, which is as of March 24, 1999, appearing in this Form 10-K.
 
                                          PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
Boston, Massachusetts
March 26, 1999

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.2
 
                      CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
  We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference on Registration
Statements No. 333-17565, 333-33475 and 333-44371 on Form S-8 of Renaissance
Worldwide, Inc., of our report dated March 12, 1998, on Neoglyphics Media
Corporation as of December 31, 1997 and for the year then ended, appearing in
this Form 10-K.
 
                                          /s/ Katch, Tyson & Company
 
                                          Katch, Tyson & Company
                                          Certified Public Accountants
 
March 25, 1999
 
                                       1

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.3
 
                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT
 
  We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements No.
333-17565, 333-33475 and 333-44371 of Renaissance Worldwide, Inc. (formerly
known as The Registry, Inc.) on Forms S-8 of our report dated February 28,
1997 (which expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory
paragraph relating to the accounting for an acquisition as a pooling-of-
interests) appearing in this Form 10-K of Renaissance Worldwide, Inc.
 
                                          Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
Boston, Massachusetts
March 26, 1999
 
                                       1

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.4
 
                       INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANT'S CONSENT
 
  We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration
Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-17565, 333-33475 and 333-44371) of
Renaissance Worldwide, Inc. (formerly The Registry, Inc.) of our report dated
February 27, 1998, on the financial statements of Triad Data, Inc. appearing
in this Form 10-K.
 
Goldstein Golub Kessler LLP
March 26, 1999

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
 
<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-26-1998
<PERIOD-START>                             DEC-28-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-26-1998
<CASH>                                          10,957
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  205,806
<ALLOWANCES>                                     9,616
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               241,400
<PP&E>                                          46,067
<DEPRECIATION>                                  14,910
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 372,065
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          182,870
<BONDS>                                          2,353
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                         4,725
<OTHER-SE>                                     175,060
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   372,065
<SALES>                                              0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               776,314
<CGS>                                                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  528,059
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               265,991
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               6,342
<INCOME-PRETAX>                               (22,921)
<INCOME-TAX>                                     8,425
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                           (31,346)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                  (31,346)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                   (0.57)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                   (0.57)
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission